Dissecting Mark Cuban’s Thoughts On Bitcoin

As with many good stories, it starts with a Twitter thread.

Anthony Pompliano kicked things off by summarizing an article by Avik Roy.

https://twitter.com/APompliano/status/1449497170332327940

Mark Cuban, owner of the Dallas Mavericks, investor of Shark Tank fame (and who was pitched sub-$300 bitcoin by Michael “Bitstein” Goldstein in 2015 at SXSW) somewhat caustically responded:

https://twitter.com/mcuban/status/1449499286081884160

From there, Preston Pysh jumped in to remind everyone that Mark Cuban has been promoting Dogecoin publicly while he has only about $500 of it. From there, Cuban confronted Pysh asking him to disclose how much bitcoin he had. Pysh then offered to have a conversation with more nuance on Twitter Spaces, which Cuban quickly joined.

https://twitter.com/PrestonPysh/status/1449532400959164420

https://twitter.com/mcuban/status/1449566008079966209

https://twitter.com/PrestonPysh/status/1449568025540284416

With the context out of the way, let me give props to Mark Cuban. He went into a Twitter Space with people who strongly disagreed with him on a Saturday night to discuss this more. He very easily could have signed off and not continued the conversation, but he chose to engage with Pysh and others about Bitcoin in more detail.

This article is an attempt to summarize the high level points. I’d encourage you to listen to the conversation in full.

First let’s start where all parties agree. Cuban has updated his investment thesis from 2019 where he famously said he’d rather have bananas than bitcoin, because bananas have utility. During the Twitter Space, Cuban said, “Bitcoin is the best store of value. [That] is why I own it.”

Where there is a departure in perspectives is the likelihood that bitcoin will become a reliable medium of exchange. Anthony Pompliano asks Cuban what needs to happen for bitcoin to check the box and be acknowledged as a medium of exchange.

Cuban replies, “We need to have another 2017 with inflation.” Adding, “[bitcoin] would not be as good a store of value, people don’t feel shitty when they spend it and then it goes up another $100 and they just realized they left $100 on the table.”

Pomp expands on this, “So if Bitcoin continues its adoption, and it goes from 100-150 million people globally holding it, if we start going to 2-4 billion holding it, the USD exchange rate volatility will subside, and at that point more people start to use it, you think that is a viable path?”

Cuban quips back, “Yeah, and if the Mavs make every single shot they take we will be undefeated.” Cuban adds, “The problem with that perspective, is that you have a lot of other cryptocurrencies, I don’t like to even call them currencies, let’s call them platforms that have their own value and differentiation.”

Earlier in the conversation, Preston Pysh points to the work Jack Mallers and Strike are doing with the Lightning Network in El Salvador, “Are you tracking what Jack Mallers is doing? Because what he is doing is auto-swapping fiat currency into the Bitcoin Lightning Network, transporting it down to El Salvador, and if people want to accept the local currency of Dollars or whatever they want, it immediately swaps back into that currency. So he is using the Bitcoin rails to conduct all of these transactions… even though people don’t even know the [Bitcoin] network is being used”.

Cuban replies, “So what you’re saying is that Bitcoin is going to compete with Solidity-compatible blockchains and L2s, and it’s Lightning versus optimistic rollups, against Polygon, against Cardano, against Solana? That is not a positive for Bitcoin.”

Cuban fails to understand the censorship resistance and decentralization that is the value proposition of bitcoin, as Lightning is the only Layer 2 solution that maintains these qualities.

Cuban’s larger critique of Bitcoin as a community is that from his experience of investing in hundreds of businesses and starting many, one thing an entrepreneur has to do is not lie to themselves and think they are infallible. He believes Bitcoiners are blind to the competition that is out there.

On the subject of other projects, Peter McCormack asked, “Why are people buying dogecoin, because people think it’s stable?”

Cuban exclaims, “Because it’s fun! They are part of a community and they have fun with it, it’s like going to an amusement park and they have a chance of making money, and if they don’t make any money they can buy a Mavs jersey or go to AMC and watch a movie.”

What this does not address is the loss of value, up to 100%, of memecoins once their time has passed.

Peter also spoke about a lot of his experiences spending time in El Salvador seeing Bitcoin work as legal tender first hand. This is where Cuban puts forth a critique I had never heard of before with El Salvador adopting bitcoin as legal tender.

Cuban argues that, “El Salvador has a fundamental problem:[while] they can use their volcanoes for energy to do mining […] it is not an organic bitcoin economy if the majority of the bitcoin comes from purchased bitcoin, which introduces a lot of overhead and time.”

He proposes that if El Salvador could mine enough bitcoin from their volcanos to support the entire Salvadoran economy, it could fix this problem he has identified.

We learn that Cuban doesn’t understand the reality of remittances; Salvadorans abroad are selling their labor for new fiat and/or btc. That’s where value is being infused into the economy.

Cuban then pivots to Axie Infinity as an example of a different way to distribute a currency. “[Axie Infinity] will make the argument that hundreds of thousands of people in the Philippines are making money by playing this game and if this takes off enough […] it will become a de facto currency for them.” He adds that a currency needs to be organically generated.

At this point I jump into the conversation to point out a key difference between Bitcoin and other projects. “Bitcoin had a divine conception of no one caring about it for 18 months before there was a market price. All of these other currencies are coming in now saying, ‘get in on my cap table, you get in at low pre-seed vesting prices, and then we get to launch it onto the market and retail gets to buy it at 100x.’”

Cuban replies, “I’m talking about today.”

I think this distinction could be an article in its own right, so I won’t expand upon it in detail here. What I will say is that there is a fundamental difference in how someone like Mark Cuban can invest in this marketplace, getting privileged access to these networks long before the retail market can and at prices several orders of magnitude lower than what is listed on an exchange.

Pysh brings it back to the core thesis: “When you look at this at this bond market compressed to 0% how do you see that ending?”

Cuban replies that central banks will eventually raise interest rates and there will be a market correction like there always is.

Pysh follows up, “So as the entire planet is levered to their eyeballs and interest rates are at nothing percent, you actually believe central banks are able to raise interest rates and the economy can handle that?”

Cuban replies that this narrative is creating a myth that central banks cannot do anything right. He disagrees with the premise. Saying that trying to keep people healthy and prevent a depression is a valid effort.

This is a core departure in world views, as Pysh presents Bitcoin as an emergent decentralized alternative to the current manipulated market structure around the dollar.

Cuban sees a different path to addressing the issue. “Let me give you an alternative: what if we use artificial intelligence [and] we increase productivity 20%?”

McCormack replies, “You’re literally selling a new myth.”

Cuban exclaims, “Yes exactly! That’s my point!”

The point Cuban is making is that if productivity is able to outpace the rate at which new money is being printed, you have a path out of the current rut our current economy is in.

At this point I’ll direct you to In short, you have an axis of centralized versus decentralized, where cryptocurrency is inherently an emergent libertarian idea, whereas AI is communist. Thiel even predicts that China is going to stop bitcoin mining in China, which we have seen play out over the past few months.

Cuban disagrees with the Thiel thesis. “There is no correlation or causation between AI and bitcoin at all. If I had my druthers between AI increasing our productivity 5%, 10%, 15%, I’ll take that over bitcoin taking over the economy every single time.”

McCormack points out that AI having such gains in productivity is an even bigger myth than Bitcoin, since Bitcoin is provably working and growing today.

Pysh then asks Lyn Alden if central banks can stop quantitative easing (QE). Alden says, “they can stop for a period of time, they can do another cycle probably, but we will be put back on the same track they have been on for the past decade.” Pysh follows up, “so for 5-10 years they can stop what they are doing?” Alden responds, “No, structurally I don’t think they will be able to do that for quite a while, real rates will be negative for a persistent period of time.”

Cuban brings it back to what he views is the consumer perspective. “Consumers are going to find applications they really like and where they are easy to use. Where those applications are hosted will be the winners if they are able to sustain themselves. It doesn’t matter what we think about Bitcoin or the decentralization.” Cuban pauses, and says, “Ok I don’t want to get everyone hyped. I just made a bunch of people’s blood boil by saying it does not matter about the decentralization, let’s take a step away from that”.

Cuban points out that you fundamentally have the Lightning Network versus the thousands of other protocols which are being greatly subsidized, so any non-store of value application Bitcoin is trying to address has a large uphill battle.

This brings us to maybe the most memorable part of the discussion. “Consumers do not pay attention to the intricacies.” He added, “don’t sell the recipe, sell the brownie. The consumers buy the brownies, they focus on the brownies that work for them [so] they do not worry about the recipe. So if enough people are buying different brownies and love the brownies and those brownies may not be as decentralized as you may like, they will ignore that fact and keep on buying those brownies. Stupid analogy, lots of people will tweet that it is a stupid analogy, but it’s the best I could think of.”

Max Keiser pointed out where this brownie analogy breaks down.

https://twitter.com/maxkeiser/status/1449865449353719816

Dennis Porter adds onto this asking about the migration of proof-of-work to proof-of-stake and challenges with doing that.

Cuban as a retort points to 2017 and the forks away from the Bitcoin network, which is fundamentally a different situation. What happened in 2017 was that people were able to continue existing with the consensus rules they wanted. With a migration to proof-of-stake, there is no party advocating for a different option, so the entire Ethereum community needs to move with that change.

Cuban says, “if they have to roll back, then great […] I’m guessing Vitalik will figure it out”.

Porter then mentions the continual decrease in the ETH mining subsidy, comparing it to cutting the pay of your security guards. Cuban compares this to the halving that happens in Bitcoin, which misses a key distinction in that the halvings in Bitcoin were predetermined from the start of the protocol versus ad hoc decisions made by ETH developers.

Overall I found the conversation both enlightening and frustrating. It was a treat to see a Twitter back-and-forth evolve into a higher bandwidth form of communication on Twitter Spaces. It is no surprise that Cuban’s outlook for Bitcoin greatly differed from the others on stage, and this was an important dialogue to have. As a spontaneous conversation, it was hard to keep a set agenda of topics to discuss.

I’d like to thank Preston Pysh for having me up on the stage. My personal hope is that Cuban keeps in touch with Pysh so they can have a oneon-one conversation to dig into this more. If it took two years for Cuban to go from saying he preferred bananas over bitcoin to finally admitting he sees at least some value in bitcoin, maybe in another two years he will ditch the brownies and fully take the orange pill.

This is a guest post by Rob Hamilton. Opinions expressed are entirely their own and do not necessarily reflect those of BTC, Inc. or Bitcoin Magazine.

Source

Tagged : / / / / / /

Bitcoin Vs. Crypto: Why Bitcoin Only

Watch This Episode on YouTube

Listen To This Episode:

[00:00:07] CK: Before we like really get into it, maybe just give the background on why addressing this topic is important.

[00:00:15] Rizzo: Yeah, sure. Hey, everybody. So yeah, my background, I’ve been a cryptocurrency journalist, Bitcoin and cryptocurrency journalist since about 2013. So yeah, I’ve had a lot of time to look over some of these questions. I was Editor-in-Chief at Coindesk for five or six years, now editor at Bitcoin magazine and Editor-at-Large over at kraken. And yeah, I feel like this article was really kind of came out of the process of being troubled by some things, right? I think one of the main troubles I’ve had for a while is that it seems like there’s this popular opinion that it’s okay to be neutral or agnostic to cryptocurrencies so that you can just sort of have a neutral view or that all cryptocurrencies are the same.

I think you particularly kind of see this with the mainstream journalism approach to Bitcoin and cryptocurrencies where they sort of just treat them like a market, right? They’re sort of all the same, and there’s not really like a specific consideration given for the designs of these systems or even acknowledgement that they are financial systems or that the users in these systems might be engaging with these systems in ways that they don’t really quite understand. So I think that was the first point.

And then I think you know the second point really would be that there’s also like different attitudes to the market itself, right? So I think as you spend more time with people who are Bitcoin maximalists and then if you spend any time with people who are more kind of agnostic to cryptocurrencies, you can kind of see that they have different attitudes for the cryptocurrency market. They think it’s doing different things, right? So in some cases Bitcoin maximalists might not check coin mark cap at all. Like you might go a whole month without looking at this website, and then other people in the kind of the crypto agnostic group, they’re checking Missouri or coin marker cap like every day, right? And they think that this like means something or that this information is telling them something.

And yeah, so I think it was really boring out of those two things, right? This idea that there’s some neutrality and the idea that this market is like an effective mediator of things. And then also I would just say that over the years I’ve just been pushed more and more I feel like into the camp of feeling like Bitcoin has a pretty foundational value proposition that it’s actually delivering against and that I haven’t really seen similar things in the cryptocurrency space. And yeah, I guess that was the inspiration of that, if that helps.

[00:02:18] CK: Anything. No. I think that that’s a great backdrop and you gave Pierre just enough time to join us on stage.

[00:02:25] Rizzo: [inaudible 00:02:25].

[00:02:27] CK: Really quick. Before we dive fully into this conversation, I just want to tell you guys about the Bitcoin Conference, Bitcoin 2022 next year, in Miami, April 6th through the 9th. Come meet all of your favorite Bitcoiners including my man Pete Rizzo and many, many others. It’s going to be the biggest Bitcoin event in history by a long shot breaking the record that we currently hold for Bitcoin 2021. And, yeah, I can’t recommend it enough. So use promo code satoshi. Save yourself 10% off. Go get your tickets. Tickets will be going up pretty much once a month between now and April. So get them while they’re cheap. See you in Miami.

But let’s get back into this conversation. Again, you can see pinned to the top here is Rizzo’s tweet with his article embedded in it kind of going over this at length. Highly recommend that you go over it. But we have Pierre as well as Rizzo here. So I will shut my mouth and hand it back to them.

[00:03:27] Rizzo: Yeah, appreciate it. Pierre, can you hear me?

[00:03:29] Pierre: Yes, I can. Yes, I can. And actually, I want to respond to the topic that you were talking about when I joined, which was about checking CoinMarketCap. And it extends further to not only do a lot of Bitcoin maximalist not check CoinMarketCap in a relative sense to the other cryptos, but also just with regards to Bitcoin’s exchange rate with the dollar or with fiat currencies. And I hear it rather frequently both from let’s call them Bitcoin community members, but also from Bitcoin protocol developers and researchers that they have zero concern about Bitcoin’s exchange rate. And their development work their protocol engineering and how they think about Bitcoin is not to pump your bags essentially. And that I find to be jarring to folks who come in the space as fiat maximalist.

[00:04:28] Rizzo: Yeah, I definitely would echo that and say like just introduce this conversation. So Pierre has kind of helped me I guess edit this article a bit or at least I feel like you’ve seen so many versions of this article, Pierre, that I thought it’d be fun to have a conversation. And I appreciate CK and then Bitcoin Magazine for accommodating us on short notice. But yeah, Pierre, I think it was more just like I thought you’ve seen different stages of this. I feel like you’ve heard what I’ve been trying to get across and some of the frustrations and thought it might be fun to pick your brain about what I was able to get across.

And it sounds like you agree that maybe something in the article does well is at least kind of setting up that, again, like starting to parse like what is it that actually differentiates Bitcoin maximalists. And I guess like what I ended up labeling as other cryptocurrency people, I kind of want them in a bucket called crypto agnostics, right? So I guess we can debate that definition as well. But trying to figure out, okay, there’re definitely some different attitudes here. And these attitudes, they really extend beyond like any specific coin, right? Like these are attitudes towards rights and values or just like general proclivities to like human institutions that again like have nothing really to do with like whether you think Tron is good or anything like that or that smart contracts are a thing or what have you or [inaudible 00:05:35], right? So I guess I was trying to pull out those strings and come up with an interesting way to sort of partition those groups.

[00:05:42] Pierre: So one of the challenges that I saw as this piece developed is the intersection between technical engineering concepts like hard fork versus soft fork and their political governance implications and how the philosophy of it. There’s just a lot of debate there. How did you see navigating that intersection, which is rather complex?

[00:06:06] Rizzo: Yeah, I think this is one of the reasons why this issue doesn’t get talked about more, right? So I think part of it was just trying to find a better explanation for it since I think that there’s been this disconnect for a while where I feel like there’s really some fundamental divides in the Bitcoin and cryptocurrency space, but they just haven’t really resonated for whatever reason, which is why I think you still sort of have this thing where – And again, I think this is really where we have to kind of start thinking about this argument, because I do think the popular press and like investors, it’s like they still treat these things as like all the same, right? And they have this tendency to like dismiss the pretty significant distinctions between how these systems are created. So I think it’s like sort of a failure of argument to like they’ve been sort of allowed to slip this argument by where it’s like look at how Bloomberg covers the cryptocurrency market, right? They are doing the same thing that everybody else is doing. They’re logging on to Messari or CoinMarketCap and they’re sort of looking at the prices of these various coins and they’re deriving some like meaning or value from those, right?

So I think it started with that, which is at least trying to identify that. But I guess peel it back a little bit, you realize that the reason that they don’t understand these distinctions is just that, yes, they are quite technical, but are they really, right? So I think I spent a lot of time trying to figure out like how to frame hard forks for it and soft works and whether to even use that terminology, because I feel like ultimately you sort of end up with this idea of like, okay, you can frame them technically or you can frame them in terms of how they affect the user, right? And in terms of technical definition, the hard work of cryptocurrency, you’re essentially introducing a new rule to the system that everybody hasn’t agreed to. You’re saying that in order to upgrade to this new system you have to agree to that rule. And then if enough people kind of switch over, you’ll essentially end up in a situation where anyone who’s on that minority fork, they have to either choose to bear the cost of creating a new cryptocurrency or they have to do what the majority says, right?

So I think you ultimately have to kind of frame that situation as one of user rights and like rights tolerance. And I think this is really one of the actual fundamental divides between Bitcoin and the other cryptocurrencies. And I ultimately sort of framed it as this, is like in Bitcoin you have the right to dissent, right? You have the right to do something that the majority does not want. And I actually think this is like a really, really stark dividing line between Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies and other cryptocurrencies. Like you very rarely, if never, see that there’s some community or sub-community within these coins that is running anything other than like the latest software that like everybody else has sort of deemed like they want to run, right? Like if you’re running the original Ethereum software, well, you’re on Ethereum classifier. You’re on some wholly different chain.

And again I think all this stuff can get really quite technical if you look at it from a technical perspective, which is why I think I really kind of struggled with it for so long. And I think I ended up with this framework that I actually really liked, which is that I think what other cryptocurrencies have done really well is that they have successfully won this argument where it’s like you have the right to use money however you want. So like all these cryptocurrencies and the market are providing that. And that’s good. You should feel like that’s good, right?

So the cryptocurrency market is like this big arcade. You’ve got all these kind of shiny games and there’s this sort of narrative that all these things are your choice, your rights to use any of these systems, right? And then there’s no sort of equal argument of like what you’re giving up, right? So I do think that it is true that the cryptocurrency market and the optionality they’re in, it like does give the right to use your money in a lot of different ways.

But in the Bitcoin system, by being more restrictive, I think you have a couple second order rights that don’t get enough dialogue. One, it’s like you have the right to a known supply an issue and schedule, right? So you know how much money there is and how much everyone else has, right? We often frame that as like Bitcoin economics or superior or make some sort of esoteric argument like that. When really it’s like you have the right to know how much money there is in the supply, right? It is fixed and it is finite and that’s also important too, but you know you have a right to that information. And Bitcoin provides you that, right? The ability to kind of check that and audit that. And I think you’ve banged the drum on that a lot, right?

And the other one is you have this right to dissent. Like you can choose not to run Taproot if you want and you still hold Bitcoin, right? And I think that you know when you kind of strip it down, it’s like you have these other kind of rights or that Bitcoin protects. I think a lot of it was trying to say, “Okay, can we elevate, discuss these things? Like do they actually exist?” And I think the answer is yes. I think Bitcoin protects user rights to a higher level. And I think you have rights within the Bitcoin system that you don’t have elsewhere. And I don’t really know what that means, right? Like I can’t tell you what to make of that information. I think right now all I’ve figured out is that it’s just the more that I think about it, it seems true, if that makes sense.

[00:10:37] Pierre: Yes. So there’s part of it that is challenging, because we’re saying that this system is decentralized. And so if we take that seriously, then that means that nobody controls it, and yet it’s a human system. So somebody has to be controlling it, right? How do you see that?

[00:10:56] Rizzo: You mean the idea that somebody has to be controlling it or there has to be some mechanism?

[00:10:59] Pierre: Well, let’s take the absurd argument that I sometimes hear from some coroners that Adam Beck controls Bitcoin, right? And so they want to find somebody who controls it.

[00:11:11] Rizzo: Yeah, I think that’s interesting, right? And I think this has actually come up in a lot of the criticism from people within the Bitcoin crowd who like feel like this piece didn’t go far enough, right? So I think one of the criticisms I heard from people is that they like sort of the positioning of being pro Bitcoin maximalism, but they felt like – And I did end up consolidating on this phrase, which is I think you can charitably say – And I use the word charitably. I think you could charitably say a lot of other cryptocurrencies use sort of a rule by majority type decision making apparatus. And I think in a lot of DeFi coins or like decentralized applications, I think that’s like pretty explicit, right? They’re not even really shy about that. That’s just like how they function, right? And some of them you can just straight up vote for things. And if you’re in the majority, that’s great. And if not, you sort of get pushed aside, right?

So I think that some people wanted, I think, to call out more that, really, if they are ruled by majority systems, well, in a lot of cases there isn’t that much of a majority, right? Like as we saw, I was actually just thinking before this call, there was that funny situation in like 2019 where I think it was Steemit or something, Justin Sun bought that decentralized articles content platform and then he took over all the votes behind the scenes and then ended up sort of ringing the election in his favor in order to like return the votes to Tron. So there are these like situations in the past of cryptocurrencies through where it’s like even if you consider them rule by majority type structures, that ends up being like a pretty terrible definition, because, look, at the end of the day like cryptocurrencies are all networks, right? Somebody has to be running a software. And I think we’ve figured out in Bitcoin, the definition of user is someone who’s running on software.

So I guess all that said, the management of it becomes sort of like, well, there is that need to feel like who’s in control. And Bitcoin, the answer is quite clearly nobody, right? Like nobody’s running it. And I think sort of what we figured out is like the alternative to like no one being in control of a thing is that you have to sort of rely on starting to build these like new types of – Or not even new. You just have to start relying on old types of governance structures where there has to be some thing making the decision, right?

And in a lot of cases I think how the sort of crypto agnostic people sort of rationalize this is they let the market be the judge, right? I think like this is the probably most famous in the Ethereum and Ethereum Classic split where you had a choice where essentially the market was asked to decide whether someone who behaved a certain way still had access to their money, and the market chose that they did not, right? They chose to rescind that right to that individual.

So I think in some cases like you end up with an even weirder situation where maybe there’s no one control and maybe there’s some nodes running the software. But in the end of the day they’re just sort of deviating to the market, right? Like you’re actually just in the place of there being someone making a decision to run software. There is a market that is like cumulatively making that decision and that market is choosing to rescind the rights of the individual. And I think what’s weird about that is that the people who seem to think that that is okay also don’t seem to think that there’s anything wrong with that, right? Like they seem to sort of think that it is okay to take away someone’s rights to something if enough people agree, right? And I think that’s sort of a strange viewpoint. I don’t know how to feel about it exactly. I haven’t spent enough time to really sit with it. But I think that – I don’t know. It’s definitely a new sort of moral choice, right? If you have this idea where fiat currencies are sort of ruled by government, there’s at least this facade that we’re electing officials and these officials are making decisions, and that their decisions represent our interests. And the cryptocurrency system, it seems like what has happened is there’s this offloading of that responsibility like not to the actual individual and the individual’s choice but to the market itself, right? But the market should be what makes these decisions and the arbiter of everything up to and including making or justifying choices that you in other contexts maybe think immoral.

[00:14:59] Pierre: Right. And I’ve certainly heard conversations where abstract arguments over whether something is decentralized or not then get cut by somebody saying look the price of this has doubled in sats terms and so who are you to argue with the market, right? That this kind of relativism, nihilism maybe, driven by the market.

[00:15:26] Rizzo: I think that’s why what you’re saying is interesting, because like Bitcoin didn’t grow up with the market, right? Like you do have this period of about a year in Bitcoin’s development history where the market does not exist, right? Like Satoshi never priced Bitcoin and he never sold Bitcoin. There was really no concept that the market was an actor within the world of Bitcoin, right? So Bitcoin is invented. It exists.

And this is where I really I think spent a lot of time thinking about it where I think you have to start viewing the cryptocurrency market as like it’s almost like an invention that’s so omnipresent to us that like we don’t think about it at all, right? It’s something that it’s like a frame on the industry that we’ve all accepted like very unconsciously and it is something that like especially from the people who are coming from the outside world, I would argue that like most of them still continue to look at the industry through that frame, right? They are looking at CoinMarketCap every day. They are looking at Missari every day. They are sort of looking at this market, like this random prices of random numbers and they’re trying to derive the meaning from that. But in the early days of Bitcoin, like that was completely absent. That machine hadn’t been created. There was no utility for such a thing. So you have to kind of start asking like, “Well, why is it that that machine was created? How did it emerge and like what function did it serve?” right? It’s like on one hand it’s like, yes, it is true that people did begin trading Bitcoin and then people created a market for Bitcoin. But over time this changed greatly, right? Originally, you had alternative cryptocurrencies. So versions of Bitcoin software that claim to do new things.

But I would argue that sort of in the mid-2010s you sort of have this phenomenon where the market sort of started to become like more of an arbiter of decisions, right? And I evoke one of the arguments from Vitalik that essentially says this in the article where one of the reasons I think he was able to sort of walk away from the Ethereum fork like sort of thinking that he did or acted in a way that like was right, was that he essentially let the market make a choice, right? And this is like what he advocated for, is that cryptocurrencies should be market-driven and how they make choices, right? And I think that’s like a really interesting thing if you sit with that long enough, because you’re sort of arguing that like at the end of the day whatever the market decides to do is okay.

And, I think, in the instance of, again, going back to the DAO hacker, but again, this is sort of like kind of ancient history at this point, but it’s a relevant example, where you had a case where someone’s right to money was rescinded, right? The majority as determined by the market made some choice to rescind someone’s access to money, right? This man had money and then the Ethereum blockchain or this person, and then this group of people as represented by the market made that money no longer exist.

Anyway, I think that’s like an interesting frame not for the minutia, but if you just really focus on the user relationship to the financial system itself and like what guarantees you have. And I think if you look at it from that like binary lens and just really kind of cut a line, it’s that I think you can say that the cryptocurrency ecosystem broadly beyond Bitcoin, they’re a group of financial systems in which there are weaker guarantees, and in a lot of respects, like decision making, I would say up to and including how decisions are made over people’s rights are left to the determination of the market. And I just think that that makes them different, right? Like that is a different characteristic and I don’t think that that is true in Bitcoin anymore, right? We’ve made the decision to continue to, I guess, as far as we can technically pursue software changes that people can opt into, we’re going to continue to have this environment where people have the option to dissent, right? You don’t have to run SegWit, you don’t have to run Taproot, and you still hold Bitcoin, right? And I think that, again, speaking of like from a rights perspective, it’s very clear that that right does not exist elsewhere. So I think maybe to back it like way up, I think there’s a lot of arguments that have been put forth for Bitcoin maximalism. I think you have your economic arguments that Bitcoin is the best money and it satisfies the properties of money and a lot of people here, who I see listening, have just written really great stuff about that. And I’m not trying to dismiss those arguments.

I think you know there’s also the network argument Bitcoin is the most decentralized. It does lowest cost of entry. You can run a node in a cheaper way than you can on other networks. And then you have the launch argument, which is that Bitcoin had this immaculate conception and they’ll never be another group of currency that’s able to spontaneously monetize from nothing. And I think those are all interesting arguments. But I think we may have like kind of reached the limitation of those being things that are broadly useful, because, again, I really question whether they actually get to the heart of things, right? I mean the economic argument, obviously, that’s a huge differentiator, right? Bitcoin, you have the finite limit on the economy and then the cryptocurrency system you have the professional inflation of more cryptocurrencies. Obviously, red line difference there. But does that argument relate to a lot of people? I don’t know. I feel like you know this is something that’s come up a lot lately is how relatable are the Bitcoin maximalist arguments. And I think, certainly, again, that doesn’t invalidate them. That doesn’t make them bad. But I think as evangelist for things, you should be trying to kind of figure out new ways to relate to people. And I guess all I’m trying to introduce here – And I actually really question whether I really do a lot new here. It’s just that if you look at cryptocurrencies as financial systems and you use the grading system of, “Okay, well, how well do they ensure the rights of those participants?” I think it’s pretty clear that you end up defining Bitcoin as a system in which you have more different types of rights to your money than you do in other cryptocurrencies or the entire market for those cryptocurrencies at large, if that makes sense.

[00:20:56] Pierre: Yes. So we’ve heard you bring up a lot of historical examples as ways of verifying the substance of these guarantees. Do they actually exist? Is it just marketing? Are these rights real or are they ephemeral and do they collapse under pressure? And so it seems like a lot of the way that you can prove your argument is through historical examples, which I think is great, but it also carries with it a lot of danger. And you see people bring up like, “Oh!” Well, there was the what about-ism, right? Well, what about when this happened with Bitcoin, et cetera.

But also from kind of a first principles perspective, why is looking at the history more legitimate than looking at the market? And maybe Vitalik’s view would be that looking at the market is more socially scalable than people studying the history in order to derive some political philosophy and verify it.

[00:21:53] Rizzo: Yeah, I guess that’s interesting. I think like the history – Well, I mean, if you accept that Bitcoin is an invention, that’s sort of the frame that I’ve come to over the years to look at Bitcoin, then you sort of accept that Bitcoin is a system that we still don’t know much about, right? And that’s why probably more than most people, I do take a bit more of a lenient view towards like the cryptocurrency builders, because I honestly don’t know if – There’s a lot of naivete when it comes to something new, right? And there are a lot of ideas that we’re pursuing in the cryptocurrency space and like certainly we know they don’t work now, and maybe that’s worth something for something, right?

So I would say to the history question, one, it’s understanding that this is something new and it’s understanding that the participants in the system might not always be aware of like what they’re doing to the highest degree, right? Like that is the lesson of history, right? Why do we go back and like study history, right? You’ll go back and you’ll find that just in certain time periods there were just like hugely different attitudes toward things, right? And in some cases those attitudes are much different now. But I do think with cryptocurrencies is worth keeping that in mind, because I think if you take that lens, you can sort of come up with new ways to look at it. So when we were talking about the market, like when does the market become something that is relevant in the Bitcoin story? I do think that you actually have this interesting phenomenon where the people who are in Bitcoin early, they sort of fall into different groups, right? They’re sort of open source advocates. There’re developers, and there’s these sort of libertarian government type people, right? A lot of the early people were sort of Ron Paul type supporters, right? So you do have this influx of libertarianism where there is more of an attitude towards absolute freedom towards the market should decide.

And I think it’s interesting considering like, “Okay, well how did that actually affect cryptocurrency?” Well, it seems like one of the side effects of that is that the influx of the people who felt that way, they redirected the industry in some way like over to that viewpoint. Prior to them entering the way they did, you actually didn’t see people making decisions and deference to a market at all or that concept. And then when you have an influx of people who are more U.S. style libertarian type thinkers, and that’s not to say everybody who fell into that camp immediately embraced this, but you do see those people start to defer to the market. And I think that obviously sort of impacted things, right?

So I think to your question, like why doesn’t the market matter? Well, I don’t know. I think that at some point the crypto market – I don’t know if this is controversial, but like you have to sort of wonder how rational it is, right? And I think Bitcoin maximalists, like I think we certainly have a weird relationship to that, right? Like it feels good to like log in every day. And I guess if you look at CoinMarketCap, to like see Bitcoin as number one. But does that mean anything? Like are we deriving value from that? Like it seems so, because it feels good and it’s something we use in arguments against other coins, right? We sort of say like, “Oh, well, other cryptocurrencies, they’ll never overtake Bitcoin. They haven’t overtaken Bitcoin. Therefore, Bitcoin’s the best.”

I don’t know. I know we’ve had private conversations about this as well, right? I would like kind of push back on that, right? I think you either sort of view the cryptocurrency market as a bad indicator and don’t think it’s capable of producing information, which is that the market participants don’t know enough to make rational choices and for that market to be valid, or you think it’s valid, right? In which case, I don’t know how you really begin to explain the activity there, right? And I do think Bitcoin maximalists by and large like do have different attitudes to the market, right? I wouldn’t say that all of them discard it. I mean, I think that, certainly, most would agree that it’s problematic, right? But I don’t know, right? I mean, look at something like Dogecoin, right? How many people are running the Dogecoin software? So, there, and you have like an interesting question about how functional the crypto market is. And I’m sure you know that already and are trying to just parse some argument out of me.

So I guess to sum up that question about the history of things. One, I think history is a powerful teacher. We can learn things. And I think that, likely, when all is said and done in the Bitcoin history, we’ll go back to earlier periods and the find we just had huge biases that we didn’t quite understand. And you probably don’t tell that so much later. And then with the cryptocurrency market itself, I think everybody has to decide how rational you think it is. If you don’t think it’s rational, how relevant is it that Bitcoin is the largest there. And is that a valid argument for Bitcoin maximalism, right?

I would say that the argument that Bitcoin is the number one cryptocurrency like by economic demand within the cryptocurrency market is probably a pretty weak reason to be a Bitcoin maximalist, because I personally don’t derive much from that.

[00:26:29] Pierre: Fair. So I feel like you’ve straw manned my view. So I’m going to defend myself even though I know you haven’t. So I think the market is effective at reflecting what people think. So I don’t think that Bitcoin is number one despite everyone hating it. I think that it sits about where people as a whole think. And then we could argue about whether those people are rational or not. They certainly are not in my book, but that’s fine.

The history part, I loved your piece about the P2SH governance debate, because history repeated itself. And so we can think that, well, it certainly repeated itself with SegWit. And then I think that people learned the Bitcoin protocol. Researchers learned enough from SegWit activation to have history not repeat itself with Taproot activation. And so there’s history repeating itself, but people also learning. So perhaps in terms of pressure testing these rights, pressure testing these guarantees of these systems and finding the flaws that that will continue to happen over and over and the people will learn from that. But on the other hand, there are new people washing up on the shores of our crypto land every day and the process starts over. Is there any hope that the median crypto investor is going to have his views evolve, or are we just going to keep repeating history?

[00:27:57] Rizzo: Well, I guess I would say, like, I mean, I think we can do more, which is one of the reasons why I tried to workshop this argument and then present it. Which is I think that if you view Bitcoin as a system, a financial system, and a financial system that ensures some rights, and we can get into like why that’s a reasonable position. One, I would say that the entire basis for Bitcoin, and you can go back to Satoshi, is we wanted to create a money system that did not rely on central banking, right? Immediately, you have that context in which it was established as an alternative, right? So you have some historical basis for Bitcoin being an alternative to the fiat system. That’s why we’re here, right? It wasn’t that there was no digital money, right? Like money was moving digitally through computers. Their entire financial markets that were running on numbers like moving over tubes and wires, right? Really, you sort of have Bitcoin sort of emerge from that, right?

So I think that you have to then sort of define, “Okay, well, then Bitcoin is an alternative to the current fiat money system,” right? And I think if you look at the sort of rights argument, it sort of gets interjected there, right? So like why was it needed for Bitcoin to exist? Well, Satoshi believed that he could create a system, I think, that better insured the users rights to money, right? One, that they were able to kind of cryptographically prove that they held money. And then two, that they were able to have the right to audit that financial system via running a node. And then three, that there was a known issuance in supply, right? Like he wanted, I think, on some level to give that ability to people, right? And I guess this is where you get the really fuzzy gray area of like what’s a feature versus what is it right. And like those two words actually even have any difference?

I think that if you define them as rights, you start to really get at what I think has been a really great argument for Bitcoin, which is the moral argument for Bitcoin, right? I sort of reference this to the top of the piece that I think some of the most powerful arguments that have been put forward recently are Alex Gladstein’s talking about Bitcoin in developing countries, and Jimmy Song’s moral case for Bitcoin, which is actually kind of where I ended up down this whole rabbit hole was, “Okay. Well, what’s interesting about those arguments that make moral cases for Bitcoin, the Bitcoin is a right or just financial system, is they often don’t make the counter argument that other cryptocurrencies are somehow unjust or weaker than that,” right?

So a lot of the arguments that Alex Gladstein makes I think are great, but there are arguments for Bitcoin within the context of fiat money, and they don’t actually really go much into like discussing that Alex do this in his tweets why other cryptocurrencies don’t ensure those rights that well. So therefore, you sort of have this idea where on some level we have to believe that, because I think we’ve all sort of gravitated to those narratives where we find them appealing. There’s some inherent pull two thinking that Bitcoin is inherently moral, or that is a better system, or that it ensures rights, right? So that it seems like we have some relationships with that. Yet, there wasn’t really anyone who was kind of like extrapolating it, right? So I think we know now why Bitcoin is a better system than fiat, right? I think there’s been enough intellectual work that has been done to like answer that argument, right?

So then the next level argument is, “Okay. Well, then how is Bitcoin somehow more moral or how does it guarantee the financial rights of users more than other cryptocurrencies?” I think that’s the question where I don’t honestly think we’ve been as good at like finding an answer there. I don’t even know if this article is in itself like a great answer to that. I think it’s starting to try to define that right by saying, “Okay, if we really all do believe that Bitcoin is a system that ensures financial rights and that ensures financial rights greater than the fiat system, does it also ensure rights to a greater degree than the cryptocurrency system?”

And I think the answer to that is yes, because I think that you can see, by using historical examples as you noted, that Bitcoin does seem to offer rights that other systems don’t have. And you can look at instances where the decision making within the cryptocurrency market, in many cases, they’re letting the market decide the rights of the user. And that is just a fundamentally different relationship, right? An Bitcoin, Satoshi allowed you to choose to run software, giving you the right to money, giving the right to audit them financial supply, and then the right to a known supply and issuance. And then in cryptocurrencies in the cryptocurrency market, it’s like, yes, you have the right to now use your money however you want, right? You can turn your value into any number of things, but that comes with a tradeoff, right? And the tradeoff is, in the cryptocurrency system, it’s you no longer have that right to a known supply issuance. You no longer have that right to a known schedule or total money supply, right? So, yes, I think we’ve identified that argument.

And I think another one on top of that, again, is this right to dissent, because I think that is something that I’ve tried to express for a while that I really haven’t been able to get down, which is just that in most other cryptocurrency systems it appears that you just do not have the right to dissent from the majority, right? If the majority declares that something should happen, in most cases on most cryptocurrencies, it occurs. And there’s very few of no instances where there’s some case where that didn’t happen, right? So again, like I think this is where you start getting these differences and these differences start to feel important, and they start to feel like something where, “Okay, if Bitcoin is a financial system and it’s a financial system that secures rights, then why can we not apply that same ones cryptocurrencies, right? Like why are they not held to the same standard?

And if it is true that they ensure rights differently, how are they not then different? And I think that’s kind of the real question that I would lay down here as like sort of something I think we have to think about next, is that, again, like if cryptocurrencies ensure rights differently than Bitcoin, how is it that they are not a different class of thing. Like what is it that they are then? Because they’re clearly not Bitcoin at that point, because Bitcoin has properties that they don’t have, right? So you got to start a stronger argument for a delineation, which again is itself an argument that the traditional lens of agnosticism is wrong, right? So I don’t know. I don’t know how that argument elevates, but I think that it’s possible. I don’t know. I hope so. I hope that answers your questions in some way.

[00:34:06] Pierre: And if it didn’t, I’ll let the audience complain. You mentioned features. And you’ll hear people say, “Well, look, this blockchain offers, for example, the right to issue your own asset, you’re on token. You have the right to trade it in a decentralized manner. You have the right to get leveraged up or down with it. And you have the right to have a Tamagotchi artwork on here. And so, clearly, this has more rights than Bitcoin does.”

[00:34:36] Rizzo: Well, I think that’s all the same right. Like it is true that the cryptocurrency world like allows you to use your crypto money, for lack of a better term, in more ways than you want, which again is why I think it was so immediately like appealing to people and why if you look back on the past with some empathy, like you can start to understand like, “Well, why would people have wanted a system like that?” If it is the case that cryptocurrency ecosystem large exists to kind of satisfy this veneer of like ultimate freedom, well, then who would have introduced that and who would it have appealed to?

And I think the answer to that is that you do have the split in early Bitcoin between the FOSS open source developers like who felt very strongly, I think, that they were creating something that was open source like for the good of the world, right? And then these sort of early libertarian types who came into the industry and I think in a lot of respects like wanted a system where the market was in charge. Like that was something that was innately appealing to them. In many cases they had already sort of like personally decided that like that was their problem with society, is that society didn’t allow free markets and didn’t allow this thing where that you could just have this infinite exchange, right?

So like it was also a prior idea, like it also exists, but it also starts to seem like when you parse it out like that like very different from Bitcoin, right? Yeah. I don’t know if that – Did that answer your question?

[00:35:59] Pierre: Sort of. I mean, I think that it’s something that people keep coming back to, is that the freedom you have on these other blockchains is greater.

[00:36:09] Rizzo: Yeah. Well, I think it’s – Again, like it’s greater within the definition, right? The ability to use something in different ways I think. I think it comes down to it being like one type of freedom, right? I haven’t thought about this enough. I do think you can sort of distill it down to the ability to use value in however you want and however the market will allow starts to feel like one specific type of freedom, whereas the other types of freedoms that Bitcoin provides where it’s like, yes, you have the right to your money and, yes, you have this right to this auditing and this like known supply and this right to dissent, where you have the right to your money and then to disagree with the majority. Those feel like different classes of rights. I haven’t really like gone down this path far enough yet.

[BREAK]

[00:36:52] CK: Alright, Bitcoiners. I want to tell you about our newest sponsor. This show is brought to you by ledn.io. I have been super, super impressed with the guys over at Ledn. I’ve actually known the cofounders, Adam and Mauricio for a very long time. I’ve had the pleasure to watch them build Ledn up from a tiny, tiny startup, to now a super impressive institutional-grade Bitcoin and crypto lender. Y’all, I’m so impressed with these guys. They are offering some of the best rates out there. I don’t think anyone even comes close to touChing them. You can get 6.1% APY on your first two Bitcoin that you deposit into Ledn interest accounts, and you can get 8.5% on USDC deposits. I mean, I know other competitors, they’re not even close. If you’re going to put your crypto and your Bitcoin into an interest account, Ledn is by far the best. And on top of that, like I said, these guys are hardcore Bitcoiners and they know the products and the services that Bitcoiners want and appreciate. They came up with the b2x. It allows you to put your Bitcoin in and leverage it up. And you can, with one click of the mouse, get twice the exposure to Bitcoin. So if you’re super bullish, Ledn has you covered with a super, super easy way to get leveraged with b2x.

And then on top of that, they know that Bitcoiners care about your reserves. They know that Bitcoiners don’t like under reserved and not full reserved financial institutions. So they are pushing the frontier in transparency in the digital asset lending space. And they are the first digital asset lender to do a full proof of reserves and proof of attestation through Mariano LLC, a public accounting firm. So the Ledn guys, they know what Bitcoiners like. They are legit. I encourage you guys to check them out. Do your own research and go to ledn.io. That is ledn.io, and learn more.

[INTERVIEW CONTINUED]

[00:38:47] Pierre: I don’t think that the semantic issue of rights is particular to cryptocurrencies when we know people are saying you have a right to health care and you have a right to education and all this that you get into political philosophy of negative versus positive rights. So to what extent do you think that the market is just reflective of different political ideologies rather than economics per se?

[00:39:09] Rizzo: Yeah, I think a good amount, but I think I’ve really just tried to in this piece like carve out a description of the crypto market like itself as a system, right? Because if you start to think that like within other cryptocurrencies that there’s this idea of the market as a mediator, it sort of starts to feel like less like there are distinct cryptocurrencies. Really there’s like sort of an overall uniting philosophy behind it, right? You start to get these things that like unite these things like more generally. So I guess like, always, when you try to classify things, you look for the similarities and differences, right? And I think the attitude to the market on the sort of crypto agnostic side is much more that that is a valid rational market. It’s much more that the market is giving some data about what’s going on. But I think that’s really interesting, right? Because I think you see each of those subgroups also push back against that, right? Like you see the Ethereum supporters push back against Solana, right? Like they’ll argue that Solana actually isn’t that competitive against Ethereum. So even on one hand where they’re very differential to the market even on matters of like adjudicating user rights, they also like will appear dismissive of that market, right? Which is it, I guess, is like sort of becomes like kind of the end question, right?

Do you think the cryptocurrency market has some broader value? If you don’t then, I would argue that you know you probably shouldn’t leave someone’s right to money or their right to use some system up to that market, right? I mean, again, I can’t really answer that question. And I don’t even know if I can answer the question they originally asked other than just saying I think they start to feel like different things, right?

And I think within Bitcoin, it’s like, yes, there have been instances where we’ve looked to the market for guidance. There have been futures markets that have tried to tell us like which different features to add. But so far at least like there’s never been a case where somebody who didn’t want to upgrade to what the majority wanted has been disenfranchised. Again, that just starts to feel like a lot more fundamental. And I think you can sort of broadly refer to the other cryptocurrencies as are they systems where people are okay with the market disenfranchising people? And if they are, well, that’s fine. I mean, I guess you could argue that that outlook might be good. And I sort of end this piece really by just stating it as well. It’s like maybe there is an argument that this idea that the authority of the market should dictate people’s rights to money. Like maybe that is something new, right?

Like in Bitcoin, like you running the software gave you rights to money and that was new. And cryptocurrency at large, it seems like there’s this attitude of, “Well, it is the market’s recognition of you doing that that gives you the rights.” And I would just say that that’s like a very big difference actually. And why it’s a big difference is because if you’re relying on someone to recognize your rights or some group, I don’t know, it feels very different, right?

In Bitcoin, we have this assurance that we’re going to have absolutely always have the right to that money. So the assurance that I have the right to my money only so long as the market will tolerate me having access to that money starts to feel like a weaker assurance. So I kind of feel like you have to sort of start splitting the blocks or just like splitting the peas and carrots on the plate there, because that starts to feel like a very – You’re starting to like articulate two very different types of things.

[00:42:33] Pierre: All right. So I’m going to be a little bit devil’s advocate here, and I’m ready for Mr. Hoddle to accuse me of being a shitcoiner. But you brought up Ethereum and Solana. And couldn’t an argument be made that the rights the assurances, the guarantees, they are the result of time, of ossification and that Ethereum is trending towards having the same level of assurances that Bitcoin does. It’s just a matter of time and that you’re judging younger systems by the standards of a mature system, let’s say.

[00:43:09] Rizzo: Yeah. I think I don’t know if I can really answer that question, other than I just feel like the market will eventually. Eventually, we’ll see some data about that, I think, right? So yeah, and I think you’re right, right? I think the argument of the Ethereum system certainly to be respectful to how they’ve positioned, it was always that it was a beta project. The roadmap which they laid out in the beginning was quite expensive and that they’ve been moving along and they’ve sort of made the argument that they should be treated more as a beta product and until they get to their end vision. I mean, certainly I think you could be deferential to that in some degree. I think the problem sort of becomes like, “Well, there’s not a guarantee of that, right?” So equally it remains possible. Let’s just like play out a hypothetical situation. There’s some period where Ethereum sort of reaches like peak maturity and then they move to a platform of like allowing people to doing most of their changes by softworks, and therefore allowing people to write to dissent within that system. Like it’s theoretically possible I suppose. I just think you end up sort of in – One of the original divides here was is there a moral hazard like in managing these choices? So Ethereum will likely always continue to be a system in which a choice was made to invalidate someone’s right to money. And maybe in the future that is not the case or stops being the case. But I don’t know. You certainly have past precedent there, right? And I don’t know. These systems can be running for quite some time.

And I think one of the things that you start to think about is – Look, I’m certainly not one of those people who thinks Ethereum is going to blow up in the short term or anything like that. I think that what’s more likely to happen is that there’re just things that we don’t understand about these systems that accrue over time and they become very big before we really understand them. And there’s some sort of fundamental issue. And I see Hudson down there. So I’ll just cage this by saying like I’ve also felt that in the Ethereum community over the years of interacting at the conferences and things like that. You saw a lot of like early reluctance within that project for the price to increase like very rapidly like before they were far along the road map, right? There are just things that you can’t really guard against, right? So you start to maybe arrive at arguments where, I think, to your question, like nobody can answer that other than time will eventually answer that.

[00:45:22] Pierre: Well, I can answer it. I can answer it, right? And if I look at the immediate future and what they are doing with the Ethereum II project, I see them as becoming less ossified, right? That this is the biggest, most dramatic departure from Ethereum’s original protocol rules in its entire history. And so in my mind, the trend towards ossifying like Bitcoin has not begun yet. Maybe it’ll begin after they ship Ethereum 2. Or Ethereum 3 is next and it will once again completely change the underlying engineering of this system.

[00:46:02] Rizzo: Yeah. I mean, I think that’s totally like a valid concern, right? Again, I think that’s where these systems seem to attract people with similar mentality sort of things. And once you’ve done something a certain way, I mean, that’s sort of the argument of just the moral slipping, right? Like you excuse one thing one time, becomes easier to excuse another thing another time. And maybe eventually there are parties that exploit that for whatever reason who are not part of that initial group but then choose to knowing the past trajectory of the thing, like they just exploit that for their own gain, right? And I think that’s what makes it sort of a security hole.

But again, I think a lot of these arguments are sort of well-worn. I just think that they haven’t really resonated to your original point, right? It is still viewed as like a technical argument. And that’s why I was sort of key to like hone in on, “Okay, well –” Again, like there’s only so many different ways to compare different cryptocurrency systems, right? Like you can make economic arguments, you can make arguments about the decentralization of their networks, you can make arguments about their launch and that. I think the rights argument perhaps like could be one that is stronger because we have such scene, such an uptick to it, right? Like I think everybody here would probably agree that that has been one of the most powerful narratives for Bitcoin, right? I just don’t think we’ve maybe thought about enough or extrapolated enough to make the argument of why the other cryptocurrencies also don’t fit that distinction, right? Because I think for a lot of people, like it’s just not immediately clear, right? You could almost – Again, this is not being dismissive of the work, but like you could take an Alex Gladstein article. You could replace the word Bitcoin with Ethereum. And I think in a lot of cases like the article would read pretty similarly, right? So I think it gets to this idea that I think people at least at this point like sort of understand that cryptocurrencies achieve something broadly, right? I just don’t think that they’ve maybe even kind of crossed the chasm of like, “Okay, well what is it that –” I don’t know, it’s just such a tough argument, right? That they’re not all the same, right? Because that feels very much like where we’re at, and I feel this the most in the groups like I’m part of some journalism groups like in the space, in the cryptocurrency space, right? Again, it is always the cryptocurrency space. It is always there covering the cryptocurrency market. You just see that this is like kind of inherent lens has like cast over the industry.

And look, I don’t know if we can break that lens, but I mean that lens is like very much the default view. So if you can make an argument of like why – And again, this is sort of what I set out to do, which is like why is there no neutrality? And I don’t think there is neutrality in cryptocurrencies. Ultimately, these systems like have some tradeoffs. They just inherently do. So if you start to view these things as competing financial systems, then it’s sort of the question I think this is like the right question to emphasize is what is your attitude towards those rights? Like are you completely indifferent to them or do you care about them? And I think that’s perhaps something that could maybe be effective. Because, again, like if the current state is neutrality, if it’s just all these things are the same, well then likely like we have to sort of do something to like chip away that or challenge that. And again, maybe we have done all that already in different ways, but maybe in a way that like kind of feels more immediate to people, because I do think that like – I don’t know. There definitely is this idea of neutrality that cryptocurrencies are all the same, but this is a market, these are all stocks and bonds. One of these numbers, like the Dogecoin is not different than the Bitcoin or whatever. That to me just it feels like we should be beyond that at this point, right? That argument feels like I don’t even know how we have ended up there other than through just that people continue to still be confused about this.

[00:49:35] Pierre: Well, it seems to me that that one of the ways that folks have tried to break out of that neutrality to date is digital gold versus world computer and using metaphorical narratives in order to disabuse people of the neutrality. And I see a lot of overlap with your approach. It’s just very different words and concepts. But really –

[00:50:00] Rizzo: Well, I mean like the digital gold argument, I mean, I think is an interesting one, because I don’t like to consider Bitcoin as digital gold. I understand politically why that is an attractive framing for Bitcoin both as a sort of Trojan horse narrative and also as just something that conceptually does actually describe the technology in some ways. But I don’t know. I think you know it is also a financial system, right? Like that is I think a true characterization of what Bitcoin is. Otherwise, why are we building Lightning? Why does Taproot exist, right? We are sort of coming to the point where I think the financial system and the larger Bitcoin economy is hopefully the work of everyone here going to become more obvious hopefully. So then I don’t know how useful that becomes, right?

And I think it is useful today, right? I think, certainly, conceiving a Bitcoin as a digital gold has been helpful, but I think it’s also aided this idea that like, “Okay, well, Bitcoin is digital gold. So all these other things, like they must be different things. They have to be different because Bitcoin is gold. Like it’s a gold, and all these other things are different things.”

Again, I don’t know how true that is, right? Certainly a lot of the stuff that has been built on Ethereum today like was originally built on Bitcoin. Top layer protocols that sit on top of the blockchain where first appeared on Bitcoin. Not fungible tokens first appeared on Bitcoin. A lot of this stuff has precedent. And it feels like we’re still working on those things and that they’re not going away and that we want to in some ways accommodate them again. So I guess not entirely sure what people’s feelings are on that, but that sort of feels like the way that it’s going.

Well, in that case, like if Bitcoin is a financial system, it sort of becomes I think – You sort of have to start describing, “Okay, well, what separates the Bitcoin financial system from the crypto financial system?” And again, I think you sort of arrive at these like fundamental things, which is that both groups have pretty radically different attitudes towards user rights and they seem to both have different attitudes towards the crypto market. And then I don’t know how much more about those differences we’re going find out, but it certainly seems like they’re starting to appear.

[00:52:10] Pierre: All right. Well, we could try to take some questions from the audience.

[00:52:13] Rizzo: Yeah, I think we’ve had some people that had requests for a bit. So I think that’s cool with me if anybody wants to raise their hand and chat about anything. Just going to add some people.

[00:52:24] Pierre: I do have one more question for you as well.

[00:52:27] Rizzo: Yeah, sure.

[00:52:28] Pierre: How does the toxicity fit into this, right? That you’ve driven away all the innovation with these very disagreeable Bitcoin maximalists and that’s why people are not building on top of Bitcoin. It’s just a hostile – A developer unfriendly environment.

[00:52:47] Rizzo: Yeah. Well, I mean, how do you explain the Lightning network then I guess is sort of becomes the equal argument, right? It certainly seems that in a lot of ways the Bitcoin developer ecosystems much healthier than it’s been in past years by a good amount of good percentages, right? So I think that’s how you start answering that, right? I mean, it just becomes clear that the “toxicity” isn’t actually really discouraging. It’s just sort of self-selecting people who meet a certain ideology, right? I don’t know. Look, I think the toxicity thing, you hear it a lot. Certainly, people react to it. I’ve had different reactions to it over the years. I was someone who took the burden of a lot of toxicity early on. I’m sure a lot of people here like have yelled at me at various times for various things. Just looking at the audience, that seems very true, right?

But like you, still as a person, like have the agency to react to that, right? So I think what always confused me was I was like, “Okay, well, that’s interesting.” When I publish something about these cryptocurrencies, there’s a certain reaction. And then I publish something about Bitcoin, I get another reaction, right? So you sort of have to just, I think, extrapolate that and go from there, right? Certainly, I don’t think all the criticism I received over the years was within the context of my job like Warren said, right? But you have to understand that’s like how people are looking at it, right? So you’re starting to get to other questions here about like what is the role of the press and like what are they supposed to be doing?

It was a really tough conversation with the cryptocurrency journalism group the other day where people were sort of starting to talk about how congress like doesn’t understand cryptocurrencies and then, yeah, the journalists don’t understand the cryptocurrencies who are recovering them. And like, well, are the cryptocurrency journalists like – You’re just writing stories. You’re just there to get the next story, right? So there’s just like inherent business model limitations to these things. I think I’m rambling a little bit. Again, I think you can choose to react to things differently, right? So anyone who’s going to get criticism and then not try to address it personally in some way, that is a character thing, right? That is that people are going to react. I mean, some people are just going to do that and other people will take that criticism and they’ll internalize it and they’ll make some determination to change what they’re doing or to understand what they did originally that upset that person in whatever way, right? So I don’t know. I’ve never looked at toxicity as negative. I’ve benefited pretty substantially from it over the years just in terms of being personally intellectually challenged about a lot of things.

And even just this argument or this idea that Bitcoin is a system of different financial rights for the user, I don’t know, it’s taken me a really long time and internalize this argument, right? I don’t think I’m the one who created this. I think that most of the developers seem to believe something similar to this. I’m not sure that they’ve articulated maybe something as robust, right? But it seems like a general attitude that I’ve developed or I’ve detected over the years.

Yeah, I don’t know. I mean, certainly, Bitcoin like is something we’re all learning about and certain people are going to go to more lengths to like try to figure out what they don’t understand about something, right? I mean, I often sit around and wonder whether I’ve done that too much and whether I completely don’t understand it and will never understand it and whether I just completely give up like in terms of writing anything. But I don’t know. Again, it comes down to like the personal decision of like how you react to something like that, right?

So I got some new faces up here. Any of the speakers want to say anything or –

[00:56:07] CK: Yeah. Wait. So we have Reggie and we have D++. Let’s try to keep these serious questions regarding or comments regarding this conversation. Reggie, why don’t you start?

[00:56:18] Reggie: Okay. Thank you. Hello, everybody. It’s more of a comment than a question. I think it’s obvious that development has been relatively slack in Bitcoin and referring to the Lightning network as a rebuttal to the argument of chasing a developer’s way. It just doesn’t seem like a strong argument. Look at the Lightning network compared to all the development and activity on Ethereum, which has been predated by Bitcoin. It’s not even close. And the Lightning network is growing quickly now, but still relatively slow. And it was built upon patented technology. So there’s just not a lot of development growth or intellectual capital growth in the Bitcoin space, whether it’s from Bitcoin maximalism and toxicity –

[00:57:03] Speaker: Reggie, how are you not in jail right now? That’s what I want to know. How are you not locked up?

[00:57:08] Reggie: Okay. So we’re going to go there. Why should I be in jail?

[00:57:13] Speaker: No. I mean, if it’s up to me, you wouldn’t be in jail. None of these scams would be in jail. I’m just curious how you’re not locked up right now. Last I heard you were going to court and you had a whole thing going on.

[00:57:23] Reggie: Right. And so – Wait, wait, wait. If he makes an allegation, it should be addressed, okay?

[00:57:29] Speaker: I’m just asking a question. I’m just asking a question.

[00:57:32] Reggie: Okay. And I’m giving you the answer if you give me the opportunity to speak. Thank you. Okay. So that’s unethical, number one, okay?

[00:57:39] Speaker: Yeah, I’m not very ethical.

[00:57:41] Reggie: Okay. So as I was saying, right? I’ve been adjudicated of no scams, okay? I have never said I committed a scam. What you see is the aggression of a regulatory body going after many people in the space, but for some reason you find the need to segregate me and be derogatory.

[00:58:02] Speaker: I promise you’re not special here. I promise you. I treat all you the same.

[00:58:06] Reggie: Okay. I’m sorry. I thought you were – Rizzo, I’m sorry. I’m sorry, Pete. I thought I can’t tell who was speaking. So I’m going to try and ignore that. I addressed it. There’s no reason for me to be in jail because I did nothing criminal, and I didn’t commit any scams, etc. So now to address Bitcoin and the development race and how far it’s coming, my comment is development has been slack in the Bitcoin space, okay?

[00:58:32] Rizzo: Well, I mean, Reggie, I’ll just give you an example, right? So this came up early. I think it sounds like you’re someone who kind of believes in the crypto asset theory that there are many cryptocurrencies and they’re doing many different things, right? Look, I understand that lens, and I understand that viewpoint, but you can look at the arguments that were made there, right? There was many attempts to try to sort of build systems that would measure how these different cryptocurrencies were developing. A great example of this argument that you’re making about developers is that Zcash had many developers. There’re many developers working on Zcash. There’re all these developers working on Zcash. By every metric they had more than most of these other crypto assets and things. Nothing really ever came of that it seems, right? Like there was nothing or anything built there. So just because you’re attracting developers like doesn’t really mean that you’re really building anything, right? And I think in a lot of cases it’s – Again, this sort of goes down to the core of what we’re talking about is that, within Bitcoin, we’ve built Lightning is an entirely different system. I mean, you’re literally moving Bitcoin into an entirely – Removing it from the consensus limitations of Bitcoin into an entirely different system in which it operates by entirely different rules, yet that economic activity actually enhances the overall Bitcoin economy while still respecting the limitations of the 21 million coin supply. Which is, again, like going back to kind of the rights of users in Bitcoin, you have the right to your money, and you have the right to know how much money there is, you have the right to audit that money supply, right?

Again, in Bitcoin, we built this entire structure that like removes Bitcoin or any of these limitations while still respecting the rights of the users to the highest degree that it was originally enacted. And if you look at what happened in a lot of these other cryptocurrencies, and you’re referencing Ethereum specifically, sure, there are more developers building more things there and they’re offering you the ability to do more things with your money potentially, right? But again, they’re not building within the same constraints that Bitcoin is. Bitcoin is building with a greater guarantee towards the rights of the user than these other systems.

And again, if you look at all the development activity, just because you have development activity that doesn’t really mean that anything useful is going to be created. There’s no guarantee that any of the systems that these people are building are going to do what they say they’re going to do or they’re going to work as they say they’re going to do whether the market is going to want or need them at all. I mean, [inaudible 01:00:50], a person who’s built many cryptocurrency projects. What is the utility of those projects? I don’t know. What has been built on them? What have they achieved that other things have not achieved? So I would just encourage you to start asking like maybe some questions about this.

I understand that the investor viewpoint on cryptocurrencies has like largely been shaped by looking at the activity developers. But on some level, you might want to start thinking about that these developers might not have any more answers than you do about like what they’re doing or why they’re doing it or what they’re trying to achieve. And no one’s guaranteeing that they’re going to achieve anything. Bitcoin’s been a system that’s been running for 12 years. And because of Lightning, over the last four years now, operates an entirely different way and it solves a lot of the issues that we’ve been working on for years in a way where nobody actually had to like take any reduction in use of rights. Nobody was disenfranchised through that development path. So I don’t know. Pierre, I don’t know if you want to answer that.

[01:01:40] Pierre: Well. I also think that there’s a spectrum you know we use the word developer and it’s an all-encompassing word, when really there’s a lot more to unpack there. So if we look at fundamental protocol research, and I would put Taproot in that category, it raises the question of first of all is Taproot from an engineering protocol research perspective “more advanced” than anything going on any other chain? And I would argue that, yes, it is.

And we’ve heard the argument made that these other blockchains, these other cryptocurrencies are something that we can draw inspiration from and learn from and bring the innovation into Bitcoin, and yet Taproot came from Bitcoin protocol researchers, people who’ve been working on Bitcoin for the better part of a decade, some of them longer than a decade at this juncture. And so I think that it’s really easy to look at the surface level and say, “Hey, look, there’re people who are deploying smart contracts onto this chain and there’s a lot of them, and there’s this activity going on. But then if it’s completely unscalable and on top of that, the economics of it are completely unsustainable. And it’s basically something that’s being subsidized by senior edge and marketing,” then it doesn’t persuade me that there’s a lot of “developer activity”, or maybe there is a lot of it but there’s a trade-off there with the quality of it.

And that if we think about it long term, I think that it would have been too soon for application developers to build on top of the Bitcoin protocol before Taproot, and that I anticipate the amount of application development on top of Bitcoin to accelerate with the activation of Taproot whether it’s with smart contracts, DLCs, with oracles or with more advanced functionality on the Lightning network. And yeah, I don’t see that as being where we should be racing with each other to get low quality applications developed.

[01:03:47] Rizzo: Yeah. I mean, I think to maybe just bounce off that. I mean, the activity has to be evaluated within the constraints, right? Like within Ethereum and these other systems, this is where it becomes helpful to start looking at behaviors in aggregate, right? So Ethereum offered the developers the ability to build whole new systems, launch new coins within the systems and then essentially within a push of a couple buttons set up new – Essentially change the economics of the Ethereum system, right? So in Bitcoin, the developers built to a higher standard, right? They built to the higher standard of respecting the rights of users not just to the money, not just to the private keys for their money, but to the ability for those users to have the right to have a known supply and to know the issuance and to know what the Bitcoin economy is, right?

Again, I think if you look at from that perspective, not only has Bitcoin achieved a lot even just putting Lightning in a box, but they’ve also done it to a higher degree of engineering and that they actually have found a way to accommodate this activity without invalidating or removing some other benefit that was there previously. Again, I think that you have to sort of look at that.

Again, this is why I think like it’s sort of misleading to kind of look at the cryptocurrency system as this like great enabler of freedoms, because the freedom is kind of fairly limited to like you being able to trade or move value through all these different types of coins. And like, ultimately – I don’t know. I don’t think we know that that is actually going to be behavior that is impactful or matters in the long term. I mean, you certainly saw this with Ethereum at the point that they were kind of three layers deep within their system during the DeFi summer period, right? You had multi-token protocols being launched on Ethereum and then you had application level tokens that were bundling these primitives or whatever kind of things they were calling them. And the economic relationships between these things started to break down, right?

So yeah, there’s been a lot of activity on Ethereum. But in some cases I’m amazed by like how both groups are still kind of playing in the similar sandboxes, right? I mean, Ethereum is still trying to stand up some of these layer two systems. Bitcoin is getting there, and in some cases like in El Salvador, it’s certainly already live, right?

I think, Ethereum, when you saw these systems really getting stacked up on each other, the economics of the systems just started to not work like with Wi-Fi and YAMs and all these types of things, right? So I don’t know. Again, like activity is not really an indicator of anything. You have to kind of keep in mind what you’re building.

[01:06:11] Speaker: I find this whole question so bizarre, because as someone who’s been developer, who’s been trying to follow Bitcoin for a long time, the amount of development going on has gotten so vast, I can’t even follow it anymore. Try going to the Bitcoin mailing list and just reading every single post there keeping up with it, it’s a full-time job. I mean, the idea that Bitcoin development has slowed, just totally absurd. And just I think it’s somebody who is not looking at where development’s happening and they’re pretending it’s not there. It’s like putting your head in the sand and being like, “Oh, why is there no sky?”

[01:06:39] Pierre: Shout out to the Bitcoin Optech newsletter. Go subscribe to their newsletter. It’ll give you a chance of maybe keeping up with the tip of the iceberg. But you’re right, that it is impossible to keep up with all of the development activity going on in the Bitcoin ecosystem.

[BREAK]

[01:07:00] CK: Bitcoiners, I am so excited to tell you about the Bitcoin 2022 Conference. You guys, Bitcoin 2021 was absolutely a smash hit success. It was over 13,000 Bitcoiners coming together, breaking the barriers on who can come together and celebrate freedom, celebrate Bitcoin in the energy was absolutely electric. Unfortunately, it was just oversubscribed. There’re just people flowing out everywhere. And this year, we are learning. We are making the conference bigger and better. We are moving over to the Miami Beach Convention Center. And we are going to be throwing a massive four-day festival for Bitcoin, celebrating Bitcoin, bringing together the greatest minds in Bitcoin, and the greatest businesses in Bitcoin, and lastly, the culture of Bitcoin altogether.

We have a four-day extravaganza planned for you guys for Bitcoin 2022. Day one is going to be industry day. It is a day where you can buy a special ticket in order to just mingle and make business deals happen. Day two and three is going to be a full-blown Bitcoin conference. This is our main conference is going to be on April 7th and 8th. And then lastly, we have the Sound Music Festival day four. Imagine going to Coachella, but for Bitcoin. There’s going to be very few talks. It’s going to be all about the culture of Bitcoin. It’s going to be all about hanging with your fellow plebs. And it’s going to be an absolutely amazing time. There’s going to be Bitcoin musicians, Bitcoin artists, and all your favorite Bitcoiners, and just an amazing environment to party and just see it all, soak it all in, and to get people to realize that a Bitcoin world, a world filled with Bitcoin people doing Bitcoin things is the world that they want to live in. That’s what Bitcoin 2022 is all about. That is what the Bitcoin Conference is all about. That’s what Bitcoin Magazine is all about. So it is going to be a celebration of Bitcoin, the Bitcoiners, and this amazing movement that is going to make the world a better place.

Go to b.tc/conference, learn more about the Bitcoin conference. Learn more about all the amazing things that are happening in Miami around the Bitcoin Conference, and buy your tickets. And guess what? If you buy your tickets with Bitcoin, you save $100 on all the tickets and $1,000 on the whale pass. So if you want the VIP pass, the Big Kahuna, you buy with Bitcoin. You save $1,000. That’s a lot of sats. So go and do it right now today. Don’t wait. Prices are only going up. This is going to be a can’t miss event.

Bitcoiners I want to tell you about The Deep Dive. The Deep Dive is Bitcoin magazine premium market intelligence newsletter. This is a no fluff, hard-hitting incredible newsletter going deep into the market helping you understand what’s happening with derivatives, what’s happening on-chain, what’s happening in macro, what’s happening with the narrative, and what’s happening with the tech. My man, Dylan LeClair, is an absolute savant. He is making his name known in the Bitcoin community. Getting shout-outs left and right, getting on podcast left and right, and him and his team are bringing you everything that you need to know about Bitcoin. You don’t even have to be on Bitcoin Twitter .You can ignore every other newsletter. This is the newsletter to rule them all. Go over to members.bitcoinmagazine.com. Sign up today. And if you use promo code macro, you get a full month for free. You have nothing to lose. What are you waiting for? Sign up? See the incredible work that Dylan and his team are putting out. And if you don’t like it, just unsubscribe. You don’t pay a dime. But if you do, it’s going to be well worth the SaaS in investment in understanding Bitcoin, in gaining the confidence to continue to invest in Bitcoin and making the right moves around Bitcoin. And it’s going to be well worth every single Satoshi. Again, can’t recommend it enough. That is members.bitcoinmagazine.com, promo code macro. Do it today.


[INTERVIEW CONTINUED]

[01:10:59] Speaker: Hi, guys. Can I speak?

[01:11:01] Pierre: Sure.

[01:11:02] Gideon: Okay. Well, just to answer the implied question on the topic against crypto why Bitcoin only. I’d suggest to say that there’s a learning curve with all cryptocurrencies. And even with Bitcoin, I think it took me a while to appreciate the depth and the revolution that it offers just, one, the custody of your own currency; two, anonymity. I’m not so sure how that works or to what extent it’s anonymous. And then the third, the decentralized ledger.

And when Rizzo was speaking, it’s true. Just sort of like been this question implied about toxicity and whatnot. And I was just thinking currency in general, not just crypto. It’s a social construct, right? I mean, the only reason why currency has utility is as far as we can use it in our society to trade things for value, or storing things of value, or just exchanging stuff.

And I must confess that, personally, I’ve been struggling to keep up with what we’d say are the Bitcoin maximals. And I don’t want to say they’re just toxic for no reason. But in the extent that we try to think about crypto or even Bitcoin in our society, right? Let’s think about the coin exchanges. How many people get onboarded onto Bitcoin? Because back in 209, you could get Bitcoin by mining through your PC. And these days I’m not so sure how feasible that is. You probably just like need like ASIC machines and stuff. So what? You need a coin exchange and you need to buy Bitcoin. But then this exists on top of the existing fiat currency system, right? And we are offering Bitcoin as sort of like this alternative.

But the truth is it’s an alternative, yes, but there’s some relationship there. And governments, apart from the fact that they have no control over Bitcoin, they are concerned over money laundering and even as far as we want to use Bitcoin as a store value, as an asset class, or as a currency, this is issue of taxation. And this is why I just want to have, let’s call it a safe space, to discuss the ambitions that we want for Bitcoin and to sort of like square that with a reality. Is it really possible to have something that’s an asset or a currency that ignores its interoperability with like other systems for either tax collection or just like know your client protocols just so that we don’t have terrorist shifting money in between. And I just find myself in conflict there because I am really for the great advantages that Bitcoin possesses, but I just don’t see how we can have mass adoption if we don’t sort of like address those issues. And sometimes I enter into spaces with Bitcoin maxies and people talked me down so much. They tell me, “Hey, Gideon, why don’t you go research about what Bitcoin –”

[01:13:50] CK: Hey. Well, let’s not use this space as a space to complain about people talking down, but I do think that that’s an interesting question. Rizzo or Pierre, do you want to address the comment?

[01:14:02] Pierre: Yeah, I feel talked down to right now. But I think that you’re –

[01:14:06] Gideon: Sorry.

[01:14:06] Pierre: No. You’re fine. I’m kidding. You make a point, sir. Ultimately, I think that the toxic response to the concerns you raised is that the government can try, right? They can try to add KYC. They can try to add tax compliance on top of Bitcoin, but we’re not going to do it for them, and they have to get us to adopt their software, and that’s just not going to happen. And so just structurally, there isn’t really anything that can be done with regards to the Bitcoin protocol in terms of connecting it into the fiat world in that way and that it really is the fiat world itself that will have to adapt and governments will have to find a way to make a living without stealing people’s money.

[01:14:52] D++: Yeah, if I may just chime in here some interesting questions. I think if we kind of look at the history of humanity for thousands upon thousands of years, people have transacted privately with other folks without being surveilled. The idea that our financial activity is surveilled is quite new. I believe it was only in the 70s that this started, and of course it has continued to increase. So the idea of KYC being your customer, it might seem like we’re doing things like protecting folks from terrorism and that kind of thing. And if that were the case, I would be all for it. But the problem is it actually breeds terrorism. And here’s why.

So with the KYC laws, as they are, there are actually billions of people as a result that are shut out of financial services. So they are either unbanked, meaning they can’t have a bank account at all, or they’re underbanked, meaning they have very limited access to financial services. And if these folks are the victims of totalitarian regimes, what that means is they have no way out. They have no way of saving. They have no way of leaving, and they’re stuck. So those folks, as I’m sure you can probably imagine, often turn to violence. So if we actually can remove these totalitarian laws, it’ll actually decrease and not increase violence worldwide.

And that said, the question is about taxing. I think El Salvador is a really great case study for that, because El Salvador has made Bitcoin legal tender, Bitcoin is just the money. So you don’t have to pay taxes on your money just as money because that doesn’t really make a whole lot of sense. And so that’s the way I see Bitcoin and that’s why I think it doesn’t make sense to tax Bitcoin itself.

[01:16:36] CK: Hey, just real quick in terms of etiquette. After people make their comment or question, I am removing you. There’re a lot of people requesting to get on stage. So just trying to maintain civility on stage. So [inaudible 01:16:49] requesting. I think you’ve had your question. Same with you, Reggie. D++, what are your thoughts or comments regarding this conversation in general?

[01:16:59] D++: Oh yeah, you can feel free to move me back to the audience if you need to make some space. I was just here to talk about Bitcoin versus crypto.

[01:17:06] CK: No. Yeah, let’s switch back to that, right? So in terms of this conversation, I do really love the thought that Rizzo kind of highlights that like Bitcoin is very unique than all other crypto, because it’s about the user flat out, like no question. I think there’s been a lot of ways that Bitcoiners have tried to articulate this. The man in the coma can wake up and his keys are still his keys. There’s a lot of different ways that Bitcoins are trying to articulate this idea. But I feel like Rizzo and this paper has really articulated it very cleanly on this differentiator of why Bitcoin is special and of its own thing. I’m curious if you have any comments on that. Or if Dustin, Tomer, Mike have any comments.

[01:17:48] Tomer: I mean, I’m happy to say something. Pete and I did exchange a couple of direct messages earlier today on his really interesting article. And I think he’s hit the nail largely on the head. So not to disagree. I thought he was a little bit generous to the camp that is crypto agnostic insofar as there was a painting of it as those systems are majority rule systems I think is what the article said a couple of times. And in fact, it’s hard to know what a majority is in many of these systems because the identities of cryptographic keys. Anyone can spin up a hundred million votes if the votes are how many identities or how many addresses you have. So we don’t have that as a way of determining what the majority is.

Again, even before I just – I would say I don’t think that majority rules is a fair system. It is the majority exploiting the minority. So the whole point of rights is they protect minorities, right? Not that they are different ways for majorities to exploit minorities. But what we actually end up seeing is not even that there’s a majority rule in a lot of these other cryptos. What we end up with are different governance mechanisms, which may be hiding under some kind of majority. So with Ethereum, when they voted, and I’m making air quotes on rolling back the DAO, there were just a handful of votes, and it was deemed to be democratic. But when they recently had these accidental hard forks, it wasn’t that they went with the chain that had the most number of people voting for it. You would say, “Well, maybe they went with the chain that had the most mining on it. But my understanding is if that wasn’t the case either even, they ended up going with the chain that the developers said was the right new reference client.” So it’s a very small subset of people who are actually the ones with the votes are the majority. And in the case – I think in the case of Ethereum, often, we actually have a majority of the Vitaliks. So if the one Vitalik says this is the way we’re going, that’s the way everybody ends up being taken ultimately.

[01:19:51] Rizzo: I mean, I’ll take it from there. I mean, I 100% agree with you. And I think I led by saying I do agree with the criticism that this was very charitable. But one of the interesting things about making an argument where you sort of give the counter view like a very charitable deference is I think like you end up sort of seeing that let’s just even assume that these other cryptocurrencies essentially function the by majority rule. Like how do you not end up with the types of systems that are essentially we’re trying to avoid, right? So sort of three camps here being you sort of end up with some system of governance. And Bitcoin, your right to money is an absolute right. Like it exists entirely and can never be revoked. As soon as you’re in some other system where your right can be revoked by someone, like this is where the crypto system and the fiat system start to seem very similar, right?

And I think the issue here that I think both groups I think should rightly have, like from the fiat perspective, like they’re saying – And I call this out in the piece. Like the fiat perspective is pretty simple to understand, right? They just don’t think the private market should issue money. And they think that democratic states should be able to manage money in the public interest, right? Because you can follow the train of thought there by saying elected officials represent users, elected officials make decisions, and therefore the majority’s opinion about what should happen in fiat currency is sort of what’s enacted. And I think why I actually like that comparison is because, I agree with you, that in most cases on these other cryptocurrency systems, it is absolutely not the case where there’s a significant majority that is making these decisions. It’s probably a small collusive minority.

But even in instances where it was like a large majority, you’re still dealing with a system where the majority of some group can take away your rights. I think the issue here is that the cryptocurrency people – And this is the thing that I feel like they’ve kind of slipped under the rug, is that they feel like it’s okay for the market to rescind the users rights but not okay for the government to rescind user rights. And that’s where it gets like really confusing, because there’s a weird moral conundrum there [inaudible 01:21:56] actually rescinding someone’s rights or imposing the cost that they start an entirely new cryptocurrency or use another cryptocurrency in order to redeem those rights or to recognize their rights, right? So I think that’s where it sort of starts to be like, “Okay, well, clearly there’s something here with these other cryptocurrencies where they’re doing something that isn’t Bitcoin. Because in Bitcoin, we do have this right to dissent.” Like you do not have to agree to the majority’s rules. Like you do not have to upgrade to Taproot like if you do not want to. And no one is going to rescind your rights to Bitcoin.

Again, like that just something that does not seem to exist at all in these other places. And so I guess this is – I think you have to start with the charitable argument, because even the charitable argument is weak. If at best all you’ve done is reconstruct democratic style majority governance of over money, but you’ve actually removed all the public oversight, that happens in the current system today, and just kind of handed that over to the market to decide, then what does that say about your moral choices? And I feel like the answer is it says a lot. Like it says a lot about your attitude towards things.

[01:23:09] Tomer: Yeah. So I’m in complete agreement with you. I just will wrap up with a quick one on leave the stage. I think Bitcoin was this advancement. It was a step forward. They did exactly what you just described, which is it guarantees the rights that are promised in it to every individual irrevocably. That was the advance, right? And anything that no longer does that isn’t a new advancement. It’s a regression back to what we’ve had before. Like I think that really encapsulates for me when I look at all these other projects to say, “Oh, I’ve seen that before. That’s the fiat money system. Or that’s the corrupt system.”

[01:23:44] Rizzo: Well, I mean, to be honest, I think my worry is that we’re going to find out these systems are even worse. My real big worry I think is you’re going to see the mass scale migration to these systems before we even understand the problems. And this is why like my – Privately, I’ve talked about this a bit with different people, is like my worry about Ethereum and these other type systems is they get very large, like much larger before they start to see any real type failure conditions, because the kind of things that you’re talking about with the problems are if they’re fundamentally weaker on user rights, like if it is true that these systems like from the standpoint of user rights offer no greater guarantees than we have with government monies but then replace the government with some organization that is like even less accountable, that’s where it sort of starts to get feeling like, “Okay, we all sort of understand there’s something wrong with what’s going on in the alternative cryptocurrencies even if some of us like can’t really quite define it yet.”

[01:24:36] Tomer: So can I just ask a question then, Pete, because I think –

[01:24:39] CK: Hey, really quick. We do have a hard stop in 10 minutes. So Tomer, if we keep this one brief and then [inaudible 01:24:45].

[01:24:45] Tomer: Very brief question. Very brief question. Well, I’ll ask the question and I’ll leave the stage when I ask it. I’ll stick around for the answer. Do you think that the people who are coming into these systems that are poorly governed aren’t aware of the poor governance but have made the choice?

[01:24:58] Rizzo: Oh yeah, Absolutely no idea. There’s no way they have any idea, because they’re not even viewing it like that. They’re just picking a random number on the charts. It’s like if you walked into a horse race and you bet on lucky seven because it was your favorite number or like they had a green harness or something. Yeah, I really don’t think that there’s – But that’s sort of the problem, right? And I think this is where if you’re starting to argue against neutrality, if this this default view of like all these systems are the same, you have to sort of start with like, “Okay, well, why are they different?” And I think the strongest difference between Bitcoin and these other systems is not really the economics. It’s not the decentralization of the network. It’s not even really like the immaculate conception launch type things. I mean, I agree that these are all great fundamental differences. Again, I feel like the user rights perspective, it’s like there’s some things to that argument, right? I just feel like it’s very appealing. And I think it kind of strikes to why we’re all here.

I understand why it’s been difficult to articulate. And I’ll even kind of like open the conversation with – I think one of the reasons why people have been like kind of afraid to like put this out maybe is that there is sort of a technical concern. Like maybe we do reach a point where we do have to hard fork with Bitcoin for some reason, right? So I feel like there’s been a reticence to like kind of talk about this like right to dissent like we have because we can currently advance Bitcoin and soft forks. But even there’s like the kind of this little thing in the back of people’s heads, which is like, “Oh, maybe this isn’t absolute. Like maybe for some reason somewhere down the line we find out we need to do this for some reason.” And let’s just say it’s like an end of days type scenario.

So I feel like that’s why people are kind of scared to talk about it. And I think I finally had a comfort level with this where I started to think about it of like, “Okay, well, if ultimately Bitcoin is like only the best system we’ve ever created to ensure user financial rights, then maybe it exists sort of as this ideal,” right? Where it’s like it’s sort of asking like – So Erik Voorhees who reviewed the piece. He like sort of brought up that question, like, “What would happen if Bitcoin had to hard fork? Like what if there is the doomsday scenario?” And I think the answer to that is it’s sort of like asking what happens if democracy is threatened and like the United States is invaded and you need to appoint a dictator. Does democracy still exist?

And I think, yes, it is enough for an ideal to exist, and it is enough to aspire to an ideal, and it is enough to work like every day to carry out that ideal even if under certain kinds of conditions that might not exist, because I don’t know how that’s different from any other human aspirational system. Like democracy is the exact same way. There’s like no guarantee that democracy will exist forever. There’s no ultimate guarantee of it. And I think maybe I think where I hit with that argument is that if that is the case with Bitcoin like where maybe this argument that we can protect user rights the greatest extent, maybe let’s just even say there’s that scenario where we can’t actually still enable that. I don’t know. Then at least it’s the greater thing to aspire to even if it’s not absolute.

[01:27:48] Speaker: Yeah. I just want to add to the do Ethereum people know what they’re investing in? And I think what you see is a classic example of it is that Bitcoiners, a lot of them will steal man better arguments for these Ethereum other people better than themselves. Like, “All right. The argument doesn’t make any sense. Let’s pretend it made sense and argue against that.” And you see the opposite with Ethereum.

Like one of the common narrative you hear from Ethereum these days is that the Lightning network is centralized and wrap Bitcoin is not, which is factually exactly the opposite. So it’s one of those things where if the other side is willing to lie and cheat and you take them out their word, they’re always going to sound like they’re better.

[01:28:22] CK: All right. So, hey, really quick. I want to keep this one tight. We’re going to need to take two more comments. I’m going to go with Matt, and then let’s go with Donna. And then let’s treat these like rapid fires.

[01:28:32] Speaker: Okay, great. Let’s finish them out.

[01:28:34] Pierre: Mike, Don. Or let’s go Matt, Donna, Mike, rapid fire questions for Mr. Rizzo.

[01:28:39] Matt: I’ll make it quick. Thanks. Thoughts on SOVRYN. I saw Eden Yago is making the YouTube rounds again. He’s already done Pomp’s podcast like twice. The SOVRYN, the “side chain of Bitcoin”, but yet they insist that they need an ERC token, I guess, for governance. But your thoughts please.

[01:28:58] Rizzo: Yeah. Honestly, I haven’t looked into it enough to have any real opinion. The stacks is like a similar thing that I also would say like I don’t have a significant opinion on. I mean, look, I certainly understand why people – Again, if you sort of look at it from a user right perspective, you’re sort of undermining right to the known money supply, the right that Bitcoin provides. But look, I don’t know. I mean, I think this sort of gets into like where do you see the Bitcoin economy developing. And is there a zero tolerance policy to these other types of coins? Pierre might be able to answer that better than I can.

I mean, I still think – I guess I would say that without having looked at any of these systems at all, I understand why people are upset about them, because they do seem to undermine one of the guarantees of Bitcoin that other systems have built around and respected.

[01:29:47] Pierre: Yeah, zero tolerance, those are scams.

[01:29:49] CK: All right, let’s go Don now.

[01:29:51] Donna: Hi. thank you so much for inviting me up. So in the onslaught that we’re seeing of regulatory limelight, what do you worry most about for Bitcoin potential regulation? I asked that so that we could concentrate our efforts in trying to kind of scale that back with the regulatory ecosystem. Let’s focus on the U.S., because it’s too big to focus globally.

[01:30:18] Rizzo: Yeah. I mean, to be honest, like I don’t really think about the regulatory stuff too much. I know that’s a shitty answer, but I’ve really struggled to continue to care about it over the years. So I just feel like it’s just so behind from where things are at, right? Like if you think that dealing with the cryptocurrency journalists are getting [inaudible 01:30:33] is bad. I mean, the politicians, like it might be even worse. I mean, I’ve been encouraged by how many of the like smaller politicians are now backing Bitcoin and supporting it. And I think that’s really encouraging.

I mean, again, I think the issue continues to become like it’s like do we let everybody continue thinking that cryptocurrencies are all one group of things, right? Like is it – And that there’s no difference between these systems? I think like my wish would be that financial regulators like understand that the rights that you have within the Bitcoin system are arguably greater than you have in any other cryptocurrency, like full stop. Start from there. Start from like the actual thing that is different. And then whatever they want to make of that distinction, like I don’t care. But if you prove that there are two things instead of one thing, then, I don’t know, my attitude is sort of let the world make what they will of that. But let’s at least agree that these are separate things. I don’t know what like you should classify a lot of these cryptocurrency things as. But I know that they are not Bitcoin and I know that they are two different classes of things. And I don’t know. That should be enough for those people to carry on with some greater degree of understanding, I think. I don’t know. Pierre?

[01:31:43] Pierre: Yeah. I think that governments don’t have a great track record themselves with regards to the rights of their or of these citizens, the people. So they don’t really have a leg to stand on. And I also think that the dynamics are going to be such that in the U.S., where I’m most familiar with deregulatory environment, I think that Gary Gensler and the SEC and whatnot, they might technically be correct that some of these things are securities. But ultimately, people want them. And they’re seeing this with their XRP litigation with Ripple. It could end up being the case that this backfires and that the SED finds itself on the defensive and that they do not succeed at even going after things that are DINO, right, decentralized in name only, because there is just a wide swath of the population that has bags, for lack of a better word. And these other cryptocurrencies end up being very useful as a way of shielding anything close to a hostile regulatory action against Bitcoin in the United States.

I mean, I know that in China, the Chinese, the communist party, they kicked all the Bitcoin miners out and all that. So that’s a different story. And I’m sure that Europe is somewhere in between communist China and the United States. So we’ll see how that goes.

[01:33:14] CK: All right, y’all. So this about hits the time. Rizzo, I want to give you a shot at a last word and let’s close this one out.

[01:33:20] Rizzo: Yeah, appreciate the questions, appreciate the time to speak, Pierre. Thanks for asking some good stuff. Hope you guys check out the article on Forbes. It’s called Against Cryptocurrency: The Ethical Argument for Bitcoin Maximalism. And again, just trying to get it out there that I think Bitcoin is stronger on user rights than other cryptocurrency systems. I think it’s an argument we should make more, because, look, I think at the end of the day, like most people want to support the rights of others. And if we can articulate as we have done why Bitcoin is more kind of ethical or moral than the fiat system, I think we can get to the bottom of how to do it against the cryptocurrencies as well, because certainly they’ve been great at obfuscating and equating what they’re doing with Bitcoin. And there’s a whole apparatus industries that are seeking to forward that equation. Anyway, yeah, appreciate the forum and thanks everyone who checked in.

[01:34:09] CK: Yeah, I love your work, man. Thanks for putting out there.

[01:34:11] Rizzo: Thanks bud, appreciate it.

[01:34:14] CK: We need more Rizzo. But this one’s a great one. A lot of digest here. Read it on Forbes. And y’all can find this, a recording of this entire conversation on Bitcoin Magazine YouTube and in your podcast player at Bitcoin Spaces Live. So check that out. And with that, let’s close it out.

Source

Tagged : / / / / / / /

Discussing Bitcoin Freedom Vs. Government Servitude

Watch This Episode On YouTube

Listen To This Episode:

In this episode of Twitter Spaces hosted by Bitcoin Magazine, P (@phjlljp) was joined by Jay Gould, Jimmy Song, Bitcoin TINA, and others to discuss the ludicrous government proposal of taxing unrealized capital gains, and how Bitcoin can help free humanity from government overreach.

Episode 19

[EPISODE]

[00:00:06] P: Hey, everyone. This is P. I am the Head of Programming at Bitcoin Magazine for the Bitcoin Conference. If you haven’t bought your tickets yet, you definitely should. It’s going to be fucking incredible. I asked a number of people, Jay Gould, John, Amanda, Bitcoin Tina, Jimmy Song, and a few others to join me, to discuss the absolutely ludicrous proposal that Yellen and the White House made recently, that unrealized capital gains should be taxed as income. Let’s dive in. Go for it, man.

[00:00:39] JG: Before we begin, I want to just read something. I think it’s important, because words have meaning. From the white house, to Janet Yellen, to Bernie Sanders, to Elizabeth Warren, to AOC, and all the way back to Barack Obama, they started saying something that they’re continuing to say it was on the website, actually, yesterday.

They always say something like, the rich must pay their “fair share.” These words imply that the rich are not currently paying their fair share. Otherwise, why would they say it? It is complete and utter, complete and blatant lie. I posted something today. It’s a little dated, from 2009. It was from mint.com. They show different cohorts of income in this country. They show collectively what percentage of the makeup of total income bracket you are, if you’re in that bracket. Then, it shows you what percentage of the dollars collected in tax revenue are. It’s significantly higher, higher income, collecting the majority of the tax dollars being collected. To say, it’s completely disingenuous and dishonest, to say that the rich aren’t paying their fair share.

When the 1.8% highest paid above $500,000 are paying 41% of all the taxes collected. 200,000 to 500,000 is 2% of income cohort. They’re collecting 20% of all the tax revenue there. That’s 60%. It’s somewhere like 80 something percent, and we only get to 10% of the people. It’s off the charts. It’s just completely and utterly dishonest, and that’s where we start.

[00:02:03] P: Yeah, I think you’re absolutely right. This is so clearly – it’s propaganda, right? It is a narrative that is being spun, in order to push the public opinion in a specific direction. It is unfortunately, fairly effective. I think that it’s the thing that is so disappointing to me personally, about this situation. Before we –

[00:02:22] JG: There’s also one more thing that is interesting. I found another stat here. In 2001, the share of the federal income taxes paid by the top 1% increased from 33.2% to 40.1% by 2018. They’re not paying less income tax over the last 20 years as a percentage. That’s actually going up, which clearly, the gross nominal dollars being collected are also going up, and just the vast majority of all the dollars being collected. It’s complete false narrative.

[00:02:47] P: Can you say again, what specifically was claimed in the White House article?

[00:02:50] JG: What she said, I don’t have it in front of me. I got to find that. What she said, here’s something she had said. She had Senator Shelby – this is different from the White House article. “I do support eliminating –” This is yesterday. “Stepped up basis.” By the way, I think this is, I think this is really where they’re going with this, to be honest with you. We’ll get to that in a second. I don’t think it’s unrealized.

[00:03:08] JF: It’s the only way they can actually get up that.

[00:03:10] JG: That’s right. That’s right. It would be a nightmare from an audit perspective, as John knows, to try to do this from across all income bracket categories, etc. She said, “I do support eliminating stepped up basis. The reason is that, a very large share of the income, words have meaning throughout this whole discussion tonight, okay. Income of the wealthy individuals is simply never taxed. Individuals hold onto these assets during their lifetime. That income is never taxed. Again, it’s not income. It’s appreciation.

We know that for some of the wealthiest individuals in the country, they pay very low taxes overall, because most of their income takes the form of unrealized capital gains. Unrealized capital gains are not taxable, people. Just to be clear. Capital gains are taxable, currently. The Biden administration proposed that at death, those gains be taxed. Currently tax law, when you die, and you have property per se, it is passed onto your heirs, and there’s a thing called stepped-up basis, which means their new cost basis is what the value of the property is at the time that they receive it. We’ll get back to that in a minute.

She says, “And with careful consideration, not in any way to harm the prospects of family-owned farms and small businesses, because they would have massive tax of all events on these events on death,” they’d have to sell their farms, or get a loan to pay the tax. It wouldn’t make sense. “There were substantial exemptions to protect them.” She’s trying to protect them from that. “Even if there is not actually taxation imposed that death, getting rid of stepped-up basis would mean that an heir would inherit the original basis of the asset.”

Even if they didn’t get rid of it, they’re saying, they’re going to go back to saying that your cost basis is now their cost basis, which I don’t think is completely unfair, to be totally honest. I’m not totally against all the things, but because you’re not – if that’s not a taxable event, unless they sell it. She’s just saying, why should you get a stepped-up basis on a cost basis? That makes sense, actually, in my opinion, but you could debate that.

When that person eventually sells that asset, the taxes would be paid and she didn’t say this, but it would be on the original cost basis that your parents bought it for as an example, okay. All of this is important, because they’re mincing words and they’re conflating things. She’s saying things along the lines that the large share of the income from the wealthy individuals is never taxed. That is not true. The current tax code is that you are taxed. There are ordinary income taxes, and there are long-term capital gains taxes. There are no longer short-term capital gains taxes, because there are now taxes, or ordinary income levels. They already fixed that one, so that means they’re taxing rich people – It is.

[00:05:45] T: I don’t think that that’s actually projected as 25%. Check it out. It’s correct.

[00:05:48] P: Tina? Let Jay finish.

[00:05:51] JG: Again, long-term capital gains, long-term capital gains have a special treatment, and they are to be taxed at a lower rate, because you’re imposing risk on the investor. This is why they have this. They define that guys by profit earned on the sale of that asset, which has increased in value over the holding period. Then asset, could be a tangible property, like a car, business, a stock, as well as intangible properties, right? Bitcoin, can touch it.

Then, ordinary income is just what most of you probably have. It’s if you have employment, you have a job, or it could be interest, or dividends, and then income from sole proprietorships, rents, royalties, if you’re lucky to have something like that. What they’re trying to say now is that if you have rents on a property, or royalties for some an asset, like you have a publishing deal for a book, or music rights or something of that nature, they’re going to want to look at that asset that is deriving the rents, the royalties, the dividends, the interest, and they want to tax that based on the appreciative value of it going up year-to-year, which could be forced liquidation for some individuals, depending on who they are. It sounds like, she’s also targeting, P, the top 400 richest people in the world today. That is the current narrative and rhetoric. I just wanted to get out some of the factual information here.

[00:07:00] JF: Yeah. P, can I just tag in a little bit, if you wrapped up on that point? One, short-grain taxes are our taxes, ordinary income. Long-term capital gains are based on your income. From zero to a certain percent, from zero to 50,000, I think it’s just for $0 or 0%, so there is no short-term. They just need long-term capital gains.

Then from 50,000, roughly 450,000, it’s at 15%. Then everything above that is 20%. The Biden proposal is to move it all toward ordinary income tax. Unless that’s changed in the last three months, I don’t believe it has – there’s any tax accounts there that want to correct me. I don’t think that I’m wrong.

The second thing I wanted to hit on Jay is what you talked about, is there’s not a real practical way to actually go after unrealized gains, because they also have to go on off of unrealized losses and they haven’t talked about that either, right? Literally, the methodology that’s cited in this letter is going off the Forbes list.

[00:07:51] JG: It’s ridiculous. I know.

[00:07:52] JF: It’s a joke, right? I tried to go through their technical, how they use the data to ultimately form their calculation and their methodology. It’s just basically a joke. The thing that I think that Jay, you hit on, I wanted to bring home, I think the way that they actually get this done, and just to further introduce myself, I worked in public accounting, I’m a reformed public accountant. I have not practiced in 12 years, so I don’t want to come and speak from a public accountant’s perspective. P asked me to talk about some of the things that are going on with institutional adoption. Since we’re talking about this piece of it, what I think is important is what can be, I think, the practical way of actually getting at a wealth tax, which is ultimately what this comes down to is eliminating stepped-up basis.

I’m not here to argue the merits for or against, whether or not that policy should take place or shouldn’t, but that’s actually how they’re going to get at additional wealth that’s trapped in these ways. I think, it’s a really great way to do it, right? If you want to further the Ponzi scheme and you know that you’re going to print – you’re at the printer of last resort, and where’s all that money, where’s all that wealth being created? It’s being created in assets.

If you’re going to continue to build them out to backstop it, you’re extracting more value to go into your Ponzi scheme through ultimately, measures like eliminating stepped-up basis. It’s a way to actually get more tax revenue from investments. I think, that’s where you were headed a minute ago, Jay, with how they actually practically implement these unrealized gains.

[00:09:10] JG: Yeah. I think they’re going to do it on death. It’s going to be a death tax. I think, the attempt is to eliminate the stepped-up basis to try to collect more revenue.

[00:09:18] JF: Exactly.

[00:09:19] JG: That’s what I think. That’s just step one, right? Clearly –

[00:09:21] JF: I think, that’s how they tend to meet up with the estate tax is really –

[00:09:23] JG: Look, all they have and definitely wanted to do, John, if that’s all they wanted to do, there’d be no narrative rhetoric, around about unrealized gains being capital gains, right?

[00:09:34] LW: That’s the thing, right, Jay? If you think about it, this is just the destruction of wealth. Because really, what they’re doing is they’re trying to rebalance everything. hey know they’ve printed way too much money. They know they can’t stop printing money. They know our economy is in the crapper, and the only way you’re going to really be able to save that is through some form of UBI.

The only way you can retrieve any of this money you keep throwing out there is to figure out a way to tax some stuff that probably even shouldn’t even really be taxed, just to get the money back. I think, that’s why they’re doing this, they’re really literally throwing darts at a dartboard, trying to figure out ways to pull money back out of the assets that they’ve inflated. It’s almost like, you blow the balloon up, and then now we need to come in and put a small hole in it so that we can pull some of the air out of the balloon, because we know next week, we’re going to put more around the balloon. They just don’t want the balloon to pop. They feel this is the only way they can balance this entire thing. Yeah. I think it’s crazy. No, not at all.

[00:10:30] JG: A 100% of the 400 richest people’s income. They took all their assets. You can’t pay this off. We just keep pumping afterwards.

[00:10:38] P: I think, it’s important acknowledge that this is a key tenant of modern monetary theory, right?

[00:10:41] JG: This is what I think this is. This has been going on for centuries guys. They come after the billionaires first. They take from them and the people say, “That’s not me. I don’t have to worry about that, so I don’t speak out.” They came for the unions, unionists and the socialists and speak out, even though I’m not a socialist. Then they came for the incurables and I didn’t speak out. Then they came for the gypsies and the Jews and the homosexuals, and I didn’t speak out, because they’re not me. Then they came for me, because there was no one left to speak out for me. Guys, wake up. They’re going to come for you.

They may not come for the poorest people in this country, but the richer people in this country, the middle class of this country, the upper middle-class of this country, they’re looking and saying, “Screw that. They’re the 400 richest people. Oh, I’m not them.” Okay. Then they slide it down, to the top 1,000, the top 10,000. Let me tell you something. Eventually, it’s you. they don’t ever change these rules. Like AMT, Obama Affordable Healthcare, the 3.8% tax. They never got rid of that.

[00:11:33] P: Yeah. A 100%.

[00:11:35] JG: They don’t ever get rid of any of these things.

[00:11:37] T: Just talk about putting caps on what you can earn in a Roth IRA. I don’t know other details on this, but there’s a guy from [inaudible 00:11:43] financial guy, Adam Bergman was at the Bitcoin Conference, who gave a presentation who has been talking with us. He’s a tax attorney, and he’s got a business, which caters to IRAs and the self-directed. Now they’re coming to you right now.

[00:12:01] JF: I have a great step for this fact.

[00:12:03] T: I guarantee you that in the course of the next 20 to 30 years, you will hit those caps if you have a Roth IRA.

[00:12:09] JG: Yeah, because [inaudible 00:12:09] about a 5-million-dollar cap. If you’re 25-years-old, you’re likely to have 5 million in your IRA in the future. Just do the math on a kegger with the amount of money that’s being printed and what your growth will be.

[00:12:20] P: What is it? 80% of all the U S dollars that have ever existed have been printed in the last 14 years.

[00:12:26] LW: Yeah. Here’s the thing, that 5 million is going to be worth –

[00:12:28] P: The 13 [inaudible 00:12:29].

[00:12:31] LW: That 5 million by the time you get there, it’s only going to be worth about a half a million. You keep printing money like this, it’s going to make even that wealth. This is what I feel like is going crazy in this country. Right now, this wealth destruction, the ability to compound interest, all of these different things that especially, which is weird to me, because it always comes from the democratic party, which always talks about the inequality and the wealth gap.

If you think about it, when you take away the ability for people to invest in assets and actually compound that interest without being taxed on it, you are a literally expanding the wealth gap, because the people who already have, they already have. The only way I’m going to be able to make it back is to actually invest in things, so that I can actually build compound interest, so that I can at least catch up in the gap in some form or faster.

But they wind up destroying that wealth possibility by bringing in things, like unrealized capital gains tax. Then, they take that out and put it to the bottom by doing something like UBI. If you think about that, all it is the government making us more and more dependent. See, the thing is that the democratic party, they always are a party of trying to create the goodness. Just look across the entire scope of what they’ve done, I’m talking about when they finally changed over, when they were the racist party, it was a little bit different. Then they changed over and they still might’ve been the racist party, because they wanted dependence and they wound up making the dependence, those people who didn’t have a whole lot, which happened to look like me back in the day.

Now, we’re in a position now where the dependents, they’re trying to make the entire middle-class dependent upon the government, because they understand that if they have a dependent body, what happens is that dependency makes people vote for them in the future. This is what I feel like is exactly happening right now in this country. They are establishing ways to make us more and more dependent upon government, and I think that if we have to fight back against it, and by any means necessary, and I truthfully believe, Bitcoin is the best way to fight against all of this bull crap.

[00:14:23] P: Yeah. I totally agree. I think this is all about systems of control. You remove people’s upside and then you force them to take the dog food you’re feeding them, and that allows you to have control over them. Jimmy, I want to give you a chance to comment, weigh in and then yellow, I want to hear your thoughts, because you’ve had your hand raised for a while.

[00:14:39] JS: I did write a tweet earlier today about how were cats, four times now, already on our income, and this is going to be tax number five, like unrealized capital gains. I think, there’s something really crazy going on here. I thought Lamar made some really good points about how it’s really a way to – They know that they printed too much money, that it’s in the hands of rich people. They’re trying to calm down some of the poor people by taking some of that back that and they’re doing that through taxation. Unrealized capital gains is, I’m not even sure how you force that, right?

Because Mark Zuckerberg is worth billions of dollars, but the way he gets money is he keeps his stock in Facebook and he gets loans against that stock. That’s how he operates. That’s the way in which he could continue to get upside on his business and so on. That’s how a lot of people in the US are. They don’t actually have that many liquid assets. They just borrow against the assets that they have. This in turn causes this Cantillon on effect of additional money printing, because all of those loans that they get against their stock or their assets, it’s all newly printed money. That in turn, causes even more money to be printed and go into the economy, that causes higher prices and stuff.

You do a wealth tax like this, they now have to liquidate this stuff. I suppose, they could take out a loan against that and hope that the tax goes away eventually, but they’re most likely going to have to sell. Now you have less leverage that these people have. You’re destroying this money creation avenue. You contract the money supply as a result of this. It’s not going to be pretty. You do this from some of the wealthier people in the – You really contract the money supply significantly. That means that the fed has to print even more and give out even more loans on even less of a basis. You get even more fragile. I just think this thing has disaster written all over it.

[00:16:42] JG: I got a question for you. Do you see a scenario, or possibility where, because a guy like John Malone from Liberty Media, he did this. He was the master at this. He never paid any taxes. He just borrowed against his holdings and he kept growing through acquisitions and his network kept going up and just kept borrowing against it and never had to sell anything.

He serviced the debt with the loans as well. Really genius, actually. Why not, in a low-interest rate world that we have, which isn’t going anyway, going away anytime soon, and let’s say, he has a 100 million dollars that he wants to borrow, and he’s currently borrowing it at 3%, just say, why couldn’t they just impose a very small tax on the amount borrowed, because otherwise, for him to get the 100 dollars, he would have had to sell assets. Then, he could just use the loan that he’s borrowing to service the debt.

Essentially, it’s increasing his interest rate, essentially. The interest rate from the bank, but then you have an imposed tax from the government, the tax from the bank, it could just be like, almost a library plus, right? He may have a 3% interest rate from the bank, and then the government says, if you’re borrowing money against your assets, we’re going to tax you 5% on the amount you borrow. They’re not going to not borrow to do that. They’re certainly not going to sell their assets.

[00:17:46] LW: They will move, Jay. I believe, billionaires are going to move.

[00:17:50] JG: I think that’s true.

[00:17:52] LW: They’re going to be straight –

[00:17:54] T: Hold on. I just retweeted something that I learned about many years ago about lead trust in Harvard alumni. Go read what I tweeted. I sent it to John, to P, to Jay. Go take a look at that. Some of the things you have to understand about super rich people. One, they set up – Hold on. They set up foundations. Foundations enable you to take substantial amounts of money and keep it untaxed for centuries, certainly for decades. The power of having substantial wealth is the power of using it and having access to it. That money pretty much [inaudible 00:18:27].

There are many things in the tax code, which enable the super wealthy to very much mitigate the effects of these things. These things will fall down on upper income, not fantastically wealthy people. They will fall on people who might be considered rich, or not super rich, because the super-rich can do things that other people can’t do.

When Bloomberg has the giving pledge, whatever the hell he calls it, it gives substantial amount of money into a foundation. That foundation can be controlled by family members for decades, which is the real power of having money, because you have massive social influence, political influence. This is the power of real money. People will have tens of billions of dollars, can’t spend it, but they sure as hell like that political influence, and it’s serious.

I’ll look at lead trusts. The game is set up so that those who have well into the nine figures and above can do things that other people can’t do. If you have 20 to 30 million dollars, which sounds like a lot of money, you get screwed, because you can’t defend yourself from these things. When you have 500 million, a billion, 2 billion dollars, there are lots of things you can do.

It’s not going to be quite what you’re saying. It’s going to fall on the heads of people who are successful, who want to leave money to their family, and maybe to others, but it’s going to slam those people. It is not going to hit the super-rich. Really, if you want to change the tax code to change the consumption tax, eliminate all capital gains, all income taxes, because the consumption tax will capture the spending of the super-rich and there are plenty of things that can be done to mitigate the effects on substantially, lower-income people.

This was a game about power, and this is a game, when you can grant special favors and dispensation to people who were not hit by this tax code, that’s the real power that Congress has. The ability to grant special tax benefits to different groups and classes of people. I think, class is not an economic class. I’m talking about –

[00:20:32] JG: Tina, let me ask you a question. Let me ask you a question. I’m aware of this. You’re right. For the richest individuals in the country, the billionaires, this is a strategy. It’s really funny. The giving pledge with Warren Buffet and all these guys. It was really funny when I saw – it was Garrett Camp, the founder of Uber, decided and put 50% of his wealth in there. Just do some math on that.

Anyway, if you look, and by the way, they’re doing really good things. I’m not criticizing the effort, but there is a tax benefit to this. The billionaires are mostly all aware of it. I imagine, they’d have to be. They’re not, I don’t know what rock they’re living under. The politicians are mostly aware of it as well. The lobbyists are making them aware of it. They’re all aware, so why is there a rhetoric around this? What is the goal? Why do you think they’re doing it? Because to me –

[00:21:15] T: I didn’t think it’s [inaudible 00:21:17].

[00:21:17] P: Go for it, Jay.

[00:21:18] JG: Because it seems to me, I think it’s just, number one, they’re pandering to their constituency base, their voters. Number two, it’s a slippery slope that leads to the others like us.

[00:21:29] T: It’s the politics of envy. Here’s something you need to know. Everyone needs to know this. There’s no point in discussing rates, if you don’t discuss definition of income. Taxes are all about definition of income. When you start defining unrealized capital gains as income, that’s definition of income. When people talk about 80% and 90% rates from the 50s and 60s, the definition of income was very different. The 1986 tax reformat eliminated credit card interest as a deduction. There were all kinds of tax shelters people could engage in. People do not understand that definition of income is critical. You can’t have a discussion without it.

[00:22:05] P: I totally agree.

[00:22:06] JG: That’s where we started the topic to call.

[00:22:07] P: Yeah, I totally agree, Tina. That’s, what’s really going on here, to Jay’s point. Essentially, the government or, Yellen, the White House, they are basically putting a target on “wealthy individuals’” backs, because that is a politically acceptable way to shoehorn this, pass all the constituents.

[00:22:27] JG: They’re pandering to the bottom 50% of income earners in the country. This is a true fact. The bottom 50%, they only pay 2.9% of the tax revenue collected for the government for federal taxes.

[00:22:39] JF: There was a girl who wore a dress that says, “Tax the rich.” This is a really phenomenal way to raise money and pander to your base. If you guys remember, if you look at how Mitt Romney lost the 2016, excuse me, the 2012 election, he basically was pulling neck and neck. This is the point that, I think, Jay was raising. Then he goes, 47% of Americans don’t pay any income taxes. There was a secret video. Go watch the polling from that day through. This is an extremely effective way. It polls really well within certain demographics, a really large demographic and an increasing demographic, like, one where you can say, what’s wrong with society? This is another one of those pointing to the symptoms and not actually to the cause.

[00:23:17] P: I do want to give yellow a chance to speak, because he’s been extremely patient. Go ahead, yellow. What’s up?

[00:23:23] Y: Thank you for having me, first of all, I actually have a question for a Jimmy Song. I’m a huge fan. What’s his thoughts on banana bread?

[00:23:30] P: God dammit. Banana bread is an important asset to diversify one’s holdings into, as you and I have talked about for a couple of days back, bananas are actually, a really interesting token, which has a physical aspect associated with it. We talked about the seeds, the fact that the Cavendish bananas are all clones and that there’s a terrible fungus that’s attacking all Cavendish bananas.

[00:23:51] Y: I know it’s off topic, and I’m hijacking a little bit. I’m sorry about that. I just want to know this and I’ll be going that banana bread is a great store of carbohydrates [inaudible 00:24:01] through time and space. If you want to know more, you should read the banana standard and thank you for your time.

[00:24:07] P: I am going to bring us back around to this specific conversation. Let’s continue.

[00:24:10] JF: We left off in a Banana Republic, or how we’re leading to a Banana Republic. If that would get us to segue back to the wealth tax. I think, Tina, let a really sharp point that I think it was worthy of noting. This doesn’t hit people that have a nine, 10-figure net worth. This is folks that are going to be in that seven, eight figure net worth, which probably is going to comprise a lot of people in this room, in the next 10 or 15 years at worst, even if you’re really bearish like me, all joking aside.

[00:24:39] LW: It’s going to hit the people, too, bro.

[00:24:40] JF: I get it. I get it. I get it. Let me finish this thought, and then I’ll let you get any pertinent thoughts in. I think, it’s important to understand there are a lot of ways to manipulate this thing. By the time that this thing gets enacted, like most people have things figure it out before the actual tax laws get enacted.

When the Dodd-Frank tax after the bank said, after the 2008 financial crisis and the banks were the enemies, which they are, but any who, in terms of the political rhetoric at the time, literally of the 10 most important provisions of Dodd-Frank, eight of them, they already found work arounds for eight or nine of them, I believe, before the actual law actually was implemented. This is a function of making a lot of accountants richer. Let’s take a counter and a thought here and just like, I don’t actually see an unrealized tax bill being passed. I think, it’s political suicide and 70% to 80% of the country’s congressional districts.

I think, it’s a really effective way to raise money and to insulate your power for about 20% to 30% of the congressional political districts. The reality is, very few things can get passed in this country. Things like that, I think, are going to be really difficult to do. Not just from a political standpoint, but actually, from a pragmatic standpoint. That’s why I brought up the methodology they use. They’re literally relying on Forbes to actually find the 400 richest people that they’re citing in this particular report, or the 400 richest family.

The reality is, I think, Tina laid out that last point around where the burden will actually fall and it won’t fall on that next bracket. It won’t fall on the uber wealthy. This is one of those things, to bring it back to the conversation, I think, circles this all, this is what this is why Bitcoin matters. This is why you need hard money. This is why you need censorship-resistant money. This is why you need to start to build community, which I think is taking place in a much more sophisticated way in Washington than the entire time I’ve been. With Amanda’s efforts, with probably, Bitcoin Magazine, helping putting a lot of the content out that they are.

I know a lot of people personally that have been on the phone with senators, like Ted Cruz and Toomey and Lummis, etc. This is one of those things where we got to step up our game as well and be part of the narrative that’s up for it.

[00:26:44] LW: Here’s what’s crazy. The part I was saying is this going to hit the people with six-figure net worth, too, John. The people who might be custodians and been saving for the last 30 years in their 401k and barely getting up to a million. You know what I mean?

[00:26:57] JF: You’re not wrong, Lamar. I would actually say further, you’re going to wind up having for selling. You’re going to have a bunch of people selling assets, instead of accumulating assets.

[00:27:05] LW: Right. Then what happens when you started having for selling? What happens to the actual price of those assets, when you start having all of this –

[00:27:12] JF: All our volatility. You see it in [inaudible 00:27:13]. We’ve seen this with the point price every year in March or April, whatever, where the Bitcoin prize dips, because people have to sell to pay their trading bills, etc., etc. This is one of the things that happens with a lot of the estate taxes, even in current day, right?

Most people that are inheriting large dollar estates, aren’t actually receiving a bunch of cash in bank accounts, or money market accounts. They’re inheriting real estate. They’re inheriting, perhaps, shares in a company. They’re inheriting the family business, etc. This is where Jay was hitting in on, and Jay and I were talking about the stepped-up basis conversation. That will be the easiest way to attack it.

If you really wanted to increase revenue, especially from that targeted group of individuals, the way you do that is you basically increase their tax basis, or you remove the ability for the heirs to inherit the tax basis and you say, “Yo, this isn’t a taxable event. They don’t have to pay taxes necessarily then.” When they do, when you do die, or when you do give it to them, or when they sell it, then they’re going to have to pay it based on a different basis.

[00:28:14] JG: John, they’ll probably do one of the two things. They’re probably going to do that. They may also say that we won’t tax you on this liquidation event of your parents passing away, but if you pass away and still have it, that will be a liquidation event for your kids. You can’t just keep it. They’re probably going to prevent to push that down intimately and definitely.

[00:28:30] T: Hold on. You’re saying, there’s an unlimited elimination of the estate tax? Is that what you’re saying? Because I don’t think –

[00:28:37] JG: That’s not what I’m saying.

[00:28:37] T: [Inaudible 00:28:38] about eliminating the estate taxes. Hold on. The reason you get – Hold on. The reason you get a step up in basis is because you get hit within estate tax. As a quid pro quo, you get the step up in basis. If you own XYZ stock at basically zero, and now it’s at ,2000, you get the step up in basis, because for any estate over some amount, you pay a very large estate tax. You can’t forget that. You can’t eliminate –

[00:29:02] P: Tina, I just want to make sure that the audience understands what you mean when you say step-up in basis. Can you define that for us?

[00:29:07] T: Okay. The basis is the price you paid. You bought Microsoft stock. You bought it back in 1989 and you paid the equivalent of 20 cents for it. Today, it’s selling at 300 and some odd dollars. That’s a step-up in basis. You own 30 million dollars’ worth, in the state of whatever, which is in excess of the exemption. The exemption today is 11.7 million per person.

Together, a couple can leave twice that amount, 11.7 million dollars times two to their children, with as an exclusion, and without paying a state taxes on it. They’re going to drop that 11.7 to 5 million something, so you won’t get as much of an exclusion, and you’ll get hit on a estate tax over that amount and you’ll pay the difference in the gains.

The reason Warren Buffet likes the estate tax so much is that when all kinds of people have to sell their businesses, because they can’t meet the estate tax, because they may not be liquid, he gets to buy it on the cheap.

[00:30:05] JF: That’s the point that I was getting. Forcing the selling in those areas for people that [inaudible 00:30:09]. It basically distorts markets. Hey, Tina, just because I think, and you’re not wrong in everything you’re saying, but just to repeat it, because for people who don’t know what stepped-up basis is, probably got lost in the next two bullet points you are. Let me just literally recite this. [Inaudible 00:30:24].

[00:30:25] T: You do it, John.

[00:30:26] JF: Yeah, it’s fine. The tax code in the United States holds that when the person beneficiary receives an asset from the giver, the benefactor, after the benefactor dies, that asset receives stepped-up basis, in which market value at the time of the benefactor dies, a stepped-up basis can be higher than before death costs. Simply put, you when you’re inheriting an asset, you basically can get the market price of the asset as your basis when you receive it, because the person who likely has given it to you, this is assuming that it’s higher than what you received it at. If you’re getting a piece of real estate that is now worth a million, but it was bought for a 100,000, stepped-up basis now allows for you to own that real estate at a million. When you sell it for 2 million, you would now owe a million dollars in taxes, versus 1.9 million. Is that more clear, P?

[00:31:12] P: Yeah, absolutely.

[00:31:12] JF: Should I try that one more time?

[00:31:13] P: No. Thanks, man. I also want to give just a chance for Shannon, you requested to speak. You’ve been up here for a while.

[00:31:19] JF: Hey, really quickly, P. Can we let Tina finish that? I think he’s about to finish the last thought that I think it was really important. Tina, if I didn’t interrupt you. And then Shannon, if you want to jump in on that. I think, you were really winding a really important thought that I was trying to –

[00:31:31] T: I don’t remember what thought. If you do, you can fill in for me, because I completely forgotten what I was saying.

[00:31:37] JF: No worries, Tina. What I think what you’re doing is basically, tying the additive component of where you can extract more of more tax revenue, right? Just by using the illustration I do, so if you basically eliminate stepped basis, you’re able to actually hit that group harder, and more likely than not a bunch of people that don’t have the ability to pay that tax with liquid cash. What they wind up doing is they force sell assets, especially things that might not necessarily have huge market.

Imagine if you’re buying – you get a piece of real estate, because your parents have had the family home for 30 years. Cantillon effect of inflation, etc., and has now driven that price. This is a middle-class home, probably in Chicago. It’s now worth a couple million dollars, perhaps. Now, obviously, fast forwarding 10 or 15 years, the way that they’d be able to get more tax revenue is to obviously tax you on the basis that was the original acquisition of that asset. An example I used before, a 100,000 versus a million, obviously taxing 1.9 million makes that a lot more tax revenue, but also it distorts markets, right?

One of the reasons we have wash sale rules, P, and this is where I was trying to bring this thought home on market distortion, or perhaps, even more volatility, is that people are going to be selling for no other reason than to pay a tax bill, that they wouldn’t have had, if someone didn’t die, or someone didn’t hand them something.

It doesn’t allow for intergenerational wealth. It doesn’t allow for you to transfer your energy through time and space in the way that Bitcoin is perfected. I think that’s why it’s like, this type of thought is super, super anti-Bitcoin, and I think something that should be concerning, even though I actually don’t think that it’s super practical.

I think, the stepped-up basis attack is definitely practical. I think, the ability to start taxing people on appreciation is going to be much more difficult, not only politically to pass, but also from an accounting standpoint to enforce.

[00:33:37] JG: They’re going to try to tax you on the money you borrow against assets.

[00:33:42] LW: I think, also from a political standpoint, like you were saying earlier, if you even look at the whole idea of tax the rich, the problem is what I was saying earlier, I think, there is asymmetric information about what’s really going to happen. The people who are on the bottom rungs of society that actually need to save and start investing in assets to start building up their own net worth and wealth, they don’t understand that those same laws are going to be affecting them, because it’s not affecting them immediately.

The problem is as those laws begin to affect them, they are going to be further behind in the wealth gap, which is not good for anyone who is trying to actually grow generational wealth to pass down for generations, so that the next generations can stop being in the situations that they’re in.

I think, that’s the part from a political standpoint that it almost is manipulative, to be all the way – What politics aren’t manipulate? Let me rewind that. It’s just politics as usual to try to manipulate a base to make them believe that it’s us versus them. When the truth of the matter is, the us versus them is probably really supposed to be the government versus the people, the state versus the people.

I think, that’s what really, we need to start looking at and understanding that some of these policies and the things that they’re encouraging is not going to only affect these “billionaires” that they are targeting, but it’s also going to affect everyday people. I think, that winds up putting us into a far darker hole when it comes to marginalized communities in this country, man. That’s the part that makes me very passionate. That’s the part that just makes me very upset that they try to do things like this, because you never can get out of the hole if every time you get out of the hole, they change the rules about what the hole is, you know what I’m saying? And what income is.

[00:35:31] JF: I’ll tell you, it’s also probably worth just to bring this home a little, P, and I won’t be very long. This is just a Cyborg Yellen, pretty much. This is political suicide, I believe, for 70% of [inaudible 00:35:42]. Take a different position than me. That’s mine. It’s okay for us to disagree. Let me just say this. Right now, this isn’t a serious proposal that’s getting any traction. These are the types of things that have been talked about for years.

It’s not like, I’m just putting this out there from a perspective of anybody that’s sitting there and listening, worried about calling their accountant tomorrow and being like, “Yo, what am I taxed?” Take a deep breath. There’s no new tax done.

[00:36:05] P: Great. Jay, before you jump in, I just want to comment and say, that’s a very – Lamar and John, you just framed a really eloquent way of thinking about this, which is that it’s ultimately an attack on what Bitcoin is designed to fix. Specifically, it’s an attack on low-time preference. It basically forces you to have a higher time preference. I think, that’s a really important frame for us to acknowledge, because that is the type of attack, the type of insidious attack that we are most likely to see on Bitcoin going forward.

Bans like the one that China has implemented, it’s comical at this point, right? We all laugh that price barely is affected from just yeah, trying a good fucking luck. These types of things where the narrative is being shifted and more importantly, the incentives are being shifted. That is really fucking dangerous. I think, it’s so important that we are – whether or not these are imminent threats as some of us think they are, or just proposals, John, as it sounds like, you think they are. I think we have to be hyper-aware of these things, regardless, because these are the types of threats that have a largest likelihood of undermining everything that we’re trying to achieve with Bitcoin.

[00:37:13] LW: P, can I say this really quick, Jay. Just really quick.

[00:37:14] JG: No, man. Because I’m trying to talk. I try to be respectful here.

[00:37:17] P: [Inaudible 00:37:17] Go ahead, Jay.

[00:37:19] JG: Apparently, it’s different in Spaces. You got to wait for everybody to finish. John, I agree with what you’re saying, but I don’t in a way. It’s dangerous to have this thinking of, there’s nothing to worry about. Joe’s in here as a listener. He’s not on stage. He generally does a lot of this.

[00:37:30] JF: No, that’s not my take. Just for the record, that’s not my take. That’s why I’m here to join the conversation. I didn’t want people panicking and calling their accountants and figure out, like thinking that this is a tax bill that we’re talking about, like the infrastructure bill a couple weeks ago or something. I just wanted to put some component of it. That’s all. Or some context to it. I do think it’s important, and I do think it’s a threat.

[00:37:50] LW: That’s my whole thing though, John.

[00:37:52] JF: Hey, Lamar. After you’re done, though, let Tina jump in, because he’s been waiting for a while.

[00:37:56] LW: Yeah. Quickly, go ahead, Jay. Man.

[00:37:58] JG: I didn’t asked you a damn thing. I just wanted to say, that I think it’s important to understand that I started the call off when we started this room, saying that words have meaning. they started this rhetoric in 2008 under Obama’s hope, whatever the fuck campaign he had, when he kept saying they’re not paying their fair share. the fair share line, I’ve never heard before. They’ve been pounding that drum and slowly introducing more and more overreaching tax strategies.

The first one was the Obama Affordable Healthcare Tax. Obviously, it made sense if you believed in doing the affordable care for the day, to try to have to pay for it what they say. They could just put in more money. They had the 3.8% tax. Then when Trump comes in and has his told tax plan and tax cuts, doesn’t cut that tax, right? They’re never going to take these things away, so they slowly creep these things in. They start with the rhetoric. They start doing it this way. They lean it. They do the same thing at the fed, right? Where they’ll say things like, “We’re thinking about tapering,” and then they want to see how the market reacts. If the market doesn’t overreact, they might actually try it. They try a few more signaling aside, a verbal expression. Then, eventually, they try it and they see how the market reacts there, then they push further and they push further. They’re doing the same thing here with this stuff. This is what their strategy is. They push it out there.

[00:39:11] JF: They tax the rich –

[00:39:11] P: Wait a minute. Hold on. John. John, John, John. John, wait. I do want to give David a chance to speak and also, Shannon.

[00:39:17] JG: Okay. Nothing’s changed, John. It’s always been the same, right?

[00:39:19] JF: No. The first time that said [inaudible 00:39:21].

[00:39:22] JG: John, it is a strategic words. Listen to the words. Listen to the rhetoric.

[00:39:26] JF: I get it. I’m saying, you just said the first time you heard it was in 2008 with Obama. I’m telling you that this goes back to the election of 1890 with –

[00:39:35] P: John, hold on, hold on, hold on. John. John. I take a point. It doesn’t actually matter when they are pushing this narrative. Jay’s point rather still stands, which is that –

[00:39:42] JG: It’s accelerating.

[00:39:43] P: It is accelerating. Absolutely. Jay, you and I were talking about how I feel foolish being continually surprised by how rapidly we are accelerating along this timeline. This is how it goes to your point. You’re absolutely correct. It’s narrative and it’s how does the public respond? Then, it’s basically, okay, they didn’t respond too harshly, or maybe only a little bit harshly. Great. We can lock us in and it will never be removed. You see this in every single aspect of our lives, including like, fucking bridge tolls. I live in the SF Bay Area, the Golden Gate Bridge, there was not supposed to be a bridge toll on that, and they have increased it every fucking year and every fucking year. It’s announced as being a temporary measure that is never going away. I think, that it’s so important as you said, that we are understanding these ideas as attacks.

[00:40:24] JG: The thing that gets me the most riled up, like I was the other day –

[00:40:27] P: Jay. Wait, hold on. Go ahead and finish this thought, and then I do want to let Shannon.

[00:40:31] JG: The thing that really gets me going is that it’s a class warfare. It started with Obama creating this class warfare of the rich and the poor. Yes, John, they’ve been doing this for many years, but not as strategically calculated as they’ve been doing over the last 15 years, 13 years, I should say. Very strategic. Now, it’s just dumping over into people, like Elizabeth Warren now, that are acting on the total polar opposite side of Donald Trump and the way the politics are, and they have AOCs, and you have multiple ones on that side of the aisle that are getting more and more radical.

It’s dangerous and a rhetoric that needs to stop. You need to have people step up in Congress and stop this shit, because it’s class warfare. It’s pitting the majority against the minority. I don’t care what the reasoning is and what those classes of people are. Whether it’s race, religion, creed, wealth. I don’t give a shit what it is. When you’re pitting people against each other and it’s a farce, because they’re the ones creating the problem with the money printing, they know they are, it’s completely and utterly disingenuous at best, what they’re doing right now. Because they’re blaming the rich. They’re not saying it per se, but they’re saying, they are paying their fair share. It’s an implication.

It’s very smart what Obama did and his team. They’ve latched onto it and they haven’t let it go, because it assumes to the average person listening, the rich people are getting richer and they’re using words like income. They’ve been doing this in the media, by the way, for at least a decade, when they would say, the stock market’s roaring and Mark Zuckerberg’s income last year was way up, and because the stock is up. It’s like, that’s not his income. They’ve been saying that. I’ve been correcting that on CNBC for years and they say it on CNBC, guys.

[00:41:56] P: To your point, and then I want to – I do want to let Dave and Shannon speak. I also want to welcome Dustin and Joe to the stage. This is a classic playbook. You take a minority that people are already biased against for various reasons. Then, you focus that ire and you focus that anger, and then you blame them for the things that you have, actually, the problems that you and by you, the government, or any specific entity that’s trying to amass power has actually created.

This is a classic scapegoat strategy. This is, I hate to fucking bring this up, because if you immediately are an idiot if you bring this up, but this is exactly what happened in Germany, and this is exactly what we’re seeing here. I’m not saying that – I’m not comparing Nazi Germany to America, but these are very tried and true tactics. Isolate groups, create narratives that divide them and then ferment anger between various groups. Then once you eliminate one group, you shift to a different group and you move them out as well, because the rules never go back.

[00:42:56] LW: We got a ton from Adolf Hitler, My Struggle. You can read the book and he can teach you things that do this.

[00:43:02] P: Yeah. Lamar, to your point, this happens with race and [inaudible 00:43:04] laws and everything.

[00:43:06] LW: No. I’m talking about race. I’m talking about, think about it, vaccinated, not vaccinated.

[00:43:11] P: Yeah. Perfect. Perfect example.

[00:43:13] LW: Think about it. It’s like, there’s a division constantly being had, because what people don’t understand is as long as they can keep you divided, they can keep control over you, period. I don’t care if it’s race. I don’t care if it’s class. I don’t care if it’s vaccine. Once you start to realize is these narratives, and that’s why, when John was saying it, I thought he was saying the same thing Jay heard. The truth is that these seeds that are being planted, man, these seeds are being planted over and over again, just looking for fertile enough soil to make people believe that even things, like potentially socialism is better than capitalism.

You got all of these seeds that get planted. Then, what happens is now you have people who think socialism is better than capitalism, who think capitalism is better than socialism. Whether you have what P said, a divide, the seeds get planted first, then the divide comes later. It happens over and over again, and we’re seeing it with this rhetoric of we need to go after this income.

When Jay said earlier about Mark Zuckerberg, the really wealthy in the world are not having income, because they’re borrowing against their assets, so there is no income. The only people actually making income are us. It’s not the billionaires. It’s us. We’re the ones making income. We’re the ones going to get tax for that income and the same way that large corporations don’t hardly ever have to pay tax, the same way large billionaires don’t ever have to pay tax. It’s always comes down to us.

[00:44:41] JF: Shannon, you better jump in right now, man. I’m going to try to block for you for three seconds. Do it.

[00:44:45] P: Shannon, go for it.

[00:44:46] S: I think, the moral of this story is that you need to have an off-grid Bitcoin mining farm that people don’t know about, instead of investing in other assets. More importantly, what are you supposed to do about it? That’s the big problem, right? The government tends to do whatever they want and they have a bigger voice. Tina’s loud, but their voice is bigger.

[00:45:03] JG: To me, it’s memes.

[00:45:05] T: I’ll chime in on an opinion on that, if you’d like. What I think, what’s really critical is Bitcoin needs to get big. Bitcoin needs to be in the tens of trillions and hundreds of trillions of dollars, because basically, the bigger Bitcoin gets, Bitcoin effectively almost becomes its own nation state. It becomes a weapon and they know it.

We need to get other people to own and hold Bitcoin, because that does become an immensely powerful tool. People usually like to protect things that they own. It’s not perfect, but it really does become very helpful when people have their own wealth to protect. You really want to encourage people. This is my opinion, and probably others disagree with that, but it’s an amazingly powerful tool. Bitcoin we’ll get to some size. Bitcoiners will be able to have significant influence on politics, because they’ll be extremely wealthy, and to be able to hire lobbyists and do the things necessary to influence the way things work in this country and other countries. That’s my personal opinion.

[00:46:11] JG: I think, you need memes. I’m not joking when I say that. The pay your fair share is basically a meme. You need taglines. You need something that resonates, that’s digestible and easily repeatable, so that people can understand. What that is, it needs to be telling the truth. It needs to educate people with the truth and taglines. It’s the only way to counter what they’re doing and their taglines.

[00:46:31] P: I could not agree with you more. Yellow and I are literally chatting in the background about how funny it was that he came up and made the joke about bananas. I think, that is so important, because one, humor is one of the most effective ways to communicate. Especially when it is strategically interspersed in super heavy, or dense topics. More than that, Yellow is part of, what is it’s like? The meme factory (This is not a real thing). I think, those types of initiatives are, they’re funny, but they’re also super, super important.

[00:47:04] JG: P, remember when Zuckerberg went to Congress and the Congress people asked him the stupidest questions and he’s divestment, we sell advertising, when they were like, “Where do you get your revenue from?” That’s an hour of talking about how they derive their revenue. Those kinds of things, we have to find that type of shit and make that viral, to show that the people that are actually out here proposing these ridiculous things, it is ridiculous, because look at all the other ridiculous shit they’re saying, and then you explain that. It’s got to be 30 seconds to a minute on those types of clips.

[00:47:34] P: Yeah, totally. Okay. Shannon, it sounds like you got your – you were distracted/forgot what you were going to say. David, what’d you got for us?

[00:47:41] D: Two things. One, is Ron Wyden has already taken the stance that it’s the billionaire income tax. That is the messaging now. It’s a billionaire income tax. The stat that I think everyone needs to remember with this is in 1913, when the 16th amendment went into effect, less than 1% of people paid a 1% net income tax. That was where income taxes started. It’s not going to stay with the billionaires.

[00:48:05] JG: Slippery slope.

[00:48:07] P: Yeah, totally. Again, this has nothing to do with facts or reality. This is a narrative game. This is about convincing constituents that a thing is true, that is not necessarily true. In this case, definitely not true. That is the terrain that we are fighting on, and I think it’s really important to acknowledge that. Joe, I want to acknowledge you and thanks for joining us. What are your thoughts? Then I want to go to Dustin.

[00:48:30] J: Thanks, P. Thanks for all the great discussion in the room. A lot of great points. I was really enjoying listening. I will say this. I believe that this is a threat to be taken seriously. I believe this creep towards additional taxation is not to be minimized, or just pushed off as something that’ll never occur. I think, it’s something that we really need to look at very closely.

That being said, I do think part of the messaging and the narrative that we’ve overlooked here is that people are seeing the real way to stay flat. They’re seeing a lot of situations where the middle-class, particularly the poor are trapped in these cycles, where they can leverage the Cantillon effect that a lot of other classes can. They are desperate for politicians to be relatable, to put on a dress and say, tax the rich and make them understand, or feel. It just shows some virtual signaling for why they understand their plight.

I think, that’s a big part of this. Because if you actually look, and Jay made this point earlier, the amount of revenue under most of these proposals, it’s not going to solve the spending. It’s not going to be budget neutral. This will be taken on a tremendous amount of debt that is essentially monetized by the fed. You have to look at really, what is the point of this? Why are you emphasizing these tax changes and going after the wealthy elites here, if it’s not going to solve the spending problem? In fact, in many respects, it’s going to actually be negative and it’s going to result in lower tax revenue for the reasons Tina said, because you’re going to just find more and more loopholes and way to safeguard that income.

I think, part of it is just to understand where we’re at in this overall fiat cycle, and why the politicians from a political standpoint, having their vested interests, the desire to go after and identify the boogeyman and blame that person and bring that person to task and say, “Now we’ve raised taxes on the rich.” It’s a common historical thing. You needed a bogeyman to point out that say, this is why you middle-class Americans and lower-class people are struggling. It’s an easy way to deflect from the overarching problem of the fiat standard and the nons-top money printing, which is in the words of Stanley Druckenmiller, has been the single greatest force for the concentration of wealth and equality in the last 50 years, has been the federal reserve and its monetary policy. I think it’s important to not lose sight of that context.

[00:50:37] P: Yeah. That’s a great point. Dustin, did you have any thoughts?

[00:50:40] D: I agree with Joe, which is, he says so much awesome stuff. It’s hard not to. Yeah. Honestly, I think Janet Yellen has been saying this over and over again, somehow it ends up getting the headlines. My own personal theory is that it’s hard to imagine Congress passing a law that would hurt themselves so dramatically. They’re all millionaires. They all have probably tons of unrealized capital gains. I imagine, if they do pass them like that, they have so many loopholes for themselves that hopefully, we have access to, too. I don’t know. I suspect, there is a demand like Joe is saying, for sounding like they’re doing something.

I wouldn’t be surprised if there’s a unrealized capital gains tax law that’s passed at some point. Then, actually doesn’t do anything, but it sounds really good. That’s on theme with what’s happening with these bills. They’re like, revenue neutral bills. Everyone knows they’re not, but it’s just this weird political theater that they’re playing right now.

[00:51:28] P: I don’t think it’s necessarily weird political feeder. I don’t think it is. I think, it’s they’re trying to push these narratives and see what sticks, see what doesn’t, and –

[00:51:37] JF: Yeah. Strategic. If it’s theater, it’s strategic. It’s calculated and strategic, I agree.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[00:51:47] CK: All right, Bitcoiners. I want to tell you about our newest sponsor. This show is brought to you by ledn.io. I have been super, super impressed with the guys over at Ledn. I’ve actually known the co-founders, Adam and Mauricio for a very long time. I’ve had the pleasure to watch them build Ledn up from a tiny, tiny startup, to now a super impressive institutional grade, Bitcoin and crypto lender. Y’all, I’m so impressed with these guys. They are offering some of the best rates out there. I don’t think anyone even comes close to touching them.

You can get 6.1% APY on your first two Bitcoin that you deposit into Ledn interest accounts, and you can get 8.5% on USDC deposits. I mean, I know all the competitors. They’re not even close. If you’re going to put your crypto and your Bitcoin into an interest account, Ledn is by far the best. On top of that, like I said, these guys are hardcore Bitcoiners, and they know the products and the services that Bitcoiners want and appreciate. They came up with B2X. It allows you to put your Bitcoin in and a leverage it up, and you can with one click of a mouse, get twice the exposure to Bitcoin.

If you’re super bullish, Ledn has you covered with a super, super easy way to get leverage with B2X. Then on top of that, they know that Bitcoiners care about your reserves. They know that Bitcoiners don’t like under-reserved and not full-reserved financial institutions. They are pushing the frontier in transparency in the digital asset lending space. They are the first digital asset lender to do a full proof of reserves and proof of attestation, through a Mariano LLC, a public accounting firm.

The Ledn guys, they know what Bitcoiners like. They are legit. I encourage you guys to check them out, do your own research and go to ledn.io. That is L-E-D-N.I-O and learn more.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[00:53:43] JG: I want to say something else. I viewed taxes a little bit differently when I was earning. When I was running my company and making a lot of money, I looked at it as well, I got to pay tax. I made a lot of money. That’s good. Then, when you’re done and you have money that you’ll die with and you’re wealthy and you’re not working and earning anymore, it’s a real drag when they have all these tax implications, and adding more taxes and they’re proposing the ideas of any more taxes, because you’re not out there earning anymore.

Earners, Dustin was speaking to the Congress people here, right? They are in the world where they’re going to go do speaking gigs and book deals and they’re making money off of their income from Congress, their job, they have their healthcare paid for. They’re not feeling the crunch where they have a net worth that’s flat, then now have to take all of that capital that they’ve made and been taxed on and push it into risk assets. They’re not quite there yet. I’m not saying they don’t have their assets in risk assets. I’m saying, that they’re continually earning and there is a difference there when you are an earner, how you view taxes.

[00:54:38] JF: Jay, because they’re part of the revolving door, and then they go work for the lobbying firm that was lobbing them, or the large corporation in their district that they were doing all those favors for. Yeah, for sure. Shannon, actually ask the question, so what do we do about it? Amanda’s on stage. I know there’s been a lot of conversations that we had early on with what feels like the reunion crew here from Bitcoin Club. I remember when I met you, Amanda, for instance, Gary Gensler just got appointed. We just got some declaration from the OCC about banks being able to hold digital assets, BNY, Bank of New York Mellon was not part of the conversation. [Inaudible 00:55:17] wasn’t part of the conversation, Tesla. There were all these things.

Now, we’re starting to see, I think, one of the developments that I’ve seen and you’ve been central to that is we’re actually starting to be a little bit more organized, and with a lot of effort from you and a lot of others putting in the ability to educate people who really have a massive education gap.

I’ve talked about this before. I have friends that are in various levels of state and the federal legislator, and a gas that at their understanding of this. Having said that, the infrastructure is developing, and I think, the other half of this is seeing more institutions come online that can ultimately sway the narrative in Washington in a more significant way. It was more interest that to protect, and more marketing dollars and lobbying dollars to support really tactical efforts by what feels just to decentralized group of cyber Hornets’ going after, Cynthia and crew to get them educated. I don’t know if you want to chime in, because I do think the question Shannon raised is probably the more pertinent one. What do we do next?

[00:56:19] AC: Yeah. Shannon’s been part of this too. Last week, we taught a staffer via Zoom, so anyone can do this, just about Bitcoin and have addressed some of the FUD. We’ve done this with senators directly as well. Becca, Jimmy, myself, and a few others, Joe, have been working on C4. We’re bringing that out into the world, just to focus on education in DC and then some grassroots efforts where it makes sense.

I think, a lot of it is just being naive and ignorant, but I at least, so, I think it’s on us to take the steps to focus on teaching folks on the hill and back home. I think, where you live is just in your local politicians are just as important as people in DC. That’s been exciting. I don’t know. I would love to hear if any other Bitcoin groups had submitted a Toomey proposal. Senator Toomey had asked for a response on guidance around cryptocurrency legislation.

We were able to submit that proposal, Monday night. Now, we’re just hitting the ground running, CJ and Alex Gladstein are going to be talking to a group of, I think, senators and staffers, probably the end of this, or yeah, in October. Then, some of us are going to go out to DC and November and just set up a bunch of meetings and start building those relationships.

It takes time. I think, it’s really important to offer education before asking for specific attention to things that they know that were going to be around for years and not just come and go. I think, that’s really important throughout this whole process. Thanks, John.

[00:57:57] LW: Amanda, quick question. Do you think that it’s more important to educate the incumbents, or those on the hill, than it is to educate the actual constituency? Because I’ve always taken the approach that educating the constituency will make the people on the hill get educated really fast, because that’s what happens, right? If your constituency, as a issue that they’re going to want to vote on, or that is really important to them, then that incumbent better figure it out really quick, or that next election, they’re not going to make it.

I think, we put a lot of effort into trying to educate the folks on the hill. I truthfully believe, it’s that old country thing where, when people say you can’t teach an old dog new tricks. I think, that to me has shown forth more than anything. I know Senator Warner, not Warren, but Senator Warner, I met him a long time ago, man. These people have had a chance to learn about Bitcoin. They’ve had a chance to learn about what’s going on in the cryptocurrency space. They’ve had no interest in it. Why they had no interest? Because their constituency has no interest in it.

I’m just wondering, do you think that the efforts of doing that are in someone in vain, if you don’t have a lot of money behind it? Because that’s how I always feel. Or do you feel like, that there are some efforts that are actually chipping away at their ideologies and the things that they believed for a long time?

[00:59:24] AC: Yeah, that’s a good question. I guess, we experimented with that on the infrastructure bill with so many people who called their senators, right? We were blowing up the hill. Sorry, this is bad. I don’t want to flag this. We were taking up the phone lines to an annoying point.

[00:59:38] T: 40,000 calls, right?

[00:59:41] AC: Yeah. Those were just the ones we know about. I think, there were probably more. That’s a great little, “Hey, we’re here.” If we can’t back that up with consistency and education, that’s a one-time trick. I think, now, you have to follow that up with, “Hey, we’re the annoying ones that called you. We’d like to talk to your staff and teach you about this.” That’s the most important part. I don’t know how many people actually followed up and called and taught. If we don’t have that follow-up, it doesn’t matter if we’re –

[01:00:10] JG: They never called.

[01:00:12] LW: That’s what I’m saying.

[01:00:13] P: Yeah. Jay, you have 45-minute long messages.

[01:00:17] LW: I guarantee, they call back their biggest donor. Guarantee you. I guarantee you. Did you see what I’m saying? I guarantee you.

[01:00:25] JG: Lamar, to your point. I think about marijuana as an example of some grassroots movement. I think, it wasn’t the politicians that came to us and said, “Hey guys. You know what? You need marijuana. I think we should legalize marijuana. What do you think?” No, it was the people. It was such a demand that they had to respond to the constituencies.

I think you’re right on that. I don’t know how you do that. That’s a grassroot movement. I think, what they’re doing, going to the senators and lobbying them, I think, you still have to do that. I do think, there needs to be a concerted effort towards getting people to be pushing on, like you did before. That was fantastic. When I’m reading that there’s 40,000 calls, I did not hear that on Clubhouse, guys. I saw that on CNBC or some shit, the website. A CNBC article. That’s amazing. That was purely out of the Clubhouse crew that did that. Congratulations. Fantastic.

[01:01:06] LW: Yeah, congratulations on getting it. Here’s my question. Here’s the thing, man. We’ve seen political efforts happen like this, grassroots people yelling, screaming. We’re getting a lot of people calling in, the whole nine. The question is, what are the outcomes? Yes, we were annoying. Yes, we were on the phones. What happened in that bill? What was the outcome of the vote? At the end of the day, no matter how many calls that you all made. That’s the part, right?

I think, that’s the part that we sometimes miss is that yes, it feels good to do all of these things and go about it in a standard political way and the whole nine. The truth is, just like what Jay said, we’ve talked about that before. With marijuana, it’s like, the people saying, “Look, man. We want this to be legal.” Until the people really spoke up loud enough and were like, “Look, we’ll vote you out, if you don’t make this legal,” or they wind up getting to the point where it was on the actual ballot.

[01:02:00] J: It was extraordinarily positive. I understand [inaudible 01:02:03] senators, you had a United States Senator on the floor of the Senate fighting for a Bitcoin. At least one, Ted Cruz. You had other senators trying to fix language and listening to reason. Because of an arcane parliamentary rule, they couldn’t get it through, because some other idiot wanted to get his priority passed. That’s essentially what happened, right? To make the note –

[01:02:22] JG: First time ever.

[01:02:24] J: All that activism is so silly. Lamar. I’m sorry. I just completely disagree.

[01:02:28] P: All right. I muted everyone. Okay, hold on. Lamar, please finish. Then I do want to hear Amanda’s thoughts. Go ahead, Lamar.

[01:02:35] LW: Yeah. Suddenly, he was quiet after I asked the man the question. I let her respond. She was like, I think it’s a – Joe disagrees. At the same time, Joe, that language that was put into those bills, regardless of what you’re saying, some of that language was not great for Bitcoin. It wasn’t great, period. It literally wasn’t great. Ted Cruz had the best option, period. He was like, “We don’t know enough about this. We shouldn’t be out here putting this in the bill.”

[01:02:58] JG: That’s not the point, though.

[01:03:00] LW: No, that is the point, because here’s the thing. No. Jay, listen, just listen. Let me land mine.

[01:03:04] JG: I’m listening.

[01:03:05] LW: The point is this, is because if you get the wrong institutions, the wrong people writing the bills and making these decisions within the bill, then even if we get something in there that says something about Bitcoin, if it is not the right thing, then all of a sudden, we’re fighting an uphill battle all over again. That’s what I’m saying. You’re literally running in circles, if people are not putting the right things in, and these people don’t have enough information.

[01:03:32] JG: We all agree. We all agree. A 100%. You should also celebrate that what Joe said is absolutely also true. There’s a guy, senator, standing there fighting for Bitcoin. Never had that before. Never had that before. It could go 100% favorably? No. It’s a stepping stone. It’s inevitable. It’s all inevitable.

[01:03:50] P: Hold on. Hold on. Lamar. Wait. Hold on. He’s fighting for Bitcoin, because many of the people on this stage put a ton of effort into getting him onboard with that. Hold on. I totally –

[01:04:05] LW: He’s not in freaking New York, bro. He’s in Texas. If he was in New York, he wouldn’t be doing that. That’s what I’m saying.

[01:04:10] P: Hold on. Jay, Jay, Jay, I got this. I got this. Lamar, totally agree with you. I think that it is also very important to acknowledge that this is a stochastic process, right? It is not something that is going to go from one to 100 instantaneously. We’re always in a situation where we’re doing three steps forward, two steps back, five steps forward, two steps back, 10 steps forward, seven steps back. That’s what it takes.

It takes the efforts of everyone, the plebs, and it takes grassroots efforts from the bottom up, constituents calling their representatives. It also takes companies weighing in. It takes lobbyists. It takes organizations like the one that Amanda and Joe and Becca and Jimmy and others are part of. It’s a multi-pronged attack. It takes all aspects. Again, it’s always going to be the stochastic step forward, but we are moving forward, even if sometimes we lose ground in the short-term. Amanda, I do want to hear what you were going to say. Go ahead.

[01:05:15] AC: Yeah. I think a lot of contexts was missed on how to get a politician from zero to grand-standing on the floor about Bitcoin, right? That took a month of prep. That took unrelentless follow-up. If we’re going to do this on pleb-powered and do grassroots orange pilling like that, then we all have to step up and you can’t just take, “Oh, they didn’t call me back.” You have to email, you have to call, you have to try 10 different ways to get a hold of them sometimes.

It’s like, how relentless are you going to be? I’m not picking on you, Jay. I’m just saying, I hear this all the time and I’m just like, “Yeah, you have to be relentless. You have to be relentless.”

[01:05:58] P: Jay, look, I did have you tattoo the message that was relevant on my back. I think, that’s the level of commitment that we’re talking about here. We took pictures. We sent it to the representatives in California.

[01:06:06] JG: On the small of your back.

[01:06:07] P: Oh, yeah, yeah.

[01:06:08] JF: It was a tramp stamp, is what you’re trying to get at. It’s all good.

[01:06:10] P: Look, that’s your word. That doesn’t align with my culture. But yes, we call it a tramp stamp, with an H in there, so it’s a different word.

[01:06:17] LW: This it he crew.

[01:06:18] T: I think, to validate Lamar’s thoughts.

[01:06:19] P: Lamar, go ahead.

[01:06:21] LW: No, I love Amanda. Because this is, that’s my girl. That’s my peoples. Anyway, Amanda, but here’s my question. I have a question to you. Would you say that in the political realm, matter of fact, I was talking to – what’s my man’s name? Regulatory Jason. He was telling me, if I put $500, if you might do too, bro. I’m saying, if you put $500 on, like basically donate $500, you’re far more likely to get a meeting with your Congress person. He was telling me that. He was explaining it to me one sec. Amanda, do you think that if Bitcoiners put their money together, that we would have a far better influential stick, we have a far better carrot, so to speak, to get people like Ted Cruz to get on the floor, if we had – Yeah, I know that.

[01:07:07] AC: You’d have to follow through. There are many approaches that are going on right now are basically, three entities. One’s a C4, one’s a C6, one’s a C3. There are three Bitcoin specific groups that are collaborating to get this done. Probably two super packs will come out of it, because you have a limit on how much you can donate to a campaign. Yes, Lamar. I think, that’s where the super pack thing comes in. We also want to be really wise with where you spend those resources, right? Some are just a lost cause. We’ve been running, and this is where it would be amazing to have help from Plebs. Feel free to DM me, or Becca, or Jimmy.

We’d love help from you, because we’re going to start focusing on data and targeting. There’s a lot that you can do if you understand who to target. The problem is, if someone’s one, let’s say I’ll just go with Dems, because they’re easier to pick on, because they aren’t as up to speed on Bitcoin. Let’s say, they won their area by a landslide. That’s probably not someone we want to target. What we want to target are people where they are in a tight race, or historically have been in a tight race, and where they don’t always vote with party line. They use their own brain a little bit.

We’ve actually made a tier system for probably, 70 Democrats on the house side and then, and rank them. We have five tiers. We should probably be targeting the first three tiers pretty heavily. Then, some people aren’t going to be running for election again. We need to figure out how do we get to those candidates before they’re actually running and teaching them?

I think, that’s huge. It’s really easy if there’s a seat opening to get to those candidates before they’re officially on the docket. I think that, yeah, sometimes money does speak, but also, so do companies that are employing people, like Bitcoin miners are employing a lot of people across this country. You have financial services companies that have just raised series A’s, for example, Unchained Capital.

Those are the companies that I think could have influence in these conversations. Also, if you’re just living in your district and there’s a negative policy coming down the pipeline, you probably want them to – staffers to understand where you’re coming from and teach them before you say, “Hey, I don’t want you to go after my IRA, or I don’t want you to do these taxes, or this is a backdoor on privacy.”

It’s really about building these long-term relationships and it’s a lot of work. I think, people can do it. I think we can do it. It’s just going for it. That’s what we’re trying to help with too, is some of that. That’s why folks like Shannon and some others from Colorado, we’ve done experiments. I grew up there. There’s so much that can be done on the local level, and then on the federal level.

[01:10:02] P: Becca, you were going to jump in for a second. Going once. Going twice.

[01:10:08] B: Right. Sorry, I’d stepped away from the phone. No, I think Amanda covered it great. I think, there will be a lot of opportunity for people to get involved according to their interests and their skills.

[01:10:20] JF: BTS to come on and talk about it a little bit. I don’t want to re-introduce the topic yet. I think, it’s important that we talk about the letter from Janet and how we organize. I would say that one of the things that also has to happen for us to get our way, and I know that sounds a really simple semantic delivery of our way, but yeah, getting this thing to 10 trillion, or a 100 trillion is going to change the way that Bitcoin is viewed, is going to change the sharpness of its tool.

I think, it enhances the game theory that we all know is built into the protocol. Tina hit on this a little bit ago. I think, it’s going to take further institutional adoption to get the lobbying power in Washington, much like other massive and influential lobbies. Map those strategies out from there. Then, I think, the letter that Michael sent in particular is really important for a lot of institutions. I’ll leave that there for now in terms of other steps that I think need to take place for us to have more of a voice in Washington.

[01:11:14] T: Probably, the biggest reason the NRA is effective is not just because they spend money, but because they have a hardcore base of voters who vote on that issue. Bitcoiners need to become a hardcore base of voters. We will become a huge base of voters.

[01:11:31] JF: Tina, that’s true. That’s absolutely true. 95% of their money comes from four gun manufacturers.

[01:11:37] T: They have a lot of interests. You have the miners.

[01:11:40] JF: Yeah. That’s my point. That’s exactly the point.

[01:11:43] T: The bigger problem is that there are a lot of Bitcoiners who think politics doesn’t scale, doesn’t matter. I’ll tell you all the answers I’ve heard in the last three years from people. It’s like herding cats. They think shit doesn’t matter. Bitcoin may be anti-fragile, but when an IRS agent is crawling up your ass and out your nose, you trust me, you’re fragile. I promise you, you are freaking fragile.

[01:12:08] LW: I’m going to bring this back around, though. Because this is what Bitcoin Tina just said. The reason why the NRA has an incredible amount of political power is because they have an incredible base of voters. You got to ask yourself, who are those base of voters? That base of voters are people who hold guns. That’s a lot of people holding guns. That’s why I’m saying, it’s going to come back around to this.

What we have to do is get more people holding Bitcoin, because the more people that hold Bitcoin and understand what Bitcoin is doing for them, the larger the base of voters becomes. Regardless of what politician is there, if their constituency is holding Bitcoin, they’re going to have some questions to answer when it comes to the town halls and the little pop-ups and everything that these politicians do within their states.

I think, that’s what it is. We got to do both, but I truthfully believe, we still have to still run the race of letting people know about Bitcoin, why it’s better, how it gives people freedom and the whole nine. I think, that’s going to be the foundation for which Amanda and Becca kill it, you know what I’m saying?

[01:13:16] D: Yeah. The other thing I would say is that, [inaudible 01:13:17] sometimes compared to the NRA, but they a single point message. They have a message. It’s never changing. Bitcoin, what we can do through Amanda, myself, give me others are doing is get that message home to the politician. Then, when the ownership of the Bitcoin is spread much more diversely, they’ll all have that same message. The message and the ownership will be widespread and the political impact will be much greater.

That’s why it’s very important to have a crisp message about Bitcoin to the politicians. Not to say that we shouldn’t sometimes it’ll go with the other with other groups, because we’ll need that, they’ll need that force on one or two issues that impact everybody, but ours is an independent voice that is large and honed in Washington.

[01:14:11] S: Donna, and everybody, let me ask a question back to the group. How do we do that effectively? How do we get this uniform block of Bitcoin voters, when we know, Bitcoin is supposed to be available to everyone? It’s people all over the spectrum. How do we both, to Lamar’s point, really focus on getting Bitcoin into the hands of the most people possible? Because that’s the end game and that’s what wins in the end. How do we encourage that adoption broadly and quickly, while still creating cohesion and this voting block, which ultimately ends up encouraging tribalism?

[01:14:47] D: I think, it has to be, small groups in small communities, little lessons on how you get it, how you buy it, how you hold it, why it’s powerful in everywhere, your little community groups, on mothers talking on the playground. It’s a grassroots effort.

[01:15:04] JF: I got an idea. What if we just ran Clubhouse and Twitter Spaces rooms 24 hours a day, just talking about Bitcoin? Would that be an effective –

[01:15:13] P: Don’t be ridiculous. No one would be willing to commit that much time for free to education. That’s just an insane proposition.

[01:15:20] NVK: Yeah, who would do that? I guess, crazy. To be honest, I think that it’s actually helped a lot though, because I look at PlebNet.

[01:15:27] T: A 100%.

[01:15:30] NVK: Look at PlebNet, look at the Black Bitcoin Billionaires. You have 120 –

[01:15:33] JF: Don’t let me not agree with you. Stop trying to not let me agree with you.

[01:15:36] P: John, please –

[01:15:37] JS: Okay. Can I say something?

[01:15:38] P: Yes, Jimmy. Go for it. I think the biggest and most obvious way in which you get a lot of people involved is number go up. That is how you get more people. Because every time number goes up, there’s way more people that come in. This latest round, I think we’re estimating something like, 40 million people in the US. I’m not sure. I’ve heard estimates between 10 and 40 million, yeah, that own Bitcoin. That’s a lot of freaking people.

Imagine that. The nice thing is, time is on our side. I think, a lot of these politicians come to us, not the other way around. They’re going to be like, “Okay, we know you guys have money. What can we do for you?” I’m expecting that in this next bull market, where a lot of people come seeking us out and not the other way around, which is I think, going to be a lot better, because we are going to get a lot more adoption. It’s nice, because we’re on the winning side and we’re going to be.

[01:16:37] JF: Jimmy, I’d argue you’re right, even if you haven’t realized that already, but that’s what Ted Cruz did. Think about the politics of this, just the politics, okay. Forget all of the implications of the tax bill, etc. What Ted Cruz did, he’s likely to run for the presidency in 2024. What he may have just did is tried to get a first mover advantage in a community that he thinks is likely to be a lot wealthier, and a lot more powerful, and a lot more – Some of the conversations you’ve had, so I shouldn’t say that I fully know, but some of the people that were in a conversation with you and [inaudible 01:17:13]. All joking aside, but tell me some more thoughts. I think, that was the –

[01:17:16] P: John, wait. Let Jimmy finish.

[01:17:18] JF: The concept. No, I think he was, and I let him jump back in here. Jimmy, go. By all means.

[01:17:22] JS: Basically, I made all the arguments that I could to get Ted on our side. I think, he heard them, and I think he’s very convinced. Let’s just put it that way. If you want to know exactly the arguments I gave him, I don’t know, DM or something. I’ll be on Clubhouse later. I just don’t want to say it.

[01:17:39] JF: It’s all good, but I think that it worked is what I mean to say. I think, and it’s been incredibly effective, because the thing is, he has nothing to lose by going up there. No one’s going to remember in four years. Anybody that wasn’t going to vote for him already, isn’t going to remember, “Oh, remember when Ted Cruz went up during the infrastructure bill and spoke up to propose an amendment in a committee?” That cost him nothing.

[01:18:02] P: I disagree, man.

[01:18:03] JF: I think, it’s signal to – Oh, I shouldn’t say, take it back. I don’t want to say, it cost them nothing, but I think the calculation is that he signaled to a lot of people that are going to have a lot of power and money, and he did it before any other major candidate likely for the 2024 election did.

I don’t want to pretend it was a zero-risk piece. Generally, I think, he knows that it helped them more than it hurt him. I gather the conversation, Jimmy, Amanda, CJ and others had with them probably helped to eliminate that.

[01:18:31] AC: Which some of it, John, I regret a little bit. I think, it just happened with timing that he was voting that day. I am genuinely concerned that this becomes a single, a one-party issue, or Republicans take hold of this. I think, it’s really important that this is a bipartisan issue. Then we’re just swaying back and forth on a pendulum, depending on who’s in power. If we can take the Lummis approach and take the bipartisan approach, I think we’ll far we’ll fare much better jumping on this.

[01:19:03] JF: Oh, a 100% agree.

[01:19:05] AC: Also, why is he running for president? He wasn’t even born in the US. It’s just a show for this guy. I appreciate what he did. I know a lot of people are working hard. at the same time, it’s really in such a divided country right now to keep this bipartisan and let the game theory on. Lefts wants this more than right. The right wants this more than left, versus just honing in on this being a Republican-only issue. That’s what I’m concerned about.

[01:19:33] B: I don’t belong to a political party, by the way.

[01:19:37] LW: Did you see the hippies? Bitcoin is for the outright for them to get around some stuff. Come on, bro.

[01:19:44] AC: Yeah. That’s why I think when we talk about trying to be like the NRA, let’s be more like AARP. They are even more terrifying on the hill. They’re bipartisan and they support. People pay a membership fee, 40 million members. We have 46 million Bitcoiners in the US, so I try to point us in the direction of trying to draw more similarities between AARP, because we’re already getting painted in that corner.

[01:20:10] JF: Yeah. Amanda, I agree with that completely. I would even argue to say that to maybe summarize that, and this is something I’ve argued and get beat up for all the time. Bitcoin is no doubt, political, but in my mind, it is not a partisan – Both parties hit the print button and have been hitting the print button. Both parties have had power in different forms for the last 50 years since we got off it.

In fact, to the point of just the Republican point that you brought up, just because Ted Cruz is Republican. We had a Republican president when we got off the gold standard, right? There’s all types of this stuff that I totally agree. It’s no doubt, political. The game theory is certainly political. You’re right. This would be so much more effective. It’s probably going to be really difficult in 2021, 2022 American politics to cultivate a non-partisan piece. I think, the AARP example is a great one, and certainly applaud your perspective and try to focus that in. It’s awesome.

[01:21:03] LW: Plus, I think people with AARP cards get discounts on Captain D’s the seafood place.

[01:21:11] JS: Here’s the problem with this partisan thing, because the Republicans are the ones that are actually more open to it and the Democrats are the ones that are demonizing it. You have warrants saying stupid shit. You have people like AOC that are clearly leaning in that direction of vilifying anybody that disagree.

[01:21:33] BA: I hear that, Jimmy. But why would we just lean back and encourage that polarization down that road? I agree with everything you just said. I think right now, the narrative is going in a very hardcore direction that aligns with party lines. To me, it’s really upsetting, because to me, Bitcoin is changing the distribution of wealth. I think, that’s something that taking away the power from the elite and giving it to the working person, that’s how the left view themselves, whether it’s how they view them or not, it’s how they view themselves.

I think, it’s just an afront to Bitcoin, that they don’t understand that Bitcoin is about justice and about equality and about fairness. These are messages that are complimentary to them. I think, when you build up the right, the Bitcoin hero, and you strengthen that narrative that the right is from the Bitcoin, they’re not our friend. They’re politicians.

[01:22:32] Jimmy, two quick examples. Ro Khanna, who I didn’t know who he was, literally gave a really – I didn’t even know who he was until you made this post. Ro Khanna made a really eloquent argument for defending energy use for Bitcoin, saying that it’s not a bad use for energy. That he is basically fighting the FUD.

Then the other thing I would point to, by the way, I totally agree with the trend line that you’re talking about, and If you were to stack them up. Remember, it was Richard Shelby from Alabama, a Republican Senator that basically shot down the amendment that we were looking to have. I just don’t think it’s that clear.

[01:23:02] JS: Can I finish my thought? Because the thing is, right now, the Democrats are in power. That’s my point. They’re not going to listen when they have power. They’re going to listen when they’re desperate. That’s where the Republicans are there. They know that they have an opportunity and that they’re going to need people like us. The thing is, it’s okay to seem a little partisan at certain points, because the pendulum does swing.

Republicans are at some point, I think, will be in power and then the Democrats will come falling. That’s when you say, okay, here’s all the reasons why you should support this and why you should condemn this. It’s that, which, I think, a lot of the really effective lobbying groups do, which is, just okay we’re always going to back the winner.

[01:23:44] JG: Contribute to both sides.

[01:23:45] JS: Yeah. Yeah. This is the fine art that we have to figure out how to play, which I’m not so sure that – It’s not obvious what that path is, because I don’t know, I suck at politics.

[01:23:56] JF: Jimmy. I think you’re not wrong. I don’t think you’re wrong about that at all. I think you’re right. They backed [inaudible 01:24:00]. If you look at most large banking companies are donating to both the district. They’re maxing out on both. Energy companies are doing it in different ways. All types of lobbying organizations will back both horses, and then they just donate to the person that they think that’s going to win at the end and double down on them.

For the most part, you’re right. I would just say, and I think, the strategy of finding the person, or the party that needs you more is certainly not something I would disagree with or endorse. I don’t know. I’m not a lobbyist in the room either. I think, it’s important to be partisan. I actually predict one day, we’ll all be a 100% partisan, because Bitcoin will be the party. It’ll be the single issue. Now, how we traverse from here to there, I think is more akin to how you just laid it out.

I do think, the more macro point that I think Amanda and Becca are saying, I think is still important, to be able to make this a non-partisan issue. The AARP is such a great example, or that’s why Medicare and social security cuts are the third rail of politics. It’s the fastest way to lose your seat, no matter how long you’ve been there. I just think the more macro point of being able to attract both sides and neutralize them and not make it an abortion issue, or a gun rights issue, or just any of the other things that we wind up being divided about, which is going to be hard. I don’t even know how to do it, but I do think that goal is noble.

[01:25:17] JS: Can I offer some analysis here?

[01:25:20] P: Wait a minute. Just because he hasn’t –

[01:25:22] NVK: Those people vote. Most younger people who are –

[01:25:26] P: Tina.

[01:25:27] AC: He’s right. Old people vote.

[01:25:28] P: I love you, Tina. That’s a great point. I do want to hear Jimmy’s thoughts, though.

[01:25:31] JS: What I was going to say is that, the way you get that loyalty from both parties is that you punish them when they go against you, right? That’s essentially what AARP, even the gun lobby and everybody else that does effective lobbying, that’s what they do is they punish the people that go against you.

Right now, you have people Warren and Sherman that are going against us, and they both happen to be Democrats. If you punish them, guess what? The next Democrats are going to be a lot nicer. They’re going to start being more conciliatory towards you.

The way to, I think, get the Democrats on our side is to punish the bad ones. Not necessarily woo everybody. Although, hey, I would love to see Erica Riordan beat Brad Sherman. I think, that would be amazing. Punishing those people that are against you, and purging them from the party through whatever you’re able to do, that’s ultimately, I think, how you’re going to get them to come around. Once you show your strength, they’re like, “Okay, maybe we should be aligned with them.”

I think, this is what AARP plays masterfully. Anytime anyone in either party talks about social security, or Medicare, or something like that, they punish them if they speak out against it and it’s perceived as bad.

[01:26:50] DR: Can I just add one thing on that? Is, I thought that the conversations that we’ve had, let’s say, with a couple of, we’ll just make it more widespread with a couple of the legislative people, where, they met you Jimmy, and they met CJ. Those people became real people. They were not Bitcoin, which they didn’t even know what Bitcoin was. These were their constituents that had businesses, that had opinions, that had kids that are all of a sudden, there was a face to Bitcoin, which was a human face to Bitcoin. I think, that’s very important. When AARP that there are certain a person. There’s an older person.

All of the legislative persons know what that person is. They have a grandmother. They have a grandfather. The gun people also have an image. We are just building ours. We need to introduce ourselves to these legislators, whether they be Democrats, Republicans, it doesn’t really matter. To see that we’re their constituents that have businesses, that are professors, that are doing all these kinds of interesting things with families and schools, and we have Bitcoin. That’s our most important issue, not withstanding the health of our families. That is also tied up into Bitcoin, because it gives it the potential for economics. I think, that once they have an identity, they understand that there are people behind this, they feel more comfortable to be an advocate for it, because it’s not understandable to mirror. These are their constituents talking to them. I do think that’s important.

[01:28:29] JS: I know what we can do. Just hit me with what Donna just said. Let’s invite politicians to a Bitcoin meetup.

[01:28:34] AC: Yes. Yes. Can I tell you something I did once?

[01:28:36] T: Bitcoiners are all over the country. Invite politicians to Bitcoin and meetups.

[01:28:40] P: Go ahead, Amanda.

[01:28:40] AC: Tina is a 100% right. When they meet us in person, all those fears, those uncertainties, all that FUD in the media just is noise, and they can focus on the signal of the person right in front of them, teaching them. I think, that is huge. What I think is the most powerful persona that they can come away with is Bitcoiners are innovators that are going to allow America to compete at the global level. Because right now, we’re losing that foothold.

[01:29:11] P: Interesting. You’re saying that basically, it’s easy for politicians to get lost in the rhetoric. If you put a person in front of them, a potential constituent that they can see their face, understand their excitement, it transcends the specific issue and they can see that the person is genuine and be convinced.

[01:29:28] AC: Yeah. It’s going towards building those relationships, right? I think, that’s the most important thing. So many times, people just come to politicians when they have a problem, or when they want something. If you can take a different approach and be a resource and then show them a different view, I think that’s extremely powerful. Tina’s right.

[01:29:46] JS: Can I Jump on that point exactly?

[01:29:48] T: They look for places. They look for places to connect with constituents.

[01:29:53] P: Definitely.

[01:29:55] T: These meetups take place organically. They’re going to be in Congress people’s districts. It can be incredibly effective.

[01:30:02] A: I wanted to talk exactly about that. I also live in Wyoming. In addition to Cynthia Lummis, we have possibly, one of the worst people in the house, and that is Liz Cheney for Bitcoin. Not specifically, but privately, she’s extremely against it. That aside, the people of Wyoming definitely do not like her and there is going to be a pretty big battle about it.

I have been working very closely with at least prior to Harriet Hagerman becoming tapped by Donald Trump, the previous front runner, Anthony Bouchard, who, when I moved here, he was about as anti-Bitcoin as you could get. In fact, the local conservatives were trying to undo, or were thinking about trying to undo all of the Bitcoin laws that were passed here in Wyoming.

I met them at a political event and I said, “Actually, guys, I’m a Bitcoiner. Let me talk to you.” They had me and Caitlin Long there for two and a half hours. 50 people came in the room, including Anthony Bouchard, thinking that Bitcoin was the devil. By the end, 30 of them were asking how to buy it. Now, Anthony Bouchard is about as close to almost being a Bitcoiner as I think he could be, without actually being there yet. He’s definitely off. He’s off the mark of disliking it. Yes, talking to these people, one-on-one, talking to their constituents, educating people, it’s a big piece of leverage that people don’t expect.

[01:31:19] AC: Yeah. Find a couple people and just start trying to contact them, and where are you get a little traction. Just keep moving with that traction. If anyone wants to talk about this or reach out, I have to run to a dinner meeting, but feel free to message me. Message me here, because, I think, this is what folks are doing at the grassroots level. It adds up Find the candidates that are coming in to replace others and start teaching them before they’re a big deal.

[01:31:46] P: Love it. Okay. I do want to acknowledge, we’re at about two hours now and I really appreciate everyone who’s jumped up on stage and who has joined this conversation. This has been recorded and will be released on the Bitcoin Spaces Live Podcast, which you can search for, and whatever you want. You can also find it on YouTube under the Bitcoin Magazine Channel. Just want to give, if anybody needs to jump out, you absolutely can, but let’s keep going for those who want to stick around. I can go for another half an hour or so, and then we’ll call it. How y’all feeling? You want to keep going?

[01:32:17] JS: Yeah, sure. I don’t know. There’s something about politics, where we’re at the stage, where the margins of politicians are interested, but we’re soon going to get to the mainstream ones. I think, we just have to be patient, because I really do think they’re going to come to us, and we need to be prepared when they do. They’re like, how it is in every bull market is that you have people from all over the place coming in, contacting you every day.

Your third-grade best friend calling you and saying, “Hey, should I buy this thing?” That sort of thing. Same thing. I think, it’s going to happen at the politician level. They’re going to be like, “Okay, I need to really find out more about this thing. What am I going to do?” We’re at the edges right now. The politicians that we’re getting to talk to, they’re not top tier ones, right? We’re not getting to talk to the president, or the speaker of the house yet. It’s people like Ted Cruz who lost the primaries on the edges of the Republican party, or Erica Rhodes who’s running against a 20-year incumbent. That’s what happens.

We’re at the edges right now. We reward some of these people at the edges that are helping us, and we punish some of the people that are more near to the center of power that are against us. Soon we’re going to be at the center. I think that’s inevitable, and that’s my thought on it.

[01:33:28] JF: Yeah. Jimmy, I don’t disagree. I think, the playbook you lay out is less AARP. Almost a certain extent, it’s more AIP. AIP is one of the most effective lobbying institutions. They’ll get both candidates to come up to, it’s the Alliance for Israeli Pack, I think, is what it stands for. Or American Israeli Pack. I don’t know. It’s a very powerful lobby for Jewish-American causes and maybe for Jewish causes overseas, too. I’m not really sure. It’s the one place where you’ll get both parties and both presidential candidates to go to the conference and basically say, “I support Israel.”

I do envision a day where it’s just it’s going to be like that. You can’t go against certain mainstream issues, whether it’s the AARP example with Medicare and social security becoming just such a death wish for a politician, or someone coming out and saying, “We don’t stand with Israel.” That’s a death wish for a politician. I think, the structure, or the infrastructure that’s taken place over the last 12 months for me, it’s been pretty significant.

Yeah. I’m familiar that AIP is pro-Israel. Just, I’m getting a bunch of DMs, so I don’t know if I misspoke. Yeah. The idea is that they’re really effective. If you come out against those particular issues that they are, they don’t go and necessarily to support the politicians that support them,

because most everybody does at this point. They have enough power. When you step out of line, they basically fund your primary opponent, fund the other candidate, take out really large dollar media campaign ads in your district, etc. I think, that strategy laid out is probably one that is going to behoove us not to pursue.

It’s probably going to be where game theory actually leads us. Yeah, I don’t disagree with that at all. I also just think that there is some tangential consideration of our interests that are tied to squares, and micro-strategies, taking those types of powerhouses that are able to write the letter that for instance, I’ve put up in the tweet of above to get accounting changes that are really practically needed, not just why changing laws, or a federal legislator. There’s some of the things that need to go to the SEC, some of the things that need to go to FASBI. Getting really marginal changes that really help the adoption of Bitcoin is also part of – I think, part of the formula.

[01:35:28] P: Donna, you’ve been quiet for a while. Do you have any thoughts?

[01:35:31] DR: I thought it was very talkative before. Tina agreed with me. That makes me twice as talkative.

[01:35:36] P: Fair enough. I apologize. I crave your indulgence. I am so sorry that I have –

[01:35:44] DR: But not my people. We had different people. No, I think it’s great that Bitcoin crowd has – the Bitcoin crowd has – that was Jay. That’s the same people, I think. The Bitcoin crowd has come around to have a conversation and to have a strategy and to be willing to participate and understand how important it is to get the regulators, at least, calmed down and educated and stuff like that.

Even though Bitcoin will be Bitcoin, we’d like to be there a little bit with greater grace and flexibility to make it put in our path, it’s some really big boulders. I think, any discussion we have, this is fantastic, and I applaud everyone for doing it and engaging and to coming with an open mind.

[01:36:25] JS: Yeah. The one thing I would point out is I know a lot of people here do not like Ted Cruz, or just are very turned off by him. I get it. There’s some certain things in which you might not like him, or maybe the way he’s portrayed in the media, or whatever. Regardless, you have to like, that what he’s doing up for Bitcoin is a good thing. He’s our defendant right now. Now, is he going to be president? Probably not. If he does, would that be a terrible thing for Bitcoin? I don’t know.

There are lot worse scenarios than that. I support the fact that [inaudible 01:36:57]. That’s all I’m saying. It’s, don’t just automatically say, “Oh, he’s too partisan and let’s dismiss him. Or, we need to get somebody on the other side, because I don’t like this guy and he’s toxic, or whatever.” Give the guy a chance. Let him prove his loyalty to us. You know what I mean?

[01:37:10] P: Corey. Terrence. Welcome to the stage.

[01:37:13] T: I support Bitcoin freedom over government servitude.

[01:37:16] P: That’s good. You’ve passed the test. If you’d answered incorrectly, we would have gulag you. Banned forever.

[01:37:22] JF: Thank you for the controversial statement, Terrence. We appreciate that.

[01:37:26] T: I believe in unpopular opinions to engagement farm.

[01:37:28] JF: I think, there’s something to keep in mind though about adoption of this by politicians. The reality is, they’re not going to be Bitcoin maximalist in my mind, because the politics don’t allow for that. A lot of jobs that they’ll try to “bring to their district,” or their state, or whatever their jurisdiction is. It’s going to be a bunch of VC money pumped into blockchain bullshit that will represent jobs that they can claim, and that’s good politics. They’re going to say, Bitcoin is great, and they’re going to say, oh, there’s all these other things, too. Just be ready for that, too. They’re going to be shitcoiners.

[01:37:59] JS: That’s the thing I’m much more concerned about than no coiners, that are trying to ban everything. It’s the altcoins. There’s such an easy path, too. We make it an innovation argument, then it’s, oh, then we should allow all these altcoins to price, too. We have to make sure we can thread this needle and make sure that they’re not no coiners, but they’re also not altcoiners, you now what I mean?

[01:38:19] DR: I think, Cynthia Lummis Senator Lummis has done a very good job at that. I would say, that she has supported the state and she has been an advocate for Bitcoin in Congress, and they have good Bitcoin mining laws there, and their hope to – Yeah, they do hope to bring business around Bitcoin to the state and also, the custody thereof.

[01:38:41] JF: in fairness to Cynthia, her son-in-law works at Unchained. She gets it probably better than most. Politicians are politicians, man. We’re going to see the acceptance of what I just laid out, or at least I predict that. There’s going to be too much money. I’d argue, even coin center. There’s not a Bitcoin lobbying organization. Probably get most of their money from shitcoin VC.

[01:39:03] PB: They just raised 3 million using an NFT.

[01:39:06] P: Wait. Sorry. Who did?

[01:39:07] JS: Coin Center. Coin Center raised 3 million dollars or something.

[01:39:12] BA: Yeah. Which is insane and problematic.

[01:39:17] P: Kind of.

[01:39:17] NVK: What was the valuation?

[01:39:19] LW: I’m dropping a Ted Cruz NFT tomorrow.

[01:39:22] BA: Yeah. That’s literally why it’s problematic. When I saw that. Yeah.

[01:39:28] P: What is the reference to Ted Cruz? Is that part of it?

[01:39:31] BA: No, no, no. Nothing with Ted Cruz. It was coin center, right Jimmy?

[01:39:35] JS: Yeah. It was Coin Center. [Inaudible 01:39:37].

[01:39:38] BA: They minted, as I understand it, they partnered with some artists to – minted some eth-based NFT, and then agreed to donate the proceeds or something like that. At the end of the day, they ended up with a crowdfunded 5 million. When I read it, first, my mind was blown, because it just as a marketer or whatever, that’s such an interesting thing. Then, the way that can change the world of almost, political donations and fundraising and open it up to abuse, or promise of different things. Yeah. I don’t know. I think it could actually be the first of many such things for political organizations to raise money.

[01:40:18] JF: Hey, P. This has been a fun space.

[01:40:21] LW: Would that be against the law if Ted Cruz –

[01:40:23] P: Wait. Hold on. Hold on.

[01:40:23] JF: No, what was against the law is you’re not letting me say bye to P.

[01:40:27] LW: Then I was like, I was thinking, and I didn’t even hear you talking. I ain’t going to lie to you, John. I’m sorry about that, bro. I was telling, can you really raise money for [inaudible 01:40:35] with the NFT?

[01:40:37] JF: P, this has been a great space, man. Lamar, I love seeing all these spaces. I know I haven’t hung out with a bunch of you guys on Clubhouse and stuff. It’s been a fun little reunion here. We can talk a little bit about Michael Saylor, and some of these more institutional adaptions another night, or at least some of these challenges. I don’t envision them going away in the near future. I posted the letter from Michael Saylor in the nest above about FASBI accounting changes, and the indefinite, or the intangible accounting issues, to the extent that people have questions, happy to follow up. I’m getting a bunch of DMs about tax and accounting advice, and I’m not a tax lawyer, or an accountant anymore.

[01:41:11] JG: Not for them. Just for me.

[01:41:12] JF: You’re out of the net worth of profile that even when I once worked in public accounting. Anyhow, your tolerable error is probably 80 million on your audit. All joking to another end, I’m not here to – I’m not an accountant. That’s not my business. Please stop DM-ing me about accounting questions. P, man. Fun time and I appreciate it, man.

[01:41:30] P: Yeah. Thank you so much for joining. Apologies. Originally, this was supposed to be half the stuff you can talk to me about it.

[01:41:34] JF: No, I’m glad we did it. We can do it another day.

[01:41:36] P: Yeah. We’ll definitely do it another day. John has a bunch to say about the challenges and strategies that need to be employed around acquiring Bitcoin as large institutions. Yeah, let’s definitely have that conversation another time, John. Thank you.

[01:41:50] JF: All right. For sure, man. Good times. Good to see you.

[01:41:52] T: Man, I think NVK in the streets?

[01:41:54] P: Oh, yeah. He’s been up here, man. NVK, what you got?

[01:41:57] NVK: Oh, I got nothing. I just joined in. I wasn’t sure what was going on, so I was just remaining quiet.

[01:42:03] P: How many boars have you haunted from horseback with knives today?

[01:42:06] NVK: None. There are no boars in the current location, but there were squirrels that had to be dealt with.

[01:42:16] JS: See, if I see NVK, I really need CJ in the same room, so I could see them doing the accents against each other. Yeah.

[01:42:22] P: NVK, versus Bizarro NVK?

[01:42:24] NVK: Yeah, let’s get CJ here. By the way, I now make a fee. There’s a licensee fee involved every time CJ makes an impression of me, I get a cut. I support that. You have a NFT of I got you. I got a question for you, guys.

[01:42:41] LW: No, no. Questions are scarce. NFTs are not scarce.

[01:42:46] T: It’s a great deal of skill for an impression, not for an NFT. Is that what you’re saying?

[01:42:51] LW: Do all of this in crocs, though? That’s my only question, NVK.

[01:42:53] NVK: Depending on the weather, yes.

[01:42:56] T: Got you. You hunt squirrels and boars and license out your voice impression in crocs. Now, this is not a commercial for crocs, by the way.

[01:43:05] NVK: No, listen. I only have –

[01:43:06] T: We have negatives cancel each other out.

[01:43:08] NVK: I used to be a flip-flops guys, because I grew up in Brazil. Now –

[01:43:12] P: You check too much.

[01:43:14] NVK: I either do barefoot, crocs, or bloodstones. That’s it. That’s all I have.

[01:43:18] P: Did you say blood stones? Like conflict stones?

[01:43:22] NVK: Bloodstones. However you call those boots.

[01:43:24] P: Yeah. Conflict diamond. That’s fucked up, man. I know you’ve got a business to run and you’re producing some of the best hardware wallets in the market. Yeah, diamonds that are mined by orphans.

[01:43:34] NVK: P, we used a child labor, just because the parts are very small to solder on the devices, so then we need little hands.

[01:43:40] P: That’s what I’m talking about. Look, I’ve been petitioning to the Bitcoin mining council for months that we should be employing orphans, because their hands are smaller and they can shovel the coal into the steam engines, to power the miners way, way faster. I am told that I’m an insane person and also, that I should not waste anyone’s time. I’m going to do it on my own and set this advantage use free. Moving on, CK, I see you’re up on the stage. What you got, man? Silence.

[01:44:10] JS: I don’t think he’s paying attention. I think he’s –

[01:44:14] NVK: He’s counting his Bitcoin conference money.

[01:44:16] T: I think, it’s called –

[01:44:19] P: I did. I said – I was talking about mining Bitcoins with orphans, because they can shovel the coal into the steam layers.

[01:44:26] CK: I stepped away for a second and washed my hands and that’s when you caught me. Yeah. Honestly, it’s a great strategy. I heard they have a lot of orphans in Tennessee. We can check that out and see if we can put together an op.

[01:44:35] P: Yeah. Just to be clear, for every block that is mined, each orphan gets 10 Bitcoin. We’re actually losing –

[01:44:41] JS: This really is a reunion.

[01:44:44] NVK: Totally an orphan chain here.

[01:44:46] P: Now, look. We’re here to empower the disadvantaged. If we have to lose a massive amount of Bitcoin on each block reward, we’re here for it. That’s the commitment that we have to this space.

[01:44:56] NVK: Maybe cycling the orphans after?

[01:44:58] P: That’s a separate conversation. We can talk afterwards, NVK.

[01:45:02] LW: Hey, NVK. Did you hear what happened about the safety deposit boxes? I heard they stole everything, except for these two calculators.

[01:45:11] NVK: That’s awesome. I hope they left the cold card. Seriously, that’s why never leave your seeds on safe deposit box, unless they are split or [inaudible 01:45:21], or something.

[01:45:23] P: All right. I do want to bring us back around though. All joking aside. We’re not mining with orphans. That’d be fucked up. We’re all good Bitcoiners. NVK, I am curious, we’ve been talking about the – this conversation initially got kicked off around the claims that Janet Yellen made yesterday, and around the article that the white house published two days back, about the idea of, they just tried to slip in the claim that unrealized capital gains, or income.

[01:45:52] NVK: Yeah. This is fascinating, because I think, it has a little bit of a stench from either the math, or the world economic forum. Because I’d say, six months to a year ago, the liberal government used some arm organization here in Canada to run what’s called a balloon trial. They just released a study pretending that it was just a study, but really, just tasking the politics around doing unrealized cap gains on homes in Canada. People lost their shit.

I think, this is extremely unlikely to happen, because it’s absurdly hard to deal with this, it becomes selective enforcement, which governments love, but you totally be a legal shit show. Then, there is an upside to it. You also have unrealized losses, which you can do adjusting in your accounting.

[01:46:47] P: Wait. Are you talking about Canada or the US?

[01:46:49] NVK: No, in the US or Canada. We have very similar tax codes. It could get funny. If they do this, we’re all going to change our year-ends to whatever is the time of the year that Bitcoin dips, most commonly. Might even try to trigger Bitcoin to go to shit that month of the year, so we can know pull some losses. They might actually owe us taxes back.

[01:47:14] P: P: Wait. I don’t think it’s going to work that way, though.

[01:47:15] NVK: No, it does. If they’re going to do unrealized gains, it means you also get unrealized losses. That you can’t have your cake and eat it, too, when it comes to this shit. You could get pretty funny. It’s not going to happen. This is all stupid.

[01:47:28] CK: Yeah, it’s performative.

[01:47:30] NVK: Yeah. This is all silly. What they could do though, and this, I don’t put past this people, is they might come up with unrealized gains just for crypto, because they’re going to go and they’re going to say, “Can I say crypto, because that’s how they’re going to frame it?” It’s not just Bitcoin. They’re going to say that we have this evil thing that, it’s gambling and it’s also, polluting the planet and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. Because it’s not going to affect 99% of the population, they are going to be “Yeah. Fuck, yeah. Let’s go get their money.” Then, could get tricky.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[01:48:09] CK: Bitcoiners, I am so excited to tell you about the Bitcoin 2022 Conference. You guys, Bitcoin 2021 was absolutely a smash hit success. It was over 13,000 Bitcoiners coming together, breaking the barriers on who can come together and celebrate freedom, celebrate Bitcoin. The energy was absolutely electric.

Unfortunately, it was just oversubscribed. There’s just people flowing out everywhere. This year, we are learning, we are making the conference bigger and better. We are moving over to the Miami Beach Convention Center, and we are going to be throwing a massive four-day festival for Bitcoin, celebrating Bitcoin, bringing together the greatest minds in Bitcoin and the greatest businesses in Bitcoin and lastly, the culture of Bitcoin all together.

We had a four-day extravaganza planned for you guys for Bitcoin 2022. Day one is going to be industry day. It is a day where you can buy a special ticket in order to just mingle and make business deals happen. Day two and three is going to be a full-blown Bitcoin conferences. Our main conference is going to be on April 7th, and 8th. Then lastly, we have the sound at music festival, day four.

Imagine going to Coachella, but for Bitcoin. There’s going to be very few talks. It’s going to be all about the culture of Bitcoin. It’s going to be all about hanging with your fellow plebs. It’s going to be an absolutely amazing time. There’s going to be Bitcoin musicians, Bitcoin artists, and all your favorite Bitcoiners and just an amazing environment to party and just see it all, soak it all in, and to get people to realize that a Bitcoin world, a world filled with Bitcoin people doing Bitcoin things is the world that they want to live in. That’s what Bitcoin 2022 is all about. That is what the Bitcoin conference is all about. That’s what Bitcoin Magazine is all about.

It is going to be a celebration of Bitcoin, the Bitcoiners and this amazing movement that is going to make the world a better place. Go to b.tc/conference, learn more about the Bitcoin Conference, learn more about all the amazing things that are happening in Miami around the Bitcoin Conference and buy your tickets. Guess what? If you buy your tickets with Bitcoin, you save a $100 on all the tickets and a $1,000 on the whale pass. If you want the VIP pass, the Big Kahuna, you buy with Bitcoin, you save a $1,000. That’s a lot of SATS. Go and do it right now today. Don’t wait. Prices are only going up. This is going to be a can’t miss event.

[01:50:37] CK: Bitcoiners, I want to tell you about The Deep Dive. The Deep Dive is Bitcoin Magazine’s premium market intelligence newsletter. This is a no fluff, hard-hitting, incredible newsletter going deep into the market, helping you understand what’s happening with derivatives, what’s happening on-chain, what’s happening in macro, what’s happening with the narrative and what’s happening with the tech.

My man, Dylan LeClair is an absolute savant. He is making his name known in the Bitcoin community, getting shoutouts left and right, getting on podcast left and right, and him and his team are bringing you everything that you need to know about Bitcoin. You don’t even have to be on Bitcoin Twitter. You can ignore every other newsletter. This is the newsletter to rule them all. Go over to members.bitcoinmagazine.com. Sign up today. If you use promo code MACRO, you get a full month for free. You have nothing to lose. What are you waiting for? Sign up, see the incredible work that Dylan and his team are putting out. If you don’t like it, just unsubscribe. You don’t pay a dime. If you do, it’s going to be well worth the SATs and investment and understanding Bitcoin, and gaining the confidence to continue to invest in Bitcoin and making the right moves around Bitcoin. It’s going to be well worth every single Satoshi. Again, can’t recommend it enough. That is members.bitcoinmagazine.com, promo code MACRO. Do it today.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[01:52:09] P: We’ve been talking about it for a while. Jay, I’d love to just, if you’re still around, I’d love to hear your thoughts on NVK’s comment. Jay’s already thrown this one in the trash. Yeah, I’m not so optimistic, NVK. I think, this has been – we were talking about earlier that this is a narrative that has been – it has been pushed for many years in the US, at least. They keep hammering it, because they’re trying to figure out ways to classic MMA, or MMT modern, going MMA. When they gut-punched the economy via modern monetary theory, which prescribes a massive liquidity injections, and then over taxation in order to curb it.

[01:52:44] BA: Couldn’t both be true. Couldn’t the implications of passing something like this be absolutely terrible on so many fronts, but also, realistically, probably not get passed.

[01:53:00] NVK: Unless, they power through it.

[01:53:02] BA: This would be incredibly hard to pass.

[01:53:04] P: Wait, NVK. I just want to clarify. When you say, both things could be true, I’m unclear, when you say – you mean, they could try and fail? Or they could be trying to pass this, because of MMT style rhetoric and they could also fail at it?

[01:53:16] BA: You were saying that you – I assume the redirect was to me. You were saying that you are not so optimistic, meaning you’re worried, or you’re a pessimistic about this. I would say, you are right to be very concerned about unrealized gains being taxed. To NVK’s point, is that actually a realistic outcome in the short-term?

[01:53:38] P: Got it. NVK.

[01:53:39] NVK: Yeah. This stuff, this is a monumental change, right? This is not oh, we’re going to increase tax, or we’re going to start taxing carbon. It’s a truly monumental. It’s hard to convey how big this is. It changes everything, the same way that source deductions changed everything. It’s a whole new world of taxes and affects everything, from chickens to bananas, to houses, to your baseball card collection, everything. It’s huge. It’s practically unenforceable. That’s why it’s only selective enforcement. Now, they are not going to do this, because it doesn’t matter if you’re left or right.

The people who have any kind of power in the world, they all own stocks. Champagne, socialists all own stocks. AOCs of the type, definitely own stocks. Pension funds own stocks. They’re not going to want to have this. They’re going to get a backlash from everybody. It doesn’t matter which part of the political spectrum you are. You’re still sucking on the stock’s titty. They’re not going to do this.

[01:54:55] DR: I think, you’re just assuming that it’s going to be one gigantic movement.

[01:54:59] NVK: Yeah. My point, Donna.

[01:55:00] DR: There’s a red mark to market on regulated futures contracts on non-equity options, such as bonds, commodities and currency and exchange traded index options, so they could add crypto.

[01:55:14] NVK: Yeah. There was a thing before. If they’re going to do this, they’re going to just go for crypto only. They can’t just go after everybody, because you would be a massive flop.

[01:55:27] LW: Yeah. My only thing is, NVK, that’s you taking the approach that they don’t want it to be a massive flop. That’s you saying that they don’t want to put us into a position of dependency. That’s the whole thing. If they did some crazy like stuff this, which I truthfully believe is more of like I said, the seeds that have been planting a more – a ploy to move toward a certain direction, what would happen is that they would basically kill a whole lot of the wealth of this in this country. There’ll be wealth destruction. People will be forced to sell. We’ll wind up getting into a situation where the stock market’s on decline, and what happens?

You wind up getting everyone into a position, where they have to be more and more dependent upon the government, especially those people who at the bottom rungs of society. Because now, they don’t even have hardly any vehicles, because you should see what’s happening in a single-family residences, you see the freaking hedge funds are buying those up. Then, where in the world does the average person that is trying to come up in the world, actually build wealth to create generational wealth for their families? Well, they don’t. What? You’re not going to invest in stocks, because it’s what they would do with that.

They’re not going to invest in houses. Guess what? You’re going to be more reliant upon the government, which is what people who want big government won’t, bro. That’s the thing we have to watch out for. I think, it’s just these types of seeds that wind up being planted. You start to see, I forget, somebody said it. I can’t even remember who said the quote, it’s going to be at America, where there are a lot of people who own nothing. They have money, they own nothing, though. You know what I’m saying? I think that’s what [inaudible 01:56:57].

[01:56:59] NVK: You’re preaching to the choir here. Let me put it this way, okay. If I was alive and around when they brought in source deductions, I’d say, there is absolutely no fucking way they’re going to be able to put in source deductions and people are going to be okay with that. They use the war as an excuse, because they had to fund the war. They did get source deductions in and stuck around forever. It was going to be temporary.

It’s huge to make people to pre-pay. The evil source deduction is that people don’t know what they don’t already have. It’s a much easier trickery on people. Now, the problem with unrealized gains on normal people stuff, especially houses, is that it’s going to force sale on everything. You would absolutely, and America, Canada, or any country that does this in any scale, because people are up to their nose with debt. They’re not going to find a way to pay those gains at the end of the year. I doubt that very much.

I don’t think there is an appetite in any country in the world to be able to pass this stuff through, aside from places that are fairly wealthy. Say, Holland has wealth tax, if I remember right. I think, it’s 1.5% over your net worth. That stuff won’t work in north America. Although, can’t put anything past these people.

[01:58:24] A: NVK, when you said source deductions, what you’re talking about, it’s the Canadian version of –

[01:58:28] NVK: Income tax. Yeah. That’s right. Payroll tax. Source deduction is the technical name of that. It means that you take, for the people that don’t understand, what I’m saying is essentially, before you give people their paycheck, you withhold the tax. You take the tax before you pay them. This was a policy instituted, I think, it was in the 30s to pay for second world war. It was meant to be temporary, because nobody would ever go for the idea, “What do you mean, you’re going to take the money from my paycheck?” That’s insane.

[01:59:00] P: We were talking about this earlier, that these are all meant to be temporary measures, but they never are. They are always permanent. It’s evident from bridge tolls, to taxation, and basically, everything that’s passed that takes money from you and gives it to the government.

[01:59:12] NVK: I’d been bitching about source deduction forever, and I don’t even pay source deductions.

[01:59:16] P: I think, source deduction is basically the same thing as income tax in America.

[01:59:21] JS: Withholding.

[01:59:24] P: Got it. Interesting.

[01:59:24] NVK: From a Canada point of view, it’s quite brilliant, really. You take the tax before people have it in their pockets. They’re not going to feel as bad about giving it away.

[01:59:35] T: You never knew you had. Then when you overpay, you get a refund, so you’re happy.

[01:59:40] LW: This sounds so funny. Because I’m listing to NVK said, and I’m like, “Man, that’s how it’s been since I’ve been working.” You know what I’m saying? We’ve already bow down to that, you know what I mean?

[01:59:50] P: Oh, a 100%.

[01:59:52] LW: Fucking crazy.

[01:59:54] P: On my paycheck, I look through every time and I’m like, “All right, so that’s the amount that’s going to social security. Never going to see that ever again. That’s the amount that’s going to Medicare. Never going to see that shit ever again.” Every line item, I’m just like, “Yup. That’s just the government taking its cut and shoving it up their ass.”

[02:00:11] NVK: It’s absolutely crazy that people didn’t revolt after. Then again, when people fly out the idea of, “Hey, maybe we get unrealized gains,” and they’ll carve out this and these people are not idiots. They are in many senses, but not on this. What they would probably do, if I was putting myself in that evil mind, I will also carve out, say cars, or anything really that would affect say, 70% of the population of the country. Now, you have a great majority of the country that’s unaffected by these facts. Then, you have this 30% who’s going to whine and cry. They’re doing well in the eyes of the rest of the population.

Then, two, three years later, I encroach in into another segment of the population. Now, you have the people who already paid for two years saying, “Yeah. Fuck, yeah. If you’re going to charge me, you’re going to charge those, too.” Then you get to the other side of the population who is more on middle to poor side to go, “Yeah. Fuck, yeah. Charge those people in the middle, too.” Then, you have those in. Then, you get there through a couple more years and then you go after the rest, a few five, six years later. You can roll this thing out without much bullshit within 10 years.

[02:01:29] LW: We live in very weird times. Did you all see the attack on the Roth IRA as well? Where if you have so much in your Roth IRA, you have to cash it out?

[02:01:38] CK: I was listening to that and I felt vindicated, because I truly believe that the Roth, especially, and IRAs in general, 401ks, all of that stuff, for anyone who’s under 35 is, and maybe even anyone under 40 is just an utter and complete scam. Gosh, I don’t even know. Maybe even someone who’s under 50-years-old is an utter and complete scam. That’s why we got to hold our keys, guys. The whole end conclusion of this entire conversation is that, this is what Bitcoin was built for. Hopefully, we can use jurisdictional arbitrage to find a safe haven.

[02:02:11] P: I’m not currently clear on –

[02:02:12] T: Hold on. You can’t use jurisdictional arbitrage, because US citizens are taxed globally.

[02:02:18] P: I know. It’s so fucked.

[02:02:18] T: There is no jurisdiction, unless you plan on go living off planet somewhere.

[02:02:22] P: No. You can go to other jurisdictions. You can leave the US. Maybe in Holland. You can renounce your citizenship. Then, all you have to do is pay one – Yeah, exactly. You have to pay one-half of your earnings, as if you had just sold everything in order to leave the US. It’s like a Roach motel. You can enter, but you can never leave, at least financially.

[02:02:40] CK: Just like the 401k rules can change, all the other rules can change, too.

[02:02:44] P: That is true. Are you saying that as an optimistic angle?

[02:02:47] LW: You’re very optimistic. I like that.

[02:02:49] CK: Yes, absolutely. I know where the leverage is.

[02:02:52] NVK: The difference this time is if this guy’s go for retard, realistically speaking, people will leave with their BTC without ever being declared. They will renounce their citizenships and they will go live somewhere with their wealth and be happy, and just simply never go back.

There is a point of no return with this stuff. Most people want to do things kosher. You go, you pay your exit tax, or whatever. There is a point in which, people will be forced to go above and beyond what’s kosher.

[02:03:27] P: Yeah. Here’s the thing, right? We were talking about this earlier before you came in, but the shifting of the goalposts, and the narrative orchestration, the propagandizing of these types of concepts is so insidious and over time, extremely effective. The fact that people don’t understand that like in California, it’s fucking insane that you get taxed on income, sales and property. Everybody’s just, “Yeah. California has good schools.” It’s like, “No, it doesn’t. That was in the fucking 80s. We’re done here. It’s a fucking wasteland.” People are like, “It’s just where I grew up with,” and people just accept it.

When Yellen gets up and she makes the claim with a totally straight face, and Biden promotes this article in the White House with a totally straight face, that unrealized cap gains, our income, I got to tell you, 90% of people are just, “I don’t really even know what unrealized cap gains are. Yeah, fuck the rich.” It slowly becomes the norm. I think, that’s really the dangerous thing here. I actually don’t think that people will just revolt, because they’re not actually going to do a China bans Bitcoin style thing.

They’re going to make these incremental changes that slip under the radar for 80% or 70% of the population. Then suddenly, we live in an absolute hell hole and it’s “too late.” Then, people are resigned to it. They’re cynical and they’re like, “What are we going to do? Leave the United States and I have to give up one of my testicles and also give up 80% of my net worth?” You’re going to be like, “But it was 50% three years ago.” They’ll be like, “Yeah, but this is the world we live in now.”

[02:04:55] CK: The crazy thing is that, let’s just call it the people in the center of the IQ distribution curve, the midways, they embrace nihilism, right? The PhDs are like, “Oh, it’s nihilism. I’m nihilistic. This is just the world we live in.” It’s just insane that they don’t see a reason to fight back. That’s why I’m optimistic about Bitcoin, because it is that reason.

[02:05:17] LW: Such a dire painting right now, man. That is, we should all be leaving right now, because if people just go along to get along, if average people can no longer build wealth in this country to be able to pass down for generations, if at the same time, the average wage earner, their jobs are being substituted, they’re being actually get substituted for robots and automation, where do you see the future heading in this country, if you guys are all believing the painting you just painted? Right now, this painting is like the Mona Lisa with a black stripe over her face, you know what I’m saying?

[02:05:56] NVK: Lamar. Let’s put it this way. It’s still fairly early for Bitcoin. In another five years, say, maybe we’re talking about real mainstream, people start saving. If they are saving at 21 million supply, they will still find fairly decent wealth in a fairly short period. There is hope. It’s not fully dead. It goes down fast. I mean, Canadian healthcare system is absolute shit. People here fully indoctrinated to believe that this is what’s good, and that’s their identity. People identify themselves as people of public healthcare, no joke.

They’re told the stories about how bad it is in the US, which is not true for most people. Most people in the US don’t have to wait six months to get very basic shit. Anyways, it’s all a matter of stories.

[02:06:51] LW: That’s what I’m saying. What is the narrative? Because y’all know, I’ve talked all the time about this on there. I really believe that what we’re seeing is this shift into a government that makes us all more dependent. If that is the case, I’ve heard so many people say, “Lamar, I’m not leaving this country. You won’t ever get me to leave.” I’m like, “If Rome is burning, what do you do? Do you stick around and watch it burn? Do you play the violin?”

[02:07:20] CK: Lamar, what’s on your mind? Which jurisdictions are you thinking about? I’m just curious. What would be your plan if you’re going to get out of the US?

[02:07:27] LW: Man. You do think I’m going to docs my area? I’ve already done all my research.

[02:07:35] P: Look, I’m sorry, man, but I’m going to docs you. We’ve talked about your Willy-Wonka style elevator that shoots up into the sky, and I don’t think that’s practical for most people. For you, definitely.

[02:07:44] LW: It’s not. It’s not. You’re right. You’re right. Yeah. It is full of chocolate in the base. You swim in chocolate just to get up. Yeah, I got you.

[02:07:52] P: I know. Also, I think the –

[02:07:54] LW: [inaudible 02:07:54]. I’m just asking. I don’t know. I listen to us, right? I listen to us as Americans, see NVK excluded. He’s dealing with a public healthcare in Canada. I was thinking about us as Americans in this country. The whole thing is that in times like this in the past, there have been revolts. There have been people that have stood up. There have been people that marched on Selma, you know what I’m saying? Do we have those same people today, is the question? Real talk. Do we have people who are going to fight a system that is clearly not in the best interest of any of us? Period. Think about it. You say you tax the rich, but you continue to create money, which is at the chagrin of every person that earns wages. You’re killing them.

[02:08:48] NVK: Who’s going to rise against if most of the people are on the tits?

[02:08:51] LW: That’s the point of the dependency, right? Because if I make you ultimately dependent upon me, then there will come a point that you will not be able to fight me, because without me, you don’t exist. That is what I’m saying. That type of dependency is where control is, and that’s why we all need to be focusing on as much sovereignty as we possibly can have.

We need to get sovereign food, sovereign everything, because as we continue to move towards a state of dependency, you wind up getting yourself into a position where you can no longer even interact without being dependent upon. It’s the matrix. You’ll be plugged in at that point. You feel me?

[02:09:29] P: Yeah, a 100%. I think, what CK was getting at is you were framing it as a question like, “Man, y’all are some dark motherfuckers.” But I think we’re all on the same page that like –

[02:09:38] LW: Yeah. I think so. I’m just saying, I just wanted to enter that question to get that conversation going. What do you do? What’s the solution? We all hear the problem. We know the storm’s on the horizon. There’s a storm out on the ocean and it’s coming this way. The question is, what do we do, man? I know we all buy Bitcoin. That’s the first step of having sovereign money.

[02:09:58] P: You took the words out of my mouth. Yeah. I was going to say, I hear you, Lamar. I do want to give a Preston and – Yup. Yup. Also, Luke a chance to speak. Preston, famed Marmotcoin creator. Marmot herder, small dog attack vehicle creator. What are your thoughts?

[02:10:16] PB: Yeah. I’ve thought about this at length. Let me just say that I’ve been in bed for the last three days, because I screwed up my back. I haven’t gotten any client work done, which is really annoying. What I have managed to do is have a really good crack at learning Morse code, which NVK has been keeping track of my journey as I become a bigger and bigger ham radio.

How do you prepare? I think, one thing that people really haven’t considered about what we’re going through now is that it’s like this really weird, slow collapse, where we’re starting to see things get jankified, right? There’s some general jankification of society. The jankification is starting to manifest itself in really funny ways, like the fact that you can’t buy a car, or the fact that certain supermarket shelves are empty, or the fact that restaurants can’t hire people, despite the fact that there are lots of people looking for work.

Something broke in a weird way. We’re really only going to fully understand what broken – housing prices are ridiculous. They’re going up 20%, 30% a year. Something broke very badly. Nobody’s quite sure what. There’s some underlying sickness in society. I’m not sure what it is. People are angry. COVID-19 is part of it, but our response to – COVID-19 didn’t cause the price of cars to go up, or response to COVID-19. [Inaudible 02:11:39].

[02:11:42] LM: We’re missing the forest for the trees. That’s the conclusion of a long-term debt cycle. What we’re seeing now is in my opinion, just the thin edge of the wedge of what’s to come, and maybe zoom out to the last time we had debt levels this big in the 1930s and 40s. You’ve seen all the similar things play out here in the 2020s. Okay. You’re seeing gold confiscation with the FDR in 1933. In 1940s, they had food stamps, there was food rationing, all of this. It’s what they have to do with a debt bubble this large. It’s all part of a much bigger movement and a much bigger plan.

I’m not sure if everyone’s familiar with [inaudible 02:12:16] thesis of essentially, a central bank, digital currency system being exported to the Western world. That’s what it’s all about. You were watching the world economic forum come out and say, capitalism has failed. We need to re-imagine capitalism. We need to adopt a, what did they call it? Stakeholder capitalism. This is all just part of a plan, in my opinion.

[02:12:37] T: Yeah. A very old plan.

[02:12:38] PB: I remember 2008 very vividly, because at the time, I was a law student, but I was joining a securitization group at a law firm in London. I joined them in 2009, having gotten the job in 2007. In England, it’s a weird system, where you apprentice and you’re hired years in advance when you’re still a student, whatever. I was paying super close attention when that happened. I remember, the issue was that there was risk built up in the system, but the big problem with the global financial crisis is because there was risk in the system that people didn’t know how to account for. They didn’t know who was solvent and they didn’t know who wasn’t.

As a consequence, there was a huge contraction of liquidity, because no one was going to lend to anybody else, because which entity was a house of cards and which one wasn’t. That caused a contraction of credit, which caused the contraction of the economy, yada, yada. It took years to work through all of that.

Now, we’re in this weird go-go economy where everything’s just money is just sloshing around. No problem. People are spending it hand over fist. There seems to be no end in sight. Everything’s doing really well. The stock market’s doing really well. I’m just going to have tangles of 2006 with rap videos of guys running around, throwing euros in the air, and all the rest of it. Yes, we’re in the middle of a pandemic, so maybe the consumption isn’t that conspicuous, but not-withstanding, the markets are clearly insane. Something is really wrong. I can’t quite put my finger on it.

What I do know is that I think there’s going to be a de-risking, or a de-leveraging at some point in Western societies. Whether that’s today, tomorrow, two years, five years, I don’t know. When that debt falls due, when it comes time for that debt to be paid, and some people say it never will. It will, one way or another. The US national debt is a prime example. That’s going to get defaulted on one way or another. They’re either going to inflate it away, or the country will collapse, or they will default, or whatever else. There’s no prospect to that, or the debt of any other major country is ever, major Western country is ever being paid back.

Then, there will be major consequences from that de-risking that they do, because it’ll basically be like, it’s a rubber band. You pull, and you pull, and you pull, and you pull, and you pull. Eventually, you let go and it snaps back. They’ve been reallocating risk constantly, social risk. There are two guys who really deal with this well. One of them is Jurgen Habermas, who’s a – he’s a Marxist German fellow. He talks about something called the legitimation crisis, which is where you have societies that just rack up risk, political, social, and otherwise in the form of debt, so much that eventually, it becomes overwhelming and it starts to affect the government’s ability to carry out programmatic demands that it sets for itself.

We’re seeing that, for example, would be in, I live in Connecticut, by way of example, Connecticut has a 100 billion dollars of unfunded pension liabilities. We’re a small state. That’s $70,000 for every man, woman and child in the state of Connecticut. Connecticut will never pay those back. They’re either going to default on its pension obligations, get bailed out by the federal government, or something else. There’s no way that they’re going to be able to rustle up $70,000 from every single person in the state of Connecticut to pay those dues.

That’s an example of something where we’re in the early phases of state failure. We know that something’s going to happen, but we’re just not sure what that thing is. It’s a time bomb waiting to go off. Joseph Tainter, he’s a collapsed theorist, and he talks about how societies eventually become too unwieldy and complex. Then, what happens is they disintegrate into more efficient forms, where you don’t necessarily need large bureaucracies to maintain them. I think that where we are now is that the government has constantly expanded for the last 120 years, and particularly after World War II and The Great Depression.

There’s just never been any retrace. It’s always been growth of the state. As a consequence, we have this thing that’s just not fit for purpose. There’s institutional inertia. Nothing has changed. The world is changing under its feet with the consequence that we’ve got this big, lumbering beast. We could pay off the debt if we automated away most of the bureaucracy and kept our tax receipts the same. No, there’s no political will to do it, so we’re just going to collapse. That’s my view.

[02:16:53] P: We keep coming back to this idea that I don’t think anyone on the stage, or I think there are probably aspects of what you said that some people disagree with. I don’t disagree with it, though. What do we do in that situation? We all own Bitcoin. We’re all hardcore Bitcoiners. We all have a knife that says Bitcoin etched on the side that we wave around wildly at parties and try to convince people to buy Bitcoin. Given the scenario that you just laid out, what do we do as –

[02:17:14] NVK: Get out too.

[02:17:15] P: Oh, go ahead, NVK. NVK.

[02:17:17] NVK: Oh, wait. Sorry. It was a tangent on supply chains. Maybe this helps people understand maybe what to do. I’m developing this theory that the problem really goes back a bit. There was even maybe slightly before 2008, there was no way we could come up with the proverbial deflationary prices for technology, without making technology just in time. Because inventory costs a ton.

For you to have all that opportunity costs sitting in a warehouse is unrealistic. Supply chains became just in time. That’s how you decrease cost. Slowly and surely, for many years I fought like, “Hey, it’s just maybe hard to get good timing on parts, because we’re not the size of Toyota.” That was how I thought about some of this stuff, because we share some chips that some those car makers use. I couldn’t fully comprehend that, why can’t I pay and get the stuff? It makes no sense to me. As we grew and could like, just, fuck it. We’re just going to stock bigger quantities of chips that we know we’re going to use for years.

It became clear. It’s just, there is no production capacity. Absolutely no production capacity. Products are overly complicated. Even a stupid little toy has hundreds of either parts, or steps to get made. It’s a domino of issues there. Then, all the stupid COVID lockdown shit did was just give us a glimpse, really, of what’s to come, which is we have incredibly fragile supply chains on a good day, and we have absolutely no production capacity to fill the demand needs.

I think, we are in for some very interesting supply shocks in the next coming years, if credit is cheap. Because still baffling to me, I was bitching about this maybe, six months or so ago. How is it possible that the world is literally ending in mid-pandemic for the average person in say, January this year, everybody’s going to die, but you cannot buy an overboard motor boat? That is probably the last thing people are going to buy if their world is ending.

It’s fascinating, because overboard motors are mostly made in Japan for any size that’s not a tiller size motor. You have a fairly constrained supply chain complexity, because it’s just in a single geography. Essentially, you have cheap credit. Everybody is bored and buying every fucking thing they can. Then, you have the checks going to people and they’re buying all this stuff. You have no production capacity. You’ll have essentially, the world’s just 50 ways the world economically could end. What I’d say is really, think about the stuff you’re going to need in the next two years and maybe stock it, because it could get tricky.

[02:20:47] CK: There’s going to be a compounding effect to that. I think what’s crazy is, I totally agree with you, NVK, that we’re going to see a lot of supply chain crises, but I also think that a lot of people are going to blame it on inflation. We’re going to just have a really fucking strong inflation narrative when it’s really just the complexities of globalization breaking down, really breaking everything else.

[02:21:09] PB: One thing I’ve seen – I got a taste of. I think that we are underestimating the effect that a rebalancing of consumption has had away from services and towards durable goods and consumer goods. I have never saved so much money as I did during the pandemic. It was amazing. Now, I’m doing stuff as NVK knows. I’m turning around and buying ham radios, because it’s just 1,500 bucks, because why not? It’s interesting.

A lot of my clients are in the chia ecosystem. I know this is a Bitcoin room, so I apologize for bringing up a shitcoin. One thing that we saw in the spreadsheet, it works by mining using hard drives, similar to filecoin, but not quite.

[02:21:46] P: Well, it’s more than that. It destroys hard drives.

[02:21:48] PB: It destroys SSDs, and it doesn’t destroy – You store the things on spinners and then you plot using SSDs. They’ve managed to get the rights way, way down on the SSDs. Basically, the original plotting thing that – just for everyone’s general edification, the original plotting program that they had wrote something like absolutely stupid, 1.8 terabytes of rights for a one 100 gigabyte plot, which will take a normal consumer SSD and wreck it in two weeks, which is insane. It took eight hours.

Some enterprising guy who was an early GPU miner and figured out how to cut that way down. Program’s called Madmax, if you’re interested in looking it up. Anyway, I digress. What happened was there was a bit of a frenzy in April, which has since died down, where the demand for hard drives globally, in the retail channel, which is about 10% or 15% of global hard drive demand, went up by 2% or 3%. As a result of that, hard drives everywhere completely sold out. Because the hard drive manufacturers planned this quarter a year ago, and they said, “This is what how many we need to produce now, and this is what our production capacity needs to be, and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah.”

Then all of a sudden, there was this unexpected surge in demand. Then hard drives just disappeared for three months. You couldn’t get a 20 terabyte, or 18 terabyte hard drive anywhere. Now that’s changed, as everything has calmed down and gone normal. That gives you some idea of how a very modest change, 1% to 2%. I think, that global drive market annually is something like a 100 exabytes, or a 150 exabytes. That was a 10 exabyte, resulted in a absolutely catastrophic disruption of supply chains, where people who are running servers couldn’t get hard drives for their websites. It was ridiculous.

[02:23:32] P: It was particularly funny. It was particularly funny, because the whole premise of chia was like, “We’re going to save the environment.” Purchasing hard drives is not the cheapest thing, nor is it the most environmentally friendly.

[02:23:46] PB: Yeah. There’s that. The e-waste argument didn’t go away. I think, they’re still holding onto the power consumption argument.

[02:23:54] A: Was that 10% of annual production, or is it 10% of total hard drives that are active?

[02:23:59] PB: 10% of the annual hard drive market worldwide. I think it wasn’t 10. I think, it was 1% to 2%.

[02:24:05] P: More importantly, let’s get back to Bitcoin.

[02:24:08] PB: Back to Bitcoin. Anyway, but just to give you some context. With that supply chain, there were a couple of things playing their chip shortages, various other things. Even a very modest rebalancing of demand wound up throwing the entire – then, that’s just a crypto related story, so I figure everyone can relate. That very minor change resulted in a massive change to the market itself. I think, with what we’re looking at, we’re also considering if crypto people looking forward on a five to 10-year, or maybe less, a shorter time horizon, you’ve got social things that could be an issue. You’ve got wars that could be an issue. Cyber-attacks are another issue. All of those can take out chunks of the supply chain and increase the general levels of gentrification in the society.

There’s a huge amount of disruption, which is capable of being done. COVID has just basically showed that the Americans, it should our adversaries, it should everyone else, all right, if you lean on this and you lean on this, you take this computer out, you take that computer out. How do you then affect a society, and what pressures can you put on that society as a result? It’s going to be a really interesting decade.

[02:25:12] LM: Don’t forget climate change, too. Who was the Democrat in the news the other week, saying that, “Oh, look out. Climate change is going to raise the sea levels and it’s going to impact ports.” Guess what? That’s going to cause inflation in the coming years. They’re all just narratives to disguise what’s really going on. It’s all monetary reset. This is all the whole unrealized capital gains. It’s just the thin edge of the wedge. If you go and read Klaus Schwab’s book, he’s the head of the World Economic Forum, he’s directly telling you, we need to re-imagine capitalism. We need to implement this social credit score communism model across the world. That’s how we’re going to do it.

Everybody’s going to consume the energy based upon their carbon credits and their social credit score. You’re even watching MasterCard come out recently. What did they come out with last week? Everybody’s got to have a carbon limit on their credit cards.

[02:25:57] P: I know. It’s fucking ridiculous. It’s so upsetting.

[02:26:01] NVK: COVID vaccines, right? I don’t care how people feel for or against, that’s not the point. That’s the first North American West experience with you’re good and you’re bad.

[02:26:12] P: I just want to let you know, NVK, you have successfully completed my bingo card. So far in this conversation, we haven’t mentioned vaccines yet, but –

[02:26:18] LM: That gets back to Lamar’s earlier point as well. What do we do? Where do we go? Do we have a large enough population who’s able to revolt? Obviously, you look at the population of the hardcore Bitcoiners like us, who understand all this stuff. It’s probably only what? 0.1% globally. When you look at the people who believe in medical and bodily autonomy, you’re looking at 20% to 30% of the population. They’re all Bitcoiners. They just don’t know it yet. I think, we’re going to be fine.

To Lamar’s original question, where do you go? This is this is a global debt problem. Every single country around the world has an absolute debt crisis. I just think, I think Shinobi was going to touch on it earlier. You get local. You get out of the cities. Klaus Schwab, and his cronies at the World Economic Forum and the IMF, they’re going to try and implement these central bank digital currency system on the other side of the failing one that we’re operating in at the moment. I think, it’s going to fail in the long run. You just need to wait it out in this transitionary timeline.

[02:27:12] P: Absolutely. I do just want to jump in. Shinobi has shown more restraint than I’ve ever seen him show. Shinobi, please give us your thoughts.

[02:27:21] S: Get the fuck out of the cities. Rodolfo said, stockpile anything that you’re going to need that’s part of a complex supply chain you can’t produce yourself. Start producing your own food, whether that’s grow a garden, whether that’s chickens, whether that’s cattle, if you have the land, too. Do it. If you can’t do that, find your neighbors who can and buy shit from them. We need to get the fuck out of the city and localize as hardcore as we can. Then hopefully, never actually have to pull the guns out. It might actually get to that point.

[02:27:57] NVK: What’s your opinion on hunting and eating nocoiners?

[02:28:02] S: No comment.

[02:28:02] NVK: Too salty.

[02:28:05] P: NVK: Ooh.

[02:28:07] LW: Good. Human meat tastes like squirrel, man. Not the good time squirrel. Like the good squirrels.

[02:28:11] P: I actually think that the higher economic value is in harvesting the tiers of the nocoiners and the altcoiners that flow freely down their face. That actually is an incredibly effective cooling agent for ASIC miners. I actually think that we won’t eat them, not because we have moral issues around it, but because the tiers are just so much more effective as I –

[02:28:34] LW: Those are electrolytes, man. That’s going to be like Gatorade. We just don’t call it Haterade, for all the people that hated on Bitcoin over the years.

[02:28:41] PB: Yeah. A little bit, in fact, it’s actually the only renewable resource that’s truly renewable.

[02:28:45] P: There you go. All right, my friends, we’ve been going for three hours straight. This has been an amazing conversation.

[END]

[EPISODE]

[00:00:06] P: Hey, everyone. This is P. I am the Head of Programming at Bitcoin Magazine for the Bitcoin Conference. If you haven’t bought your tickets yet, you definitely should. It’s going to be fucking incredible. I asked a number of people, Jay Gould, John, Amanda, Bitcoin Tina, Jimmy Song, and a few others to join me, to discuss the absolutely ludicrous proposal that Yellen and the White House made recently, that unrealized capital gains should be taxed as income. Let’s dive in. Go for it, man.

[00:00:39] JG: Before we begin, I want to just read something. I think it’s important, because words have meaning. From the white house, to Janet Yellen, to Bernie Sanders, to Elizabeth Warren, to AOC, and all the way back to Barack Obama, they started saying something that they’re continuing to say it was on the website, actually, yesterday.

They always say something like, the rich must pay their “fair share.” These words imply that the rich are not currently paying their fair share. Otherwise, why would they say it? It is complete and utter, complete and blatant lie. I posted something today. It’s a little dated, from 2009. It was from mint.com. They show different cohorts of income in this country. They show collectively what percentage of the makeup of total income bracket you are, if you’re in that bracket. Then, it shows you what percentage of the dollars collected in tax revenue are. It’s significantly higher, higher income, collecting the majority of the tax dollars being collected. To say, it’s completely disingenuous and dishonest, to say that the rich aren’t paying their fair share.

When the 1.8% highest paid above $500,000 are paying 41% of all the taxes collected. 200,000 to 500,000 is 2% of income cohort. They’re collecting 20% of all the tax revenue there. That’s 60%. It’s somewhere like 80 something percent, and we only get to 10% of the people. It’s off the charts. It’s just completely and utterly dishonest, and that’s where we start.

[00:02:03] P: Yeah, I think you’re absolutely right. This is so clearly – it’s propaganda, right? It is a narrative that is being spun, in order to push the public opinion in a specific direction. It is unfortunately, fairly effective. I think that it’s the thing that is so disappointing to me personally, about this situation. Before we –

[00:02:22] JG: There’s also one more thing that is interesting. I found another stat here. In 2001, the share of the federal income taxes paid by the top 1% increased from 33.2% to 40.1% by 2018. They’re not paying less income tax over the last 20 years as a percentage. That’s actually going up, which clearly, the gross nominal dollars being collected are also going up, and just the vast majority of all the dollars being collected. It’s complete false narrative.

[00:02:47] P: Can you say again, what specifically was claimed in the White House article?

[00:02:50] JG: What she said, I don’t have it in front of me. I got to find that. What she said, here’s something she had said. She had Senator Shelby – this is different from the White House article. “I do support eliminating –” This is yesterday. “Stepped up basis.” By the way, I think this is, I think this is really where they’re going with this, to be honest with you. We’ll get to that in a second. I don’t think it’s unrealized.

[00:03:08] JF: It’s the only way they can actually get up that.

[00:03:10] JG: That’s right. That’s right. It would be a nightmare from an audit perspective, as John knows, to try to do this from across all income bracket categories, etc. She said, “I do support eliminating stepped up basis. The reason is that, a very large share of the income, words have meaning throughout this whole discussion tonight, okay. Income of the wealthy individuals is simply never taxed. Individuals hold onto these assets during their lifetime. That income is never taxed. Again, it’s not income. It’s appreciation.

We know that for some of the wealthiest individuals in the country, they pay very low taxes overall, because most of their income takes the form of unrealized capital gains. Unrealized capital gains are not taxable, people. Just to be clear. Capital gains are taxable, currently. The Biden administration proposed that at death, those gains be taxed. Currently tax law, when you die, and you have property per se, it is passed onto your heirs, and there’s a thing called stepped-up basis, which means their new cost basis is what the value of the property is at the time that they receive it. We’ll get back to that in a minute.

She says, “And with careful consideration, not in any way to harm the prospects of family-owned farms and small businesses, because they would have massive tax of all events on these events on death,” they’d have to sell their farms, or get a loan to pay the tax. It wouldn’t make sense. “There were substantial exemptions to protect them.” She’s trying to protect them from that. “Even if there is not actually taxation imposed that death, getting rid of stepped-up basis would mean that an heir would inherit the original basis of the asset.”

Even if they didn’t get rid of it, they’re saying, they’re going to go back to saying that your cost basis is now their cost basis, which I don’t think is completely unfair, to be totally honest. I’m not totally against all the things, but because you’re not – if that’s not a taxable event, unless they sell it. She’s just saying, why should you get a stepped-up basis on a cost basis? That makes sense, actually, in my opinion, but you could debate that.

When that person eventually sells that asset, the taxes would be paid and she didn’t say this, but it would be on the original cost basis that your parents bought it for as an example, okay. All of this is important, because they’re mincing words and they’re conflating things. She’s saying things along the lines that the large share of the income from the wealthy individuals is never taxed. That is not true. The current tax code is that you are taxed. There are ordinary income taxes, and there are long-term capital gains taxes. There are no longer short-term capital gains taxes, because there are now taxes, or ordinary income levels. They already fixed that one, so that means they’re taxing rich people – It is.

[00:05:45] T: I don’t think that that’s actually projected as 25%. Check it out. It’s correct.

[00:05:48] P: Tina? Let Jay finish.

[00:05:51] JG: Again, long-term capital gains, long-term capital gains have a special treatment, and they are to be taxed at a lower rate, because you’re imposing risk on the investor. This is why they have this. They define that guys by profit earned on the sale of that asset, which has increased in value over the holding period. Then asset, could be a tangible property, like a car, business, a stock, as well as intangible properties, right? Bitcoin, can touch it.

Then, ordinary income is just what most of you probably have. It’s if you have employment, you have a job, or it could be interest, or dividends, and then income from sole proprietorships, rents, royalties, if you’re lucky to have something like that. What they’re trying to say now is that if you have rents on a property, or royalties for some an asset, like you have a publishing deal for a book, or music rights or something of that nature, they’re going to want to look at that asset that is deriving the rents, the royalties, the dividends, the interest, and they want to tax that based on the appreciative value of it going up year-to-year, which could be forced liquidation for some individuals, depending on who they are. It sounds like, she’s also targeting, P, the top 400 richest people in the world today. That is the current narrative and rhetoric. I just wanted to get out some of the factual information here.

[00:07:00] JF: Yeah. P, can I just tag in a little bit, if you wrapped up on that point? One, short-grain taxes are our taxes, ordinary income. Long-term capital gains are based on your income. From zero to a certain percent, from zero to 50,000, I think it’s just for $0 or 0%, so there is no short-term. They just need long-term capital gains.

Then from 50,000, roughly 450,000, it’s at 15%. Then everything above that is 20%. The Biden proposal is to move it all toward ordinary income tax. Unless that’s changed in the last three months, I don’t believe it has – there’s any tax accounts there that want to correct me. I don’t think that I’m wrong.

The second thing I wanted to hit on Jay is what you talked about, is there’s not a real practical way to actually go after unrealized gains, because they also have to go on off of unrealized losses and they haven’t talked about that either, right? Literally, the methodology that’s cited in this letter is going off the Forbes list.

[00:07:51] JG: It’s ridiculous. I know.

[00:07:52] JF: It’s a joke, right? I tried to go through their technical, how they use the data to ultimately form their calculation and their methodology. It’s just basically a joke. The thing that I think that Jay, you hit on, I wanted to bring home, I think the way that they actually get this done, and just to further introduce myself, I worked in public accounting, I’m a reformed public accountant. I have not practiced in 12 years, so I don’t want to come and speak from a public accountant’s perspective. P asked me to talk about some of the things that are going on with institutional adoption. Since we’re talking about this piece of it, what I think is important is what can be, I think, the practical way of actually getting at a wealth tax, which is ultimately what this comes down to is eliminating stepped-up basis.

I’m not here to argue the merits for or against, whether or not that policy should take place or shouldn’t, but that’s actually how they’re going to get at additional wealth that’s trapped in these ways. I think, it’s a really great way to do it, right? If you want to further the Ponzi scheme and you know that you’re going to print – you’re at the printer of last resort, and where’s all that money, where’s all that wealth being created? It’s being created in assets.

If you’re going to continue to build them out to backstop it, you’re extracting more value to go into your Ponzi scheme through ultimately, measures like eliminating stepped-up basis. It’s a way to actually get more tax revenue from investments. I think, that’s where you were headed a minute ago, Jay, with how they actually practically implement these unrealized gains.

[00:09:10] JG: Yeah. I think they’re going to do it on death. It’s going to be a death tax. I think, the attempt is to eliminate the stepped-up basis to try to collect more revenue.

[00:09:18] JF: Exactly.

[00:09:19] JG: That’s what I think. That’s just step one, right? Clearly –

[00:09:21] JF: I think, that’s how they tend to meet up with the estate tax is really –

[00:09:23] JG: Look, all they have and definitely wanted to do, John, if that’s all they wanted to do, there’d be no narrative rhetoric, around about unrealized gains being capital gains, right?

[00:09:34] LW: That’s the thing, right, Jay? If you think about it, this is just the destruction of wealth. Because really, what they’re doing is they’re trying to rebalance everything. hey know they’ve printed way too much money. They know they can’t stop printing money. They know our economy is in the crapper, and the only way you’re going to really be able to save that is through some form of UBI.

The only way you can retrieve any of this money you keep throwing out there is to figure out a way to tax some stuff that probably even shouldn’t even really be taxed, just to get the money back. I think, that’s why they’re doing this, they’re really literally throwing darts at a dartboard, trying to figure out ways to pull money back out of the assets that they’ve inflated. It’s almost like, you blow the balloon up, and then now we need to come in and put a small hole in it so that we can pull some of the air out of the balloon, because we know next week, we’re going to put more around the balloon. They just don’t want the balloon to pop. They feel this is the only way they can balance this entire thing. Yeah. I think it’s crazy. No, not at all.

[00:10:30] JG: A 100% of the 400 richest people’s income. They took all their assets. You can’t pay this off. We just keep pumping afterwards.

[00:10:38] P: I think, it’s important acknowledge that this is a key tenant of modern monetary theory, right?

[00:10:41] JG: This is what I think this is. This has been going on for centuries guys. They come after the billionaires first. They take from them and the people say, “That’s not me. I don’t have to worry about that, so I don’t speak out.” They came for the unions, unionists and the socialists and speak out, even though I’m not a socialist. Then they came for the incurables and I didn’t speak out. Then they came for the gypsies and the Jews and the homosexuals, and I didn’t speak out, because they’re not me. Then they came for me, because there was no one left to speak out for me. Guys, wake up. They’re going to come for you.

They may not come for the poorest people in this country, but the richer people in this country, the middle class of this country, the upper middle-class of this country, they’re looking and saying, “Screw that. They’re the 400 richest people. Oh, I’m not them.” Okay. Then they slide it down, to the top 1,000, the top 10,000. Let me tell you something. Eventually, it’s you. they don’t ever change these rules. Like AMT, Obama Affordable Healthcare, the 3.8% tax. They never got rid of that.

[00:11:33] P: Yeah. A 100%.

[00:11:35] JG: They don’t ever get rid of any of these things.

[00:11:37] T: Just talk about putting caps on what you can earn in a Roth IRA. I don’t know other details on this, but there’s a guy from [inaudible 00:11:43] financial guy, Adam Bergman was at the Bitcoin Conference, who gave a presentation who has been talking with us. He’s a tax attorney, and he’s got a business, which caters to IRAs and the self-directed. Now they’re coming to you right now.

[00:12:01] JF: I have a great step for this fact.

[00:12:03] T: I guarantee you that in the course of the next 20 to 30 years, you will hit those caps if you have a Roth IRA.

[00:12:09] JG: Yeah, because [inaudible 00:12:09] about a 5-million-dollar cap. If you’re 25-years-old, you’re likely to have 5 million in your IRA in the future. Just do the math on a kegger with the amount of money that’s being printed and what your growth will be.

[00:12:20] P: What is it? 80% of all the U S dollars that have ever existed have been printed in the last 14 years.

[00:12:26] LW: Yeah. Here’s the thing, that 5 million is going to be worth –

[00:12:28] P: The 13 [inaudible 00:12:29].

[00:12:31] LW: That 5 million by the time you get there, it’s only going to be worth about a half a million. You keep printing money like this, it’s going to make even that wealth. This is what I feel like is going crazy in this country. Right now, this wealth destruction, the ability to compound interest, all of these different things that especially, which is weird to me, because it always comes from the democratic party, which always talks about the inequality and the wealth gap.

If you think about it, when you take away the ability for people to invest in assets and actually compound that interest without being taxed on it, you are a literally expanding the wealth gap, because the people who already have, they already have. The only way I’m going to be able to make it back is to actually invest in things, so that I can actually build compound interest, so that I can at least catch up in the gap in some form or faster.

But they wind up destroying that wealth possibility by bringing in things, like unrealized capital gains tax. Then, they take that out and put it to the bottom by doing something like UBI. If you think about that, all it is the government making us more and more dependent. See, the thing is that the democratic party, they always are a party of trying to create the goodness. Just look across the entire scope of what they’ve done, I’m talking about when they finally changed over, when they were the racist party, it was a little bit different. Then they changed over and they still might’ve been the racist party, because they wanted dependence and they wound up making the dependence, those people who didn’t have a whole lot, which happened to look like me back in the day.

Now, we’re in a position now where the dependents, they’re trying to make the entire middle-class dependent upon the government, because they understand that if they have a dependent body, what happens is that dependency makes people vote for them in the future. This is what I feel like is exactly happening right now in this country. They are establishing ways to make us more and more dependent upon government, and I think that if we have to fight back against it, and by any means necessary, and I truthfully believe, Bitcoin is the best way to fight against all of this bull crap.

[00:14:23] P: Yeah. I totally agree. I think this is all about systems of control. You remove people’s upside and then you force them to take the dog food you’re feeding them, and that allows you to have control over them. Jimmy, I want to give you a chance to comment, weigh in and then yellow, I want to hear your thoughts, because you’ve had your hand raised for a while.

[00:14:39] JS: I did write a tweet earlier today about how were cats, four times now, already on our income, and this is going to be tax number five, like unrealized capital gains. I think, there’s something really crazy going on here. I thought Lamar made some really good points about how it’s really a way to – They know that they printed too much money, that it’s in the hands of rich people. They’re trying to calm down some of the poor people by taking some of that back that and they’re doing that through taxation. Unrealized capital gains is, I’m not even sure how you force that, right?

Because Mark Zuckerberg is worth billions of dollars, but the way he gets money is he keeps his stock in Facebook and he gets loans against that stock. That’s how he operates. That’s the way in which he could continue to get upside on his business and so on. That’s how a lot of people in the US are. They don’t actually have that many liquid assets. They just borrow against the assets that they have. This in turn causes this Cantillon on effect of additional money printing, because all of those loans that they get against their stock or their assets, it’s all newly printed money. That in turn, causes even more money to be printed and go into the economy, that causes higher prices and stuff.

You do a wealth tax like this, they now have to liquidate this stuff. I suppose, they could take out a loan against that and hope that the tax goes away eventually, but they’re most likely going to have to sell. Now you have less leverage that these people have. You’re destroying this money creation avenue. You contract the money supply as a result of this. It’s not going to be pretty. You do this from some of the wealthier people in the – You really contract the money supply significantly. That means that the fed has to print even more and give out even more loans on even less of a basis. You get even more fragile. I just think this thing has disaster written all over it.

[00:16:42] JG: I got a question for you. Do you see a scenario, or possibility where, because a guy like John Malone from Liberty Media, he did this. He was the master at this. He never paid any taxes. He just borrowed against his holdings and he kept growing through acquisitions and his network kept going up and just kept borrowing against it and never had to sell anything.

He serviced the debt with the loans as well. Really genius, actually. Why not, in a low-interest rate world that we have, which isn’t going anyway, going away anytime soon, and let’s say, he has a 100 million dollars that he wants to borrow, and he’s currently borrowing it at 3%, just say, why couldn’t they just impose a very small tax on the amount borrowed, because otherwise, for him to get the 100 dollars, he would have had to sell assets. Then, he could just use the loan that he’s borrowing to service the debt.

Essentially, it’s increasing his interest rate, essentially. The interest rate from the bank, but then you have an imposed tax from the government, the tax from the bank, it could just be like, almost a library plus, right? He may have a 3% interest rate from the bank, and then the government says, if you’re borrowing money against your assets, we’re going to tax you 5% on the amount you borrow. They’re not going to not borrow to do that. They’re certainly not going to sell their assets.

[00:17:46] LW: They will move, Jay. I believe, billionaires are going to move.

[00:17:50] JG: I think that’s true.

[00:17:52] LW: They’re going to be straight –

[00:17:54] T: Hold on. I just retweeted something that I learned about many years ago about lead trust in Harvard alumni. Go read what I tweeted. I sent it to John, to P, to Jay. Go take a look at that. Some of the things you have to understand about super rich people. One, they set up – Hold on. They set up foundations. Foundations enable you to take substantial amounts of money and keep it untaxed for centuries, certainly for decades. The power of having substantial wealth is the power of using it and having access to it. That money pretty much [inaudible 00:18:27].

There are many things in the tax code, which enable the super wealthy to very much mitigate the effects of these things. These things will fall down on upper income, not fantastically wealthy people. They will fall on people who might be considered rich, or not super rich, because the super-rich can do things that other people can’t do.

When Bloomberg has the giving pledge, whatever the hell he calls it, it gives substantial amount of money into a foundation. That foundation can be controlled by family members for decades, which is the real power of having money, because you have massive social influence, political influence. This is the power of real money. People will have tens of billions of dollars, can’t spend it, but they sure as hell like that political influence, and it’s serious.

I’ll look at lead trusts. The game is set up so that those who have well into the nine figures and above can do things that other people can’t do. If you have 20 to 30 million dollars, which sounds like a lot of money, you get screwed, because you can’t defend yourself from these things. When you have 500 million, a billion, 2 billion dollars, there are lots of things you can do.

It’s not going to be quite what you’re saying. It’s going to fall on the heads of people who are successful, who want to leave money to their family, and maybe to others, but it’s going to slam those people. It is not going to hit the super-rich. Really, if you want to change the tax code to change the consumption tax, eliminate all capital gains, all income taxes, because the consumption tax will capture the spending of the super-rich and there are plenty of things that can be done to mitigate the effects on substantially, lower-income people.

This was a game about power, and this is a game, when you can grant special favors and dispensation to people who were not hit by this tax code, that’s the real power that Congress has. The ability to grant special tax benefits to different groups and classes of people. I think, class is not an economic class. I’m talking about –

[00:20:32] JG: Tina, let me ask you a question. Let me ask you a question. I’m aware of this. You’re right. For the richest individuals in the country, the billionaires, this is a strategy. It’s really funny. The giving pledge with Warren Buffet and all these guys. It was really funny when I saw – it was Garrett Camp, the founder of Uber, decided and put 50% of his wealth in there. Just do some math on that.

Anyway, if you look, and by the way, they’re doing really good things. I’m not criticizing the effort, but there is a tax benefit to this. The billionaires are mostly all aware of it. I imagine, they’d have to be. They’re not, I don’t know what rock they’re living under. The politicians are mostly aware of it as well. The lobbyists are making them aware of it. They’re all aware, so why is there a rhetoric around this? What is the goal? Why do you think they’re doing it? Because to me –

[00:21:15] T: I didn’t think it’s [inaudible 00:21:17].

[00:21:17] P: Go for it, Jay.

[00:21:18] JG: Because it seems to me, I think it’s just, number one, they’re pandering to their constituency base, their voters. Number two, it’s a slippery slope that leads to the others like us.

[00:21:29] T: It’s the politics of envy. Here’s something you need to know. Everyone needs to know this. There’s no point in discussing rates, if you don’t discuss definition of income. Taxes are all about definition of income. When you start defining unrealized capital gains as income, that’s definition of income. When people talk about 80% and 90% rates from the 50s and 60s, the definition of income was very different. The 1986 tax reformat eliminated credit card interest as a deduction. There were all kinds of tax shelters people could engage in. People do not understand that definition of income is critical. You can’t have a discussion without it.

[00:22:05] P: I totally agree.

[00:22:06] JG: That’s where we started the topic to call.

[00:22:07] P: Yeah, I totally agree, Tina. That’s, what’s really going on here, to Jay’s point. Essentially, the government or, Yellen, the White House, they are basically putting a target on “wealthy individuals’” backs, because that is a politically acceptable way to shoehorn this, pass all the constituents.

[00:22:27] JG: They’re pandering to the bottom 50% of income earners in the country. This is a true fact. The bottom 50%, they only pay 2.9% of the tax revenue collected for the government for federal taxes.

[00:22:39] JF: There was a girl who wore a dress that says, “Tax the rich.” This is a really phenomenal way to raise money and pander to your base. If you guys remember, if you look at how Mitt Romney lost the 2016, excuse me, the 2012 election, he basically was pulling neck and neck. This is the point that, I think, Jay was raising. Then he goes, 47% of Americans don’t pay any income taxes. There was a secret video. Go watch the polling from that day through. This is an extremely effective way. It polls really well within certain demographics, a really large demographic and an increasing demographic, like, one where you can say, what’s wrong with society? This is another one of those pointing to the symptoms and not actually to the cause.

[00:23:17] P: I do want to give yellow a chance to speak, because he’s been extremely patient. Go ahead, yellow. What’s up?

[00:23:23] Y: Thank you for having me, first of all, I actually have a question for a Jimmy Song. I’m a huge fan. What’s his thoughts on banana bread?

[00:23:30] P: God dammit. Banana bread is an important asset to diversify one’s holdings into, as you and I have talked about for a couple of days back, bananas are actually, a really interesting token, which has a physical aspect associated with it. We talked about the seeds, the fact that the Cavendish bananas are all clones and that there’s a terrible fungus that’s attacking all Cavendish bananas.

[00:23:51] Y: I know it’s off topic, and I’m hijacking a little bit. I’m sorry about that. I just want to know this and I’ll be going that banana bread is a great store of carbohydrates [inaudible 00:24:01] through time and space. If you want to know more, you should read the banana standard and thank you for your time.

[00:24:07] P: I am going to bring us back around to this specific conversation. Let’s continue.

[00:24:10] JF: We left off in a Banana Republic, or how we’re leading to a Banana Republic. If that would get us to segue back to the wealth tax. I think, Tina, let a really sharp point that I think it was worthy of noting. This doesn’t hit people that have a nine, 10-figure net worth. This is folks that are going to be in that seven, eight figure net worth, which probably is going to comprise a lot of people in this room, in the next 10 or 15 years at worst, even if you’re really bearish like me, all joking aside.

[00:24:39] LW: It’s going to hit the people, too, bro.

[00:24:40] JF: I get it. I get it. I get it. Let me finish this thought, and then I’ll let you get any pertinent thoughts in. I think, it’s important to understand there are a lot of ways to manipulate this thing. By the time that this thing gets enacted, like most people have things figure it out before the actual tax laws get enacted.

When the Dodd-Frank tax after the bank said, after the 2008 financial crisis and the banks were the enemies, which they are, but any who, in terms of the political rhetoric at the time, literally of the 10 most important provisions of Dodd-Frank, eight of them, they already found work arounds for eight or nine of them, I believe, before the actual law actually was implemented. This is a function of making a lot of accountants richer. Let’s take a counter and a thought here and just like, I don’t actually see an unrealized tax bill being passed. I think, it’s political suicide and 70% to 80% of the country’s congressional districts.

I think, it’s a really effective way to raise money and to insulate your power for about 20% to 30% of the congressional political districts. The reality is, very few things can get passed in this country. Things like that, I think, are going to be really difficult to do. Not just from a political standpoint, but actually, from a pragmatic standpoint. That’s why I brought up the methodology they use. They’re literally relying on Forbes to actually find the 400 richest people that they’re citing in this particular report, or the 400 richest family.

The reality is, I think, Tina laid out that last point around where the burden will actually fall and it won’t fall on that next bracket. It won’t fall on the uber wealthy. This is one of those things, to bring it back to the conversation, I think, circles this all, this is what this is why Bitcoin matters. This is why you need hard money. This is why you need censorship-resistant money. This is why you need to start to build community, which I think is taking place in a much more sophisticated way in Washington than the entire time I’ve been. With Amanda’s efforts, with probably, Bitcoin Magazine, helping putting a lot of the content out that they are.

I know a lot of people personally that have been on the phone with senators, like Ted Cruz and Toomey and Lummis, etc. This is one of those things where we got to step up our game as well and be part of the narrative that’s up for it.

[00:26:44] LW: Here’s what’s crazy. The part I was saying is this going to hit the people with six-figure net worth, too, John. The people who might be custodians and been saving for the last 30 years in their 401k and barely getting up to a million. You know what I mean?

[00:26:57] JF: You’re not wrong, Lamar. I would actually say further, you’re going to wind up having for selling. You’re going to have a bunch of people selling assets, instead of accumulating assets.

[00:27:05] LW: Right. Then what happens when you started having for selling? What happens to the actual price of those assets, when you start having all of this –

[00:27:12] JF: All our volatility. You see it in [inaudible 00:27:13]. We’ve seen this with the point price every year in March or April, whatever, where the Bitcoin prize dips, because people have to sell to pay their trading bills, etc., etc. This is one of the things that happens with a lot of the estate taxes, even in current day, right?

Most people that are inheriting large dollar estates, aren’t actually receiving a bunch of cash in bank accounts, or money market accounts. They’re inheriting real estate. They’re inheriting, perhaps, shares in a company. They’re inheriting the family business, etc. This is where Jay was hitting in on, and Jay and I were talking about the stepped-up basis conversation. That will be the easiest way to attack it.

If you really wanted to increase revenue, especially from that targeted group of individuals, the way you do that is you basically increase their tax basis, or you remove the ability for the heirs to inherit the tax basis and you say, “Yo, this isn’t a taxable event. They don’t have to pay taxes necessarily then.” When they do, when you do die, or when you do give it to them, or when they sell it, then they’re going to have to pay it based on a different basis.

[00:28:14] JG: John, they’ll probably do one of the two things. They’re probably going to do that. They may also say that we won’t tax you on this liquidation event of your parents passing away, but if you pass away and still have it, that will be a liquidation event for your kids. You can’t just keep it. They’re probably going to prevent to push that down intimately and definitely.

[00:28:30] T: Hold on. You’re saying, there’s an unlimited elimination of the estate tax? Is that what you’re saying? Because I don’t think –

[00:28:37] JG: That’s not what I’m saying.

[00:28:37] T: [Inaudible 00:28:38] about eliminating the estate taxes. Hold on. The reason you get – Hold on. The reason you get a step up in basis is because you get hit within estate tax. As a quid pro quo, you get the step up in basis. If you own XYZ stock at basically zero, and now it’s at ,2000, you get the step up in basis, because for any estate over some amount, you pay a very large estate tax. You can’t forget that. You can’t eliminate –

[00:29:02] P: Tina, I just want to make sure that the audience understands what you mean when you say step-up in basis. Can you define that for us?

[00:29:07] T: Okay. The basis is the price you paid. You bought Microsoft stock. You bought it back in 1989 and you paid the equivalent of 20 cents for it. Today, it’s selling at 300 and some odd dollars. That’s a step-up in basis. You own 30 million dollars’ worth, in the state of whatever, which is in excess of the exemption. The exemption today is 11.7 million per person.

Together, a couple can leave twice that amount, 11.7 million dollars times two to their children, with as an exclusion, and without paying a state taxes on it. They’re going to drop that 11.7 to 5 million something, so you won’t get as much of an exclusion, and you’ll get hit on a estate tax over that amount and you’ll pay the difference in the gains.

The reason Warren Buffet likes the estate tax so much is that when all kinds of people have to sell their businesses, because they can’t meet the estate tax, because they may not be liquid, he gets to buy it on the cheap.

[00:30:05] JF: That’s the point that I was getting. Forcing the selling in those areas for people that [inaudible 00:30:09]. It basically distorts markets. Hey, Tina, just because I think, and you’re not wrong in everything you’re saying, but just to repeat it, because for people who don’t know what stepped-up basis is, probably got lost in the next two bullet points you are. Let me just literally recite this. [Inaudible 00:30:24].

[00:30:25] T: You do it, John.

[00:30:26] JF: Yeah, it’s fine. The tax code in the United States holds that when the person beneficiary receives an asset from the giver, the benefactor, after the benefactor dies, that asset receives stepped-up basis, in which market value at the time of the benefactor dies, a stepped-up basis can be higher than before death costs. Simply put, you when you’re inheriting an asset, you basically can get the market price of the asset as your basis when you receive it, because the person who likely has given it to you, this is assuming that it’s higher than what you received it at. If you’re getting a piece of real estate that is now worth a million, but it was bought for a 100,000, stepped-up basis now allows for you to own that real estate at a million. When you sell it for 2 million, you would now owe a million dollars in taxes, versus 1.9 million. Is that more clear, P?

[00:31:12] P: Yeah, absolutely.

[00:31:12] JF: Should I try that one more time?

[00:31:13] P: No. Thanks, man. I also want to give just a chance for Shannon, you requested to speak. You’ve been up here for a while.

[00:31:19] JF: Hey, really quickly, P. Can we let Tina finish that? I think he’s about to finish the last thought that I think it was really important. Tina, if I didn’t interrupt you. And then Shannon, if you want to jump in on that. I think, you were really winding a really important thought that I was trying to –

[00:31:31] T: I don’t remember what thought. If you do, you can fill in for me, because I completely forgotten what I was saying.

[00:31:37] JF: No worries, Tina. What I think what you’re doing is basically, tying the additive component of where you can extract more of more tax revenue, right? Just by using the illustration I do, so if you basically eliminate stepped basis, you’re able to actually hit that group harder, and more likely than not a bunch of people that don’t have the ability to pay that tax with liquid cash. What they wind up doing is they force sell assets, especially things that might not necessarily have huge market.

Imagine if you’re buying – you get a piece of real estate, because your parents have had the family home for 30 years. Cantillon effect of inflation, etc., and has now driven that price. This is a middle-class home, probably in Chicago. It’s now worth a couple million dollars, perhaps. Now, obviously, fast forwarding 10 or 15 years, the way that they’d be able to get more tax revenue is to obviously tax you on the basis that was the original acquisition of that asset. An example I used before, a 100,000 versus a million, obviously taxing 1.9 million makes that a lot more tax revenue, but also it distorts markets, right?

One of the reasons we have wash sale rules, P, and this is where I was trying to bring this thought home on market distortion, or perhaps, even more volatility, is that people are going to be selling for no other reason than to pay a tax bill, that they wouldn’t have had, if someone didn’t die, or someone didn’t hand them something.

It doesn’t allow for intergenerational wealth. It doesn’t allow for you to transfer your energy through time and space in the way that Bitcoin is perfected. I think that’s why it’s like, this type of thought is super, super anti-Bitcoin, and I think something that should be concerning, even though I actually don’t think that it’s super practical.

I think, the stepped-up basis attack is definitely practical. I think, the ability to start taxing people on appreciation is going to be much more difficult, not only politically to pass, but also from an accounting standpoint to enforce.

[00:33:37] JG: They’re going to try to tax you on the money you borrow against assets.

[00:33:42] LW: I think, also from a political standpoint, like you were saying earlier, if you even look at the whole idea of tax the rich, the problem is what I was saying earlier, I think, there is asymmetric information about what’s really going to happen. The people who are on the bottom rungs of society that actually need to save and start investing in assets to start building up their own net worth and wealth, they don’t understand that those same laws are going to be affecting them, because it’s not affecting them immediately.

The problem is as those laws begin to affect them, they are going to be further behind in the wealth gap, which is not good for anyone who is trying to actually grow generational wealth to pass down for generations, so that the next generations can stop being in the situations that they’re in.

I think, that’s the part from a political standpoint that it almost is manipulative, to be all the way – What politics aren’t manipulate? Let me rewind that. It’s just politics as usual to try to manipulate a base to make them believe that it’s us versus them. When the truth of the matter is, the us versus them is probably really supposed to be the government versus the people, the state versus the people.

I think, that’s what really, we need to start looking at and understanding that some of these policies and the things that they’re encouraging is not going to only affect these “billionaires” that they are targeting, but it’s also going to affect everyday people. I think, that winds up putting us into a far darker hole when it comes to marginalized communities in this country, man. That’s the part that makes me very passionate. That’s the part that just makes me very upset that they try to do things like this, because you never can get out of the hole if every time you get out of the hole, they change the rules about what the hole is, you know what I’m saying? And what income is.

[00:35:31] JF: I’ll tell you, it’s also probably worth just to bring this home a little, P, and I won’t be very long. This is just a Cyborg Yellen, pretty much. This is political suicide, I believe, for 70% of [inaudible 00:35:42]. Take a different position than me. That’s mine. It’s okay for us to disagree. Let me just say this. Right now, this isn’t a serious proposal that’s getting any traction. These are the types of things that have been talked about for years.

It’s not like, I’m just putting this out there from a perspective of anybody that’s sitting there and listening, worried about calling their accountant tomorrow and being like, “Yo, what am I taxed?” Take a deep breath. There’s no new tax done.

[00:36:05] P: Great. Jay, before you jump in, I just want to comment and say, that’s a very – Lamar and John, you just framed a really eloquent way of thinking about this, which is that it’s ultimately an attack on what Bitcoin is designed to fix. Specifically, it’s an attack on low-time preference. It basically forces you to have a higher time preference. I think, that’s a really important frame for us to acknowledge, because that is the type of attack, the type of insidious attack that we are most likely to see on Bitcoin going forward.

Bans like the one that China has implemented, it’s comical at this point, right? We all laugh that price barely is affected from just yeah, trying a good fucking luck. These types of things where the narrative is being shifted and more importantly, the incentives are being shifted. That is really fucking dangerous. I think, it’s so important that we are – whether or not these are imminent threats as some of us think they are, or just proposals, John, as it sounds like, you think they are. I think we have to be hyper-aware of these things, regardless, because these are the types of threats that have a largest likelihood of undermining everything that we’re trying to achieve with Bitcoin.

[00:37:13] LW: P, can I say this really quick, Jay. Just really quick.

[00:37:14] JG: No, man. Because I’m trying to talk. I try to be respectful here.

[00:37:17] P: [Inaudible 00:37:17] Go ahead, Jay.

[00:37:19] JG: Apparently, it’s different in Spaces. You got to wait for everybody to finish. John, I agree with what you’re saying, but I don’t in a way. It’s dangerous to have this thinking of, there’s nothing to worry about. Joe’s in here as a listener. He’s not on stage. He generally does a lot of this.

[00:37:30] JF: No, that’s not my take. Just for the record, that’s not my take. That’s why I’m here to join the conversation. I didn’t want people panicking and calling their accountants and figure out, like thinking that this is a tax bill that we’re talking about, like the infrastructure bill a couple weeks ago or something. I just wanted to put some component of it. That’s all. Or some context to it. I do think it’s important, and I do think it’s a threat.

[00:37:50] LW: That’s my whole thing though, John.

[00:37:52] JF: Hey, Lamar. After you’re done, though, let Tina jump in, because he’s been waiting for a while.

[00:37:56] LW: Yeah. Quickly, go ahead, Jay. Man.

[00:37:58] JG: I didn’t asked you a damn thing. I just wanted to say, that I think it’s important to understand that I started the call off when we started this room, saying that words have meaning. they started this rhetoric in 2008 under Obama’s hope, whatever the fuck campaign he had, when he kept saying they’re not paying their fair share. the fair share line, I’ve never heard before. They’ve been pounding that drum and slowly introducing more and more overreaching tax strategies.

The first one was the Obama Affordable Healthcare Tax. Obviously, it made sense if you believed in doing the affordable care for the day, to try to have to pay for it what they say. They could just put in more money. They had the 3.8% tax. Then when Trump comes in and has his told tax plan and tax cuts, doesn’t cut that tax, right? They’re never going to take these things away, so they slowly creep these things in. They start with the rhetoric. They start doing it this way. They lean it. They do the same thing at the fed, right? Where they’ll say things like, “We’re thinking about tapering,” and then they want to see how the market reacts. If the market doesn’t overreact, they might actually try it. They try a few more signaling aside, a verbal expression. Then, eventually, they try it and they see how the market reacts there, then they push further and they push further. They’re doing the same thing here with this stuff. This is what their strategy is. They push it out there.

[00:39:11] JF: They tax the rich –

[00:39:11] P: Wait a minute. Hold on. John. John, John, John. John, wait. I do want to give David a chance to speak and also, Shannon.

[00:39:17] JG: Okay. Nothing’s changed, John. It’s always been the same, right?

[00:39:19] JF: No. The first time that said [inaudible 00:39:21].

[00:39:22] JG: John, it is a strategic words. Listen to the words. Listen to the rhetoric.

[00:39:26] JF: I get it. I’m saying, you just said the first time you heard it was in 2008 with Obama. I’m telling you that this goes back to the election of 1890 with –

[00:39:35] P: John, hold on, hold on, hold on. John. John. I take a point. It doesn’t actually matter when they are pushing this narrative. Jay’s point rather still stands, which is that –

[00:39:42] JG: It’s accelerating.

[00:39:43] P: It is accelerating. Absolutely. Jay, you and I were talking about how I feel foolish being continually surprised by how rapidly we are accelerating along this timeline. This is how it goes to your point. You’re absolutely correct. It’s narrative and it’s how does the public respond? Then, it’s basically, okay, they didn’t respond too harshly, or maybe only a little bit harshly. Great. We can lock us in and it will never be removed. You see this in every single aspect of our lives, including like, fucking bridge tolls. I live in the SF Bay Area, the Golden Gate Bridge, there was not supposed to be a bridge toll on that, and they have increased it every fucking year and every fucking year. It’s announced as being a temporary measure that is never going away. I think, that it’s so important as you said, that we are understanding these ideas as attacks.

[00:40:24] JG: The thing that gets me the most riled up, like I was the other day –

[00:40:27] P: Jay. Wait, hold on. Go ahead and finish this thought, and then I do want to let Shannon.

[00:40:31] JG: The thing that really gets me going is that it’s a class warfare. It started with Obama creating this class warfare of the rich and the poor. Yes, John, they’ve been doing this for many years, but not as strategically calculated as they’ve been doing over the last 15 years, 13 years, I should say. Very strategic. Now, it’s just dumping over into people, like Elizabeth Warren now, that are acting on the total polar opposite side of Donald Trump and the way the politics are, and they have AOCs, and you have multiple ones on that side of the aisle that are getting more and more radical.

It’s dangerous and a rhetoric that needs to stop. You need to have people step up in Congress and stop this shit, because it’s class warfare. It’s pitting the majority against the minority. I don’t care what the reasoning is and what those classes of people are. Whether it’s race, religion, creed, wealth. I don’t give a shit what it is. When you’re pitting people against each other and it’s a farce, because they’re the ones creating the problem with the money printing, they know they are, it’s completely and utterly disingenuous at best, what they’re doing right now. Because they’re blaming the rich. They’re not saying it per se, but they’re saying, they are paying their fair share. It’s an implication.

It’s very smart what Obama did and his team. They’ve latched onto it and they haven’t let it go, because it assumes to the average person listening, the rich people are getting richer and they’re using words like income. They’ve been doing this in the media, by the way, for at least a decade, when they would say, the stock market’s roaring and Mark Zuckerberg’s income last year was way up, and because the stock is up. It’s like, that’s not his income. They’ve been saying that. I’ve been correcting that on CNBC for years and they say it on CNBC, guys.

[00:41:56] P: To your point, and then I want to – I do want to let Dave and Shannon speak. I also want to welcome Dustin and Joe to the stage. This is a classic playbook. You take a minority that people are already biased against for various reasons. Then, you focus that ire and you focus that anger, and then you blame them for the things that you have, actually, the problems that you and by you, the government, or any specific entity that’s trying to amass power has actually created.

This is a classic scapegoat strategy. This is, I hate to fucking bring this up, because if you immediately are an idiot if you bring this up, but this is exactly what happened in Germany, and this is exactly what we’re seeing here. I’m not saying that – I’m not comparing Nazi Germany to America, but these are very tried and true tactics. Isolate groups, create narratives that divide them and then ferment anger between various groups. Then once you eliminate one group, you shift to a different group and you move them out as well, because the rules never go back.

[00:42:56] LW: We got a ton from Adolf Hitler, My Struggle. You can read the book and he can teach you things that do this.

[00:43:02] P: Yeah. Lamar, to your point, this happens with race and [inaudible 00:43:04] laws and everything.

[00:43:06] LW: No. I’m talking about race. I’m talking about, think about it, vaccinated, not vaccinated.

[00:43:11] P: Yeah. Perfect. Perfect example.

[00:43:13] LW: Think about it. It’s like, there’s a division constantly being had, because what people don’t understand is as long as they can keep you divided, they can keep control over you, period. I don’t care if it’s race. I don’t care if it’s class. I don’t care if it’s vaccine. Once you start to realize is these narratives, and that’s why, when John was saying it, I thought he was saying the same thing Jay heard. The truth is that these seeds that are being planted, man, these seeds are being planted over and over again, just looking for fertile enough soil to make people believe that even things, like potentially socialism is better than capitalism.

You got all of these seeds that get planted. Then, what happens is now you have people who think socialism is better than capitalism, who think capitalism is better than socialism. Whether you have what P said, a divide, the seeds get planted first, then the divide comes later. It happens over and over again, and we’re seeing it with this rhetoric of we need to go after this income.

When Jay said earlier about Mark Zuckerberg, the really wealthy in the world are not having income, because they’re borrowing against their assets, so there is no income. The only people actually making income are us. It’s not the billionaires. It’s us. We’re the ones making income. We’re the ones going to get tax for that income and the same way that large corporations don’t hardly ever have to pay tax, the same way large billionaires don’t ever have to pay tax. It’s always comes down to us.

[00:44:41] JF: Shannon, you better jump in right now, man. I’m going to try to block for you for three seconds. Do it.

[00:44:45] P: Shannon, go for it.

[00:44:46] S: I think, the moral of this story is that you need to have an off-grid Bitcoin mining farm that people don’t know about, instead of investing in other assets. More importantly, what are you supposed to do about it? That’s the big problem, right? The government tends to do whatever they want and they have a bigger voice. Tina’s loud, but their voice is bigger.

[00:45:03] JG: To me, it’s memes.

[00:45:05] T: I’ll chime in on an opinion on that, if you’d like. What I think, what’s really critical is Bitcoin needs to get big. Bitcoin needs to be in the tens of trillions and hundreds of trillions of dollars, because basically, the bigger Bitcoin gets, Bitcoin effectively almost becomes its own nation state. It becomes a weapon and they know it.

We need to get other people to own and hold Bitcoin, because that does become an immensely powerful tool. People usually like to protect things that they own. It’s not perfect, but it really does become very helpful when people have their own wealth to protect. You really want to encourage people. This is my opinion, and probably others disagree with that, but it’s an amazingly powerful tool. Bitcoin we’ll get to some size. Bitcoiners will be able to have significant influence on politics, because they’ll be extremely wealthy, and to be able to hire lobbyists and do the things necessary to influence the way things work in this country and other countries. That’s my personal opinion.

[00:46:11] JG: I think, you need memes. I’m not joking when I say that. The pay your fair share is basically a meme. You need taglines. You need something that resonates, that’s digestible and easily repeatable, so that people can understand. What that is, it needs to be telling the truth. It needs to educate people with the truth and taglines. It’s the only way to counter what they’re doing and their taglines.

[00:46:31] P: I could not agree with you more. Yellow and I are literally chatting in the background about how funny it was that he came up and made the joke about bananas. I think, that is so important, because one, humor is one of the most effective ways to communicate. Especially when it is strategically interspersed in super heavy, or dense topics. More than that, Yellow is part of, what is it’s like? The meme factory (This is not a real thing). I think, those types of initiatives are, they’re funny, but they’re also super, super important.

[00:47:04] JG: P, remember when Zuckerberg went to Congress and the Congress people asked him the stupidest questions and he’s divestment, we sell advertising, when they were like, “Where do you get your revenue from?” That’s an hour of talking about how they derive their revenue. Those kinds of things, we have to find that type of shit and make that viral, to show that the people that are actually out here proposing these ridiculous things, it is ridiculous, because look at all the other ridiculous shit they’re saying, and then you explain that. It’s got to be 30 seconds to a minute on those types of clips.

[00:47:34] P: Yeah, totally. Okay. Shannon, it sounds like you got your – you were distracted/forgot what you were going to say. David, what’d you got for us?

[00:47:41] D: Two things. One, is Ron Wyden has already taken the stance that it’s the billionaire income tax. That is the messaging now. It’s a billionaire income tax. The stat that I think everyone needs to remember with this is in 1913, when the 16th amendment went into effect, less than 1% of people paid a 1% net income tax. That was where income taxes started. It’s not going to stay with the billionaires.

[00:48:05] JG: Slippery slope.

[00:48:07] P: Yeah, totally. Again, this has nothing to do with facts or reality. This is a narrative game. This is about convincing constituents that a thing is true, that is not necessarily true. In this case, definitely not true. That is the terrain that we are fighting on, and I think it’s really important to acknowledge that. Joe, I want to acknowledge you and thanks for joining us. What are your thoughts? Then I want to go to Dustin.

[00:48:30] J: Thanks, P. Thanks for all the great discussion in the room. A lot of great points. I was really enjoying listening. I will say this. I believe that this is a threat to be taken seriously. I believe this creep towards additional taxation is not to be minimized, or just pushed off as something that’ll never occur. I think, it’s something that we really need to look at very closely.

That being said, I do think part of the messaging and the narrative that we’ve overlooked here is that people are seeing the real way to stay flat. They’re seeing a lot of situations where the middle-class, particularly the poor are trapped in these cycles, where they can leverage the Cantillon effect that a lot of other classes can. They are desperate for politicians to be relatable, to put on a dress and say, tax the rich and make them understand, or feel. It just shows some virtual signaling for why they understand their plight.

I think, that’s a big part of this. Because if you actually look, and Jay made this point earlier, the amount of revenue under most of these proposals, it’s not going to solve the spending. It’s not going to be budget neutral. This will be taken on a tremendous amount of debt that is essentially monetized by the fed. You have to look at really, what is the point of this? Why are you emphasizing these tax changes and going after the wealthy elites here, if it’s not going to solve the spending problem? In fact, in many respects, it’s going to actually be negative and it’s going to result in lower tax revenue for the reasons Tina said, because you’re going to just find more and more loopholes and way to safeguard that income.

I think, part of it is just to understand where we’re at in this overall fiat cycle, and why the politicians from a political standpoint, having their vested interests, the desire to go after and identify the boogeyman and blame that person and bring that person to task and say, “Now we’ve raised taxes on the rich.” It’s a common historical thing. You needed a bogeyman to point out that say, this is why you middle-class Americans and lower-class people are struggling. It’s an easy way to deflect from the overarching problem of the fiat standard and the nons-top money printing, which is in the words of Stanley Druckenmiller, has been the single greatest force for the concentration of wealth and equality in the last 50 years, has been the federal reserve and its monetary policy. I think it’s important to not lose sight of that context.

[00:50:37] P: Yeah. That’s a great point. Dustin, did you have any thoughts?

[00:50:40] D: I agree with Joe, which is, he says so much awesome stuff. It’s hard not to. Yeah. Honestly, I think Janet Yellen has been saying this over and over again, somehow it ends up getting the headlines. My own personal theory is that it’s hard to imagine Congress passing a law that would hurt themselves so dramatically. They’re all millionaires. They all have probably tons of unrealized capital gains. I imagine, if they do pass them like that, they have so many loopholes for themselves that hopefully, we have access to, too. I don’t know. I suspect, there is a demand like Joe is saying, for sounding like they’re doing something.

I wouldn’t be surprised if there’s a unrealized capital gains tax law that’s passed at some point. Then, actually doesn’t do anything, but it sounds really good. That’s on theme with what’s happening with these bills. They’re like, revenue neutral bills. Everyone knows they’re not, but it’s just this weird political theater that they’re playing right now.

[00:51:28] P: I don’t think it’s necessarily weird political feeder. I don’t think it is. I think, it’s they’re trying to push these narratives and see what sticks, see what doesn’t, and –

[00:51:37] JF: Yeah. Strategic. If it’s theater, it’s strategic. It’s calculated and strategic, I agree.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[00:51:47] CK: All right, Bitcoiners. I want to tell you about our newest sponsor. This show is brought to you by ledn.io. I have been super, super impressed with the guys over at Ledn. I’ve actually known the co-founders, Adam and Mauricio for a very long time. I’ve had the pleasure to watch them build Ledn up from a tiny, tiny startup, to now a super impressive institutional grade, Bitcoin and crypto lender. Y’all, I’m so impressed with these guys. They are offering some of the best rates out there. I don’t think anyone even comes close to touching them.

You can get 6.1% APY on your first two Bitcoin that you deposit into Ledn interest accounts, and you can get 8.5% on USDC deposits. I mean, I know all the competitors. They’re not even close. If you’re going to put your crypto and your Bitcoin into an interest account, Ledn is by far the best. On top of that, like I said, these guys are hardcore Bitcoiners, and they know the products and the services that Bitcoiners want and appreciate. They came up with B2X. It allows you to put your Bitcoin in and a leverage it up, and you can with one click of a mouse, get twice the exposure to Bitcoin.

If you’re super bullish, Ledn has you covered with a super, super easy way to get leverage with B2X. Then on top of that, they know that Bitcoiners care about your reserves. They know that Bitcoiners don’t like under-reserved and not full-reserved financial institutions. They are pushing the frontier in transparency in the digital asset lending space. They are the first digital asset lender to do a full proof of reserves and proof of attestation, through a Mariano LLC, a public accounting firm.

The Ledn guys, they know what Bitcoiners like. They are legit. I encourage you guys to check them out, do your own research and go to ledn.io. That is L-E-D-N.I-O and learn more.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[00:53:43] JG: I want to say something else. I viewed taxes a little bit differently when I was earning. When I was running my company and making a lot of money, I looked at it as well, I got to pay tax. I made a lot of money. That’s good. Then, when you’re done and you have money that you’ll die with and you’re wealthy and you’re not working and earning anymore, it’s a real drag when they have all these tax implications, and adding more taxes and they’re proposing the ideas of any more taxes, because you’re not out there earning anymore.

Earners, Dustin was speaking to the Congress people here, right? They are in the world where they’re going to go do speaking gigs and book deals and they’re making money off of their income from Congress, their job, they have their healthcare paid for. They’re not feeling the crunch where they have a net worth that’s flat, then now have to take all of that capital that they’ve made and been taxed on and push it into risk assets. They’re not quite there yet. I’m not saying they don’t have their assets in risk assets. I’m saying, that they’re continually earning and there is a difference there when you are an earner, how you view taxes.

[00:54:38] JF: Jay, because they’re part of the revolving door, and then they go work for the lobbying firm that was lobbing them, or the large corporation in their district that they were doing all those favors for. Yeah, for sure. Shannon, actually ask the question, so what do we do about it? Amanda’s on stage. I know there’s been a lot of conversations that we had early on with what feels like the reunion crew here from Bitcoin Club. I remember when I met you, Amanda, for instance, Gary Gensler just got appointed. We just got some declaration from the OCC about banks being able to hold digital assets, BNY, Bank of New York Mellon was not part of the conversation. [Inaudible 00:55:17] wasn’t part of the conversation, Tesla. There were all these things.

Now, we’re starting to see, I think, one of the developments that I’ve seen and you’ve been central to that is we’re actually starting to be a little bit more organized, and with a lot of effort from you and a lot of others putting in the ability to educate people who really have a massive education gap.

I’ve talked about this before. I have friends that are in various levels of state and the federal legislator, and a gas that at their understanding of this. Having said that, the infrastructure is developing, and I think, the other half of this is seeing more institutions come online that can ultimately sway the narrative in Washington in a more significant way. It was more interest that to protect, and more marketing dollars and lobbying dollars to support really tactical efforts by what feels just to decentralized group of cyber Hornets’ going after, Cynthia and crew to get them educated. I don’t know if you want to chime in, because I do think the question Shannon raised is probably the more pertinent one. What do we do next?

[00:56:19] AC: Yeah. Shannon’s been part of this too. Last week, we taught a staffer via Zoom, so anyone can do this, just about Bitcoin and have addressed some of the FUD. We’ve done this with senators directly as well. Becca, Jimmy, myself, and a few others, Joe, have been working on C4. We’re bringing that out into the world, just to focus on education in DC and then some grassroots efforts where it makes sense.

I think, a lot of it is just being naive and ignorant, but I at least, so, I think it’s on us to take the steps to focus on teaching folks on the hill and back home. I think, where you live is just in your local politicians are just as important as people in DC. That’s been exciting. I don’t know. I would love to hear if any other Bitcoin groups had submitted a Toomey proposal. Senator Toomey had asked for a response on guidance around cryptocurrency legislation.

We were able to submit that proposal, Monday night. Now, we’re just hitting the ground running, CJ and Alex Gladstein are going to be talking to a group of, I think, senators and staffers, probably the end of this, or yeah, in October. Then, some of us are going to go out to DC and November and just set up a bunch of meetings and start building those relationships.

It takes time. I think, it’s really important to offer education before asking for specific attention to things that they know that were going to be around for years and not just come and go. I think, that’s really important throughout this whole process. Thanks, John.

[00:57:57] LW: Amanda, quick question. Do you think that it’s more important to educate the incumbents, or those on the hill, than it is to educate the actual constituency? Because I’ve always taken the approach that educating the constituency will make the people on the hill get educated really fast, because that’s what happens, right? If your constituency, as a issue that they’re going to want to vote on, or that is really important to them, then that incumbent better figure it out really quick, or that next election, they’re not going to make it.

I think, we put a lot of effort into trying to educate the folks on the hill. I truthfully believe, it’s that old country thing where, when people say you can’t teach an old dog new tricks. I think, that to me has shown forth more than anything. I know Senator Warner, not Warren, but Senator Warner, I met him a long time ago, man. These people have had a chance to learn about Bitcoin. They’ve had a chance to learn about what’s going on in the cryptocurrency space. They’ve had no interest in it. Why they had no interest? Because their constituency has no interest in it.

I’m just wondering, do you think that the efforts of doing that are in someone in vain, if you don’t have a lot of money behind it? Because that’s how I always feel. Or do you feel like, that there are some efforts that are actually chipping away at their ideologies and the things that they believed for a long time?

[00:59:24] AC: Yeah, that’s a good question. I guess, we experimented with that on the infrastructure bill with so many people who called their senators, right? We were blowing up the hill. Sorry, this is bad. I don’t want to flag this. We were taking up the phone lines to an annoying point.

[00:59:38] T: 40,000 calls, right?

[00:59:41] AC: Yeah. Those were just the ones we know about. I think, there were probably more. That’s a great little, “Hey, we’re here.” If we can’t back that up with consistency and education, that’s a one-time trick. I think, now, you have to follow that up with, “Hey, we’re the annoying ones that called you. We’d like to talk to your staff and teach you about this.” That’s the most important part. I don’t know how many people actually followed up and called and taught. If we don’t have that follow-up, it doesn’t matter if we’re –

[01:00:10] JG: They never called.

[01:00:12] LW: That’s what I’m saying.

[01:00:13] P: Yeah. Jay, you have 45-minute long messages.

[01:00:17] LW: I guarantee, they call back their biggest donor. Guarantee you. I guarantee you. Did you see what I’m saying? I guarantee you.

[01:00:25] JG: Lamar, to your point. I think about marijuana as an example of some grassroots movement. I think, it wasn’t the politicians that came to us and said, “Hey guys. You know what? You need marijuana. I think we should legalize marijuana. What do you think?” No, it was the people. It was such a demand that they had to respond to the constituencies.

I think you’re right on that. I don’t know how you do that. That’s a grassroot movement. I think, what they’re doing, going to the senators and lobbying them, I think, you still have to do that. I do think, there needs to be a concerted effort towards getting people to be pushing on, like you did before. That was fantastic. When I’m reading that there’s 40,000 calls, I did not hear that on Clubhouse, guys. I saw that on CNBC or some shit, the website. A CNBC article. That’s amazing. That was purely out of the Clubhouse crew that did that. Congratulations. Fantastic.

[01:01:06] LW: Yeah, congratulations on getting it. Here’s my question. Here’s the thing, man. We’ve seen political efforts happen like this, grassroots people yelling, screaming. We’re getting a lot of people calling in, the whole nine. The question is, what are the outcomes? Yes, we were annoying. Yes, we were on the phones. What happened in that bill? What was the outcome of the vote? At the end of the day, no matter how many calls that you all made. That’s the part, right?

I think, that’s the part that we sometimes miss is that yes, it feels good to do all of these things and go about it in a standard political way and the whole nine. The truth is, just like what Jay said, we’ve talked about that before. With marijuana, it’s like, the people saying, “Look, man. We want this to be legal.” Until the people really spoke up loud enough and were like, “Look, we’ll vote you out, if you don’t make this legal,” or they wind up getting to the point where it was on the actual ballot.

[01:02:00] J: It was extraordinarily positive. I understand [inaudible 01:02:03] senators, you had a United States Senator on the floor of the Senate fighting for a Bitcoin. At least one, Ted Cruz. You had other senators trying to fix language and listening to reason. Because of an arcane parliamentary rule, they couldn’t get it through, because some other idiot wanted to get his priority passed. That’s essentially what happened, right? To make the note –

[01:02:22] JG: First time ever.

[01:02:24] J: All that activism is so silly. Lamar. I’m sorry. I just completely disagree.

[01:02:28] P: All right. I muted everyone. Okay, hold on. Lamar, please finish. Then I do want to hear Amanda’s thoughts. Go ahead, Lamar.

[01:02:35] LW: Yeah. Suddenly, he was quiet after I asked the man the question. I let her respond. She was like, I think it’s a – Joe disagrees. At the same time, Joe, that language that was put into those bills, regardless of what you’re saying, some of that language was not great for Bitcoin. It wasn’t great, period. It literally wasn’t great. Ted Cruz had the best option, period. He was like, “We don’t know enough about this. We shouldn’t be out here putting this in the bill.”

[01:02:58] JG: That’s not the point, though.

[01:03:00] LW: No, that is the point, because here’s the thing. No. Jay, listen, just listen. Let me land mine.

[01:03:04] JG: I’m listening.

[01:03:05] LW: The point is this, is because if you get the wrong institutions, the wrong people writing the bills and making these decisions within the bill, then even if we get something in there that says something about Bitcoin, if it is not the right thing, then all of a sudden, we’re fighting an uphill battle all over again. That’s what I’m saying. You’re literally running in circles, if people are not putting the right things in, and these people don’t have enough information.

[01:03:32] JG: We all agree. We all agree. A 100%. You should also celebrate that what Joe said is absolutely also true. There’s a guy, senator, standing there fighting for Bitcoin. Never had that before. Never had that before. It could go 100% favorably? No. It’s a stepping stone. It’s inevitable. It’s all inevitable.

[01:03:50] P: Hold on. Hold on. Lamar. Wait. Hold on. He’s fighting for Bitcoin, because many of the people on this stage put a ton of effort into getting him onboard with that. Hold on. I totally –

[01:04:05] LW: He’s not in freaking New York, bro. He’s in Texas. If he was in New York, he wouldn’t be doing that. That’s what I’m saying.

[01:04:10] P: Hold on. Jay, Jay, Jay, I got this. I got this. Lamar, totally agree with you. I think that it is also very important to acknowledge that this is a stochastic process, right? It is not something that is going to go from one to 100 instantaneously. We’re always in a situation where we’re doing three steps forward, two steps back, five steps forward, two steps back, 10 steps forward, seven steps back. That’s what it takes.

It takes the efforts of everyone, the plebs, and it takes grassroots efforts from the bottom up, constituents calling their representatives. It also takes companies weighing in. It takes lobbyists. It takes organizations like the one that Amanda and Joe and Becca and Jimmy and others are part of. It’s a multi-pronged attack. It takes all aspects. Again, it’s always going to be the stochastic step forward, but we are moving forward, even if sometimes we lose ground in the short-term. Amanda, I do want to hear what you were going to say. Go ahead.

[01:05:15] AC: Yeah. I think a lot of contexts was missed on how to get a politician from zero to grand-standing on the floor about Bitcoin, right? That took a month of prep. That took unrelentless follow-up. If we’re going to do this on pleb-powered and do grassroots orange pilling like that, then we all have to step up and you can’t just take, “Oh, they didn’t call me back.” You have to email, you have to call, you have to try 10 different ways to get a hold of them sometimes.

It’s like, how relentless are you going to be? I’m not picking on you, Jay. I’m just saying, I hear this all the time and I’m just like, “Yeah, you have to be relentless. You have to be relentless.”

[01:05:58] P: Jay, look, I did have you tattoo the message that was relevant on my back. I think, that’s the level of commitment that we’re talking about here. We took pictures. We sent it to the representatives in California.

[01:06:06] JG: On the small of your back.

[01:06:07] P: Oh, yeah, yeah.

[01:06:08] JF: It was a tramp stamp, is what you’re trying to get at. It’s all good.

[01:06:10] P: Look, that’s your word. That doesn’t align with my culture. But yes, we call it a tramp stamp, with an H in there, so it’s a different word.

[01:06:17] LW: This it he crew.

[01:06:18] T: I think, to validate Lamar’s thoughts.

[01:06:19] P: Lamar, go ahead.

[01:06:21] LW: No, I love Amanda. Because this is, that’s my girl. That’s my peoples. Anyway, Amanda, but here’s my question. I have a question to you. Would you say that in the political realm, matter of fact, I was talking to – what’s my man’s name? Regulatory Jason. He was telling me, if I put $500, if you might do too, bro. I’m saying, if you put $500 on, like basically donate $500, you’re far more likely to get a meeting with your Congress person. He was telling me that. He was explaining it to me one sec. Amanda, do you think that if Bitcoiners put their money together, that we would have a far better influential stick, we have a far better carrot, so to speak, to get people like Ted Cruz to get on the floor, if we had – Yeah, I know that.

[01:07:07] AC: You’d have to follow through. There are many approaches that are going on right now are basically, three entities. One’s a C4, one’s a C6, one’s a C3. There are three Bitcoin specific groups that are collaborating to get this done. Probably two super packs will come out of it, because you have a limit on how much you can donate to a campaign. Yes, Lamar. I think, that’s where the super pack thing comes in. We also want to be really wise with where you spend those resources, right? Some are just a lost cause. We’ve been running, and this is where it would be amazing to have help from Plebs. Feel free to DM me, or Becca, or Jimmy.

We’d love help from you, because we’re going to start focusing on data and targeting. There’s a lot that you can do if you understand who to target. The problem is, if someone’s one, let’s say I’ll just go with Dems, because they’re easier to pick on, because they aren’t as up to speed on Bitcoin. Let’s say, they won their area by a landslide. That’s probably not someone we want to target. What we want to target are people where they are in a tight race, or historically have been in a tight race, and where they don’t always vote with party line. They use their own brain a little bit.

We’ve actually made a tier system for probably, 70 Democrats on the house side and then, and rank them. We have five tiers. We should probably be targeting the first three tiers pretty heavily. Then, some people aren’t going to be running for election again. We need to figure out how do we get to those candidates before they’re actually running and teaching them?

I think, that’s huge. It’s really easy if there’s a seat opening to get to those candidates before they’re officially on the docket. I think that, yeah, sometimes money does speak, but also, so do companies that are employing people, like Bitcoin miners are employing a lot of people across this country. You have financial services companies that have just raised series A’s, for example, Unchained Capital.

Those are the companies that I think could have influence in these conversations. Also, if you’re just living in your district and there’s a negative policy coming down the pipeline, you probably want them to – staffers to understand where you’re coming from and teach them before you say, “Hey, I don’t want you to go after my IRA, or I don’t want you to do these taxes, or this is a backdoor on privacy.”

It’s really about building these long-term relationships and it’s a lot of work. I think, people can do it. I think we can do it. It’s just going for it. That’s what we’re trying to help with too, is some of that. That’s why folks like Shannon and some others from Colorado, we’ve done experiments. I grew up there. There’s so much that can be done on the local level, and then on the federal level.

[01:10:02] P: Becca, you were going to jump in for a second. Going once. Going twice.

[01:10:08] B: Right. Sorry, I’d stepped away from the phone. No, I think Amanda covered it great. I think, there will be a lot of opportunity for people to get involved according to their interests and their skills.

[01:10:20] JF: BTS to come on and talk about it a little bit. I don’t want to re-introduce the topic yet. I think, it’s important that we talk about the letter from Janet and how we organize. I would say that one of the things that also has to happen for us to get our way, and I know that sounds a really simple semantic delivery of our way, but yeah, getting this thing to 10 trillion, or a 100 trillion is going to change the way that Bitcoin is viewed, is going to change the sharpness of its tool.

I think, it enhances the game theory that we all know is built into the protocol. Tina hit on this a little bit ago. I think, it’s going to take further institutional adoption to get the lobbying power in Washington, much like other massive and influential lobbies. Map those strategies out from there. Then, I think, the letter that Michael sent in particular is really important for a lot of institutions. I’ll leave that there for now in terms of other steps that I think need to take place for us to have more of a voice in Washington.

[01:11:14] T: Probably, the biggest reason the NRA is effective is not just because they spend money, but because they have a hardcore base of voters who vote on that issue. Bitcoiners need to become a hardcore base of voters. We will become a huge base of voters.

[01:11:31] JF: Tina, that’s true. That’s absolutely true. 95% of their money comes from four gun manufacturers.

[01:11:37] T: They have a lot of interests. You have the miners.

[01:11:40] JF: Yeah. That’s my point. That’s exactly the point.

[01:11:43] T: The bigger problem is that there are a lot of Bitcoiners who think politics doesn’t scale, doesn’t matter. I’ll tell you all the answers I’ve heard in the last three years from people. It’s like herding cats. They think shit doesn’t matter. Bitcoin may be anti-fragile, but when an IRS agent is crawling up your ass and out your nose, you trust me, you’re fragile. I promise you, you are freaking fragile.

[01:12:08] LW: I’m going to bring this back around, though. Because this is what Bitcoin Tina just said. The reason why the NRA has an incredible amount of political power is because they have an incredible base of voters. You got to ask yourself, who are those base of voters? That base of voters are people who hold guns. That’s a lot of people holding guns. That’s why I’m saying, it’s going to come back around to this.

What we have to do is get more people holding Bitcoin, because the more people that hold Bitcoin and understand what Bitcoin is doing for them, the larger the base of voters becomes. Regardless of what politician is there, if their constituency is holding Bitcoin, they’re going to have some questions to answer when it comes to the town halls and the little pop-ups and everything that these politicians do within their states.

I think, that’s what it is. We got to do both, but I truthfully believe, we still have to still run the race of letting people know about Bitcoin, why it’s better, how it gives people freedom and the whole nine. I think, that’s going to be the foundation for which Amanda and Becca kill it, you know what I’m saying?

[01:13:16] D: Yeah. The other thing I would say is that, [inaudible 01:13:17] sometimes compared to the NRA, but they a single point message. They have a message. It’s never changing. Bitcoin, what we can do through Amanda, myself, give me others are doing is get that message home to the politician. Then, when the ownership of the Bitcoin is spread much more diversely, they’ll all have that same message. The message and the ownership will be widespread and the political impact will be much greater.

That’s why it’s very important to have a crisp message about Bitcoin to the politicians. Not to say that we shouldn’t sometimes it’ll go with the other with other groups, because we’ll need that, they’ll need that force on one or two issues that impact everybody, but ours is an independent voice that is large and honed in Washington.

[01:14:11] S: Donna, and everybody, let me ask a question back to the group. How do we do that effectively? How do we get this uniform block of Bitcoin voters, when we know, Bitcoin is supposed to be available to everyone? It’s people all over the spectrum. How do we both, to Lamar’s point, really focus on getting Bitcoin into the hands of the most people possible? Because that’s the end game and that’s what wins in the end. How do we encourage that adoption broadly and quickly, while still creating cohesion and this voting block, which ultimately ends up encouraging tribalism?

[01:14:47] D: I think, it has to be, small groups in small communities, little lessons on how you get it, how you buy it, how you hold it, why it’s powerful in everywhere, your little community groups, on mothers talking on the playground. It’s a grassroots effort.

[01:15:04] JF: I got an idea. What if we just ran Clubhouse and Twitter Spaces rooms 24 hours a day, just talking about Bitcoin? Would that be an effective –

[01:15:13] P: Don’t be ridiculous. No one would be willing to commit that much time for free to education. That’s just an insane proposition.

[01:15:20] NVK: Yeah, who would do that? I guess, crazy. To be honest, I think that it’s actually helped a lot though, because I look at PlebNet.

[01:15:27] T: A 100%.

[01:15:30] NVK: Look at PlebNet, look at the Black Bitcoin Billionaires. You have 120 –

[01:15:33] JF: Don’t let me not agree with you. Stop trying to not let me agree with you.

[01:15:36] P: John, please –

[01:15:37] JS: Okay. Can I say something?

[01:15:38] P: Yes, Jimmy. Go for it. I think the biggest and most obvious way in which you get a lot of people involved is number go up. That is how you get more people. Because every time number goes up, there’s way more people that come in. This latest round, I think we’re estimating something like, 40 million people in the US. I’m not sure. I’ve heard estimates between 10 and 40 million, yeah, that own Bitcoin. That’s a lot of freaking people.

Imagine that. The nice thing is, time is on our side. I think, a lot of these politicians come to us, not the other way around. They’re going to be like, “Okay, we know you guys have money. What can we do for you?” I’m expecting that in this next bull market, where a lot of people come seeking us out and not the other way around, which is I think, going to be a lot better, because we are going to get a lot more adoption. It’s nice, because we’re on the winning side and we’re going to be.

[01:16:37] JF: Jimmy, I’d argue you’re right, even if you haven’t realized that already, but that’s what Ted Cruz did. Think about the politics of this, just the politics, okay. Forget all of the implications of the tax bill, etc. What Ted Cruz did, he’s likely to run for the presidency in 2024. What he may have just did is tried to get a first mover advantage in a community that he thinks is likely to be a lot wealthier, and a lot more powerful, and a lot more – Some of the conversations you’ve had, so I shouldn’t say that I fully know, but some of the people that were in a conversation with you and [inaudible 01:17:13]. All joking aside, but tell me some more thoughts. I think, that was the –

[01:17:16] P: John, wait. Let Jimmy finish.

[01:17:18] JF: The concept. No, I think he was, and I let him jump back in here. Jimmy, go. By all means.

[01:17:22] JS: Basically, I made all the arguments that I could to get Ted on our side. I think, he heard them, and I think he’s very convinced. Let’s just put it that way. If you want to know exactly the arguments I gave him, I don’t know, DM or something. I’ll be on Clubhouse later. I just don’t want to say it.

[01:17:39] JF: It’s all good, but I think that it worked is what I mean to say. I think, and it’s been incredibly effective, because the thing is, he has nothing to lose by going up there. No one’s going to remember in four years. Anybody that wasn’t going to vote for him already, isn’t going to remember, “Oh, remember when Ted Cruz went up during the infrastructure bill and spoke up to propose an amendment in a committee?” That cost him nothing.

[01:18:02] P: I disagree, man.

[01:18:03] JF: I think, it’s signal to – Oh, I shouldn’t say, take it back. I don’t want to say, it cost them nothing, but I think the calculation is that he signaled to a lot of people that are going to have a lot of power and money, and he did it before any other major candidate likely for the 2024 election did.

I don’t want to pretend it was a zero-risk piece. Generally, I think, he knows that it helped them more than it hurt him. I gather the conversation, Jimmy, Amanda, CJ and others had with them probably helped to eliminate that.

[01:18:31] AC: Which some of it, John, I regret a little bit. I think, it just happened with timing that he was voting that day. I am genuinely concerned that this becomes a single, a one-party issue, or Republicans take hold of this. I think, it’s really important that this is a bipartisan issue. Then we’re just swaying back and forth on a pendulum, depending on who’s in power. If we can take the Lummis approach and take the bipartisan approach, I think we’ll far we’ll fare much better jumping on this.

[01:19:03] JF: Oh, a 100% agree.

[01:19:05] AC: Also, why is he running for president? He wasn’t even born in the US. It’s just a show for this guy. I appreciate what he did. I know a lot of people are working hard. at the same time, it’s really in such a divided country right now to keep this bipartisan and let the game theory on. Lefts wants this more than right. The right wants this more than left, versus just honing in on this being a Republican-only issue. That’s what I’m concerned about.

[01:19:33] B: I don’t belong to a political party, by the way.

[01:19:37] LW: Did you see the hippies? Bitcoin is for the outright for them to get around some stuff. Come on, bro.

[01:19:44] AC: Yeah. That’s why I think when we talk about trying to be like the NRA, let’s be more like AARP. They are even more terrifying on the hill. They’re bipartisan and they support. People pay a membership fee, 40 million members. We have 46 million Bitcoiners in the US, so I try to point us in the direction of trying to draw more similarities between AARP, because we’re already getting painted in that corner.

[01:20:10] JF: Yeah. Amanda, I agree with that completely. I would even argue to say that to maybe summarize that, and this is something I’ve argued and get beat up for all the time. Bitcoin is no doubt, political, but in my mind, it is not a partisan – Both parties hit the print button and have been hitting the print button. Both parties have had power in different forms for the last 50 years since we got off it.

In fact, to the point of just the Republican point that you brought up, just because Ted Cruz is Republican. We had a Republican president when we got off the gold standard, right? There’s all types of this stuff that I totally agree. It’s no doubt, political. The game theory is certainly political. You’re right. This would be so much more effective. It’s probably going to be really difficult in 2021, 2022 American politics to cultivate a non-partisan piece. I think, the AARP example is a great one, and certainly applaud your perspective and try to focus that in. It’s awesome.

[01:21:03] LW: Plus, I think people with AARP cards get discounts on Captain D’s the seafood place.

[01:21:11] JS: Here’s the problem with this partisan thing, because the Republicans are the ones that are actually more open to it and the Democrats are the ones that are demonizing it. You have warrants saying stupid shit. You have people like AOC that are clearly leaning in that direction of vilifying anybody that disagree.

[01:21:33] BA: I hear that, Jimmy. But why would we just lean back and encourage that polarization down that road? I agree with everything you just said. I think right now, the narrative is going in a very hardcore direction that aligns with party lines. To me, it’s really upsetting, because to me, Bitcoin is changing the distribution of wealth. I think, that’s something that taking away the power from the elite and giving it to the working person, that’s how the left view themselves, whether it’s how they view them or not, it’s how they view themselves.

I think, it’s just an afront to Bitcoin, that they don’t understand that Bitcoin is about justice and about equality and about fairness. These are messages that are complimentary to them. I think, when you build up the right, the Bitcoin hero, and you strengthen that narrative that the right is from the Bitcoin, they’re not our friend. They’re politicians.

[01:22:32] Jimmy, two quick examples. Ro Khanna, who I didn’t know who he was, literally gave a really – I didn’t even know who he was until you made this post. Ro Khanna made a really eloquent argument for defending energy use for Bitcoin, saying that it’s not a bad use for energy. That he is basically fighting the FUD.

Then the other thing I would point to, by the way, I totally agree with the trend line that you’re talking about, and If you were to stack them up. Remember, it was Richard Shelby from Alabama, a Republican Senator that basically shot down the amendment that we were looking to have. I just don’t think it’s that clear.

[01:23:02] JS: Can I finish my thought? Because the thing is, right now, the Democrats are in power. That’s my point. They’re not going to listen when they have power. They’re going to listen when they’re desperate. That’s where the Republicans are there. They know that they have an opportunity and that they’re going to need people like us. The thing is, it’s okay to seem a little partisan at certain points, because the pendulum does swing.

Republicans are at some point, I think, will be in power and then the Democrats will come falling. That’s when you say, okay, here’s all the reasons why you should support this and why you should condemn this. It’s that, which, I think, a lot of the really effective lobbying groups do, which is, just okay we’re always going to back the winner.

[01:23:44] JG: Contribute to both sides.

[01:23:45] JS: Yeah. Yeah. This is the fine art that we have to figure out how to play, which I’m not so sure that – It’s not obvious what that path is, because I don’t know, I suck at politics.

[01:23:56] JF: Jimmy. I think you’re not wrong. I don’t think you’re wrong about that at all. I think you’re right. They backed [inaudible 01:24:00]. If you look at most large banking companies are donating to both the district. They’re maxing out on both. Energy companies are doing it in different ways. All types of lobbying organizations will back both horses, and then they just donate to the person that they think that’s going to win at the end and double down on them.

For the most part, you’re right. I would just say, and I think, the strategy of finding the person, or the party that needs you more is certainly not something I would disagree with or endorse. I don’t know. I’m not a lobbyist in the room either. I think, it’s important to be partisan. I actually predict one day, we’ll all be a 100% partisan, because Bitcoin will be the party. It’ll be the single issue. Now, how we traverse from here to there, I think is more akin to how you just laid it out.

I do think, the more macro point that I think Amanda and Becca are saying, I think is still important, to be able to make this a non-partisan issue. The AARP is such a great example, or that’s why Medicare and social security cuts are the third rail of politics. It’s the fastest way to lose your seat, no matter how long you’ve been there. I just think the more macro point of being able to attract both sides and neutralize them and not make it an abortion issue, or a gun rights issue, or just any of the other things that we wind up being divided about, which is going to be hard. I don’t even know how to do it, but I do think that goal is noble.

[01:25:17] JS: Can I offer some analysis here?

[01:25:20] P: Wait a minute. Just because he hasn’t –

[01:25:22] NVK: Those people vote. Most younger people who are –

[01:25:26] P: Tina.

[01:25:27] AC: He’s right. Old people vote.

[01:25:28] P: I love you, Tina. That’s a great point. I do want to hear Jimmy’s thoughts, though.

[01:25:31] JS: What I was going to say is that, the way you get that loyalty from both parties is that you punish them when they go against you, right? That’s essentially what AARP, even the gun lobby and everybody else that does effective lobbying, that’s what they do is they punish the people that go against you.

Right now, you have people Warren and Sherman that are going against us, and they both happen to be Democrats. If you punish them, guess what? The next Democrats are going to be a lot nicer. They’re going to start being more conciliatory towards you.

The way to, I think, get the Democrats on our side is to punish the bad ones. Not necessarily woo everybody. Although, hey, I would love to see Erica Riordan beat Brad Sherman. I think, that would be amazing. Punishing those people that are against you, and purging them from the party through whatever you’re able to do, that’s ultimately, I think, how you’re going to get them to come around. Once you show your strength, they’re like, “Okay, maybe we should be aligned with them.”

I think, this is what AARP plays masterfully. Anytime anyone in either party talks about social security, or Medicare, or something like that, they punish them if they speak out against it and it’s perceived as bad.

[01:26:50] DR: Can I just add one thing on that? Is, I thought that the conversations that we’ve had, let’s say, with a couple of, we’ll just make it more widespread with a couple of the legislative people, where, they met you Jimmy, and they met CJ. Those people became real people. They were not Bitcoin, which they didn’t even know what Bitcoin was. These were their constituents that had businesses, that had opinions, that had kids that are all of a sudden, there was a face to Bitcoin, which was a human face to Bitcoin. I think, that’s very important. When AARP that there are certain a person. There’s an older person.

All of the legislative persons know what that person is. They have a grandmother. They have a grandfather. The gun people also have an image. We are just building ours. We need to introduce ourselves to these legislators, whether they be Democrats, Republicans, it doesn’t really matter. To see that we’re their constituents that have businesses, that are professors, that are doing all these kinds of interesting things with families and schools, and we have Bitcoin. That’s our most important issue, not withstanding the health of our families. That is also tied up into Bitcoin, because it gives it the potential for economics. I think, that once they have an identity, they understand that there are people behind this, they feel more comfortable to be an advocate for it, because it’s not understandable to mirror. These are their constituents talking to them. I do think that’s important.

[01:28:29] JS: I know what we can do. Just hit me with what Donna just said. Let’s invite politicians to a Bitcoin meetup.

[01:28:34] AC: Yes. Yes. Can I tell you something I did once?

[01:28:36] T: Bitcoiners are all over the country. Invite politicians to Bitcoin and meetups.

[01:28:40] P: Go ahead, Amanda.

[01:28:40] AC: Tina is a 100% right. When they meet us in person, all those fears, those uncertainties, all that FUD in the media just is noise, and they can focus on the signal of the person right in front of them, teaching them. I think, that is huge. What I think is the most powerful persona that they can come away with is Bitcoiners are innovators that are going to allow America to compete at the global level. Because right now, we’re losing that foothold.

[01:29:11] P: Interesting. You’re saying that basically, it’s easy for politicians to get lost in the rhetoric. If you put a person in front of them, a potential constituent that they can see their face, understand their excitement, it transcends the specific issue and they can see that the person is genuine and be convinced.

[01:29:28] AC: Yeah. It’s going towards building those relationships, right? I think, that’s the most important thing. So many times, people just come to politicians when they have a problem, or when they want something. If you can take a different approach and be a resource and then show them a different view, I think that’s extremely powerful. Tina’s right.

[01:29:46] JS: Can I Jump on that point exactly?

[01:29:48] T: They look for places. They look for places to connect with constituents.

[01:29:53] P: Definitely.

[01:29:55] T: These meetups take place organically. They’re going to be in Congress people’s districts. It can be incredibly effective.

[01:30:02] A: I wanted to talk exactly about that. I also live in Wyoming. In addition to Cynthia Lummis, we have possibly, one of the worst people in the house, and that is Liz Cheney for Bitcoin. Not specifically, but privately, she’s extremely against it. That aside, the people of Wyoming definitely do not like her and there is going to be a pretty big battle about it.

I have been working very closely with at least prior to Harriet Hagerman becoming tapped by Donald Trump, the previous front runner, Anthony Bouchard, who, when I moved here, he was about as anti-Bitcoin as you could get. In fact, the local conservatives were trying to undo, or were thinking about trying to undo all of the Bitcoin laws that were passed here in Wyoming.

I met them at a political event and I said, “Actually, guys, I’m a Bitcoiner. Let me talk to you.” They had me and Caitlin Long there for two and a half hours. 50 people came in the room, including Anthony Bouchard, thinking that Bitcoin was the devil. By the end, 30 of them were asking how to buy it. Now, Anthony Bouchard is about as close to almost being a Bitcoiner as I think he could be, without actually being there yet. He’s definitely off. He’s off the mark of disliking it. Yes, talking to these people, one-on-one, talking to their constituents, educating people, it’s a big piece of leverage that people don’t expect.

[01:31:19] AC: Yeah. Find a couple people and just start trying to contact them, and where are you get a little traction. Just keep moving with that traction. If anyone wants to talk about this or reach out, I have to run to a dinner meeting, but feel free to message me. Message me here, because, I think, this is what folks are doing at the grassroots level. It adds up Find the candidates that are coming in to replace others and start teaching them before they’re a big deal.

[01:31:46] P: Love it. Okay. I do want to acknowledge, we’re at about two hours now and I really appreciate everyone who’s jumped up on stage and who has joined this conversation. This has been recorded and will be released on the Bitcoin Spaces Live Podcast, which you can search for, and whatever you want. You can also find it on YouTube under the Bitcoin Magazine Channel. Just want to give, if anybody needs to jump out, you absolutely can, but let’s keep going for those who want to stick around. I can go for another half an hour or so, and then we’ll call it. How y’all feeling? You want to keep going?

[01:32:17] JS: Yeah, sure. I don’t know. There’s something about politics, where we’re at the stage, where the margins of politicians are interested, but we’re soon going to get to the mainstream ones. I think, we just have to be patient, because I really do think they’re going to come to us, and we need to be prepared when they do. They’re like, how it is in every bull market is that you have people from all over the place coming in, contacting you every day.

Your third-grade best friend calling you and saying, “Hey, should I buy this thing?” That sort of thing. Same thing. I think, it’s going to happen at the politician level. They’re going to be like, “Okay, I need to really find out more about this thing. What am I going to do?” We’re at the edges right now. The politicians that we’re getting to talk to, they’re not top tier ones, right? We’re not getting to talk to the president, or the speaker of the house yet. It’s people like Ted Cruz who lost the primaries on the edges of the Republican party, or Erica Rhodes who’s running against a 20-year incumbent. That’s what happens.

We’re at the edges right now. We reward some of these people at the edges that are helping us, and we punish some of the people that are more near to the center of power that are against us. Soon we’re going to be at the center. I think that’s inevitable, and that’s my thought on it.

[01:33:28] JF: Yeah. Jimmy, I don’t disagree. I think, the playbook you lay out is less AARP. Almost a certain extent, it’s more AIP. AIP is one of the most effective lobbying institutions. They’ll get both candidates to come up to, it’s the Alliance for Israeli Pack, I think, is what it stands for. Or American Israeli Pack. I don’t know. It’s a very powerful lobby for Jewish-American causes and maybe for Jewish causes overseas, too. I’m not really sure. It’s the one place where you’ll get both parties and both presidential candidates to go to the conference and basically say, “I support Israel.”

I do envision a day where it’s just it’s going to be like that. You can’t go against certain mainstream issues, whether it’s the AARP example with Medicare and social security becoming just such a death wish for a politician, or someone coming out and saying, “We don’t stand with Israel.” That’s a death wish for a politician. I think, the structure, or the infrastructure that’s taken place over the last 12 months for me, it’s been pretty significant.

Yeah. I’m familiar that AIP is pro-Israel. Just, I’m getting a bunch of DMs, so I don’t know if I misspoke. Yeah. The idea is that they’re really effective. If you come out against those particular issues that they are, they don’t go and necessarily to support the politicians that support them,

because most everybody does at this point. They have enough power. When you step out of line, they basically fund your primary opponent, fund the other candidate, take out really large dollar media campaign ads in your district, etc. I think, that strategy laid out is probably one that is going to behoove us not to pursue.

It’s probably going to be where game theory actually leads us. Yeah, I don’t disagree with that at all. I also just think that there is some tangential consideration of our interests that are tied to squares, and micro-strategies, taking those types of powerhouses that are able to write the letter that for instance, I’ve put up in the tweet of above to get accounting changes that are really practically needed, not just why changing laws, or a federal legislator. There’s some of the things that need to go to the SEC, some of the things that need to go to FASBI. Getting really marginal changes that really help the adoption of Bitcoin is also part of – I think, part of the formula.

[01:35:28] P: Donna, you’ve been quiet for a while. Do you have any thoughts?

[01:35:31] DR: I thought it was very talkative before. Tina agreed with me. That makes me twice as talkative.

[01:35:36] P: Fair enough. I apologize. I crave your indulgence. I am so sorry that I have –

[01:35:44] DR: But not my people. We had different people. No, I think it’s great that Bitcoin crowd has – the Bitcoin crowd has – that was Jay. That’s the same people, I think. The Bitcoin crowd has come around to have a conversation and to have a strategy and to be willing to participate and understand how important it is to get the regulators, at least, calmed down and educated and stuff like that.

Even though Bitcoin will be Bitcoin, we’d like to be there a little bit with greater grace and flexibility to make it put in our path, it’s some really big boulders. I think, any discussion we have, this is fantastic, and I applaud everyone for doing it and engaging and to coming with an open mind.

[01:36:25] JS: Yeah. The one thing I would point out is I know a lot of people here do not like Ted Cruz, or just are very turned off by him. I get it. There’s some certain things in which you might not like him, or maybe the way he’s portrayed in the media, or whatever. Regardless, you have to like, that what he’s doing up for Bitcoin is a good thing. He’s our defendant right now. Now, is he going to be president? Probably not. If he does, would that be a terrible thing for Bitcoin? I don’t know.

There are lot worse scenarios than that. I support the fact that [inaudible 01:36:57]. That’s all I’m saying. It’s, don’t just automatically say, “Oh, he’s too partisan and let’s dismiss him. Or, we need to get somebody on the other side, because I don’t like this guy and he’s toxic, or whatever.” Give the guy a chance. Let him prove his loyalty to us. You know what I mean?

[01:37:10] P: Corey. Terrence. Welcome to the stage.

[01:37:13] T: I support Bitcoin freedom over government servitude.

[01:37:16] P: That’s good. You’ve passed the test. If you’d answered incorrectly, we would have gulag you. Banned forever.

[01:37:22] JF: Thank you for the controversial statement, Terrence. We appreciate that.

[01:37:26] T: I believe in unpopular opinions to engagement farm.

[01:37:28] JF: I think, there’s something to keep in mind though about adoption of this by politicians. The reality is, they’re not going to be Bitcoin maximalist in my mind, because the politics don’t allow for that. A lot of jobs that they’ll try to “bring to their district,” or their state, or whatever their jurisdiction is. It’s going to be a bunch of VC money pumped into blockchain bullshit that will represent jobs that they can claim, and that’s good politics. They’re going to say, Bitcoin is great, and they’re going to say, oh, there’s all these other things, too. Just be ready for that, too. They’re going to be shitcoiners.

[01:37:59] JS: That’s the thing I’m much more concerned about than no coiners, that are trying to ban everything. It’s the altcoins. There’s such an easy path, too. We make it an innovation argument, then it’s, oh, then we should allow all these altcoins to price, too. We have to make sure we can thread this needle and make sure that they’re not no coiners, but they’re also not altcoiners, you now what I mean?

[01:38:19] DR: I think, Cynthia Lummis Senator Lummis has done a very good job at that. I would say, that she has supported the state and she has been an advocate for Bitcoin in Congress, and they have good Bitcoin mining laws there, and their hope to – Yeah, they do hope to bring business around Bitcoin to the state and also, the custody thereof.

[01:38:41] JF: in fairness to Cynthia, her son-in-law works at Unchained. She gets it probably better than most. Politicians are politicians, man. We’re going to see the acceptance of what I just laid out, or at least I predict that. There’s going to be too much money. I’d argue, even coin center. There’s not a Bitcoin lobbying organization. Probably get most of their money from shitcoin VC.

[01:39:03] PB: They just raised 3 million using an NFT.

[01:39:06] P: Wait. Sorry. Who did?

[01:39:07] JS: Coin Center. Coin Center raised 3 million dollars or something.

[01:39:12] BA: Yeah. Which is insane and problematic.

[01:39:17] P: Kind of.

[01:39:17] NVK: What was the valuation?

[01:39:19] LW: I’m dropping a Ted Cruz NFT tomorrow.

[01:39:22] BA: Yeah. That’s literally why it’s problematic. When I saw that. Yeah.

[01:39:28] P: What is the reference to Ted Cruz? Is that part of it?

[01:39:31] BA: No, no, no. Nothing with Ted Cruz. It was coin center, right Jimmy?

[01:39:35] JS: Yeah. It was Coin Center. [Inaudible 01:39:37].

[01:39:38] BA: They minted, as I understand it, they partnered with some artists to – minted some eth-based NFT, and then agreed to donate the proceeds or something like that. At the end of the day, they ended up with a crowdfunded 5 million. When I read it, first, my mind was blown, because it just as a marketer or whatever, that’s such an interesting thing. Then, the way that can change the world of almost, political donations and fundraising and open it up to abuse, or promise of different things. Yeah. I don’t know. I think it could actually be the first of many such things for political organizations to raise money.

[01:40:18] JF: Hey, P. This has been a fun space.

[01:40:21] LW: Would that be against the law if Ted Cruz –

[01:40:23] P: Wait. Hold on. Hold on.

[01:40:23] JF: No, what was against the law is you’re not letting me say bye to P.

[01:40:27] LW: Then I was like, I was thinking, and I didn’t even hear you talking. I ain’t going to lie to you, John. I’m sorry about that, bro. I was telling, can you really raise money for [inaudible 01:40:35] with the NFT?

[01:40:37] JF: P, this has been a great space, man. Lamar, I love seeing all these spaces. I know I haven’t hung out with a bunch of you guys on Clubhouse and stuff. It’s been a fun little reunion here. We can talk a little bit about Michael Saylor, and some of these more institutional adaptions another night, or at least some of these challenges. I don’t envision them going away in the near future. I posted the letter from Michael Saylor in the nest above about FASBI accounting changes, and the indefinite, or the intangible accounting issues, to the extent that people have questions, happy to follow up. I’m getting a bunch of DMs about tax and accounting advice, and I’m not a tax lawyer, or an accountant anymore.

[01:41:11] JG: Not for them. Just for me.

[01:41:12] JF: You’re out of the net worth of profile that even when I once worked in public accounting. Anyhow, your tolerable error is probably 80 million on your audit. All joking to another end, I’m not here to – I’m not an accountant. That’s not my business. Please stop DM-ing me about accounting questions. P, man. Fun time and I appreciate it, man.

[01:41:30] P: Yeah. Thank you so much for joining. Apologies. Originally, this was supposed to be half the stuff you can talk to me about it.

[01:41:34] JF: No, I’m glad we did it. We can do it another day.

[01:41:36] P: Yeah. We’ll definitely do it another day. John has a bunch to say about the challenges and strategies that need to be employed around acquiring Bitcoin as large institutions. Yeah, let’s definitely have that conversation another time, John. Thank you.

[01:41:50] JF: All right. For sure, man. Good times. Good to see you.

[01:41:52] T: Man, I think NVK in the streets?

[01:41:54] P: Oh, yeah. He’s been up here, man. NVK, what you got?

[01:41:57] NVK: Oh, I got nothing. I just joined in. I wasn’t sure what was going on, so I was just remaining quiet.

[01:42:03] P: How many boars have you haunted from horseback with knives today?

[01:42:06] NVK: None. There are no boars in the current location, but there were squirrels that had to be dealt with.

[01:42:16] JS: See, if I see NVK, I really need CJ in the same room, so I could see them doing the accents against each other. Yeah.

[01:42:22] P: NVK, versus Bizarro NVK?

[01:42:24] NVK: Yeah, let’s get CJ here. By the way, I now make a fee. There’s a licensee fee involved every time CJ makes an impression of me, I get a cut. I support that. You have a NFT of I got you. I got a question for you, guys.

[01:42:41] LW: No, no. Questions are scarce. NFTs are not scarce.

[01:42:46] T: It’s a great deal of skill for an impression, not for an NFT. Is that what you’re saying?

[01:42:51] LW: Do all of this in crocs, though? That’s my only question, NVK.

[01:42:53] NVK: Depending on the weather, yes.

[01:42:56] T: Got you. You hunt squirrels and boars and license out your voice impression in crocs. Now, this is not a commercial for crocs, by the way.

[01:43:05] NVK: No, listen. I only have –

[01:43:06] T: We have negatives cancel each other out.

[01:43:08] NVK: I used to be a flip-flops guys, because I grew up in Brazil. Now –

[01:43:12] P: You check too much.

[01:43:14] NVK: I either do barefoot, crocs, or bloodstones. That’s it. That’s all I have.

[01:43:18] P: Did you say blood stones? Like conflict stones?

[01:43:22] NVK: Bloodstones. However you call those boots.

[01:43:24] P: Yeah. Conflict diamond. That’s fucked up, man. I know you’ve got a business to run and you’re producing some of the best hardware wallets in the market. Yeah, diamonds that are mined by orphans.

[01:43:34] NVK: P, we used a child labor, just because the parts are very small to solder on the devices, so then we need little hands.

[01:43:40] P: That’s what I’m talking about. Look, I’ve been petitioning to the Bitcoin mining council for months that we should be employing orphans, because their hands are smaller and they can shovel the coal into the steam engines, to power the miners way, way faster. I am told that I’m an insane person and also, that I should not waste anyone’s time. I’m going to do it on my own and set this advantage use free. Moving on, CK, I see you’re up on the stage. What you got, man? Silence.

[01:44:10] JS: I don’t think he’s paying attention. I think he’s –

[01:44:14] NVK: He’s counting his Bitcoin conference money.

[01:44:16] T: I think, it’s called –

[01:44:19] P: I did. I said – I was talking about mining Bitcoins with orphans, because they can shovel the coal into the steam layers.

[01:44:26] CK: I stepped away for a second and washed my hands and that’s when you caught me. Yeah. Honestly, it’s a great strategy. I heard they have a lot of orphans in Tennessee. We can check that out and see if we can put together an op.

[01:44:35] P: Yeah. Just to be clear, for every block that is mined, each orphan gets 10 Bitcoin. We’re actually losing –

[01:44:41] JS: This really is a reunion.

[01:44:44] NVK: Totally an orphan chain here.

[01:44:46] P: Now, look. We’re here to empower the disadvantaged. If we have to lose a massive amount of Bitcoin on each block reward, we’re here for it. That’s the commitment that we have to this space.

[01:44:56] NVK: Maybe cycling the orphans after?

[01:44:58] P: That’s a separate conversation. We can talk afterwards, NVK.

[01:45:02] LW: Hey, NVK. Did you hear what happened about the safety deposit boxes? I heard they stole everything, except for these two calculators.

[01:45:11] NVK: That’s awesome. I hope they left the cold card. Seriously, that’s why never leave your seeds on safe deposit box, unless they are split or [inaudible 01:45:21], or something.

[01:45:23] P: All right. I do want to bring us back around though. All joking aside. We’re not mining with orphans. That’d be fucked up. We’re all good Bitcoiners. NVK, I am curious, we’ve been talking about the – this conversation initially got kicked off around the claims that Janet Yellen made yesterday, and around the article that the white house published two days back, about the idea of, they just tried to slip in the claim that unrealized capital gains, or income.

[01:45:52] NVK: Yeah. This is fascinating, because I think, it has a little bit of a stench from either the math, or the world economic forum. Because I’d say, six months to a year ago, the liberal government used some arm organization here in Canada to run what’s called a balloon trial. They just released a study pretending that it was just a study, but really, just tasking the politics around doing unrealized cap gains on homes in Canada. People lost their shit.

I think, this is extremely unlikely to happen, because it’s absurdly hard to deal with this, it becomes selective enforcement, which governments love, but you totally be a legal shit show. Then, there is an upside to it. You also have unrealized losses, which you can do adjusting in your accounting.

[01:46:47] P: Wait. Are you talking about Canada or the US?

[01:46:49] NVK: No, in the US or Canada. We have very similar tax codes. It could get funny. If they do this, we’re all going to change our year-ends to whatever is the time of the year that Bitcoin dips, most commonly. Might even try to trigger Bitcoin to go to shit that month of the year, so we can know pull some losses. They might actually owe us taxes back.

[01:47:14] P: P: Wait. I don’t think it’s going to work that way, though.

[01:47:15] NVK: No, it does. If they’re going to do unrealized gains, it means you also get unrealized losses. That you can’t have your cake and eat it, too, when it comes to this shit. You could get pretty funny. It’s not going to happen. This is all stupid.

[01:47:28] CK: Yeah, it’s performative.

[01:47:30] NVK: Yeah. This is all silly. What they could do though, and this, I don’t put past this people, is they might come up with unrealized gains just for crypto, because they’re going to go and they’re going to say, “Can I say crypto, because that’s how they’re going to frame it?” It’s not just Bitcoin. They’re going to say that we have this evil thing that, it’s gambling and it’s also, polluting the planet and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. Because it’s not going to affect 99% of the population, they are going to be “Yeah. Fuck, yeah. Let’s go get their money.” Then, could get tricky.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[01:48:09] CK: Bitcoiners, I am so excited to tell you about the Bitcoin 2022 Conference. You guys, Bitcoin 2021 was absolutely a smash hit success. It was over 13,000 Bitcoiners coming together, breaking the barriers on who can come together and celebrate freedom, celebrate Bitcoin. The energy was absolutely electric.

Unfortunately, it was just oversubscribed. There’s just people flowing out everywhere. This year, we are learning, we are making the conference bigger and better. We are moving over to the Miami Beach Convention Center, and we are going to be throwing a massive four-day festival for Bitcoin, celebrating Bitcoin, bringing together the greatest minds in Bitcoin and the greatest businesses in Bitcoin and lastly, the culture of Bitcoin all together.

We had a four-day extravaganza planned for you guys for Bitcoin 2022. Day one is going to be industry day. It is a day where you can buy a special ticket in order to just mingle and make business deals happen. Day two and three is going to be a full-blown Bitcoin conferences. Our main conference is going to be on April 7th, and 8th. Then lastly, we have the sound at music festival, day four.

Imagine going to Coachella, but for Bitcoin. There’s going to be very few talks. It’s going to be all about the culture of Bitcoin. It’s going to be all about hanging with your fellow plebs. It’s going to be an absolutely amazing time. There’s going to be Bitcoin musicians, Bitcoin artists, and all your favorite Bitcoiners and just an amazing environment to party and just see it all, soak it all in, and to get people to realize that a Bitcoin world, a world filled with Bitcoin people doing Bitcoin things is the world that they want to live in. That’s what Bitcoin 2022 is all about. That is what the Bitcoin conference is all about. That’s what Bitcoin Magazine is all about.

It is going to be a celebration of Bitcoin, the Bitcoiners and this amazing movement that is going to make the world a better place. Go to b.tc/conference, learn more about the Bitcoin Conference, learn more about all the amazing things that are happening in Miami around the Bitcoin Conference and buy your tickets. Guess what? If you buy your tickets with Bitcoin, you save a $100 on all the tickets and a $1,000 on the whale pass. If you want the VIP pass, the Big Kahuna, you buy with Bitcoin, you save a $1,000. That’s a lot of SATS. Go and do it right now today. Don’t wait. Prices are only going up. This is going to be a can’t miss event.

[01:50:37] CK: Bitcoiners, I want to tell you about The Deep Dive. The Deep Dive is Bitcoin Magazine’s premium market intelligence newsletter. This is a no fluff, hard-hitting, incredible newsletter going deep into the market, helping you understand what’s happening with derivatives, what’s happening on-chain, what’s happening in macro, what’s happening with the narrative and what’s happening with the tech.

My man, Dylan LeClair is an absolute savant. He is making his name known in the Bitcoin community, getting shoutouts left and right, getting on podcast left and right, and him and his team are bringing you everything that you need to know about Bitcoin. You don’t even have to be on Bitcoin Twitter. You can ignore every other newsletter. This is the newsletter to rule them all. Go over to members.bitcoinmagazine.com. Sign up today. If you use promo code MACRO, you get a full month for free. You have nothing to lose. What are you waiting for? Sign up, see the incredible work that Dylan and his team are putting out. If you don’t like it, just unsubscribe. You don’t pay a dime. If you do, it’s going to be well worth the SATs and investment and understanding Bitcoin, and gaining the confidence to continue to invest in Bitcoin and making the right moves around Bitcoin. It’s going to be well worth every single Satoshi. Again, can’t recommend it enough. That is members.bitcoinmagazine.com, promo code MACRO. Do it today.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[01:52:09] P: We’ve been talking about it for a while. Jay, I’d love to just, if you’re still around, I’d love to hear your thoughts on NVK’s comment. Jay’s already thrown this one in the trash. Yeah, I’m not so optimistic, NVK. I think, this has been – we were talking about earlier that this is a narrative that has been – it has been pushed for many years in the US, at least. They keep hammering it, because they’re trying to figure out ways to classic MMA, or MMT modern, going MMA. When they gut-punched the economy via modern monetary theory, which prescribes a massive liquidity injections, and then over taxation in order to curb it.

[01:52:44] BA: Couldn’t both be true. Couldn’t the implications of passing something like this be absolutely terrible on so many fronts, but also, realistically, probably not get passed.

[01:53:00] NVK: Unless, they power through it.

[01:53:02] BA: This would be incredibly hard to pass.

[01:53:04] P: Wait, NVK. I just want to clarify. When you say, both things could be true, I’m unclear, when you say – you mean, they could try and fail? Or they could be trying to pass this, because of MMT style rhetoric and they could also fail at it?

[01:53:16] BA: You were saying that you – I assume the redirect was to me. You were saying that you are not so optimistic, meaning you’re worried, or you’re a pessimistic about this. I would say, you are right to be very concerned about unrealized gains being taxed. To NVK’s point, is that actually a realistic outcome in the short-term?

[01:53:38] P: Got it. NVK.

[01:53:39] NVK: Yeah. This stuff, this is a monumental change, right? This is not oh, we’re going to increase tax, or we’re going to start taxing carbon. It’s a truly monumental. It’s hard to convey how big this is. It changes everything, the same way that source deductions changed everything. It’s a whole new world of taxes and affects everything, from chickens to bananas, to houses, to your baseball card collection, everything. It’s huge. It’s practically unenforceable. That’s why it’s only selective enforcement. Now, they are not going to do this, because it doesn’t matter if you’re left or right.

The people who have any kind of power in the world, they all own stocks. Champagne, socialists all own stocks. AOCs of the type, definitely own stocks. Pension funds own stocks. They’re not going to want to have this. They’re going to get a backlash from everybody. It doesn’t matter which part of the political spectrum you are. You’re still sucking on the stock’s titty. They’re not going to do this.

[01:54:55] DR: I think, you’re just assuming that it’s going to be one gigantic movement.

[01:54:59] NVK: Yeah. My point, Donna.

[01:55:00] DR: There’s a red mark to market on regulated futures contracts on non-equity options, such as bonds, commodities and currency and exchange traded index options, so they could add crypto.

[01:55:14] NVK: Yeah. There was a thing before. If they’re going to do this, they’re going to just go for crypto only. They can’t just go after everybody, because you would be a massive flop.

[01:55:27] LW: Yeah. My only thing is, NVK, that’s you taking the approach that they don’t want it to be a massive flop. That’s you saying that they don’t want to put us into a position of dependency. That’s the whole thing. If they did some crazy like stuff this, which I truthfully believe is more of like I said, the seeds that have been planting a more – a ploy to move toward a certain direction, what would happen is that they would basically kill a whole lot of the wealth of this in this country. There’ll be wealth destruction. People will be forced to sell. We’ll wind up getting into a situation where the stock market’s on decline, and what happens?

You wind up getting everyone into a position, where they have to be more and more dependent upon the government, especially those people who at the bottom rungs of society. Because now, they don’t even have hardly any vehicles, because you should see what’s happening in a single-family residences, you see the freaking hedge funds are buying those up. Then, where in the world does the average person that is trying to come up in the world, actually build wealth to create generational wealth for their families? Well, they don’t. What? You’re not going to invest in stocks, because it’s what they would do with that.

They’re not going to invest in houses. Guess what? You’re going to be more reliant upon the government, which is what people who want big government won’t, bro. That’s the thing we have to watch out for. I think, it’s just these types of seeds that wind up being planted. You start to see, I forget, somebody said it. I can’t even remember who said the quote, it’s going to be at America, where there are a lot of people who own nothing. They have money, they own nothing, though. You know what I’m saying? I think that’s what [inaudible 01:56:57].

[01:56:59] NVK: You’re preaching to the choir here. Let me put it this way, okay. If I was alive and around when they brought in source deductions, I’d say, there is absolutely no fucking way they’re going to be able to put in source deductions and people are going to be okay with that. They use the war as an excuse, because they had to fund the war. They did get source deductions in and stuck around forever. It was going to be temporary.

It’s huge to make people to pre-pay. The evil source deduction is that people don’t know what they don’t already have. It’s a much easier trickery on people. Now, the problem with unrealized gains on normal people stuff, especially houses, is that it’s going to force sale on everything. You would absolutely, and America, Canada, or any country that does this in any scale, because people are up to their nose with debt. They’re not going to find a way to pay those gains at the end of the year. I doubt that very much.

I don’t think there is an appetite in any country in the world to be able to pass this stuff through, aside from places that are fairly wealthy. Say, Holland has wealth tax, if I remember right. I think, it’s 1.5% over your net worth. That stuff won’t work in north America. Although, can’t put anything past these people.

[01:58:24] A: NVK, when you said source deductions, what you’re talking about, it’s the Canadian version of –

[01:58:28] NVK: Income tax. Yeah. That’s right. Payroll tax. Source deduction is the technical name of that. It means that you take, for the people that don’t understand, what I’m saying is essentially, before you give people their paycheck, you withhold the tax. You take the tax before you pay them. This was a policy instituted, I think, it was in the 30s to pay for second world war. It was meant to be temporary, because nobody would ever go for the idea, “What do you mean, you’re going to take the money from my paycheck?” That’s insane.

[01:59:00] P: We were talking about this earlier, that these are all meant to be temporary measures, but they never are. They are always permanent. It’s evident from bridge tolls, to taxation, and basically, everything that’s passed that takes money from you and gives it to the government.

[01:59:12] NVK: I’d been bitching about source deduction forever, and I don’t even pay source deductions.

[01:59:16] P: I think, source deduction is basically the same thing as income tax in America.

[01:59:21] JS: Withholding.

[01:59:24] P: Got it. Interesting.

[01:59:24] NVK: From a Canada point of view, it’s quite brilliant, really. You take the tax before people have it in their pockets. They’re not going to feel as bad about giving it away.

[01:59:35] T: You never knew you had. Then when you overpay, you get a refund, so you’re happy.

[01:59:40] LW: This sounds so funny. Because I’m listing to NVK said, and I’m like, “Man, that’s how it’s been since I’ve been working.” You know what I’m saying? We’ve already bow down to that, you know what I mean?

[01:59:50] P: Oh, a 100%.

[01:59:52] LW: Fucking crazy.

[01:59:54] P: On my paycheck, I look through every time and I’m like, “All right, so that’s the amount that’s going to social security. Never going to see that ever again. That’s the amount that’s going to Medicare. Never going to see that shit ever again.” Every line item, I’m just like, “Yup. That’s just the government taking its cut and shoving it up their ass.”

[02:00:11] NVK: It’s absolutely crazy that people didn’t revolt after. Then again, when people fly out the idea of, “Hey, maybe we get unrealized gains,” and they’ll carve out this and these people are not idiots. They are in many senses, but not on this. What they would probably do, if I was putting myself in that evil mind, I will also carve out, say cars, or anything really that would affect say, 70% of the population of the country. Now, you have a great majority of the country that’s unaffected by these facts. Then, you have this 30% who’s going to whine and cry. They’re doing well in the eyes of the rest of the population.

Then, two, three years later, I encroach in into another segment of the population. Now, you have the people who already paid for two years saying, “Yeah. Fuck, yeah. If you’re going to charge me, you’re going to charge those, too.” Then you get to the other side of the population who is more on middle to poor side to go, “Yeah. Fuck, yeah. Charge those people in the middle, too.” Then, you have those in. Then, you get there through a couple more years and then you go after the rest, a few five, six years later. You can roll this thing out without much bullshit within 10 years.

[02:01:29] LW: We live in very weird times. Did you all see the attack on the Roth IRA as well? Where if you have so much in your Roth IRA, you have to cash it out?

[02:01:38] CK: I was listening to that and I felt vindicated, because I truly believe that the Roth, especially, and IRAs in general, 401ks, all of that stuff, for anyone who’s under 35 is, and maybe even anyone under 40 is just an utter and complete scam. Gosh, I don’t even know. Maybe even someone who’s under 50-years-old is an utter and complete scam. That’s why we got to hold our keys, guys. The whole end conclusion of this entire conversation is that, this is what Bitcoin was built for. Hopefully, we can use jurisdictional arbitrage to find a safe haven.

[02:02:11] P: I’m not currently clear on –

[02:02:12] T: Hold on. You can’t use jurisdictional arbitrage, because US citizens are taxed globally.

[02:02:18] P: I know. It’s so fucked.

[02:02:18] T: There is no jurisdiction, unless you plan on go living off planet somewhere.

[02:02:22] P: No. You can go to other jurisdictions. You can leave the US. Maybe in Holland. You can renounce your citizenship. Then, all you have to do is pay one – Yeah, exactly. You have to pay one-half of your earnings, as if you had just sold everything in order to leave the US. It’s like a Roach motel. You can enter, but you can never leave, at least financially.

[02:02:40] CK: Just like the 401k rules can change, all the other rules can change, too.

[02:02:44] P: That is true. Are you saying that as an optimistic angle?

[02:02:47] LW: You’re very optimistic. I like that.

[02:02:49] CK: Yes, absolutely. I know where the leverage is.

[02:02:52] NVK: The difference this time is if this guy’s go for retard, realistically speaking, people will leave with their BTC without ever being declared. They will renounce their citizenships and they will go live somewhere with their wealth and be happy, and just simply never go back.

There is a point of no return with this stuff. Most people want to do things kosher. You go, you pay your exit tax, or whatever. There is a point in which, people will be forced to go above and beyond what’s kosher.

[02:03:27] P: Yeah. Here’s the thing, right? We were talking about this earlier before you came in, but the shifting of the goalposts, and the narrative orchestration, the propagandizing of these types of concepts is so insidious and over time, extremely effective. The fact that people don’t understand that like in California, it’s fucking insane that you get taxed on income, sales and property. Everybody’s just, “Yeah. California has good schools.” It’s like, “No, it doesn’t. That was in the fucking 80s. We’re done here. It’s a fucking wasteland.” People are like, “It’s just where I grew up with,” and people just accept it.

When Yellen gets up and she makes the claim with a totally straight face, and Biden promotes this article in the White House with a totally straight face, that unrealized cap gains, our income, I got to tell you, 90% of people are just, “I don’t really even know what unrealized cap gains are. Yeah, fuck the rich.” It slowly becomes the norm. I think, that’s really the dangerous thing here. I actually don’t think that people will just revolt, because they’re not actually going to do a China bans Bitcoin style thing.

They’re going to make these incremental changes that slip under the radar for 80% or 70% of the population. Then suddenly, we live in an absolute hell hole and it’s “too late.” Then, people are resigned to it. They’re cynical and they’re like, “What are we going to do? Leave the United States and I have to give up one of my testicles and also give up 80% of my net worth?” You’re going to be like, “But it was 50% three years ago.” They’ll be like, “Yeah, but this is the world we live in now.”

[02:04:55] CK: The crazy thing is that, let’s just call it the people in the center of the IQ distribution curve, the midways, they embrace nihilism, right? The PhDs are like, “Oh, it’s nihilism. I’m nihilistic. This is just the world we live in.” It’s just insane that they don’t see a reason to fight back. That’s why I’m optimistic about Bitcoin, because it is that reason.

[02:05:17] LW: Such a dire painting right now, man. That is, we should all be leaving right now, because if people just go along to get along, if average people can no longer build wealth in this country to be able to pass down for generations, if at the same time, the average wage earner, their jobs are being substituted, they’re being actually get substituted for robots and automation, where do you see the future heading in this country, if you guys are all believing the painting you just painted? Right now, this painting is like the Mona Lisa with a black stripe over her face, you know what I’m saying?

[02:05:56] NVK: Lamar. Let’s put it this way. It’s still fairly early for Bitcoin. In another five years, say, maybe we’re talking about real mainstream, people start saving. If they are saving at 21 million supply, they will still find fairly decent wealth in a fairly short period. There is hope. It’s not fully dead. It goes down fast. I mean, Canadian healthcare system is absolute shit. People here fully indoctrinated to believe that this is what’s good, and that’s their identity. People identify themselves as people of public healthcare, no joke.

They’re told the stories about how bad it is in the US, which is not true for most people. Most people in the US don’t have to wait six months to get very basic shit. Anyways, it’s all a matter of stories.

[02:06:51] LW: That’s what I’m saying. What is the narrative? Because y’all know, I’ve talked all the time about this on there. I really believe that what we’re seeing is this shift into a government that makes us all more dependent. If that is the case, I’ve heard so many people say, “Lamar, I’m not leaving this country. You won’t ever get me to leave.” I’m like, “If Rome is burning, what do you do? Do you stick around and watch it burn? Do you play the violin?”

[02:07:20] CK: Lamar, what’s on your mind? Which jurisdictions are you thinking about? I’m just curious. What would be your plan if you’re going to get out of the US?

[02:07:27] LW: Man. You do think I’m going to docs my area? I’ve already done all my research.

[02:07:35] P: Look, I’m sorry, man, but I’m going to docs you. We’ve talked about your Willy-Wonka style elevator that shoots up into the sky, and I don’t think that’s practical for most people. For you, definitely.

[02:07:44] LW: It’s not. It’s not. You’re right. You’re right. Yeah. It is full of chocolate in the base. You swim in chocolate just to get up. Yeah, I got you.

[02:07:52] P: I know. Also, I think the –

[02:07:54] LW: [inaudible 02:07:54]. I’m just asking. I don’t know. I listen to us, right? I listen to us as Americans, see NVK excluded. He’s dealing with a public healthcare in Canada. I was thinking about us as Americans in this country. The whole thing is that in times like this in the past, there have been revolts. There have been people that have stood up. There have been people that marched on Selma, you know what I’m saying? Do we have those same people today, is the question? Real talk. Do we have people who are going to fight a system that is clearly not in the best interest of any of us? Period. Think about it. You say you tax the rich, but you continue to create money, which is at the chagrin of every person that earns wages. You’re killing them.

[02:08:48] NVK: Who’s going to rise against if most of the people are on the tits?

[02:08:51] LW: That’s the point of the dependency, right? Because if I make you ultimately dependent upon me, then there will come a point that you will not be able to fight me, because without me, you don’t exist. That is what I’m saying. That type of dependency is where control is, and that’s why we all need to be focusing on as much sovereignty as we possibly can have.

We need to get sovereign food, sovereign everything, because as we continue to move towards a state of dependency, you wind up getting yourself into a position where you can no longer even interact without being dependent upon. It’s the matrix. You’ll be plugged in at that point. You feel me?

[02:09:29] P: Yeah, a 100%. I think, what CK was getting at is you were framing it as a question like, “Man, y’all are some dark motherfuckers.” But I think we’re all on the same page that like –

[02:09:38] LW: Yeah. I think so. I’m just saying, I just wanted to enter that question to get that conversation going. What do you do? What’s the solution? We all hear the problem. We know the storm’s on the horizon. There’s a storm out on the ocean and it’s coming this way. The question is, what do we do, man? I know we all buy Bitcoin. That’s the first step of having sovereign money.

[02:09:58] P: You took the words out of my mouth. Yeah. I was going to say, I hear you, Lamar. I do want to give a Preston and – Yup. Yup. Also, Luke a chance to speak. Preston, famed Marmotcoin creator. Marmot herder, small dog attack vehicle creator. What are your thoughts?

[02:10:16] PB: Yeah. I’ve thought about this at length. Let me just say that I’ve been in bed for the last three days, because I screwed up my back. I haven’t gotten any client work done, which is really annoying. What I have managed to do is have a really good crack at learning Morse code, which NVK has been keeping track of my journey as I become a bigger and bigger ham radio.

How do you prepare? I think, one thing that people really haven’t considered about what we’re going through now is that it’s like this really weird, slow collapse, where we’re starting to see things get jankified, right? There’s some general jankification of society. The jankification is starting to manifest itself in really funny ways, like the fact that you can’t buy a car, or the fact that certain supermarket shelves are empty, or the fact that restaurants can’t hire people, despite the fact that there are lots of people looking for work.

Something broke in a weird way. We’re really only going to fully understand what broken – housing prices are ridiculous. They’re going up 20%, 30% a year. Something broke very badly. Nobody’s quite sure what. There’s some underlying sickness in society. I’m not sure what it is. People are angry. COVID-19 is part of it, but our response to – COVID-19 didn’t cause the price of cars to go up, or response to COVID-19. [Inaudible 02:11:39].

[02:11:42] LM: We’re missing the forest for the trees. That’s the conclusion of a long-term debt cycle. What we’re seeing now is in my opinion, just the thin edge of the wedge of what’s to come, and maybe zoom out to the last time we had debt levels this big in the 1930s and 40s. You’ve seen all the similar things play out here in the 2020s. Okay. You’re seeing gold confiscation with the FDR in 1933. In 1940s, they had food stamps, there was food rationing, all of this. It’s what they have to do with a debt bubble this large. It’s all part of a much bigger movement and a much bigger plan.

I’m not sure if everyone’s familiar with [inaudible 02:12:16] thesis of essentially, a central bank, digital currency system being exported to the Western world. That’s what it’s all about. You were watching the world economic forum come out and say, capitalism has failed. We need to re-imagine capitalism. We need to adopt a, what did they call it? Stakeholder capitalism. This is all just part of a plan, in my opinion.

[02:12:37] T: Yeah. A very old plan.

[02:12:38] PB: I remember 2008 very vividly, because at the time, I was a law student, but I was joining a securitization group at a law firm in London. I joined them in 2009, having gotten the job in 2007. In England, it’s a weird system, where you apprentice and you’re hired years in advance when you’re still a student, whatever. I was paying super close attention when that happened. I remember, the issue was that there was risk built up in the system, but the big problem with the global financial crisis is because there was risk in the system that people didn’t know how to account for. They didn’t know who was solvent and they didn’t know who wasn’t.

As a consequence, there was a huge contraction of liquidity, because no one was going to lend to anybody else, because which entity was a house of cards and which one wasn’t. That caused a contraction of credit, which caused the contraction of the economy, yada, yada. It took years to work through all of that.

Now, we’re in this weird go-go economy where everything’s just money is just sloshing around. No problem. People are spending it hand over fist. There seems to be no end in sight. Everything’s doing really well. The stock market’s doing really well. I’m just going to have tangles of 2006 with rap videos of guys running around, throwing euros in the air, and all the rest of it. Yes, we’re in the middle of a pandemic, so maybe the consumption isn’t that conspicuous, but not-withstanding, the markets are clearly insane. Something is really wrong. I can’t quite put my finger on it.

What I do know is that I think there’s going to be a de-risking, or a de-leveraging at some point in Western societies. Whether that’s today, tomorrow, two years, five years, I don’t know. When that debt falls due, when it comes time for that debt to be paid, and some people say it never will. It will, one way or another. The US national debt is a prime example. That’s going to get defaulted on one way or another. They’re either going to inflate it away, or the country will collapse, or they will default, or whatever else. There’s no prospect to that, or the debt of any other major country is ever, major Western country is ever being paid back.

Then, there will be major consequences from that de-risking that they do, because it’ll basically be like, it’s a rubber band. You pull, and you pull, and you pull, and you pull, and you pull. Eventually, you let go and it snaps back. They’ve been reallocating risk constantly, social risk. There are two guys who really deal with this well. One of them is Jurgen Habermas, who’s a – he’s a Marxist German fellow. He talks about something called the legitimation crisis, which is where you have societies that just rack up risk, political, social, and otherwise in the form of debt, so much that eventually, it becomes overwhelming and it starts to affect the government’s ability to carry out programmatic demands that it sets for itself.

We’re seeing that, for example, would be in, I live in Connecticut, by way of example, Connecticut has a 100 billion dollars of unfunded pension liabilities. We’re a small state. That’s $70,000 for every man, woman and child in the state of Connecticut. Connecticut will never pay those back. They’re either going to default on its pension obligations, get bailed out by the federal government, or something else. There’s no way that they’re going to be able to rustle up $70,000 from every single person in the state of Connecticut to pay those dues.

That’s an example of something where we’re in the early phases of state failure. We know that something’s going to happen, but we’re just not sure what that thing is. It’s a time bomb waiting to go off. Joseph Tainter, he’s a collapsed theorist, and he talks about how societies eventually become too unwieldy and complex. Then, what happens is they disintegrate into more efficient forms, where you don’t necessarily need large bureaucracies to maintain them. I think that where we are now is that the government has constantly expanded for the last 120 years, and particularly after World War II and The Great Depression.

There’s just never been any retrace. It’s always been growth of the state. As a consequence, we have this thing that’s just not fit for purpose. There’s institutional inertia. Nothing has changed. The world is changing under its feet with the consequence that we’ve got this big, lumbering beast. We could pay off the debt if we automated away most of the bureaucracy and kept our tax receipts the same. No, there’s no political will to do it, so we’re just going to collapse. That’s my view.

[02:16:53] P: We keep coming back to this idea that I don’t think anyone on the stage, or I think there are probably aspects of what you said that some people disagree with. I don’t disagree with it, though. What do we do in that situation? We all own Bitcoin. We’re all hardcore Bitcoiners. We all have a knife that says Bitcoin etched on the side that we wave around wildly at parties and try to convince people to buy Bitcoin. Given the scenario that you just laid out, what do we do as –

[02:17:14] NVK: Get out too.

[02:17:15] P: Oh, go ahead, NVK. NVK.

[02:17:17] NVK: Oh, wait. Sorry. It was a tangent on supply chains. Maybe this helps people understand maybe what to do. I’m developing this theory that the problem really goes back a bit. There was even maybe slightly before 2008, there was no way we could come up with the proverbial deflationary prices for technology, without making technology just in time. Because inventory costs a ton.

For you to have all that opportunity costs sitting in a warehouse is unrealistic. Supply chains became just in time. That’s how you decrease cost. Slowly and surely, for many years I fought like, “Hey, it’s just maybe hard to get good timing on parts, because we’re not the size of Toyota.” That was how I thought about some of this stuff, because we share some chips that some those car makers use. I couldn’t fully comprehend that, why can’t I pay and get the stuff? It makes no sense to me. As we grew and could like, just, fuck it. We’re just going to stock bigger quantities of chips that we know we’re going to use for years.

It became clear. It’s just, there is no production capacity. Absolutely no production capacity. Products are overly complicated. Even a stupid little toy has hundreds of either parts, or steps to get made. It’s a domino of issues there. Then, all the stupid COVID lockdown shit did was just give us a glimpse, really, of what’s to come, which is we have incredibly fragile supply chains on a good day, and we have absolutely no production capacity to fill the demand needs.

I think, we are in for some very interesting supply shocks in the next coming years, if credit is cheap. Because still baffling to me, I was bitching about this maybe, six months or so ago. How is it possible that the world is literally ending in mid-pandemic for the average person in say, January this year, everybody’s going to die, but you cannot buy an overboard motor boat? That is probably the last thing people are going to buy if their world is ending.

It’s fascinating, because overboard motors are mostly made in Japan for any size that’s not a tiller size motor. You have a fairly constrained supply chain complexity, because it’s just in a single geography. Essentially, you have cheap credit. Everybody is bored and buying every fucking thing they can. Then, you have the checks going to people and they’re buying all this stuff. You have no production capacity. You’ll have essentially, the world’s just 50 ways the world economically could end. What I’d say is really, think about the stuff you’re going to need in the next two years and maybe stock it, because it could get tricky.

[02:20:47] CK: There’s going to be a compounding effect to that. I think what’s crazy is, I totally agree with you, NVK, that we’re going to see a lot of supply chain crises, but I also think that a lot of people are going to blame it on inflation. We’re going to just have a really fucking strong inflation narrative when it’s really just the complexities of globalization breaking down, really breaking everything else.

[02:21:09] PB: One thing I’ve seen – I got a taste of. I think that we are underestimating the effect that a rebalancing of consumption has had away from services and towards durable goods and consumer goods. I have never saved so much money as I did during the pandemic. It was amazing. Now, I’m doing stuff as NVK knows. I’m turning around and buying ham radios, because it’s just 1,500 bucks, because why not? It’s interesting.

A lot of my clients are in the chia ecosystem. I know this is a Bitcoin room, so I apologize for bringing up a shitcoin. One thing that we saw in the spreadsheet, it works by mining using hard drives, similar to filecoin, but not quite.

[02:21:46] P: Well, it’s more than that. It destroys hard drives.

[02:21:48] PB: It destroys SSDs, and it doesn’t destroy – You store the things on spinners and then you plot using SSDs. They’ve managed to get the rights way, way down on the SSDs. Basically, the original plotting thing that – just for everyone’s general edification, the original plotting program that they had wrote something like absolutely stupid, 1.8 terabytes of rights for a one 100 gigabyte plot, which will take a normal consumer SSD and wreck it in two weeks, which is insane. It took eight hours.

Some enterprising guy who was an early GPU miner and figured out how to cut that way down. Program’s called Madmax, if you’re interested in looking it up. Anyway, I digress. What happened was there was a bit of a frenzy in April, which has since died down, where the demand for hard drives globally, in the retail channel, which is about 10% or 15% of global hard drive demand, went up by 2% or 3%. As a result of that, hard drives everywhere completely sold out. Because the hard drive manufacturers planned this quarter a year ago, and they said, “This is what how many we need to produce now, and this is what our production capacity needs to be, and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah.”

Then all of a sudden, there was this unexpected surge in demand. Then hard drives just disappeared for three months. You couldn’t get a 20 terabyte, or 18 terabyte hard drive anywhere. Now that’s changed, as everything has calmed down and gone normal. That gives you some idea of how a very modest change, 1% to 2%. I think, that global drive market annually is something like a 100 exabytes, or a 150 exabytes. That was a 10 exabyte, resulted in a absolutely catastrophic disruption of supply chains, where people who are running servers couldn’t get hard drives for their websites. It was ridiculous.

[02:23:32] P: It was particularly funny. It was particularly funny, because the whole premise of chia was like, “We’re going to save the environment.” Purchasing hard drives is not the cheapest thing, nor is it the most environmentally friendly.

[02:23:46] PB: Yeah. There’s that. The e-waste argument didn’t go away. I think, they’re still holding onto the power consumption argument.

[02:23:54] A: Was that 10% of annual production, or is it 10% of total hard drives that are active?

[02:23:59] PB: 10% of the annual hard drive market worldwide. I think it wasn’t 10. I think, it was 1% to 2%.

[02:24:05] P: More importantly, let’s get back to Bitcoin.

[02:24:08] PB: Back to Bitcoin. Anyway, but just to give you some context. With that supply chain, there were a couple of things playing their chip shortages, various other things. Even a very modest rebalancing of demand wound up throwing the entire – then, that’s just a crypto related story, so I figure everyone can relate. That very minor change resulted in a massive change to the market itself. I think, with what we’re looking at, we’re also considering if crypto people looking forward on a five to 10-year, or maybe less, a shorter time horizon, you’ve got social things that could be an issue. You’ve got wars that could be an issue. Cyber-attacks are another issue. All of those can take out chunks of the supply chain and increase the general levels of gentrification in the society.

There’s a huge amount of disruption, which is capable of being done. COVID has just basically showed that the Americans, it should our adversaries, it should everyone else, all right, if you lean on this and you lean on this, you take this computer out, you take that computer out. How do you then affect a society, and what pressures can you put on that society as a result? It’s going to be a really interesting decade.

[02:25:12] LM: Don’t forget climate change, too. Who was the Democrat in the news the other week, saying that, “Oh, look out. Climate change is going to raise the sea levels and it’s going to impact ports.” Guess what? That’s going to cause inflation in the coming years. They’re all just narratives to disguise what’s really going on. It’s all monetary reset. This is all the whole unrealized capital gains. It’s just the thin edge of the wedge. If you go and read Klaus Schwab’s book, he’s the head of the World Economic Forum, he’s directly telling you, we need to re-imagine capitalism. We need to implement this social credit score communism model across the world. That’s how we’re going to do it.

Everybody’s going to consume the energy based upon their carbon credits and their social credit score. You’re even watching MasterCard come out recently. What did they come out with last week? Everybody’s got to have a carbon limit on their credit cards.

[02:25:57] P: I know. It’s fucking ridiculous. It’s so upsetting.

[02:26:01] NVK: COVID vaccines, right? I don’t care how people feel for or against, that’s not the point. That’s the first North American West experience with you’re good and you’re bad.

[02:26:12] P: I just want to let you know, NVK, you have successfully completed my bingo card. So far in this conversation, we haven’t mentioned vaccines yet, but –

[02:26:18] LM: That gets back to Lamar’s earlier point as well. What do we do? Where do we go? Do we have a large enough population who’s able to revolt? Obviously, you look at the population of the hardcore Bitcoiners like us, who understand all this stuff. It’s probably only what? 0.1% globally. When you look at the people who believe in medical and bodily autonomy, you’re looking at 20% to 30% of the population. They’re all Bitcoiners. They just don’t know it yet. I think, we’re going to be fine.

To Lamar’s original question, where do you go? This is this is a global debt problem. Every single country around the world has an absolute debt crisis. I just think, I think Shinobi was going to touch on it earlier. You get local. You get out of the cities. Klaus Schwab, and his cronies at the World Economic Forum and the IMF, they’re going to try and implement these central bank digital currency system on the other side of the failing one that we’re operating in at the moment. I think, it’s going to fail in the long run. You just need to wait it out in this transitionary timeline.

[02:27:12] P: Absolutely. I do just want to jump in. Shinobi has shown more restraint than I’ve ever seen him show. Shinobi, please give us your thoughts.

[02:27:21] S: Get the fuck out of the cities. Rodolfo said, stockpile anything that you’re going to need that’s part of a complex supply chain you can’t produce yourself. Start producing your own food, whether that’s grow a garden, whether that’s chickens, whether that’s cattle, if you have the land, too. Do it. If you can’t do that, find your neighbors who can and buy shit from them. We need to get the fuck out of the city and localize as hardcore as we can. Then hopefully, never actually have to pull the guns out. It might actually get to that point.

[02:27:57] NVK: What’s your opinion on hunting and eating nocoiners?

[02:28:02] S: No comment.

[02:28:02] NVK: Too salty.

[02:28:05] P: NVK: Ooh.

[02:28:07] LW: Good. Human meat tastes like squirrel, man. Not the good time squirrel. Like the good squirrels.

[02:28:11] P: I actually think that the higher economic value is in harvesting the tiers of the nocoiners and the altcoiners that flow freely down their face. That actually is an incredibly effective cooling agent for ASIC miners. I actually think that we won’t eat them, not because we have moral issues around it, but because the tiers are just so much more effective as I –

[02:28:34] LW: Those are electrolytes, man. That’s going to be like Gatorade. We just don’t call it Haterade, for all the people that hated on Bitcoin over the years.

[02:28:41] PB: Yeah. A little bit, in fact, it’s actually the only renewable resource that’s truly renewable.

[02:28:45] P: There you go. All right, my friends, we’ve been going for three hours straight. This has been an amazing conversation.

[END]

Source

Tagged : / / / / /

Previewing The LABitConf And Adopting Bitcoin Events In El Salvador

Watch This Episode On YouTube

Listen To This Episode:

As the Bitcoin ecosystem grows, Bitcoin conferences continue to be a great way for Bitcoiners to meet like-minded people, network with professionals in the industry, learn more about Bitcoin, and just celebrate the monetary revolution that is underway. And two conferences are coming up in El Salvador, LABitConf and Adopting Bitcoin, offering great opportunities to get involved in the Bitcoin community in the country and beyond.

Rodolfo Andragnes of LABitConf and Chris Hunter of Adopting Bitcoin recently joined Christian Keroles in a Twitter Spaces hosted by Bitcoin Magazine to discuss what each of their conferences has to offer.

LaBitConf is the longest-running Bitcoin conference in the world and has been helping educate Latin America on Bitcoin since 2013.

“We’ve been here helping Latin Americans to understand and to believe that this is something that can change their future,” said Andregnes, the president of ONG Bitcoin Argentina. “We’d be moving the conference always to the country that we thought was the best one each year. Not the most financially smarter place, but the one that we thought that could do best, just taking the BitConf there.”

Planned to be hosted in San Salvador from November 15 to November 20, LABitConf will have nearly an entire week of events and activities. The schedule includes two hackathon days, an industry-focused day and two live conference days.

“There will be, for example, a B2B speed-dating day, yes, during the same days of the hackathon,” said Andregnes. “In that case, the focus of people coming are local businesses and entrepreneurs willing to connect with different projects in the crypto space to see if they can apply to their platforms.”

Adopting Bitcoin will also be in San Salvador during the same week, with its two main conference days happening prior to LABitConf’s on November 16 and November 17. This summit will be more focused on the Lightning Network and all the great developments happening with Lightning in El Salvador.

It plans to offer two separate tracks during the conference so that people can hone in on either development or adoption.

“One development track, which will be very technically-focused,” said Hunter, the cofounder of Galoy. “Then the other is what we’re calling an economic track, which is more focused on real-world adoption, not just in El Salvador, but Latin America and beyond.”

Hunter further articulated how conferences like these are an integral part of Bitcoin adoption.

“We are definitely organizing Adopting Bitcoin for the early adopters who not only do it because we can, but we really do it because we believe it’s necessary for the people of El Salvador, the people of Latin America and the people of the world,” he said.

The full recording of this Spaces conversation includes many more details and discussion. To read the whole conversation, check out the unedited transcript below:

[00:00:06] CK: Highly recommend to check out these conferences and to check out the Bitcoin 2022 Conference, which is going to be in Miami next April 6th through the 9th. It is being put on by Bitcoin Magazine. Bitcoin 2021, which is one of the places that really kicked off this El Salvador journey with Bitcoin. Bitcoin 2022 is going to have amazing historical moments, as well as the entire Bitcoin community. It’s going to be the biggest Bitcoin crypto event ever. It is Bitcoin-only. Very excited for it, and very excited for these upcoming events in El Salvador. Again, if you are interested in Bitcoin 2022, b.tc/conference is the best place to get a ticket. Yeah, use promo code SATOSHI to save yourself 10% off.

All right, I’m going to shut up for a second here, while we get some folks up on stage. If you need to get on stage, if you are on the guest list, please request. Please request, so it’s easy for us to get you up on stage. What is up, Rodolfo? Welcome to the stage.

[00:01:16] RA: How are you doing? Thank you. Thank you for inviting me.

[00:01:19] CK: Yeah, absolutely. While we wait for Aaron, do you want to give people a quick history on the BitConf, and what you’ve been doing throughout the years with Bitcoin?

[00:01:30] RA: Yeah, sure. Well, LABITCONF started in 2013. I think, unless I can confirm the negative, that it’s been the longest-running Bitcoin conference in the world. It’s uninterrupted. It’s the only one that kept the Bitcoin word in it, since I started 13, going after the awful 2014 and 15, where Bitcoin was denial, and blockchain was the – well, the only thing that was accepted by most of the institutional sector.

We’ve been doing this in non-for-profit, since the first day to support Latin American growth. Yes, helping people from Latin America to believe that they could become leaders themselves. Yes. Today, some of the projects that started, or were related to LABITCONF in their initial days have become unicorns, yes, in the space, like bit, Mercado Bitcoin and others. Several of the projects of today are running in the Latin American space. Also, they their first steps, in some of LABITCONF, past LABITCONF. You have Strato, and others.

We’ve been here helping Latin Americans to understand and to believe that this is something that can change their future. Been doing in a different country every year, just not to – We are from Argentina. Once we did it in Argentina, we over sold all the tickets, and we decided that this should be done not just for us, but for any country that was willing to listen. We’d be moving the conference always to the country that we thought was the best one each year. Not the most financially smarter place, but the one that we thought that could do best, just taking the BitConf there.

It’s been always well spoken, because of the high quality of speakers being one of the first ones. Also, back then made that we had the key speakers of such a time from Andrea’s. I think, it was one of his first talks also given. We had Eric and Charlie Shrem, and at that time, Bitcoin Jesus, all the speakers in the first conferences. They kept coming, or we only had a high-quality speaker level.

Also, because in my case, I’m very, very into the cultural aspects, we are loved by speakers and attendees, because of our experience, the experience around them. Yes, we’ve done things like, horseback riding and zip lines and mountains and beaches. It has always been also a whole experience. We say, the LABITCONF is not just a cover. It’s a whole experience. I think, that what makes these key speakers to come back every time and this to having a community around that is the experience behind LABITCONF.

[00:04:26] CK: Awesome. Thank you for that, Rodolfo. We now have pretty much everyone on stage. I think, the only person who’s not on stage is Fulmo. Please, request to join and we can let you up on stage. Want to turn it over to Aaron. Welcome back to your long-running El Salvador Spaces series.

[00:04:44] AVW: Yeah. Thanks, CK. CK, can you make me, or can someone make me a co-host?

[00:04:49] CK: Yup. Eli, is working on that.

[00:04:52] AVW: Yeah. It sounds like we already started, so I suggest we just keep going. Rodolfo, first of all, are there any speakers confirmed yet?

[00:04:59] RA: Yes. Though, we are running on this call, because we have very few time to patch up this, but Case, or Stark, Lop. This is our own site. We’re only focusing on those who are coming to the conference. Then, we will have also live speakers that – I mean, stream speakers, but we’re focusing on the live speakers right now. We have Don Henrica, the one from DLC. We have Jack Como, well, Stacy, Stephanie Veda, and some others coming in the very near future. This is just some of the first ones on my top of mind.

[00:05:36] AVW: Is it going to be Bitcoin-only, or are you also inviting other crypto currency people?

[00:05:43] RA: LABITCONF has always been a Bitcoin maximalist, but we are open to, let’s say, to other implementations, yes, of mostly when we give a talk about blockchain use cases. Yes, we allow some other blockchain application, but we’re mostly Bitcoin, like 70%, 80% Bitcoin, strongly-focused. When we talk about the future and what’s coming, we’re always talk about the Bitcoin future and not others. I will say, it’s mainly Bitcoin-focused.

The only stays where the others might have an additional space for talking is in blockchain application for use cases in governments, or in other applications where yet, Bitcoin is not ready.

[00:06:32] AVW: Right. Okay, so let’s hear – We also have people from Adopting Bitcoin on stage. Who wants to take the word there? Hunter and Nicolas? Jeff?

[00:06:41] CH: I’ll jump in. This is Hunter, co-founder of Galoy. For those not familiar with Galoy, we aspire to be the number one Bitcoin banking as a service solution to make it easy for companies and communities in the future to bank on this new Internet, native open source money. You will probably be well familiar with the Bitcoin Beach wallet, which is our initial proof of concept for the largest community on Bitcoin bank in the world to our knowledge.

Important context there. Nicolas, and I went down to El Salvador about a year ago now in order to create the Bitcoin Beach wallet. Through the work there, and then some of the engagement we’ve seen, it became clear that there was a need for another global Lightning conference. There hasn’t been one for more than two years, since the last event that Jeff and Fulmo organized in Berlin in summer of 2019.

That’s really the context for the genesis of Adopting Bitcoin, where we felt it was really a need to bring together not just the Bitcoin community, but more acutely, the Lightning community. Adopting Bitcoin is very much a Bitcoin conference, exclusively with an acute focus on Lightning, 600 people in El Salvador, November 16th, 17th, and 18th. The first two days, that Tuesday, Wednesday will be at the Sheraton Conference Center, which is the best hotel conference center in the capital, where we will have two simultaneous tracks.

One development track, which will be very technically-focused. Then the other is what we’re calling an economic track, which is more focused on real-world adoption, not just in El Salvador, but Latin America and beyond. We’re super excited about the speaker lineup that we have there. We have Alex Gladstein from Human Rights Foundation, Alex the CEO of River, Ray, the CEO of Paxful. We’ve got Stefan Lovera is one of our main MCs. Rene Pickhardt, and just goes on and on with people have been very active building on Lightning will be speaking there.

Then, day three will be at the beach in El Zonte, where Bitcoin Beach began; much more informal day with the Bitcoin Bazaar and open our food stalls and places for people to meet in town. Also, then the ability to experience where this whole movement began, by interacting with the merchants across town.

The last thing I’ll say is in addition to be being Bitcoin and Lightning focus, we’re looking to donate a 100% of the profits on the event to either local Salvadorians, or to Lightning Network developers, so we’re really excited about that as well.

[00:09:04] NB: Maybe, just to give a bit more context about why – at this house of conference has been initiated, we decided to do it two months ago, or a month ago. It’s basically, after the Bitcoin law was announced, but before it was effective, we had meeting with some financial institutions ago. [Inaudible 00:09:25] was there. It’s basically, more its aspect, as we initiate a lot of the question with [inaudible 00:09:31] here. Meeting with them, we start to understand that a lot of the financial institutions here have no idea what was coming with the Bitcoin law.

Some of them when, we talk with them, it was like, okay, yes, we are thinking about Bitcoin, but we are listening with weeper, and some other stay down with their cryptocurrency that also, something we are – I mean, typical we are talking to. This was a startup for – I mean, now it’s a Bitcoin law, we should be Bitcoin only. We should just help educate this financial institution about Bitcoin, but more precisely, Lightning, because ultimately, this law is about payments. Therefore, Lightning is doing what makes sense. This is what triggers the idea of making these conference a couple of months ago.

[00:10:18] AVW: Yeah. I think, one of the things, we did Spaces on that as well, of course. It was the very first of these that I did. I think, one of the conclusions that we walked away with was, essentially, this country is desperate for a Lightning conference. Is it going to be geared towards locals, or international developers, or what’s the main audience then in your mind?

[00:10:43] CH: Yeah. I would just say that the audience is both. I mean, we’re certainly very sensitive to engaging the local community. We’re going to have our own hackathon, and we’re reaching out to the university community and giving away a large number of scholarship tickets to young people who are interested in El Salvador and building on Lightning. At the same time, this is a global Lightning summit. In addition to that, we’re definitely looking to attract all the best and brightest minds and speakers and developers in the Lightning community from around the world.

I don’t have the exact count in front of me, but I think we probably have people from more than 30 different countries already committed to either speak, or attend. It’s very much a global event focused on El Salvador, if that makes sense.

[00:11:24] AVW: All right. I’m going to start letting some people on stage, if they have questions. Wendy, do you have a question? Oh, do we have Wendy on stage or not?

[00:11:31] CK: Looks like, she’s still joining. Twitter Spaces is being especially buggy right now. Also, I want to shout out to Rodolfo and Fulmo. I don’t know why you’re getting kicked out, but it might be helpful to quit the app completely, and then try to rejoin. Always request, and that makes it easier for us to let you on stage.

I have some questions. What’s the local attitude towards these events? I guess, either Rodolfo or Hunter can respond. I’m just curious. Do you feel like you need security? Or are people really excited? What’s the general overall vibe with the locals and on the streets in the areas that you’re organizing?

[00:12:11] RA: Hunter? You or me?

[00:12:13] CH: Sure, I’ll go first. I mean, we’ve certainly seen a lot of excitement. We’re about three weeks into selling tickets, again, I don’t know the exact count currently. We’ve sold well, more than a 100 tickets of the 600-person capacity at the Sheraton, will allow us in these pandemic times. We’re certainly sensitive to security on one hand. On the other hand, I think, El Salvador has a perception problem, where it’s actually much safer on the ground, both in San Salvador and outside of the Capitol than people realize.

Nicolas and I both spent extensive amount of time on the ground in El Salvador in recent months. None of us and anybody we interact with really feels that there was any issue there. The Sheraton is where President Obama and all presidents stay when they come there. It has its own proper security staff 24/7. We are exploring the possibility of whether we might need additional security, which our instinct is no, we don’t, but we’re certainly running that to ground. We’ll have that sorted out in the next week or two, well, in advance of the event.

[00:13:11] RA: Yeah. On our side, I would say that you have two different kinds of people in El Salvador. Yes, the ones who already had the chance to interact with Bitcoin [inaudible 00:13:21], and they are very excited about the concept, about having these events down there. Yes. Then, you have the people who’s new to Bitcoin. Yes. They might not yet understand why Bitcoin is such a good opportunity, beyond the fact of what Chivo brings, and what the remittances mean, stuff like that.

Our focus in our own, we have several kinds of activities. We have two days of hackathon. We have one day, we have our conference itself, like the regular conference with all the speakers, I said. We have a free open day, where we expect over the 3,000 people coming, just for the community to have a deeper understanding about why Bitcoin? Yes. And what’s the difference between Bitcoin and Chivo and the basics, we have basics on Bitcoin. This will get an active support from government, for promoting them, for bringing the people in.

I see from government a huge support, yes, to this, to occur. Yes. From the people, I think that there is a big amount of users now that are starting to think about if Bitcoin is also something that they should get a deeper understanding from. You speak with the people from El Zonte, yes, from Bitcoin Beach, they realize that beyond having a law that says you need to take Bitcoin, people need to understand this education about Bitcoin. Part of our project is also doing a big, open, free conference with all sorts of shows and stuff like that. But mainly, with two different kinds of content. One is structured content and the other is ask me anything.

We will have two hours of content, two hours of ask me anything, two hours of content, two hours of ask me anything with eight different focuses and topics on the content. All the Spanish, 100% Spanish, 100% for the people to ask whatever they want and give them the real basics of understanding why Bitcoin is disruptive for their future somehow. Then, we have obviously, beyond the hackathon and beyond this activity, we will have the regular conference, where we will focus on some institutional aspects of these, because we do expect people coming from other countries and governments coming from other country to get a deeper understanding of what’s happening in El Salvador.

Also, the technological aspect, the next steps in Bitcoin evolution, and privacy and security and all those aspects. We have different targets. Yes. The hackathons is for students. The open is for the regular, final user, and technological and the other conference is more for our Bitcoin community, and for businessmen trying to address a deeper understanding with a longer conference about where Bitcoin is going, and how can it be used and applied in other countries. Our main focus is trying to bring Bitcoin to other countries, Bitcoin law to other countries.

[00:16:23] AVW: On the topic of security, I can share my own perspective. My own perspective is that I’ve spent most of my time in either San Salvador, or one of the beach towns, so El Zonte and there are a few others. From my personal experience, I haven’t felt unsafe at all. I think, these areas are not really gang-invaded or anything. It feels secure. I personally don’t think it’s an issue. I mean, that’s just my personal experience.

We have some people on stage. Christian, what’s up? You have a question? Comment?

[00:16:58] C: Yeah. Just going to ask, or suggest if you guys are planning to have information there for people that are wondering how they might be able to move to El Salvador, or set up businesses there. Because even just here in Canada, I’ve been getting a lot of inquiries about how to basically go to El Salvador, since this law kicked in.

[00:17:21] AVW: Rodolfo, you want to take this?

[00:17:22] RA: In our case, we will have one the [inaudible 00:17:25] legal clinic, yes, where entrepreneurs can ask local and international lawyers about their strategies and about their concerns on the legal aspects for free. Yes. This is also during the whole of the conference, the free day of the conference. Actually, to address the questions that you were just asking in case. We will have local lawyers –

[00:17:47] CK: Actually, the secondary question – Sorry. Yeah. Hey, Rodolfo, or Hunter, or Nur, anyone, feel free to jump in on this. Do you get the sense that for both conferences, that the majority of people who are coming are Bitcoin enthusiasts from El Salvador and abroad? Or do you get the sense that it’s a combination? What’s the breakdown of the people that are showing interest in buying tickets to the conferences?

[00:18:14] CH: I think, it’s both of those buckets, and maybe a third or fourth. I mean, we certainly have Bitcoin enthusiasts from El Salvador who are already registered far in advance of the event. We have another bucket that I would characterize as professional businessmen, for businesses from El Salvador that are either in the process of developing their own Bitcoin-related products, or thinking about it in a very serious fashion.

The large contingent of them who’ve already purchased tickets, or agreed to sponsor adopting Bitcoin in the Lightning summit. Then, there’s just the broader international community, where it’s been – we’ve got researchers, like Rene Pickhardt. We’ve got a lot of the leading independent Lightning devs who are coming to speak. We’ve got a lot of the leading companies who are sponsoring an OKCoin, or others who [inaudible 00:19:00] investors and operating businesses in the space.

Even in these early days, a couple months in advance of the event, we have a pretty healthy mix of both locals who are interested, locals who are really building their own businesses around Bitcoin, international companies and international developers have many dozens in each category who have already signed up to join.

[00:19:21] AVW: We have ideas are – what’s your name? Ideas are like flames, did you have a question?

[00:19:27] CK: Hunter actually told me to bring Ideas on stage. Ideas, are you a –

[00:19:31] NB: He is a co-organizer of [inaudible 00:19:33] Bitcoin.

[00:19:35] I: Yeah. Hi, guys. Maybe just to add to Hunter’s insights, so we’re getting a lot of inbound requests from South American companies, banks, who are interested in attending the conference. As per the tickets, we are not really collecting a lot of information. Judging by the email addresses, there is many institutions from Latin America, from South America, from El Salvador itself, and the mix of yeah, many people from the Bitcoin and Lightning communities, developers.

[00:20:08] RA: On our side, I would say, that we have different focus for different activities. There will be, for example, a B2B speed-dating day, yes, during the same days of the hackathon. In that case, the focus of people coming are local business and entrepreneurs willing to connect with different projects in the crypto space to see if they can apply to their platforms.

Then during the conference, the free day, it’s for the community, for the final users. This is the main focus. The people at the streets that says stuff. For the conference day, we do see some dormant people coming. We do see businesses, yes. We need to get a deeper understanding of Bitcoin next steps. We do see a whole bunch of crypto enthusiasts from around the world that follow LABITCONF and that’s always interested in joining an event with the additional – I think that in this year in particular, we do expect to get more people willing to do business in El Salvador, than just coming to LABITCONF, because of LABITCONF. That will be the main, main focus of people we’re trying to attract; people thinking to do business in El Salvador, or in the region as one. This the main focus.

We are doing this together with four conferences. For me, this was a huge thing to achieve, yes, to work in just two-month, a full conference, together with four other conferences, yes, that we all decided to go not-for-profit. In our case, we always been, but Bitcoin Magazine is supporting, is our co-working with us in content. We have Tallinn land, which is a conference that it’s being hosted in from Mexico with over 2 million people watching their events every year. They are doing all the live streaming aspects. We have blockchain summit, that they are focused on hackathons, working on the hackathon aspects. I think, we are trying to put up a very strong, nice, with different targets, whole event in five days of activities.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[00:22:13] CK: All right, Bitcoiners. I want to tell you about our newest sponsor. This show is brought to you by ledn.io. I have been super, super impressed with the guys over at Ledn. I’ve actually known the co-founders, Adam and Mauricio for a very long time. I’ve had the pleasure to watch them build Ledn up from a tiny, tiny startup, to now a super impressive institutional grade, Bitcoin and crypto lender. Y’all, I’m so impressed with these guys. They are offering some of the best rates out there. I don’t think anyone even comes close to touching them.

You can get 6.1% APY on your first two Bitcoin that you deposit into Ledn interest accounts, and you can get 8.5% on USDC deposits. I mean, I know all the competitors. They’re not even close. If you’re going to put your crypto and your Bitcoin into an interest account, Ledn is by far the best. On top of that, like I said, these guys are hardcore Bitcoiners, and they know the products and the services that Bitcoiners want and appreciate. They came up with B2X. It allows you to put your Bitcoin in and a leverage it up, and you can with one click of a mouse, get twice the exposure to Bitcoin.

If you’re super bullish, Ledn has you covered with a super, super easy way to get leverage with B2X. Then on top of that, they know that Bitcoiners care about your reserves. They know that Bitcoiners don’t like under-reserved and not full-reserved financial institutions. They are pushing the frontier in transparency in the digital asset lending space. They are the first digital asset lender to do a full proof of reserves and proof of attestation, through a Mariano LLC, a public accounting firm.

The Ledn guys, they know what Bitcoiners like. They are legit. I encourage you guys to check them out, do your own research and go to ledn.io. That is L-E-D-N.I-O and learn more.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[00:24:09] AVW: Yeah. I’m not sure if this was really the point we’re addressing. There might be people here listening that want to go to both conferences, or that are thinking of going to one of them. To what extent can people expect to go to both? Have you guys figure it out? Because they’re going to be in the same week. Are they going to be compatible in that sense? Or, what’s going on with that?

[00:24:32] CH: Sure. We announced the Adopting Bitcoin Conference about four weeks ago now. Again, it’s Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday that week, November 16, 17, 18. The two main conference days are Tuesday and Wednesday, the 16th and 17th at the Sheraton in San Salvador. I think, Rodolfo as we were talking together, tried to be as thoughtful as possible in terms of accommodating, the very point, Aaron, that you just raised, to make it into a effectively, a Bitcoin week, if you will, and allow people to attend both events.

I believe, the main business days of LABITCONF, Rodolfo’s event will be done the Thursday and Friday, immediately following the Tuesday and Wednesday of our two main events. For the Thursday, for example, anybody attending Adopting Bitcoin, we would certainly love to have you in El Zonte, at Bitcoin Beach for the more informal day and get a sense of where it all began and meet Jorge and Chimbera and the whole team, who are the real leaders, who put everything in motion in 2019.

If you wanted to attend both Adopting Bitcoin and LABITCONF, you would have a decision to make on Thursday. Do you want to go to Bitcoin Beach, or are you going to go to day one of LABITCONF?

[00:25:41] RA: Yeah. Actually, those doing the Bitcoin Beach day, yes, eventually, they can join on Friday to our second day of event. Or, eventually go to Bitcoin Beach on Saturday, where we’re going also to the Bitcoin Beach, to Mizata and other – it’s three different spots in the beach, yes, taking that experience tickets. Or the days before. They do this a full week. They can go on Monday to have these visits to the beach, and then take Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday as different content.

I do expect to have different kinds of content for each activity. I do think it makes sense to try to attend both, yes. The days that we have activity overlap with the content of Adopting Bitcoin are activities that are more for the local people, and not for the international attendees. Yes, we did thought, even though Adopting Bitcoin announced this first, and we had some issues getting the dates. We did decide to do this a week for people just being able to attend as much as they want. Just not going twice or three times to us, and I don’t know.

[00:26:48] AVW: Yes. As I understand this, both conferences still have their main days and then some extra days. Sorry. Yeah. Both conferences have their main days, and then some extra days. The main days do not overlap. Then on the extra days, people might have to choose between activities of one or the other. Or, maybe one over the extra activities over another, or something like that, right?

[00:27:13] CK: I guess, first of all, if you have questions for these folks, if you’re getting to be in El Salvador for these conferences, request to come up. We’d love to facilitate those questions. I want to zoom out a little bit and just want to talk about the impact that El Salvador is having and curious what your teams are seeing. I know, we have [inaudible 00:27:32] from OpenNode on stage. He’s been a part of the rollout of Lightning over there.

Just from a bigger picture, let’s just talk about Bitcoin in El Salvador, the impact that it’s making, and what perspective you’re seeing from building a conference. I guess, let’s go with Hunter first.

[00:27:51] CH: Sure. Well, I mean, I think it goes without saying, for everybody who’s listening here, it’s unprecedented what’s happened with the Bitcoin wallet in El Salvador. That’s not to be understated, number one. Number two, the rollout starting from September 7th, with Chivo has been a little bit bumpy, but that’s certainly to be expected. Quite honestly, it’s probably been a little bit smoother than I would have anticipated, given the very aggressive 90-day timeline that President Bukele had put forward to make everything go live in early September.

We’ve got a couple of conference sponsors for Adopting Bitcoin, I think, on the line here in terms of folks from OpenNode, as well as from IBEX, who have been right in the eye of the storm, so to speak, in terms of using their solution to support a large number of merchants actually accepting Bitcoin in countries, so we can talk about that and maybe turn over the mic to them.

The other bit is this has generated just a tremendous positive amount of interest from people around the world. Nicolas, who obviously runs Galoy with myself, we’ve received just almost unlimited inbound interest from people around the world, entrepreneurs, right next door in Guatemala and Honduras, entrepreneurs across Africa, who are in various stages of development saying, “Look, I want to stand up a Bitcoin payment solution in my country, or I want to stand up a full-fledged Bitcoin bank. Can you come help us?” This will obviously be a story that plays out not just in the months ahead, but the years ahead.

Whether or not Bitcoin is legal in certain countries or not, there’s plenty of people who inspired by what they’ve been seeing through our work and others who work in El Salvador who are definitely looking to pick up the mantle. I’ll just leave it at that in terms of high-level comments. I think, into the details, both maybe pulling up the IBEX or OpenNode folks to talk about their experience in El Salvador, as well, as I’m happy to further expand about some of the international interest we’re seeing, if folks want to talk about that as well.

[00:29:48] AVW: Sure. Well, let’s see if you have you have question. Who’s on stage? Jao?

[00:29:52] J: I actually have a question.

[00:29:53] CK: Jao, what’s up?

[00:29:54] J: Hey, what’s up? I actually have a question that got in the middle, you guys were talking regarding the main days and if the conferences overlap. I’m actually going, so I’m actually curious to know, so what are the main days for each conference, so I can plan to attend those?

[00:30:09] CH: Yeah. It’s pretty simple. For Adopting Bitcoin, the Lightning Summit, it’s Tuesday, Wednesday in San Salvador, the Capitol at the Sheraton Hotel Conference Center. For LABITCONF, the main business conference days are Thursday, Friday, immediately thereafter. Then as Rodolfo highlighted, he’s got some events, the hackathon early in the week, as well as a beach day over the weekend for adopting Bitcoin, in addition to our two main days on Tuesday, Wednesday. We just have the third day at Bitcoin Beach with the entire original team, and some very nice structured events in El Zonte.

[00:30:41] J: Okay. Thank you.

[00:30:43] RA: Yeah. Actually, on our case, as I say, the main day might be Thursday and Friday. Saturday is the nicest day also in the same place of going to the beach and having – it’s more like a full day beyond sunset, being at El Zonte, at Mizata and at El Tunco, yes, three different places to get a deeper understanding of what the country is. Yes.

Around there, we will have some activities, some surfing activities, fishing activities, well, the different things that are related to what LABITCONF experience means. That’s on Saturday. Main days for me is difficult, because our main day is, for example, the day, the Wednesday day, but it’s for the local people. in the sense of what the conference it pretends to be, yes, I think that our main day is on Wednesday, but it’s not a main day for the international attendees. It’s a main day of the objectives of the conference to be achieved, which is addressing the local people.

[00:31:42] AVW: Does that answer question, Jao?

[00:31:44] J: Yes, it does. Thanks.

[00:31:46] CK: Rodolfo, can you just remind us a little bit more about what the programming is going to be like around that Wednesday, where you’re going to be working with locals?

[00:31:54] RA: Yeah. Actually, it varies. We will have two different kinds of content. We have eight different topics, 30-minute talks about eight different aspects. I don’t remember them right now. Eight different aspects of why Bitcoin is relevant, why Bitcoin, it’s an approach for meets forward and future-looking, and understanding beyond the benefits of the short-term. It allows people to do their own questions from whatever and ask me anything from why my granny is not being able to do such a thing, or why if I’m a businessman, I should do such other, stuff like that.

We will have a team of people willing to answer to all of these kinds of questions openly, and some content, as I said, some driven content, just to let the people get a deeper understanding on things that they should be considering. Then the same day, we will have some artists doing some stuff on – well, I don’t want to say everything, but some stuff on international artists doing stuff on some surfboards, yes, like artist [inaudible 00:33:00]. We will have a final party. For example, for those who are coming to the hackathon, also, we will have on Tuesday a pool party. On Wednesday, we will have one of these party for the global community, which is open and free. Anyone can come. They don’t need to pay just to come to the Wednesday. I don’t want this to be competing with who is Adopting Bitcoin. It’s mostly 100% Spanish. Then on Thursday and Friday, we have also some activities for the VIPs, plus the fact of having the conference with these main topics, with these other more [inaudible 00:33:34].

[00:33:35] CH: I’m thoroughly impressed with Rodolfo’s ambition and scale and scope of all these programming, especially given the short timeline here. He truly has triggered a thought. Ours is a little more scaled back. Again, with just the two main days, Tuesday, Wednesday. Then, a month ago when we announced this, we were thinking that taproot activation would actually be targeted for Thursday, the 18th of November. It looks like it might be slightly sooner than that.

Nonetheless, on that Thursday at the beach, which is our third day, we are having a taproot activation party as the sunsets on the beach in El Zonte as well. Something just to look forward to for those who will join for that portion. Then, our conference will mostly be presented in English, but for all panels that are presented in English, we will have simultaneous Spanish translation.

[00:34:20] AVW: Yeah. Hunter or Nicolas, or whoever wants to answer, I understand that there’s also some tie in between Adopting Bitcoin and the Lightning conference that was in Berlin before. What’s the connection there, if any?

[00:34:33] CH: Yeah. If Jeff is on the line from Fulmo, he can take it. Otherwise, Nicolas, maybe you want to jump in?

[00:34:38] AVW: Yeah. I think, Jeff has some issues, some connection, connectivity issues. Nicolas?

[00:34:44] NB: Yeah. Jeff is organizer of Lightning Conference in Berlin two years ago and is a co-organizer of the Bitcoin, Lightning Summit. Yes, is helping to bring back most of the speakers that was presented this time, and generally, very helpful to just organize this conference, because it was for me, Chris, this is our first time we have been at a conference. Yeah. Pretty much welcome all the inputs from Jeff for sure.

[00:35:14] AVW: Right. We also expect a similar style of conference. The Lightning Conference was a very hands on type of conference with a lot of hackerspace types of areas and these kinds of things?

[00:35:26] NB: Yeah. There will be beer that you can pay with SATs. We will have our hacker space Internet with two conference. It would be very similar vein.

[00:35:38] CH: Just to [inaudible 00:35:38], saying that we’ve got our two simultaneous tracks, the economic track and the development track. We will have a third space, massive amount of space at the Sheraton for the simultaneous hacker event. That’s what Nicolas was articulating there.

[00:35:53] CK: I actually had a question, just to keep it going. I’m curious, how is making Bitcoin something that’s Bitcoin Lightning something that you can use to buy things at all the conferences a big focus? I know at Bitcoin 2022, we’re working very hard to make sure everything is Lightning-enabled and Bitcoin-enabled, so that way you can use fiat, you can use whatever, but you can use Bitcoin everywhere, too. Is that something that is a focus at both of these events?

[00:36:21] NB: Yeah. Actually, you can only pay the ticket with Lightning. I mean, I think we have enabled fallback in Bitcoin day one, so now you can pay, because some people have difficulty paying with Lightning. You cannot come to the conference with your fiat currently. You pretty much have your Lightning.

[00:36:41] RA: I think, it’s actually the same.

[00:36:42] NB: Sheraton is one of the great hotel in in San Salvador. They don’t take Lightning, so we’re working hard to make them accept Lightning, but it’s taking time. Hopefully, we’ll get there.

[00:36:56] RA: Yeah. In our case, tickets needs to be paid in Bitcoins and sponsorship is only being paid in Bitcoin, just now. Actually, the prices are placed in Bitcoin. There is the main sponsor, it’s 1 BTC, and then you have the Bitcoin sponsor, which is 0.5. It’s not related to the price of Bitcoin, but to the Bitcoin itself. Then tickets are paid in Lightning, or in Bitcoin. Yes, the hotel venue is one of the main issues usually. We are yet getting which hotel – we are not doing this on a venue. This is not in a hotel venue. This is outside the hotel.

We are trying to negotiate which hotel allows Bitcoin payments to promote them as one. We also have a support from Avianca, which is an airline that they take Bitcoin as payments in since 2017, I think, but only Light. Not online. Only in person. Avianca is one of the sponsors of the airline. We have straight flights from US, straight flights from Canada, from I don’t know from Canada, but from Central America and Latin America. They have a discount on the tickets.

[00:38:01] NB: I have a question, actually. Could you tell where the event will be? I’d have to get more idea, but to picture myself, how will [inaudible 00:38:08], because I’m not sure.

[00:38:10] RA: Actually, the different activities in different places. Yes. One of our main concerns was to have some open spaces. Yes. We plan not to do things in a hotel, because of health issues. Yes. It depends on the size of the event you’re doing now eventually. As we do expect to have a very open day with big support from government, inviting people to come and stuff like that, we need to do this on a sheltered, but open space. We are doing this in Salamanca, which is 25 minutes from San Salvador.

Then, we have the hackathon, which has a closed venue and an open venue. You might be programming at the side of the pool, for example, yes, in this place, which is called Circulo Militar, which is a old military club there. The one of the things with El Salvador is, if you are not considering a hotel a venue, then you are very limited to the options, yes, but we are concerned about all the security and the health measures.

I mean, they are less relevant than the days and activities, because eventually, you will anyway need to move to one place, from one place to another, depending on the day. Not on the same day. For example, there need to be speed-dating, and the hackathon will be in one place, Monday and Tuesday. The other activities will be one place Wednesday, Thursday or Friday. They are not in a specific hotel.

[00:39:36] NB: All that makes sense.

[00:39:37] CK: Where do we want to take this? Is there anything that we’ve missed, or that the different organizers want to tell the audience? I’m not sure if Q&A is necessarily the most effective, but curious.

[00:39:48] AVW: Yeah. No, as far as I’m concerned, if people have questions they can request. Other than that, I think we’ve covered a lot, but definitely open to suggestions from any of the speakers. One basic question I have is, what does it cost to go to the conference?

[00:40:03] CH: Sure. For Adopting Bitcoin, we’ve tried to keep it pretty modest. The early innovator ticket, which I think, Kamal, correct me, if I’m wrong, we still have live for one more day, is a 150 US dollar equivalent. Again, we accept Lightning payments for the Adopting Bitcoin Summit. That increases in the next couple of days to be $200. Then, even if you buy a last-minute ticket, the maximum price to attend our three-day event will be the 300 US dollar equivalent. Again, we’re not looking to profit on this event at all. 100% of the profit above our cost to stage the event will be donated to the Lightning community, or to the Salvadoran community.

[00:40:41] RA: Yes. In our cases, we have different kinds of tickets, different kinds of tires, different kinds of everything. Today, the regular ticket is 350, which is access to the obviously, the free day, so you need to pay for that, and to the other two days of conference, plus to some of the activities are being costed in this time. Then, you have the business ticket which has additional benefits, you just need to check on the website, but it gives you access to the Bit area and stuff like that, plus the chance of participating in the B2B roundtables and speed-dating and other things.

Then you have the experience ticket, which is beyond. It’s complimentary. The experience ticket is what I always recommend everyone to take, not because of the price. We, as I said, since 2013, we’ve been doing this 100% not-for-profit. We don’t earn for doing the conference. Any results help to keep promoting. We have a Latin American approach, yes, to keep promoting the Latin American ecosystem and granting and stuff like that.

Plus, in these specific cases, we’re doing these ways with Bitcoin Magazine, with Talin Land, with Blockchain Summit and with LABITCONF. We decided that if any, yes, expenses for to this conference, as big as I’m saying, are very high, yes. If any, the results, the profits will go to also, to specifically to El Salvador, to support actually, entrepreneurs, local entrepreneurs working on Bitcoin solutions.

These are the prices, but the prices might be getting higher. Related to the amount of people coming, booking, not to a timing. Because this has to do with not wanting to have an overbent, over-exposed community coming. We do expect people to come to be willing to do business and not only to spend the time around.

I mean, we’re doing this effort to help El Salvador to grow and to help El Salvador to become a beacon of light for the other countries in the region. We don’t care much about how many people are attending or not, though we do expect around 1,000 and in the free day, more than 1,000.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[00:42:56] CK: Bitcoiners, I am so excited to tell you about the Bitcoin 2022 Conference. You guys, Bitcoin 2021 was absolutely a smash hit success. It was over 13,000 Bitcoiners coming together, breaking the barriers on who can come together and celebrate freedom, celebrate Bitcoin. The energy was absolutely electric.

Unfortunately, it was just oversubscribed. There’s just people flowing out everywhere. This year, we are learning, we are making the conference bigger and better. We are moving over to the Miami Beach Convention Center, and we are going to be throwing a massive four-day festival for Bitcoin, celebrating Bitcoin, bringing together the greatest minds in Bitcoin and the greatest businesses in Bitcoin and lastly, the culture of Bitcoin all together.

We had a four-day extravaganza planned for you guys for Bitcoin 2022. Day one is going to be industry day. It is a day where you can buy a special ticket in order to just mingle and make business deals happen. Day two and three is going to be a full-blown Bitcoin conferences. Our main conference is going to be on April 7th, and 8th. Then lastly, we have the sound at music festival, day four.

Imagine going to Coachella, but for Bitcoin. There’s going to be very few talks. It’s going to be all about the culture of Bitcoin. It’s going to be all about hanging with your fellow plebs. It’s going to be an absolutely amazing time. There’s going to be Bitcoin musicians, Bitcoin artists, and all your favorite Bitcoiners and just an amazing environment to party and just see it all, soak it all in, and to get people to realize that a Bitcoin world, a world filled with Bitcoin people doing Bitcoin things is the world that they want to live in. That’s what Bitcoin 2022 is all about. That is what the Bitcoin conference is all about. That’s what Bitcoin Magazine is all about.

It is going to be a celebration of Bitcoin, the Bitcoiners and this amazing movement that is going to make the world a better place. Go to b.tc/conference, learn more about the Bitcoin Conference, learn more about all the amazing things that are happening in Miami around the Bitcoin Conference and buy your tickets. Guess what? If you buy your tickets with Bitcoin, you save a $100 on all the tickets and a $1,000 on the whale pass. If you want the VIP pass, the Big Kahuna, you buy with Bitcoin, you save a $1,000. That’s a lot of SATS. Go and do it right now today. Don’t wait. Prices are only going up. This is going to be a can’t miss event.

[00:45:24] CK: Bitcoiners, I want to tell you about The Deep Dive. The Deep Dive is Bitcoin Magazine’s premium market intelligence newsletter. This is a no fluff, hard-hitting, incredible newsletter going deep into the market, helping you understand what’s happening with derivatives, what’s happening on-chain, what’s happening in macro, what’s happening with the narrative and what’s happening with the tech.

My man, Dylan LeClair is an absolute savant. He is making his name known in the Bitcoin community, getting shoutouts left and right, getting on podcast left and right, and him and his team are bringing you everything that you need to know about Bitcoin. You don’t even have to be on Bitcoin Twitter. You can ignore every other newsletter. This is the newsletter to rule them all. Go over to members.bitcoinmagazine.com. Sign up today. If you use promo code MACRO, you get a full month for free. You have nothing to lose. What are you waiting for? Sign up, see the incredible work that Dylan and his team are putting out. If you don’t like it, just unsubscribe. You don’t pay a dime. If you do, it’s going to be well worth the SATs and investment and understanding Bitcoin, and gaining the confidence to continue to invest in Bitcoin and making the right moves around Bitcoin. It’s going to be well worth every single Satoshi. Again, can’t recommend it enough. That is members.bitcoinmagazine.com, promo code MACRO. Do it today.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[00:46:55] CK: Awesome. I mean, that’s a lot of people. I love the local educational component all in Spanish at LABITCONF. I think that’s awesome. I love that Adopting Bitcoin and getting Lightning a bigger part of this from a more enterprise perspective is also happening. I feel like, both are very good representations of the Bitcoin community and effort in El Salvador. It’s really exciting just to see like, okay, maybe the government in El Salvador totally failed at educating people. The Bitcoin community is taking that opportunity to step up and teach them the right things like, get on to these non-custodial wallets and do these things in Bitcoin will serve you. Yeah, Rodolfo.

[00:47:37] RA: In that case, I don’t think that they failed to do this. There are no good or bad decisions. They’re just consequences, the decisions that you decide to take. Yes. I think that they know that for getting a deep understanding in Bitcoin, it’s a longer road. Just getting the people, their Bitcoin wallets in their hands. I think, that they just – I’ve been watching how they’ve done other things, yes, how they address security, how they address COVID and other stuff. I think it’s just a strategy. It’s not a failure and unpaid.

We can or we cannot agree with the way things are being done. It’s a strategy and each of us decided strategy that we want to follow when we are the ones who decide. I think, that what’s happening now is something that could be expected to happen also, yes, having them with the community open to support and to help. This is happening. If we are doing it, and it’s because of the spoil strategy, or not of the other one, I don’t know. I can’t say. It’s happening, and it’s how it happens.

Now, you have 2.5 million people, which do have a Bitcoin wallet, but they don’t do that, because of the Bitcoin. They do that because of the Chivo. That’s the short-term understanding of the utility of Bitcoin for remittances. I don’t agree that they failed in. I think, it’s just a matter of how they’re deciding to do this application, this implementation of the technology. I think that having 2.5 million people having a wallet on their hands, and doing all the communication related to Bitcoin more than to Chivo, because it’s very – if you see the Twitter accounts and stuff like that, they really talk about Bitcoin as a key aspect of the Chivo wallet. I think, this is highly valuable. Yes. I’m fairly happy about what and how things are being done there.

[00:49:29] CK: Interesting. I mean, I do think that it’s a great opportunity for the Bitcoin community to educate. In general, very happy that Bitcoin is in El Salvador, too. I definitely agree with you, Rodolfo. Aaron, do you want to wrap this one up? Do we want to do final words, or how do you want to close this out?

[00:49:47] AVW: Yeah, that sounds good to me. Let’s do that. I have a hard stop at 12, anyways, local time. Let’s get a final word from one representative, I guess, for both conferences. What do you want the listeners to know, and then we’ll call it a day.

[00:50:02] CK: Yeah. Tell people where they can get tickets and all that information about how they can learn more as well. Let’s go to Hunter and then close it out with Rodolfo.

[00:50:10] RA: Sure thing. Well, I suspect most people on the line know who Michael Saylor is, who’s been very vocal in terms of pronouncing of the beauty and greatness of Bitcoin over the last year. He had a recent podcast with Robert Breedlove, where he says, “The early adopter does it, because you can.” The late adopters do it because they need to. We are definitely organizing adopting Bitcoin, a Lightning Summit in El Salvador, for the early adopters who not only do it because we can, but we really do it, because we believe it’s necessary for the people of El Salvador, the people of Latin America and the people of the world.

We encourage anybody and everybody to come join us. We tried to keep our number modestly priced, yet super well-organized to encourage maximum participation. You can learn more about the conference at adoptingbitcoin.org, or at our Twitter handle @adoptingbtc. Or, just reach out to myself, or Nicolas, or Jeff from Fulmo, or any of my other fellow co-organizers. Happy to answer any questions that you have. We look forward to seeing you in El Salvador in November 16th, 17th, and 18th.

[00:51:17] CK: Awesome. Rodolfo, why don’t you close this out?

[00:51:19] RA: Actually, supporting coming to ours, coming to the one of Adopting Bitcoin, I don’t care. Yes. Just come down to El Salvador, meet the local people think about starting from here, other projects, yes. In my case, specifically, come down to Latin America, and enjoy our spirit. I think that there’s much to be done yet. I hope and I believe that Latin America might become one of the main adopters and promoters.

My English is not the best one, obviously, but one of the best places to start the revolution from. I invite everyone to come down. It’s a good opportunity to – Also, it’s a nice experience to go to different places and being able to talk with anyone about Bitcoin, even if they did adopted, or they did not. Yes, you can go to any businessman, yes to any retail, to anywhere and talk to them about Bitcoin, and asking them if they are taking Bitcoin. And it’s not what’s Bitcoin about? They all know. The awareness in El Salvador, it’s 100%. You can feel yourself, like an explainer, you can be yourself whatever you want. Just come down to El Salvador and enjoy what’s happening down in El Salvador, the salon and have your own thoughts about if this is good or not, it’s naive, it’s authoritarian or not, it’s security, but just don’t stop doing things because of pre-judgment. Don’t stop doing things –

[00:52:46] CK: Uh-oh. Looks like Rodolfo got kicked out. I don’t know how that happened. I agree. Go to El Salvador. I know, a lot of Bitcoiners have already done the pilgrimage. I think, both of these events coming up in November are a great opportunity to do so as well, especially as things start to get colder up north, could be a nice change of pace going over to the beach.

Yeah. I think this is a good place to close this one out. I want to encourage everyone to check out both of these conferences, go check out Bitcoin 2022 in Miami. That is going to be next year, April 6th through 9th. That’s going to be absolutely huge, the biggest Bitcoin event in history. I think, in between these opportunities, it is amazing to see Bitcoin meetups and Bitcoin conferences back in action. Bitcoiners are on the front lines of freedom. We are not scared and it is incredible.

I think that the Bitcoin community is beautiful, and I’m so bullish for El Salvador and Bitcoin over there. Rodolfo, you just got back. I was about to wrap this one up, but I do want to give you a chance to close out your final thought there.

[00:53:57] RA: Oh, but of my thought was already – What I meant is just come down to El Salvador. Believe in nothing. Just come down to El Salvador to us, or to Adopting Bitcoin, or to both, yes, but be part of what’s happening here. Don’t allow your prejudgments, or concerns to avoid being part of what’s going on and taking the chance of talking with anyone on the streets about Bitcoin and their awareness being 100%, and being able to talk and to discuss with anyone in El Salvador about Bitcoin.

Yes, it’s a great experience. I guess, Aaron has been doing so, also. I think, it’s one of the nicest thing of coming to El Salvador, being able to talk with anyone about Bitcoin and being Bitcoin a topic.

[00:54:37] CK: Yes, absolutely. That’s going to be the case around the world soon. El Salvador is definitely the frontlines of that. Well, thank you so much, Rodolfo. Thank you so much, Hunter. Thank you so much everyone else who joined from the conference and who asked a question, who listened along. I hope that everyone that can does make it over to El Salvador for history of Bitcoin rolling out as legal tender, and as a serious, legitimate currency in the first country in the world, which is El Salvador, translated to The Savior in English. I think, the Bitcoin story just continues to get more and more epic.

With that, I think it’s a good time to close it out. Aaron has a hard stop and we’ve been here for a couple hours now. With that, cheers and peace.

[00:55:23] AVW: Thanks, CK.

[END]

Source

Tagged : / / / / / / /

Discussing The Latest Lightning Network Developments

Watch This Episode On YouTube

Listen To This Episode:

With the rollout of bitcoin as legal tender in El Salvador, there have been some privacy concerns regarding Chivo, the government-sponsored wallet through which all citizens were issued $30 in bitcoin.

If Salvadorans prefer that their government not monitor their transactions, it’s critical that they opt to use other Lightning Network wallets, such as Muun or Breeze instead.

“If they just get it out of Chivo Wallet to another channel, all user-facing, like Lightning wallets out there, they’re going to be private channels,” said Shinobi, during a Bitcoin Magazine Twitter Spaces conversation on the topic. “You’re not going to be able to figure out where that UTXO is, without a lot of on-chain analysis, looking at the counter party, and if they have any funds that got closed and maybe mingled with other chains. That should cover the basis for most people, just worried about the government seeing where that money is going.”

The discussion moved to the Lightning Network, specifically the merits of replace-by-fee (RBF) and how merchants should deal with accepting zeroconf transactions in order to create a positive customer experience, while also preventing double spends.

“Most people buying things from e-commerce expect to get them instantly, because they’re used to, like using credit cards and such,” said Bitcoin Developer John Carvalho. “We can’t do this with RBF, because RBF allows the user to also change the destination of the transaction. Essentially, programmatically double-spend the merchant. You can’t really accept an RBF transaction with zeroconf.”

Another uncertainty with Lightning is the potential for MEV or “miner extractable value” to become a problem. MEV is a measure of the potential profit available to a miner who re-orders transactions within a block.

“The general idea is that in a blockchain that deals with transactions, there are sometimes opportunities for the person who has the control over ordering of transactions that go into blocks to extract value based on the order that they put those transactions into a block,” said Lisa Neigut, a c-lightning developer.

Carvalho proposed a solution that involves preventing miners from having enough information to recognize whether re-ordering transactions would be profitable.

“The idea would be to create abstractions, or abstraction networks that are difficult for miners to gather information about,” he proposed. “That way, you are basically insulated from their ability to determine what exactly what you’re doing is, and whether it’s worth more to you than a plain old Bitcoin transaction.”

To conclude, Lightning Labs’ Ryan Gentry shared what he’s most excited about regarding the future of Lightning.

“Just getting more people into the space, getting more people interested, which inevitably leads to more developers, into more startups,” he said. “I’m just really excited for the unknowns that are going to pop up over the next six months, that are going to come out of this surge of adoption. There’s Lightning Labs and Blockstream, Sync, Square Crypto. Of course, we have really long-time horizons that we’re thinking about, and the stuff that we’re excited about over the next three to five years, in terms of protocol development”.

The full recording of this Spaces conversation includes many more details and discussion. To read the whole conversation, check out the unedited transcript below:

[00:00:06] P: John, give us your deets.

[00:00:09] JC: Hey, I am John Carvalho. At the moment I have a podcast called The Biz. You can check out thebiz.pro. I am CEO of a stealth mode company, making Bitcoin and Lightning software products to prepare for hyper-Bitcoinization.

[00:00:23] P: Vivek, you’re up, my friend.

[00:00:24] V: My name is Vivek. I do business development for Blockstream, on liquid and relay to our Greenlight product. I just might be part of the some idiots crowd John had mentioned.

[00:00:38] P: Every time, man, you always undersell yourself. It’s adorable. Vivek is incredibly intelligent. He likes to describe himself as a BD, just a sales guy. The truth be told, he’s helped me organize most of these Lightning-focus spaces. He’s incredibly knowledgeable about all this stuff. When he speaks, you all should listen.

[00:00:54] V: I don’t know what you’re talking about. I’m Lisa’s pet lizard.

[00:00:57] P: That is also true. Those things are not mutually exclusive. Lisa, give us your deets.

[00:01:01] LN: Hey, friends. I’m Lisa. Sorry. I’m eating ice cream. I make a blockchain with my pet lizard, Vivek. I work on C-lightning, which is a Lightning implementation, that’s written mostly in C. I think, one of my coworkers is working on slipping some Rust in the side. We’ll have to see how that works out.

[00:01:18] P: Slipping some Rust in the side. That sounds painful, but I’m here for it. Rust is an incredibly cool programming language, and –

[00:01:25] V: You heard it here first. Tetanus Lightning.

[00:01:27] P: Yes. Once I am a software engineer. Done a bunch of other stuff, but I love taking physical things apart. When I was in high school and college, I had this truck that was just beat to shit, and I would drive to scrap yards and just pick through all this piles of rusty metal, looking for weird shit. The fifth time, I cut myself on a piece. I was like, “I should get a tetanus booster.” I went to the doctor and she was like, “Here you go.” I felt much better after that.

Let’s go on. Lisa, I wanted to talk to you about the super-interesting piece you wrote recently about MEV on Lightning. I definitely want to get into that, but before we get into that, are there any other current events that anyone that’s on stage is particularly excited about, angry about, upset about related to the Lightning Network?

[00:02:12] V: I really want to know how, if I was a El Salvadoran citizen, how I can privately use the Bitcoin I was gifted, or HODL, or what are my best approaches?

[00:02:26] P: That’s a great question.

[00:02:28] S: Get it out of Chivo wallet?

[00:02:29] V: Do you guys want to hop into it now, or go back to that after the MEV stuff?

[00:02:33] P: Yeah, let’s go into it.

[00:02:34] V: Okay. Yeah. I was curious, I guess, the current way people would do things is you want to move that to custodial, non-KYC wallet. Then after that, send it to your Lightning node. Then if you have to end up closing a channel and you get that UTXO out, then you’d want to mix that. Then, mixing that opens up the whole other can of worms and the flame wars about the coin join implementations. I’m just wondering, what can realistically, a novice user in El Salvador do?

[00:03:12] JC: I think that you should at least have to define private from who, when you’re having a privacy conversation, because I don’t know. These conversations just always feel we’re just talking about this broad spectrum of privacy that should apply, and the standard of privacy that is not really realistic, that we should somehow be able to achieve for any given situation. I think, it matters private from who, what is the level of fear or danger here, and what do you actually make the trying to be private from? Because there’s probably different methods for doing it. Probably, some would be overkill.

[00:03:45] S: If you’re talking about from the government that they just get it out of Chivo Wallet to another channel, all user-facing, like Lightning wallets out there, they’re going to be private channels. You’re not going to be able to figure out where that UTXO is, without a lot of on-chain analysis, looking at the counter party, and if they have any funds that got closed and maybe mingled with other chains. That should cover the basis for most people, just worried about the government seeing where that money is going. You would have to do a very complicated analysis and hope that hit chain without having spent any first to be able to try and correlate the amount closing on-chain to really tie that to any of the airdrops through Chivo.

[00:04:30] JC: I would say, you probably don’t want to be trying to hide the $30 of Bitcoin they gave though. That’s probably a futile effort.

[00:04:35] P: Definitely. Even a great point. John, can we just reiterate who one might be trying to obscure these transactions from? Obviously, we’ve got the Salvadorian government. Who are the other potential actors that people might be able, or might be, as I said, wanting to obscure their actions from?

[00:04:52] JC: Just there, you can think of typical cases and use cases where people want privacy aside from government. I don’t know. Sometimes privacy from your boyfriend, or girlfriend, or spouse, or somebody in your family that you’re worried is on drugs and will steal your money. Generally, there are a lot of reasons to hide your worst. You don’t need to hide your Lightning channel activity from your crazy uncle. It just really depends what you’re trying to do.

[00:05:17] V: Maybe the things that are probably within the realm of their needs would be to make sure when they go spend somewhere, there’s no a price discrimination, where they can charge them a greater price. Granted, I doubt that their potential adversaries are knowledgeable enough to be probing and figuring out where balances are. Yeah. Just curious how all of this evolves and what are the best things they can do? Yeah, most people are concerned, which has making sure you get off Chivo. I think, that’s probably an excellent step.

[00:05:49] JC: Pretty much anyone that would be essentially a consequence of violence. If somebody could be violent towards you because of your Bitcoin, then that’s probably why you’re looking for privacy.

[00:05:59] P: Yeah, absolutely. I guess, what I was getting at is that, of course, if you have a wallet address that has 5 Bitcoin in it and you pay someone for a coffee, they immediately can see if it’s on-chain, that that came from your address with 5 Bitcoin. Privacy becomes really important. It’s not just about trying to protect yourself from the government, or your crazy uncle. It’s just a matter of good opsec. Now, if we’re talking about Lightning, it gets different obviously, but it’s important to be thinking about.

[00:06:23] LN: I have a quick question on that topic and before we move on. Sometimes when you give up some amount of privacy, you get other things in return. I guess, for custodial wallet, you could argue that by having a custodial wallet, so you let the custodian see general transaction history, they know who you are, they know who you’re dealing with. In exchange for that, you get, some might say the – you don’t have to manage your keys, because the custodian is doing it for you, and there’s some amount of convenience of having always on service that clearly, all these things I’m saying with caveats, but there’s a trade-off.

Like with the Chivo wallet in particular, is there any particular trade-offs that you got from using the wallet? Any nice to haves from Chivo wallet particular, above and beyond maybe any other self-hosted, or self-custodian Bitcoin wallet? Does that make sense?

[00:07:09] V: There’s probably balances and routes and pre-Bitcoin, like Shinobi was saying.

[00:07:15] JC: I don’t think any of us have tried the wallet, so I’m hesitant to comment. My guess would be, yeah, centralized services, like person-to-person transfers within the ecosystem without a fee and stuff like that.

[00:07:25] P: Do we know if, or has anybody heard if the wallet provides the functionality to convert Bitcoin directly into USD natively? Or is that a separate thing? Because they know they have the trust that they set up?

[00:07:36] V: I haven’t been to El Salvador or anything. From what I observed, it’s the ATMs that do that.

[00:07:42] P: Oh, I see. Okay.

[00:07:43] S: I know, I thought that the wallet had the capability to host a fiat balance and do the conversion as well?

[00:07:49] JC: As far as I know, you don’t have to have Bitcoin exposure if you don’t want to. It must do some conversion automatically, at least.

[00:07:57] LN: Can I download this wallet? Does anyone know if it’s available on the app store? How do people in El Salvador get this wallet?

[00:08:03] JC: I’m pretty sure it’s in the app store there. I don’t know if you can get it though.

[00:08:06] V: Can’t throw a VPN on?

[00:08:08] P: All right. I’m going to us forward, unless Lisa, did you have any other thoughts or questions on that? You brought it up a second ago.

[00:08:14] LN: No. Sorry. I’m just really – No, I don’t. No.

[00:08:17] P: Yeah. I’m also super curious about the ins and outs. I really want to figure out how to play around it myself. If you figure it out, please let me know. I wonder if just having a VPN would allow you to do. All right, what about you, John? What has come up recently that has been particularly exciting to you, concerning, or just interesting in general, related to the Lightning Network?

[00:08:34] JC: Related to the Lightning Network, the only things that come to mind are still stuff that I can’t talk about. I would say, maybe somebody who caught the debate recently around RBF, and we could talk about maybe how RBF affects Lightning Network in any way and that kind of thing, if that’s relevant. I don’t want to turn this into an RBF debate.

[00:08:53] V: John, we were having that debate four years ago and we’re still having it. It’s to go or not.

[00:09:00] P: Can you can you just summarize for the audience what your view on that is, and why you think that’s not necessarily a good thing?

[00:09:06] JC: Okay. we are going to do this.

[00:09:09] P: Let’s fucking go.

[00:09:11] JC: My agenda there was just basically, to promote the idea that merchants can offer zero confirmation transaction acceptance as a service. It’s something that they can do relatively really very controlled, in a very controlled way to limit their exposure and monitor and keep things under control. Despite the fact that accepting zero confirmation transactions does expose you to double spending opportunities for the people buying things from you, particularly for the company that is the flagship of this idea, which has Bitrefill, who has accepted zero confirmation Bitcoin payments for many years now, and really has had very minimal costs to doing that.

The idea is just basically, you can monitor the transaction fees of the transactions that are incoming to see if they have a sufficient enough fee that they were – they’re likely to be confirmed in the next block. Then accept that as a zero confirmation transaction and reward that customer, or pay that customer, whatever it is they purchased. In Bitrefill’s case, a gift card. A gift card is the most risky thing to offer this way, because it is essentially, a private key for credit at some website. It can be basically rendered instantly by the customer, and so you can’t get refund, or undo anything.

Double spending is particularly perfect for the situation. Bitrefill has somehow managed to not really be double spent. I think, maybe they had one or two small ones. You’d have to ask Sergei over there for the details. Generally, nothing really significant. This is done by monitoring the transaction, checking what transaction it is, because it can’t be RBF, which is the main point here, which I’ll get to.

Also, just choosing what their total exposure would be. Basically, saying like, we only want to have maybe $20,000 worth of orders open that are currently zero conf’d, and we’ll cap it at that. That basically maximizes your exposure at all times, to like, the most anyone could ever possibly double spend you for in a moment. You could take that cost and think of it as a cost of doing business, or cost of providing that service, and maybe even a cost of reducing customer service, or things like this, related to not accepting zero confirmation payments, because they do add the customer service costs and various confusing situations for people when shopping.

When they’re RBF transactions, which is replaced by a fee, the RBF transactions are better enforced by nodes. Basically, they allow the customer to change, to edit in transaction. Typically, this is used just to add to the fee to try to make it, so you can pay the lowest fee possible when you’re submitting a transaction. This is not an ideal format for buying something when you want that thing instantly.

Most people buying things from e-commerce expect to get them instantly, because they’re used to, like using credit card and such. We can’t do this with RBF, because RBF allows the user to also change the destination of the transaction. Essentially, programmatically double spend the merchant. You can’t really accept an RBF transaction with zero conf. The whole topic was actually, just me saying that I thought app creators, wallets and people making app level software, there are some, and just because they’re here, we might as well just say, Blockstream is one of them, Green is one of them, that default all transactions to being RBF.

I believe, I think, and it was just changing, but I believe at the moment, you can’t even change it. They all have to be RBF. for merchant situations, I consider mobile wallets to be spending wallets. They should have at least, the capability to turn off the RBF. Then even better, the RBF should be turned off by default, in my opinion, in hot wallets, because it creates a better user experience for spending wallets. That’s the whole summary, I think.

[00:12:50] S: Vivek, because this is such an easy thing to solve. I have literally had dash developers spurred out at me. For saying this, just update the URI form. The default for the wallet should be irrelevant if you can flag in the URI invoice that the –

[00:13:09] JC: Yeah. This is definitely a subtle aspect of the conversation, but it is more interesting than the previous debate, because it’s actually relevant. I would say, what you’re talking about, that becomes a business development effort, like getting all the wallets to do the thing. That’s what I was doing on Twitter is I was doing lazy business development. I’m saying, hey, without actually contacting all the wallets, I’ll just say, “I think people should think about this and have this value, and it should become part of our culture and normal.”

Yeah, you could think of a lot of ways to improve the payment formats and the way the apps communicate with each other, and URiS and having things like this. We’re supported everywhere. Would it be a good way? You have to, again, get everybody to do it, because it’s not an enforceable protocol. You can’t bake it into Bitcoin. I don’t know. Businesses don’t typically do very well trying to participate in the bit process and you know how that goes.

[00:13:59] S: It’s the same amount of effort though, to try and get people to change the default behavior for RBF. Why not just go the extra step –

[00:14:07] JC: It’s really not though. It’s really just convincing Blockstream mostly, just to be honest.

[00:14:12] V: I just wanted to quickly add that, the term that John was trying to look for is allowance for doubtful accounts. That’s the appropriate accounting and compliance bureau speak term. That’s pretty much it. That’s where, I guess, they’re comfortable with potentially losing those receivables as John stated, that is traditionally already expected in credit card chargebacks.

[00:14:34] P: Got it. Two things. One, I just want to welcome Ryan onto the stage. Good to see you, man. Thanks for being here.

[00:14:39] RG: Hey. Thanks for having me.

[00:14:40] P: Yeah. Absolutely, man. Then I want to give Walton a chance to jump in. He’s been very patient with his hand raised and then I want to go back to Brian Shinobi, hybrid creature, and I want to let you finish saying what you were going to say

[00:14:50] W: Hey guys. I had a comment just on the VPN question before, because I’ve asked someone in the UK, who’s regularly trying to pretend to be in other countries. It’s something I’ve explored extensively. Unfortunately, VPN alone will not suffice, because I’m certainly not an iOS, because the app stores are country based. Even if you can pretend to be in El Salvador, your app store will still be a US app store, or UK app store, whatever it is. If it is geographically restricted, you won’t be able to do it, if you’re outside of El Salvador.

[00:15:21] P: I see. Thanks, man. I appreciate it.

[00:15:23] RG: I wanted to jump in real quick to vehemently disagree with John, because that’s what I had to tell you I was going to do in order to get up here. I think, the RBF by default is good because it does line up with the fact that on-chain transactions are only probabilistically final, right? We’re very used to a world where there are no reorgs and that a block gets confirmed and everybody’s just nicely builds on top of it. That’s not the guarantee from the protocol.

The only protocol that we have in Bitcoin, does guarantee absolute finality within seconds is Lightning. I think, it’s more consistent with what the protocol offers actually to have RBF by default on-chain and not to try and let people believe that on-chain, zero conf on-chain transactions are instantly final. I will say that this is, I think, a nice area of bonding that where Blockstream, and at least myself likely more have.

[00:16:13] JC: I think, you’re having maybe just a whole different conversation than I’m having, because I’m not trying to say people should not understand that Bitcoin works in that way. Or trying to get them to think Bitcoin works in a way that it doesn’t actually work. I’m trying to say, that merchants can do this. They can provide this spectrum of service in a very controlled and safe way, and it is economically viable and rational to do so for both parties, both the customer and the merchant. It’s basically a win-win and that win-win is better facilitated, especially within the environment of a spending wallet, a hot wallet by certain defaults. In general, I don’t think that having protocol developers and low-level developers influencing how people use things with default settings. It can be a very dark design pattern behavior.

[00:17:02] P: I just want to let – goddammit, your name, Brian Shinobi, Shinobi Brian jump in and finish what he was saying earlier. Then let’s jump back to Ryan and –

[00:17:10] S: It’s like, what John is talking about, I think, effectively boils down to people should be able to take risks that they judge accepted. I agree with that. Ryan is entirely correct that the economic reality here is that RBF will just inevitably be –

[00:17:28] JC: Nobody said the opposite, though. That’s the point.

[00:17:31] S: John, can I finish? The whole point I was trying to get at earlier though, is just by tweaking the URI to have a flag that wallets will respect and pushing for something like that, you don’t even need to get rid of the RBF flag. Just lock it in with the highest sequence number, so that nothing else can replace that. You effectively have the same guarantees of a non-RBF transaction. It would just be a lot more sensible from my point of view to push for that URI change. It would be a very simple single flag in the QR code that somebody scanned, and then a warning that goes, “Hey, your wallet is deviating from your normal expected behavior. Are you okay with this before they finalize the transaction?” It would give the same guarantees that a merchant is looking for, if they choose to accept zero conf chain level.

[00:18:25] P: Ryan, what do you think?

[00:18:26] JC: I can’t say, what would change Blockstream’s mind for Green, as an example, to accept a new URI scheme and participate with it, or support it, or to just add toggle capability and default off to RBF. I don’t know which thing they would go for it easier. I actually do think that RBF toggle is much easier to implement, but neither one is hard and neither one is all that disruptive. I don’t think there’s a huge difference. It’s mostly up to just Blockstream, what their belief is and how they want the user experience to be in their own wallet.

[00:18:56] P: Ryan, what do you think? Oh, go ahead, Nifty. Actually, you first and then Ryan. I’d love to hear your thoughts.

[00:19:00] LN: Yeah. I think it’s important to point out that this RBF conversation is pretty far removed from the Lightning spec. That the party opening the channel is the one who builds the opening transaction for funding the channel. They’re choosing to do the zero conf, or whenever, they get to pick what transaction they’re going to do. Hopefully, the person who’s deciding what transactions you do is the same person who’s doing the zero conf thing, and they can decide what kind of RBF, or not RBF stuff they’re going to use.

I don’t know how many people are actually opening Lightning channels using the Green wallet, I would say. It sounds like, this is definitely a feature request for Green. I’m sure, John’s not the only one that would like to have a flag for whether or not to do RBF stuff in the Green wallet. I’m not really sure that’s this a Lightning center chat is the right place.

[00:19:56] JC: This has nothing to do with Lightning at all. There’s no Lightning [inaudible 00:20:00] for Green wallet.

[00:20:02] P: Fair enough.

[00:20:02] LN: Okay. Cool. Yeah. All right. We’re on the same page then. Cool.

[00:20:05] P: Yeah. Yeah. What I’d like to –

[00:20:06] RG: I can bring it back to Lightning, though.

[00:20:07] P: Go ahead, Ryan.

[00:20:08] W: [Inaudible 00:20:08] isn’t it? Because it’s like, instant payments, right?

[00:20:12] RG: Yeah. I think, the one thing John brings up a point that, that him and I, in particular, we talked about a lot which is, this is a business decision. Should protocol developers have the ability to disincentivize, what is the legitimate business operation in accepting zero conf transactions? I think, that there’s a lot of overlap here with the Lightning protocol stuff as well. I think, the more meta question is should protocol developers have the ability, or feel empowered to disincentivize certain legitimate business activities?

That’s a really hard question. What we’re talking about here, where we’re disagreeing really is more on time horizon than anything else. Can Bitrefill successfully receive zero conf transactions today? Yes, absolutely. Do we think they’ll be able to do so in 10 years with a really liquid, immature Lightning Network, where that will just be a better solution entirely? Yeah, probably.

When within the next 10 years is the time for protocol developers to say, “Okay, we’re going to go to RBF by default, because it’s good for all of these holistic reasons that don’t affect the refills direct business at all, and Bitrefill is going to have to change their business practices because of all of these bigger, more community benefits?” I think, that it’s a really interesting theoretical question. It’s one that, there isn’t really a one-size-fits-all answer to. I am generally in favor of wanting to push more people to using Lightning-based solutions, but obviously, I’m horribly biased in that opinion.

I think, John has very legitimate concerns in saying, “Wait a second. This is core to Bitrefill’s business. Maybe Bitrefill has more failures with Lightning right now, than they do with accepting the zero conf on-chain transactions.” Hey, protocol developers, there’s no reason, and you have no leeway in telling us how to run our business. I think, it’s a very interesting meta question about protocol design decisions, versus more commercial interests. There isn’t really a good answer to it.

[00:22:00] JC: I have two points I want to bring up. One is, as a culture, generally, protocol developers are fairly averse to businesses influencing the protocol and influencing how things work with Bitcoin. I think, it would be at least logically consistent for them to have a similar approach with their influence over users. Doing things, like forcing a default of something that is not the base Bitcoin transaction typically. That’s inconsistent with not wanting to be influenced by businesses.

I think people should be willing to be influenced by anybody useful, but just generally speaking, that’s just one contrast I wanted to paint. Then, another thing I wanted to bring up is, I think what – Walton was hinting at this, and you were just now. This is not necessarily me saying to do this, instead of onboarding people to Lightning. This is talking about the current situation. It’s talking about providing zero conf sentence as a service.

It’s not talking about changing protocol, or changing knowledge, or anything like this. It’s just talking about covering an additional part of the spectrum that can be covered right now. There are people that don’t use Lightning. There are people that can’t afford to pay on-chain. There are people that do spend on-chain, and those people can have a better user experience simply by intentionally preparing for it.

[00:23:12] P: Got it. Okay, good points all around.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[00:23:19] CK: All right, Bitcoiners. I want to tell you about our newest sponsor. This show is brought to you by ledn.io. I have been super, super impressed with the guys over at Ledn. I’ve actually known the co-founders, Adam and Mauricio for a very long time. I’ve had the pleasure to watch them build Ledn up from a tiny, tiny startup, to now a super impressive institutional grade, Bitcoin and crypto lender. Y’all, I’m so impressed with these guys. They are offering some of the best rates out there. I don’t think anyone even comes close to touching them.

You can get 6.1% APY on your first two Bitcoin that you deposit into Ledn interest accounts, and you can get 8.5% on USDC deposits. I mean, I know all the competitors. They’re not even close. If you’re going to put your crypto and your Bitcoin into an interest account, Ledn is by far the best. On top of that, like I said, these guys are hardcore Bitcoiners, and they know the products and the services that Bitcoiners want and appreciate. They came up with B2X. It allows you to put your Bitcoin in and a leverage it up, and you can with one click of a mouse, get twice the exposure to Bitcoin.

If you’re super bullish, Ledn has you covered with a super, super easy way to get leverage with B2X. Then on top of that, they know that Bitcoiners care about your reserves. They know that Bitcoiners don’t like under-reserved and not full-reserved financial institutions. They are pushing the frontier in transparency in the digital asset lending space. They are the first digital asset lender to do a full proof of reserves and proof of attestation, through a Mariano LLC, a public accounting firm.

The Ledn guys, they know what Bitcoiners like. They are legit. I encourage you guys to check them out, do your own research and go to ledn.io. That is L-E-D-N.I-O and learn more.

[00:25:10] CK: Bitcoiners, I want to tell you about The Deep Dive. The Deep Dive is Bitcoin Magazine’s premium market intelligence newsletter. This is a no fluff, hard-hitting, incredible newsletter going deep into the market, helping you understand what’s happening with derivatives, what’s happening on-chain, what’s happening in macro, what’s happening with the narrative and what’s happening with the tech.

My man, Dylan LeClair is an absolute savant. He is making his name known in the Bitcoin community, getting shoutouts left and right, getting on podcast left and right, and him and his team are bringing you everything that you need to know about Bitcoin. You don’t even have to be on Bitcoin Twitter. You can ignore every other newsletter. This is the newsletter to rule them all. Go over to members.bitcoinmagazine.com.

Sign up today. If you use promo code MACRO, you get a full month for free. You have nothing to lose. What are you waiting for? Sign up, see the incredible work that Dylan and his team are putting out. If you don’t like it, just unsubscribe. You don’t pay a dime. If you do, it’s going to be well worth the SATs and investment and understanding Bitcoin, and gaining the confidence to continue to invest in Bitcoin and making the right moves around Bitcoin. It’s going to be well worth every single Satoshi. Again, can’t recommend it enough. That is members.bitcoinmagazine.com, promo code MACRO. Do it today.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[00:26:41] P: I want to move us on to talking about Lisa’s recent article, ‘MEV over Lightning’. Because I know, Lisa, you got to go in about 25 minutes. Let’s shift over to that and dive in. Can you give us a high-level summary of the article that you wrote and what the major points are?

[00:26:58] LN: I can try. I have to admit, I tend to be a little forgetful. I can do my best, though. I think, there’s some interesting tie-ins here between this question about what does business and protocol is exactly. Hopefully, I’ll be able to tease it out as we go through it, because that may be interesting. I think, so maybe the best place to start is a short introduction to what MEV means. I’m sure there’s people in the audience who’ve never heard that term before. Might be totally new.

MEV is a term that I’m going to say, originated in one of the Ethereum communities and the Bitcoin community. It typically deals with this idea of – so MEV, it’s Maverick MEV. It stands for Miner Extractable Value. The general idea is that in a blockchain that deals with transactions, there are sometimes opportunities for the person who has the control over ordering of transactions that go into blocks, to extract value based on the order that they put those transactions into a block.

It’s really more of a thing on Ethereum, because of the way Ethereum works in terms of being a execution. Transactions in Ethereum block, or execution, each of them updates some global state that everyone reads and writes from. By moving your transaction to the top of a block, you would get executed. Your transaction logic would update the global seat before anyone else’s, and in a lot of cases or some cases. It depends on the current state of the global state, so to speak.

The ordering can be quite profitable, if you get to say what order those transactions go in. Specifically, one example, I think, probably the easiest one is certain arbitrage is become possible depending on, you see a trade that someone wants to make, say, submit a block to a mining pool, and then you see it enter the mempool, it gives you an opportunity to make another transaction, maybe that goes on a little before, like it was right before or right after it. Then, you basically, would bribe a miner to order the transactions in such a way.

Part of how you’re bribing them is you’re giving them a portion of the arbitrage that you would gain, because that’s more than they might get by just taking the fees for the transactions. The miner submits a blocked to be mined, such that your transaction gets ordered in front of the other one. Just to recap. The whole idea of MEV is, is there opportunity for the economic incentives of miners to not necessarily come to the forefront, but become a pressure on the design of the system, design of the protocol itself, such that we would maybe need to make changes, or new infrastructure would need to be built for Lightning, because someone, or something has identified opportunities for ordering of transactions, or maybe channel opens in such a way that there’s value there that can be extracted, so to speak.

I think, that’s the overarching scheme of the article that I wrote. I guess, that was last week. It feels like a long time ago. Yeah. It’s the overarching – No, really was two weeks ago. Sorry. It was the overarching idea of the paper, or I should say, article. Then in the article itself, I go through and just looking at them, but Lightning, there’s two different places you can say, okay, Lightning MEV, does it exist?

One is on on-chain, the layer one stuff. The places where Lightning interacts with the Bitcoin layer, so on-chain transactions. Then, the other place it’s more interesting to look at for extractable value, maximal extractable value is MEV is sometimes called – would be more the Lightning payment infrastructure layer, so just on layer two itself. It’s the big, broad points there. Maybe I should, I don’t know if anyone has questions, or maybe corrections about that. While you do that, I’m going to go find the tweet where I talked about it, so I can share it, so people can check out that article.

[00:30:57] RG: One very small correction in favor of Bitcoin maximalism. MEV started in the Bitcoin ecosystem. The original paper was James Prestwich, [inaudible], and Brandon Curtis trying to prove that actually, the fee market was going to be fine. Then everything else, Ethereum stole it from us.

[00:31:14] P: Bastards.

[00:31:15] RG: Then, I think, when I read the article, one thing that popped to mind immediately was Shinobi and I have tweet argued about this in the past. Say you have a really large market maker who is running a really liquid Lightning node in between FMX, correct. He has direct channels with FMX, crack him and OKX, and it’s just sitting in between these three destinations, just routing arbitrage between all three of them.

Theoretically, that node in the middle could notice a bunch of flow being routed into the tracks, and maybe that’s usually correlated with a price dump on that exchange and could hold up funds that are supposed to be forwarded to different apps, short on the next exchange and then let the funds proceed onto FMX. That was the example that came to mind really, with regards to, I don’t know, we should have a – it should be rev or something, routing node extracted value. We’d have, I don’t know, something like that. I thought that was an interesting example that immediately popped to mind when I read the article, which is very good, and I recommend.

[00:32:24] V: Minor correction. It was not Bitcoin maximalist, Jim Prestwich. James Prestwich works on atomic swaps and Brandon Curtis was that radar relay, working on Lightning. Not quite the Bitcoin maximalist you’d expect.

[00:32:39] RG: Yeah. They’re Bitcoin pluralists, I guess, is probably the right word.

[00:32:45] P: I haven’t heard that one before.

[00:32:47] LN: Yeah. I don’t think many of those people work in a Bitcoin ecosystem now. I think, like Prestwich does a lot of work in –

[00:32:52] RG: Yeah. You’re both very right. The original MEV paper was all about Bitcoin. It was not about state folds, smart contract chains. They were actually, I remember they were really disappointed, because the point of writing the paper was they were trying to prove that actually, even with a we can see market, like Bitcoin’s long-term security budget went too far. Yeah, they found very close.

[00:33:14] JC: To try to turn this into more of a little more abstract conversation, I think what MEV actually is, it’s actually taint and metadata created. Basically, a form of privacy loss. If miners can gather enough data about that is anchored to Bitcoin transactions, they now have information that they can use to their advantage for selecting whether to include those type of transactions, or how much of my costs to include them in this thing.

It’s like, the way that you can avoid MEV is one, not using Bitcoin as an abstraction anchor. if you are going to do that, for example, anchor layers to it, anchor tokens to it, etc., anchor identities to it, these things will create MEV opportunities. That’s why there’s so much about Ethereum, because they have so much base layer abstraction going on throughout the smart contract.

[00:34:01] LN: Actually, I think I pushed back that a little bit. John, I think you point out a pretty good point, and one that I’ve forgotten. It’s actually in the article, is one of the core tenants of what creates these opportunities and that’s information. You were calling it meta data. I think, you can, even more general and just say, information in general.

Typically, that’s information about desired actions. When Ryan was talking about the rev, or the hub. Someone else have read my article and was like, I think, had the exact same reaction, that they call it the hub, hub extractable value, to just basically, the same idea. Basically, your centralized thing. You have access to flow, basically, as you have information. The thing is with a chain, so by sending transactions to a mempool, for example, you create mempools are by their nature, public to anyone.

That’s why the reach of the chain is any of your desired actions, or your order flow, so to speak. I think, maybe talking about it in terms of order flow, which is typically used when you talk about making stock transactions. It’s actually a nice way to term it. The reason for that is that it makes, I think, a lot of these issues easier to see in the practical application of them. Anyways, so when you have a mempool, so any layer one for the most part, based on the fact that it’s entirely distributed and there’s no centralization, any transactions that you’re looking to get mine, for the most part, you send through this public relay, transaction relay called the mempool.

I think, most chains, most layer ones have mempools. The way that you get around it is by set – if you put a transaction the mempool should say, then it becomes basically, public information. There’s this delay in time between when you make your information about the trade you want to make public and the time that trade is actually effectuated, or in blockchain speak, included in a block. Transaction processing on layer one is batched. It happened in batches and the speed at which those batches happen is usually the block times. In Bitcoin, that’s approximately every 10 minutes.

Anyways, so then you get back into what’s information like on a layer two? How much information? Who has privilege access to information flow on layer two, such as Lightning, for example? Lightning is actually, really private, provided you’re not doing this hub-centric thing, where all of your transactions are going through the same hub. That hub, maybe it’s actually some big exchanges, Lightning node, and so they’re looking at all of your transactions as they go through, and then they can use that Lightning transaction data to do arbitrage plays on their centralized exchange, or whatever, like some exchange that’s associated with Lightning, or that Lightning’s that interface to.

Anyways, ignoring that thing, if you’re just looking at it, the more single Lightning node has payments coming in and coming out of it, because of the way that the Lightning Network has been architected, it’s very difficult to know where those payments are coming from and who they’re going to as they pass through your node.

The information that you have about any transaction, that flows through, there’s a couple of things here. One is that any transaction that goes through the Lightning Network, in order for you to even know that happened for the most part, it needs to go through your node. Then, even if it doesn’t go through your node, you really have no idea where it originated from, or where its final destination is. That’s due to the way that the onion messages that are Lightning payments are sent through, or wrapped up, or packaged. Yeah. I think that this information, this idea about how much information are you publicizing and to who, is a really big and important part of the extractable value equation, so to speak.

[00:37:44] JC: I got a little bit less than what you were specifically – you said you were pushing back on something, so I’m not sure what you were disagreeing with. I’ll add just basically, the subtlety I was getting at is that I wasn’t trying to single out the Lightning Network necessarily, so much as say, when you anchor things to Bitcoin, if the miners are able to collect metadata about the activity that you may create MEV opportunities, or opportunities to have your transaction censored, etc.

This can be anything. It could be Lightning, etc. The idea would be to create abstractions, or abstraction networks that are difficult for miners to gather information about. That way, you are basically insulated from their ability to determine what exactly what you’re doing is, and whether it’s worth more to you than a plain old Bitcoin transaction.

[00:38:30] S: If I can hop in really quick. That’s the whole logic for why anything anchored on Bitcoin should be as distributed and decentralized as possible. That’s one of the big reasons why the notion of big central hubs is poo-pooed on, because too many players connected to that offers that operator an opportunity to push things to chain, actively disrupt what’s going on-chain and take advantage of that economically, if they have hash raid.

[00:38:57] V: John, I want to see a fully integrated Lightning miner. I don’t support zero conf, but I want negative conf, where I can directly get the block reward into a Lightning, usable output and use it in Lightning before those hundred blocks. Yeah, that’s pretty much it.

[00:39:14] JC: I think, I could work with you on that. We’ll do a business development with blockchain.

[00:39:18] P: That’s it. Nobody else has any thoughts?

[00:39:20] V: No, zero conf, though. Just only negative a hundred confs.

[00:39:23] RG: One thing that I think is an interesting counterpoint to, when you think about the design of a Bitcoin and Lightning and how much is whereas decentralized and distributed as possible, where we try as best as we can to include privacy as a default in every layer of the, stack, etc., etc.

I can tell you, that explicit and state that a bunch of the proof of stake investors envision is all of the biggest citadel securities was famously, everybody learned that they do the pay for order flow on Robinhood stuff. Explicitly, the goal for the proof of stake validators is for citadel securities to be a proof of stake validator, and you have to pay them some form of institutionalized MEV in order to get your trade in on Eth 2.0, Solana, you name it.

That is the end state that they’re building towards, which I think is jus, philosophically, hilariously unaligned with what we’re trying to do here. Rather than institutionalize and enshrine the current power structure, build an entirely new one from the ground up that, the respect, social opportunity and decentralization. Just an interesting point to point out.

[00:40:23] LN: I think, you can make an argument today that the fees that you paid of miners to get them included in block is extractable value, right? I haven’t read this paper that it’s off, the amount of stuff. It sounds like I’ve got a little more reading to do there. I think that in one light, you can look at any fees that you pay to miners as bribes, right? You’re basically driving a miner to put your transactions to the block and you’re competing with every other person attempting to get a transaction on block at the same time with you, to be basically, win out that block space.

If one of those, let’s say there’s someone who’s got a transaction, and they’re paying a little bit less of a bribe than you are, but they have a good relationship with a miner, then they could definitely maybe pull on some social capital to tell the asset miner to include it, your third transaction in a block, and such that the next block is that miner has this transaction that doesn’t pay what’s considered the going bribery for getting your transactions into a block.

I think that by design, I think that Bitcoin is miner extractable value system. There’s a lot of different things at play here that I think people have pointed out, which I like really great, important, such as how decentralized you are really matters. Because if there was a centralized miner, who got to decide the ultimate arbitrator of who goes in what block, and when then you would basically, at their whim, where because there’s a healthy competition and you merch it between a bunch of different miners, one miner can’t really prevent your transaction from getting mined. You hoping that there’s another miner somewhere on the system that’s still playing by the most fees that they can get rules, so to speak.

You can get your transaction mined eventually by one of these honest miners, honest being the only extractable value that they accept is this wasn’t built into the protocol, which is the mining fees. I think at this point, we’re still – we’re a little far away from Lightning, so I apologize. Hopefully, it’s interesting enough. I don’t know.

[00:42:24] P: I think it’s fascinating. How’s everybody else feeling?

[00:42:27] V: I’m feeling very adversarial. How do I make sure I get my, I guess, commitment transaction finalized and mined? Not broadcast it, but directly submitted into a block, to a miner out of band?

[00:42:44] RG: Yeah. You got to bribe them. That’s what flash bots is all about.

[00:42:47] P: Accelerators.

[00:42:48] V: Sweet. Wash always can’t phase me?

[00:42:51] RG: Yeah, bro. All the miners live in Austin now. You just got to knock on their door and be like, “Hey, man. Block 700,056.”

[00:42:58] P: Get it done. Yeah, totally.

[00:43:01] V: Texas has a monopoly on block space, or block weight. Heard it here first.

[00:43:05] P: It’s funny, I’ve been into pay pays for a while now, but people love to say, “Oh, Ethereum based NFTs, that’s the first thing ever.” It’s all total horseshit, because of course, this has been done on Bitcoin for ages. It’s really funny, because, of course, NFTs on Bitcoin, which were the first NFTs, and I hate that term, are they’re on the counterparty protocol, which some top of Bitcoin is a layer one. They’re all just Bitcoin transactions.

If there’s a specific pay pay that you really want, you can go look on the counterparty chain, which is of course, just on top of the Bitcoin chain. It’s not even a layer two. You can just increase your fee above what the person who has already bid against you has done, and just shove your transaction through ahead of them, which is not the same thing as what you’re talking about, Lisa, but reminds of it.

[00:43:47] JC: Did you say pay?

[00:43:49] P: Somebody was just making fun of me for this. Yeah. I say pay, as opposed to Pepe. Apparently, that’s not how you’re supposed to say it.

[00:43:55] V: He’s starting a new app called Pay.

[00:43:58] P: That’s P-P-A-Y. You send your money to it and you never see it again. That’s how that works. It’s good stuff. Okay.

[00:44:04] JC: Called Ppay.

[00:44:08] P: I was joking, it would be called PP. Cool. What else? What else we got?

[00:44:12] JC: Still taking the piss, P.

[00:44:14] P: Never. That’s literally not possible for me.

[00:44:16] RG: I showed up late, but what were – I guess, we already did all the El Salvador stuff. My take on El Salvador is man, it’s not perfect, but all things together, I was hugely impressed with how smooth everything rolled out. From the companies on the ground, how prepared specifically, the private businesses that are operating in there, the open nodes, the Alex Mercados, everybody was ready.

They weren’t hugely deluged, and nobody had nodes going offline. There was for a brief moment, people’s nodes were getting dossed, but they were able to figure it out and get up and running. Yes, it’s not the perfect self-custody, everybody runs their own node future that we’re all hoping for. All told, I was pretty impressed.

[00:44:58] V: I was pretty impressed, too, that they responded so quickly to Matt Aalborg and Keith. They fixed it. I thought that was a funny troll.

[00:45:06] RG: That was awesome. Yeah. There are smart people down there that are paying attention, that are trying to do a good job. Frankly, I was worried. I didn’t know if Chivo was even going to launch Lightning support at all. It hasn’t been perfect and definitely, there’s a lot of private terms, etc. etc. I think, it’s a huge testament to everybody that’s been working on this network for three years, that the first main transaction was very end of 2017, very start of 2018.

Then three and a half years later, we have a full nation states, slowly being onboarded. People say, that Lightning is moving too slow. I think, we’ve done a pretty good job. When I say we, people who actually are building the thing.

[00:45:43] P: Now, you’re not giving yourself enough credit, man. I also want to welcome Artur to the stage, Co-Founder of Paxful. How’s it going it, man?”

[00:45:48] AS: Oh, hey. What’s up guys? Thanks for inviting. It’s 2:00 A.M. here. I’m in Estonia in north Europe. Good discussion here. I like it. I like where’s it going. Look, we’re going to have a big news tomorrow. Our PR team told that we’re not allowed to say, but I guess we can all guess what it’s going to be about. Tomorrow, we’re going to make it public. Thanks for Lightning Labs team to help us along the way.

We actually, will get a faster than crack and we’re going to be one of the big exchanges to release you know what. Oh, and look, regarding El Salvador, look, we have a guy on the grounds. He says same thing as on Reddit Bitcoin, that Chivo is not working. People don’t like the government app. It’s tracking user PII data, all that stuff. It’s our chance to build them better products, because, okay, there’s this open nodes, non-custodial solution. That is awesome for the merchants, but there’s space for more, for Paxful wallets, for POS merchant solutions, for example, there’s a guy, he has 20 shoe stores. He says, “Oh, I want to accept Bitcoin, or Lightning, but I want to cash it out into my bank account.”

That’s what we need to provide them, while a wallet is still not great. It’s buggy. Some people simply don’t want to use it. I still find it super exciting that where the El Salvador is going to be in five to 10 years. Because honestly, you guys just talk now about this NFT and all this other blockchains, like Solana and Ethereum. What’s happening there, I did play around. I confess. Eventually, yeah. These are fun blockchains, right? They’re fast. Look, I’m not going to show anything. Look, eventually things will move to Lightning, because Bitcoin is still the most fairly distributed, no prima, nothing. People will realize, it’s much faster transaction per seconds, like what? 25 million transactions per second in Lightning. Imagine smart contracts on that.

It will be literally less than one SATs price for every transaction then. I don’t know how long. It’s going to take time. Look, I do bet that all this other blockchains will be obsolete. That’s my long-term prediction, the world we’re going to live in.

[00:48:08] P: Yeah, I agree. I think that the benefits of Bitcoin and Lightning and all the exciting stuff that’s happening there, RGB protocol, see if that actually does what it’s supposed to do in terms of NFTs, but I think it’s all going to roll back into Bitcoin. It’s interesting.

[00:48:20] JC: I also agree that shitcoins, like Solana and NFT stuff are all garbage and everybody should pay attention to. I agree with that, too.

[00:48:27] P: Yup. A 100%.

[00:48:29] RG: It’s one of those things where you think about the network effects and the real changes that we’re making in new people’s lives, just by allowing instant and at Lightning fee rates. Ruben says from the US to El Salvador, allowing these people to be banked and not have to deal with physical cash anymore. It’s a much longer-term play than the short-term gains of flipping NFTs, but just in the trenches the protocol and it trenches Bitcoin and the psyche of the world and in people’s daily lives in just such a different deeper way. Seeing this stuff play out and seeing all the people that have started their own businesses on Paxful, and have given themselves jobs and employed other people will see the platform that Artur has provided for them. It makes such a bigger difference and it will be such a longer lasting impact.

I think, you see, the evidence of that and how quickly Nigeria and the massive surge in peer-to-peer trading volume in Nigeria, and how many people running Bitcoin there over the last couple of years. They’ve contributed, I think, a very large amount of that actually. It’s stuff that [inaudible 00:49:33] just going to compound. They’re just going to keep growing as a protocol.

One thing, more actually the other day that I thought was like, they really stuck with me, is this fiat payment rails are only going to get worse. They’re only going to get more politicized, only having to have higher fees. Lightning payment rails are only going to get better. They’re the worst that they’ve ever been today, and there’s tons of brain power involved in making them better and better. I think, we’re in a really good spot right now and the gap that we have, a little competition is only increasing.

[00:50:02] AS: Yeah. Look, I’ll bring an example. Ryan, yeah, you said it well. Basically, on Paxful, you could be doing the same thing you can do with Lightning already for the past six years. We’re not the first one. How it works. You can buy Bitcoin in US for PayPal, and then right away, sell that Bitcoin in Japan for the bank transfer, but you do that within one platform.

Now with Lightning, that Jack Mallers is saying, and others that basically, different apps are talking to each other openly. Before, it was flat, or plaid, however you’d say. It was connecting the banks, different banks. Now, it’s Lightning is connecting different wallets that have a fiat on-ramp and fiat off-ramp in whatever jurisdiction. That means Swift will be obsolete. You don’t even need that. You would just need a local wallet in US. You do the instant on-ramp and then you do the cash out in Africa, for example, in Nigeria, in Kenya with the local wallet there.

That means the payment networks, the local ones will be a ruling, right? You don’t need Swift for that, because it’s an on-ramp with the local payment network in one country. Then off-ramp with the local payment network in another country, M-Pesa in Kenya, ACH or Fed Wire in US, or whatever hacks people have done that the technology behind Zell, I know some companies have basically, reverse engineered Zell technology and that’s how they have this instant payouts.

[00:51:32] P: John, speak your piece, my friend.

[00:51:34] JC: I have nothing to say. What do you mean?

[00:51:38] P: You just tweeted a hilarious tweet at. What was that in response to?

[00:51:41] JC: I didn’t just tweet it. I tweeted it five minutes ago. No, I just think that we should be able to tweet the shit emoji when people are talking about shitcoins.

[00:51:48] P: Fair enough. Fair enough. I agree.

[00:51:50] AS: Look, guys. Here’s one point. I had a talk with one guy who was a FinTech developer. He said, centralized services are usually faster, even the Swift should be faster, but because of all the regulations or whatever, overhead on top, it’s slower than Lightning. He’s correct. Centralized services should be faster than decentralized. Lightning is faster. It works against that logic.

[00:52:12] W: Question.

[00:52:13] P: Go for it. Walton.

[00:52:15] W: If a Lightning node runner is already using Thor and Watchtowers, what can they do to improve the privacy and security respectively?

[00:52:25] P: I think, the biggest things are just not doing, we do in PlebNet and not docs – the fact that we’ve all associated our telegram handles with our nodes, or register on Amboss, or things like that massively degrades your privacy. If you’re really focused on privacy, or do it like Jimmy Song, or any number of other people who are running Lightning nodes do, which is they run large Lightning nodes, but they just don’t associate them with their identities in any way.

[00:52:46] RG: Yeah. I think, one additional thing that can really help is actually, the node that has all the public channels have that just be a gateway, or a proxy node that’s sitting in front of your real node. It just has a private channel with your proxy node. The only node that you’re your real node where you’re actually receiving the payments to, and creating invoices and stuff like that and making payments out of, never broadcasts on the gossip network. You have this fake proxy network, proxy node in front of it that does all of the public cost of communications. I think that’s a pretty good architecture, if you want to keep your real node where your application logic is done totally private and unannounced from the rest of the network.

They’re like, your only vulnerability is you would have to do some work to keep your real, like the application node, not the gateway node to keep that pokey from being listed in the invoice, with big TLC interceptor and a couple of other things. You can mask that, but it is hard.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[00:53:48] CK: Bitcoiners, I am so excited to tell you about the Bitcoin 2022 Conference. You guys, Bitcoin 2021 was absolutely a smash hit success. It was over 13,000 Bitcoiners coming together, breaking the barriers on who can come together and celebrate freedom, celebrate Bitcoin. The energy was absolutely electric.

Unfortunately, it was just oversubscribed. There’s just people flowing out everywhere. This year, we are learning, we are making the conference bigger and better. We are moving over to the Miami Beach Convention Center, and we are going to be throwing a massive four-day festival for Bitcoin, celebrating Bitcoin, bringing together the greatest minds in Bitcoin and the greatest businesses in Bitcoin and lastly, the culture of Bitcoin all together.

We had a four-day extravaganza planned for you guys for Bitcoin 2022. Day one is going to be industry day. It is a day where you can buy a special ticket in order to just mingle and make business deals happen. Day two and three is going to be a full-blown Bitcoin conferences. Our main conference is going to be on April 7th, and 8th. Then lastly, we have the sound at music festival, day four.

Imagine going to Coachella, but for Bitcoin. There’s going to be very few talks. It’s going to be all about the culture of Bitcoin. It’s going to be all about hanging with your fellow plebs. It’s going to be an absolutely amazing time. There’s going to be Bitcoin musicians, Bitcoin artists, and all your favorite Bitcoiners and just an amazing environment to party and just see it all, soak it all in, and to get people to realize that a Bitcoin world, a world filled with Bitcoin people doing Bitcoin things is the world that they want to live in. That’s what Bitcoin 2022 is all about. That is what the Bitcoin conference is all about. That’s what Bitcoin Magazine is all about.

It is going to be a celebration of Bitcoin, the Bitcoiners and this amazing movement that is going to make the world a better place. Go to b.tc/conference, learn more about the Bitcoin Conference, learn more about all the amazing things that are happening in Miami around the Bitcoin Conference and buy your tickets. Guess what? If you buy your tickets with Bitcoin, you save a $100 on all the tickets and a $1,000 on the whale pass. If you want the VIP pass, the Big Kahuna, you buy with Bitcoin, you save a $1,000. That’s a lot of SATS. Go and do it right now today. Don’t wait. Prices are only going up. This is going to be a can’t miss event.

[00:56:16] CK: Bitcoiners, let’s take a break from the content and I want to tell you about CoolBitX. CoolBitXis an awesome Bitcoin hardware wallet. It’s been around for a really long time. They are building an amazing Bitcoin wallet called the CoolWallet Pro. The CoolWallet Pro is state of the art Bitcoin hardware, wallet technology. Its form factor is like a credit card. You can put it into your wallet, and it is designed to go with you on the go. That way, even when you’re on the go, you can have the benefit of a two-factor hardware wallet design when you’re trying to spend your Bitcoin, so you can have your Bitcoin wallet.

You exit on your phone and make it really easy to scan, decide what you want to do. Then you sign with CoolBitX, which is in your back pocket. It is tamper-proof. It is waterproof. It is flexible. It has an awesome secure element in it. It is a really awesome way in order to have some more flexibility, yet security when you’re taking your Bitcoin on the go. I personally am a fan of this idea of making Bitcoin into a medium of exchange and making it into something that people use. I know, it’s going to take time, but they are working on the UX for making that possible in a secure a way possible. Have some peace of mind. Check out the CoolWallet Pro from CoolBitX. Thank you to them for sponsoring this podcast.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[00:57:44] P: All right. What else? What else we got?

[00:57:47] M: Hello. Hey, can I speak?

[00:57:48] P: Yes, I forgot you were there. I’m sorry, Miguel. Yes, please. You are focused on El Salvador. Give us your thoughts.

[00:57:53] M: Yeah, in El Salvador. Yeah. I am very bullish on Bitcoin, but because you were talking about the Chivo app and everything, right?

[00:58:02] P: We were originally, yeah.

[00:58:04] M: Even though I’m super bullish on Bitcoin, I don’t have the Chivo app. First, because it has not been enabled on my phone. I have a Note 10 and I can download the app. That sucks. Regardless of if I cannot download the app or not, I’m not using the Chivo app, because I don’t trust the government. I think that’s one of the reasons as to why people is in Bitcoin, because they don’t trust the institutions.

I wanted to ask you people in the space, there is a solution that would be similar to Chivo app in the sense that it’s decentralized, and that you have your own keys. Also, you can exchange Bitcoin for whatever token, or fiat, or fiat token that you can, because you can supposedly do that on the Chivo app. Also, that supports Lightning payments. Because, for example, I have Blue wallet, but again, that’s the centralized in Lightning.

I can convert my Bitcoin to dollars on Blue. Or for example, I have trust wallet in which it’s decentralized, and at the same time, I can exchange my Bitcoin for whatever I want, but I don’t have Lightning, or I could use Chivo, but it’s centralized. It’s not your keys, not your crypto. I have to rely on the government. is there something out there that could meet those requirements? If not, I think that, because we have been talking about the future.

[00:59:34] P: Wait. Sorry. Can you restate the requirements that you’re interested in?

[00:59:37] S: I think, what you’re looking for would be a Lightning wallet that had stablecoin support and a marketplace where people could do atomic swaps between say, Bitcoin and tethered USD.

[00:59:50] M: Yeah. That is pretty much what I’m asking for.

[00:59:53] P: John, did you just wave to signal agreement, or did you had a comment?

[00:59:58] JC: Just waving my hands.

[01:00:00] P: Got it. Yeah. I don’t know of any that are that offer that support. Does anyone else?

[01:00:05] JC: Shinobi’s totally right. You need exactly what you described. I do think what you described should exist. I don’t think it exists, other than maybe somewhat indirectly through a shitcoin wallet. There are multi-coin wallets that have also have stablecoins and stuff, but they’re not really doing a dedicated Bitcoin experience, even if you – generally, when you’re asking for the capability to convert your Bitcoin and your Lightning Bitcoin into dollars somehow, you’re going to need a service, which means that you’re going to have to trust a service with your money, while they’re convert it.

[01:00:34] M: I thought, the point of somehow Bitcoin was for it to be a trustless system. For example, even if you’re using Lightning, you’re not really trusting anybody.

[01:00:46] JC: You didn’t ask for trustless. You asked for dollars.

[01:00:49] P: Lightning is not fully trustless. There’s trade-offs at every step. If you want fully trustless, the most secure, then you’re going to go with layer one on-chain transactions, but then there’s trade-offs there. If you’re willing to give up a slight amount of that –

[01:01:01] JC: Generally speaking, it’s a 100% possible to hold US dollars in a trustless way digitally.

[01:01:06] P: There you go.

[01:01:08] M: Yeah. That sort of makes sense. Yeah. I guess, since donors come from institutions, we have to trust them, which is the opposite for Bitcoin. I guess, that’s why we’re here. That’s good.

[01:01:19] JC: Yeah. You need to trust your custodian as a bank, or you trust Tether to hold the dollars they say they hold, etc. You end up, to have a digital dollar, you have to trust.

[01:01:27] M: Okay. Yeah. That makes sense. I just put it out there as a business idea, or a map idea. If you can manage to have all those features, that would be great for the feature.

[01:01:39] JC: I think, it’s an excellent idea.

[01:01:40] RG: Yeah John, I think you should run with that. That’s a really good idea.

[01:01:44] M: Because you have all of it, right? You have the Dexus, you have the decentralized wallets and you have the Lightning wallet. It’s just about putting it altogether in one place, which to me would be really almost as if everybody’s running their own node. Maybe that doesn’t necessarily let you run it by yourself, because that requires technical things. So that it does it for you, just like Muun wallet does. Well, the way I see it, that would be the future for Bitcoin for me.

I live in the country where it’s legal. Because that way, it really is trustless. It really is something that I can also, yeah, for the long-term you can HODL. For everyday transactions, you can’t really use Bitcoin for everyday transactions. If you’re losing money day-to-day, unless –

[01:02:34] P: Wait, sorry. Why can’t you use Bitcoin over Lightning for everyday transactions?

[01:02:37] M: In the sense, let’s say that, I don’t know. I want to get a Big Mac for $5 and I only have $6 on my Bitcoin Lightning account, then I don’t know. Bitcoin goes down 10% and I couldn’t change it, because I don’t have anything to change it to.

[01:02:55] P: That’s not something that needs to be supported directly in a wallet. If you want to exchange it, it would be cool. I agree. It’d be a pretty awesome idea. I think those are separate.

[01:03:01] JC: I think, Miguel, if everybody, even in El Salvador, and I don’t care how poor anybody is there. Even if they just use Bitcoin for a little while, you’ll eventually get enough Bitcoin, if you use it as your form of savings and you can save any amount. You’ll eventually get to accumulate an amount where the volatility will matter less and less, and you’ll be more and more comfortable with holding the Bitcoin.

I think over the decades also, the Bitcoin will just become less volatile overall. Yeah, volatility is an issue. That is a huge reason why stablecoins are popular. That’s why they’re also very popular in countries that have bad stability for their own currency, a lot of high inflation and things like this. I think that you are correct, that the answer would be to try to make this better than current trusted solutions by incorporating atomic swaps and coordinating atomic swaps across people in private ways.

We’re still some ways away from that. There were a lot of people working on adding capabilities for tokens and to be on Lightning. There are multiple projects trying to do that. There are multiple trial projects trying to make atomic swapping better in general for Bitcoiners. Then coordinating all of that stuff in the future, but it’s not here now. I think that you have to be patient and you’ll see it come.

[01:04:12] M: All right. Thank you. That’s great insight. I guess, I’ll just wait. I’ll just HODL for now. Because I do want to use the Lightning to pay for stuff right now. I was so excited about it, but at the same time, I don’t feel like, unless I use the Chivo app, I feel I cannot do it, because I don’t have a Lightning wallet that I could hedge against the volatility.

[01:04:33] RG: Miguel, I do think, I don’t know if they have it live yet, but I do know that the Bitcoin Beach wallet is working on allowing you to hold a USD denominated balance in their wallet. I don’t know if it’s live yet. I do know that they’re working on it, though. You might try the Bitcoin Beach wallet and see if that’s available.

[01:04:50] M: All right. Yeah.

[01:04:51] JC: Since you specifically mentioned hedging your volatility, since you word it that way, we would probably should mention DLCs, people like atomic beds and tonic. I think, become atonic loans now. Because they’re trying to make a product that would allow you to specifically hedge through having a bet construction using Bitcoin. That might be a way that you could at least lock in a Bitcoin price at a certain dollar value, entering one of those contracts. Of course, there is some risk there, but you can control the risk.

[01:05:19] P: Yeah, DLCs are really fascinating. I can’t wait until we have them over Lightning.

[01:05:24] M: Maybe I could rephrase this question. Maybe you’ll get more ideas. Maybe if you work –

[01:05:30] P: Go ahead. I’m going to – Miguel, I’m just going to say, one more – I’m going to ask you to rephrase it one more time and then I want to move us on, because we don’t have too much more time. Go ahead.

[01:05:38] M: Yeah, of course. If your salary was being paid in Bitcoin right now, what would you do? You have a salary. You work for money.

[01:05:48] JC: I’ll tell you exactly what I’d do.

[01:05:50] M: [Inaudible 01:05:50] in USD, or whatever – yeah, money that you –

[01:05:54] P: Ryan go ahead. I think, Miguel, we got the concept. Basically, if you’re paid in BTC, what do you do if you need dollars to interact with your life? Ryan, you were going to chime in.

[01:06:02] JC: It was me.

[01:06:02] P: Oh, I’m sorry, John. Go ahead, John.

[01:06:07] JC: I’ve been getting paid in Bitcoin for, I don’t know, three years or something like this. I don’t remember, three or four years. Then, I was living off of Bitcoin before that. Very simple formula. You get paid, you decide how much money you need to spend until the next time you get paid in dollars, you sell that much the day you get paid, so that way you don’t think about whether you sold it right or the wrong price, because you don’t want to be a trader, because that’s a bad idea.

You just have only enough cash to live for month-to-month. Or, if you have a little more money and you have a little better savings, you maybe save two months out, or you save two months out, plus some emergency amount that you think you just want to have handy in case something happens. You just maneuver this way. Then if you can, if you want to start optimizing and keeping things out of dollars, you can also do things, like buy gift cards for whatever bills, or sorry, not bills, but cellphone services and different shopping you might do online. That way, you can stay outside of banking, if you want to.

[01:07:01] P: There you go.

[01:07:01] M: Thank you. That is actually great. I’m new to this space, right? This helps a lot. Thank you, guys, for listening and answering my questions, because this is great. Thanks, John. Because your experience is going to help me decide what I’m doing now in the future. Thank you.

[01:07:19] P: Absolutely, Miguel. I know, you and I have chatted back and forth in the back-end and a lot of the conversations about El Salvador. Definitely appreciate you jumping up and asking questions. They’re important ones. Ryan, you I don’t think, answered the question of what are some things that you are particularly excited about related to Lightning, or that you’re angry about, or that do fall asleep crying about.

[01:07:41] RG: I’m particularly excited, just about adoption, about all the new people that are getting into the space. I think, we’ve been hammering in our blog and all sorts of stuff on the PlebNet all year. All of the new people that are getting excited about Lightning with this price run-up, I think, it’s really exciting. It’s much needed. I can tell you, not only am I excited as a business development person, but the protocol developers are excited that we have new blood and new ideas, new people that are testing out their software and are using it on a daily basis. Particularly, the expansion into Latin America, not just El Salvador, but Brazil, Argentina, Chile West Africa, Vietnam and Paxful in Nigeria, Ghana.

Just getting more people into the space, getting more people interested, which inevitably leads to more developers, into more startups. I’m just really excited for the unknowns that are going to pop up over the next six months, that are come out of going to come out of this surge of adoption. There’s Lightning Labs and Blockstream, Sync, Square Crypto. Of course, we have really long-time horizons that we’re thinking about, and the stuff that we’re excited about over the next three to five years, in terms of protocol development.

Bringing in new people, enthusiastic people, talented people, young people that want to change things up and make them work, and throw a wrench into those plans, I think, is really exciting. Especially, protocol developers, I think they would even admit, have a tendency to get a little ivory tower, especially with the long-time horizon, and then thinking about the perfect protocol position and rapid rabbit holing and incentives, and all this stuff. Having real people use your real technology on a daily basis to buy coffee and stuff like that, just forces you to focus on the here and now about, what can we do to make sure that this El Salvador experiment works? What can we do to make sure that people with four or five-year-old Android phones in Ghana can run their own nodes? What can we do to solve these problems for people today, I think is really exciting and we’ll pay just enormous dividends going forward.

[01:09:42] P: I love it. I love it. Yeah. I’m super bullish on Lightning adoption and people getting more and more excited about it. Walton, a bunch of us all got together and started PlebNet, because we were super excited. We wanted to learn about it together and it grew into this much larger thing. I think, that I’m really excited about the developments there in terms of running neutrino nodes on your phone, and all of the platforms that are out there that make it easier and easier to run your own Lightning node. These are heady times. It’s quite amazing.

I’m also particularly excited about, there’s a new series that Lisa and the folks over at Blockstream are releasing about c-lightning development and the plugin architecture there. There’s some really awesome stuff being done on LND. It’s an exciting time to be running a Lightning node and to be seeing Lightning adoption increase dramatically all over the world.

[01:10:26] RG: One other thing that is really much more concrete, the answer I just gave was very flowery and high-level. One thing that I’ve always desperately wanted is death to subscription paywalls. I think, now, we have the infrastructure for the Lightning Network at a good enough place, where you’re going to start seeing a pro tip. I hope I’m not leaking anything. I don’t think that I am. If you download the Zebedee browser extension and go to Andre Neves’ profile page on Twitter, it’s pretty cool. I think, we’re going to see a lot more Lightning tipping, embedded natively in the web, like that showing up pretty soon.

[01:11:05] P: I did not know that they had a Chrome extension. Yeah. The guys at Zebedee are doing some incredible stuff.

[01:11:10] RG: Check it out. It’s public, because they’ve tweeted about it a little bit. If you look at my profile pic with the little Lightning and then my Zebedee Lightning address thing, again, there’s of course, concerns privacy-wise here and brings them TLS, all that stuff, yada, yada, yada, just the experience of being able to browse somebody’s Twitter page and being able to tip them directly over Lightning with all I had to put in there was just this, I don’t know, 20 characters or something like that. I think, it’s going to blow people’s minds as far as how far the infrastructure has come. I don’t know when they’re going to make a big announcement about it, but it’s working and I think it’s going to be the next couple days.

[01:11:48] P: Wait. That is so cool. Just to be clear, what did you have to change? You just basically put your Zebedee wallet address or something in your profile?

[01:11:55] RG: Yup. Yeah. My Lightning address, my Zebedee wallet. Yeah. I tested it out earlier. If you browse to on the browser, if you go to Andre specific, his page, I know it works for his page, because I looked at it and a little Lightning tip button pops up, if you have the Chrome extension installed. I expect, that will be rolled out for more Chrome extensions going forward.

[01:12:14] P: Basically, the Chrome extension scans the page, finds the Zebedee address and then automatically inserts a button, so that you can just tip him really easily?

[01:12:21] RG: Yeah. It’s fucking sweet.

[01:12:22] P: It’s pretty neat. Yeah, I think, the user experience for a lot of these tools has been, like a software engineer, I’m like, “Oh, no problem. I’ll SSH into my machine and smash my head against the wall for three hours before figuring it out.” Obviously, for adoption, we need much smoother experiences. I think, a lot of the full node, and Chino node, phone wallets that have these really beautiful experiences and this stuff is really important. It’s exciting.

[01:12:44] RG: Yeah. The Lighting address thing, too, again, it has its qualms and its trade-offs, etc., etc. Just the experience of having getting rid of the noises and just having a human readable Lightning address, I think there’s just a game-changer for normies, and making it approachable and making it something, I don’t know. Andre has been just producing all kinds of crazy, amazing new stuff in the last two months. I don’t know what’s gotten into his wheaties in the morning, but he’s just been shipping all kinds of new features. Excited to see what they have next.

[01:13:14] P: I will say, I’ve been super excited about the BOLT 12 stuff that Rusty Russell is working on. We did a Space with him a little while back. I think, BOLT 12 is going to be game-changing as well.

[01:13:24] RG: Yeah. There’s that flow. Anything with the end state of what’s good for users is this permanent reusable invoice, or static address, static QR code type thing. However, the development community, that decision is far beyond my pay grade of which is the proposal ends up going forward. However, we get to that end state, where you can have, ideally, a privacy preserving, but in practical matters, just a static, a Lightning address, I think is just huge for adoption. That’s been the dream of Internet-based micropayments for forever, because you can just put an address out there, like your email address, and people can just tip you for content that you posted months ago.

[01:14:02] P: All right. I want to try to end us relatively on time today, which will be, I don’t want to say a first, but it’s very infrequent. Let’s go around for the speakers that are up here and give some closing thoughts. Brian, you want to give us your closing thoughts? Although, you just did, but –

[01:14:17] S: I know. I just did. I’ll be brief though. Things are going well, but we need more help. We need more developers. We need more people doing business development, and we need more people doing marketing. If you’re sitting on the sidelines listening to this, and you are passionate about Lightning, like I think, literally every single Lightning company is hiring. I think, literally, every Bitcoin company is hiring right now. It’s time to quit your fiat job. It’s time to come work on Bitcoin full-time. If they have that resume and CV, and start applying.

We need to help, and now is the time to jump in. I can tell you, having joined not a Bitcoin company, but a crypto company in spring of 2018, once the bear market kicks in, those job posting disappear in a hurry. They don’t come back for a couple years. If you’re at all interested in working on Bitcoin full-time and you have any work close to the requisite skills, strongly recommend applying immediately. Even just to say that you did it, because we need more help. People are hiring and yeah, it’s a very exciting time to be working on Bitcoin.

[01:15:14] P: I could not agree with you more. I literally just did exactly that. Exciting stuff.

[01:15:18] S: By the way.

[01:15:19] P: Thank you. Thank you. I’m super pumped. The conference is going to be amazing. Walton.

[01:15:25] W: Yeah. I think, we’ve mentioned PlebNet a couple of times, but I don’t think we mentioned how people can find PlebNet. What I’d like to remind, is that they can simply go to kyc.jelly.com. That is kycjelly.com. Thank you. I’m done speaking.

[01:15:43] P: That’s an internal joke, because we’re all so fixated on privacy and OPSEC and stuff. We never tell anybody the number of Bitcoin we have, things like that. Then, when we started PlebNet, we were all like, “All right, here’s my node. Check on my liquidity.” We were just throwing channels around. The joke was, we called the KYC jelly, because it was funny. Artur, what are your thoughts?

[01:16:04] AS: Yeah, sure. It was a really good discussion. Ryan said, we are so early. It’s time to join the Lightning space, the Bitcoin space. Forget all the shitcoins and what is happening. They’re all that circle jerk with the farming, and so on. That’s not adding any value to the world. This thing, what we’re doing now is actually, building a better world.

Speaking of that, we are so early, which means that, honestly, the infrastructure is getting there. There’s some good development happening, but we are so early. It’s like 2013 in Bitcoin. Remember blockchain info got their first API? When I used it first time, it was get address and get merchants. They were the only API that was available. It was so clunky. I remember that. I’m not saying we’re in a similar situation now. We’re in a much better situation. Again, the user experience, the developer experience needs to be improved.

I understand, it takes time. We’re all building that. That’s the one thing, right? The infrastructure layer, we are building now. The second is Miguel said, he needs a useful product. One thing is we talk about tech here. Another thing is we need to talk how to solve actual problems for users, for people. How do we basically, abstract out Lightning and Bitcoin for people? I know, it sounds cheesy to we abstract it out, but we should give people choice. If they want to – I see said, Miguel, he wants to transact in some stable value, like USD. Let’s say, it’s a temporary thing, until the post fee at world, where Bitcoin Lightning will be the world currency, we have to think here as well, how do we make Lightning and Bitcoin without wallets, but a physical cash, so you can exchange with each other cash? Like in a movie Time, where you can –

[01:18:00] P: Wait, wait, wait, wait. You said two things I think are interesting. One, the idea that there needs to be physical representations of Lightning.

[01:18:07] AS: Exactly. Physical cash.

[01:18:09] P: I disagree, man.

[01:18:10] AS: No? Look, the electronic wallets, it’s durability. You have to solve all these things. I was thinking, NFC and E Inc., and then you can tap to each other. Basically, you don’t need Internet connection. That is the point. Because look, I was now in Nigeria, in these far villages and they have this POS systems. The agents who exchange cash with them, mobile money. We need solutions for them.

Okay, there’s Blockstream. They launched the satellite. That’s awesome. I’m sure they’re thinking ahead as well, but you don’t need Internet to connect to the Bitcoin blockchain with the Blockstream satellite, they will do the same with Lightning. The solution will come there. There’s a need. I see that. Hundred SATs on a physical form, or whatever material is going to be, like [inaudible 01:18:56], NFC or something. I have no idea, but there will be something.

[01:19:01] JC: Any physical form Bitcoin will end up being essentially, a form of hardware wallet. I think, the closest we’ve got so far is open dime, where you have this walkable and detectable, if it’s been on lock, little USB device that has Bitcoin on it. You can use that like cash.

[01:19:17] AS: Interesting. Yeah. There has to be a guarantee that you have not used it. I can just look at –

[01:19:22] JC: The only guarantee is if you actually connect to the network. You never know for sure, until you connect to the network.

[01:19:28] P: All right, everyone. I’m going to close this out for the day. Thank you, again, so much for joining, and I’ll see you all next week.

Source

Tagged : / / / / / / / /

The Extraordinary Ramifications Of Bitcoin As Money In El Salvador

Watch This Episode On YouTube

Listen To This Episode:

The government of El Salvador recently made a historic move by declaring bitcoin as legal tender, but the implementation of this new monetary network on the nation-state level hasn’t come without its fair share of obstacles. Alex Gladstein, chief strategy officer of the Human Rights Foundation, recently wrote an outstanding piece called “The Village And The Strongman” detailing the state of Bitcoin in El Salvador, and he joined a Twitter Spaces hosted by Bitcoin Magazine to discuss exactly what’s been going down.

One of the main issues with the government implementation has been a lack of privacy and transparency surrounding the Chivo app. By moving toward a cashless society, there is potential for citizens’ financial behavior to be surveilled and restricted if they don’t learn Bitcoin best practices for privacy and self custody.

“There’s a bit of a concern here that you could have a lot of users flock to the government wallet, because it gives you free money, and it’s easiest to use,” said Matt Odell, Bitcoiner and privacy advocate, during the Spaces conversation. “As a result, they end up having no financial privacy, and their funds can get seized at will, which is the current situation if users are using the Chivo wallet, the government wallet.”

Complications have also arisen from new users being introduced to bitcoin’s inherent short-term volatility. Bitcoin’s price suffered heavily on the day of launch, which was likely jarring for people who don’t understand why their purchasing power may be decreasing.

“They see their balances going down and they feel that the money has been stolen” said Enzo Rubio, owner of Point Break Café in El Zonte. “It’s difficult when you don’t have the right education. I think education is one big part that the government is not doing right now. Possibly, because they are trying to fix the technical difficulties a bit more than the education part.”

Ultimately, the benefits of adopting a monetary network that can grant people unseizable property rights outweigh the turmoil that has occurred during the rollout. Bitcoin represents hope and opportunity, especially for the younger generation that is embracing this new technology and all that it has to offer.

Gerson Martinez, a Salvadoran Bitcoiner whose father had to leave El Salvador at 19 years old because of civil unrest and corruption, is excited and hopeful for the next generation of Salvadorans.

“It gives me so much joy and pride in my heritage to know that there’s young people, in particular, young people, who are so hopeful about their country now, and that the first thought isn’t, ‘Let me get out of here. Let me figure out how and when I can get out of here to go look for a better life,’” Martinez said. “Rather, ‘I can build the life that I want here.’ In my view, having adopted this monetary network is a gigantic step in that direction towards freedom and sovereignty. I’ll leave it at that.”

Gladstein reinforced his position that this move by El Salvador is unprecedented and will likely incite action from other world leaders around the globe.

“I want to be clear that from my perspective, this is a historic thing. It is the march of open-source software,” Gladstein said. “It is remarkable that this government chose Bitcoin. They could have banned Bitcoin. It really puts the pressure on a lot of institutions internationally and corporations to get with the program.”

The full recording of this Spaces conversation includes many more details and discussion. To read the whole conversation, check out the unedited transcript below:

[00:00:06] CK: Welcome, welcome, welcome everyone. This is ck_snarks with Bitcoin Magazine. Got a good Twitter Spaces all set up for you. Really excited for this one. It’s going to be with Alex Gladstein. we’re going to be talking about what is happening in El Salvador. Bitcoin is obviously happening in El Salvador, but a lot else is happening there. Alex wrote an article for Bitcoin magazine titled The village and the Strong Man, really diving into the unlikely story and talking about how Bitcoin in El Salvador became a thing to begin with. Also, the character of Bukele, what’s happening around human rights there, what’s happening around democracy there, etc.

It’s a nuanced, complicated subject. We’ve been talking about El Salvador a lot here on Bitcoin Magazine. Obviously, something that is very, very pertinent to Bitcoin and very big news. Want to continue to continue covering this. We are a little early here getting the room started, but waiting and excited for Matt Odell, for Aaron Van Wirdum, for several other folks to join in and lead the conversation along with Mr. Gladstein. What’s up Aaron? Hey, just for everyone who is unfamiliar with Aaron, he is our lead technical writer, and he is on the ground in El Salvador and pretty much has been since before the news of the Bitcoin law.

[00:01:35] AVW: Hey, hey.

[00:01:36] CK: Aaron, in between the Bitcoin legal tender law became official at Bitcoin 2021, you went to El Salvador, just because it was starting to really become a place, El Zonte in particular, for folks to make a pilgrimage. Can you talk a little bit about how El Salvador has really changed from before the law and after the law? As well as Bitcoin 2021 and that experience?

[00:02:05] AVW: Well, you mentioned that it has become a cool spot for Bitcoiners to visit El Zonte in particular. I’ve spent some time in El Zonte. I spend more time in San Salvador. I’m in San Salvador now. I’ve described it as like a rolling Bitcoin conference almost. You can go there, and more often than not, there will be other Bitcoiners in town that you can have a beer and just the types of conversations you’ll find at Bitcoin meetups. That’s cool. I don’t know what you mean with the last question. In fact, I don’t remember what your last question was.

[00:02:38] CK: No. Just saying, what was the experience at Bitcoin 2021, seeing that news, and how that shifted how you thought about El Salvador before?

[00:02:48] AVW: I’ll answer a different question. Because I don’t know how to answer that question. It was interesting. I mean, so for us at Bitcoin 2021, this announcement came in, and it was a huge surprise for everyone. You had a standing ovation in the crowd, and everyone was cheering, and everyone was happy.

Then you get to El Salvador, and you learn that it was equally a surprise here, but the reaction was a little bit different, I would say. A lot of people here had a feeling like, “What the fuck is going on? What is this Bitcoin thing? Why do we have to deal with this?” I did feel there was a conference. It was a surprise for everyone. Bitcoiners, of course, were very happy with this surprise. People here were mostly just a little bit confused about this surprise.

I had mixed reactions, I think. I mean, it’s definitely put Bitcoin on the map. A lot of people are thinking about it, talking about it. That’s a good thing. At the same time, a lot of people aren’t necessarily very happy with the way the law is being implemented, and the way it’s being rolled out without any public debate before the law was implemented.

[00:03:51] CK: Awesome. Thanks for that insight. Alex, welcome.

[00:03:55] AG: I’ll just give an overview first, and I really want to hear from Matt Odell as well. Then we can get Enzo and Gerson’s take. I wanted to do this article for two reasons. One was to show the mainstream media who have reached out to me about this article, people from the New York Times and elsewhere have been reading this article and interpreting it and digesting it. I wanted them to understand that yes, on its face, this seems quite contradictory to have a government that clearly is heading in an authoritarian direction.

What is the contradiction there between that and then the fact that they’re adopting a nation state currency that’s decentralized, and beyond their power to manipulate at a root level, this is a fascinating geopolitical contribution that’s going to have a lot of human impact, not just in El Salvador, but beyond?

I wanted to create something that showed some nuance with regard to the fact that yes, this is historic. Yeah, it’s incredible that this government chose Bitcoin and not some central bank, digital currency, or some Chinese surveillance coin, or they chose Bitcoin as the legal tender for the nation. It’s still stunning to think about. On the other hand, what are the goals of this government? How will this serve them? I think, at the end of the day, it comes down to the idea of self-custody, and the idea of like, is it going to be 2 million people using Chivo, which is really promises to pay Bitcoin that are confiscateable? Or is there really going to be an organic movement of Salvadorans who actually, like starting in El Zonte, who actually learn how to use Bitcoin the proper way, and then it grows organically from there.

These are two very contradictory and paradoxical themes. Matt Odell, obviously, talks a lot about privacy and surveillance, but also, about government adoption of Bitcoin and the game theory of that. I’d love to hear Matt and his take on this so far. Then we’ll get into Gerson and Enzo.

[00:05:50] MO: Hey, guys. it’s an honor to be here. First of all, Gladstein, really, really appreciate you going down there firsthand, and writing such a nuanced and comprehensive write-up on the current situation. It was really helpful from my point of view as someone who has not been able to get down there yet. One thing I mean, I would definitely highlight that you mentioned in the piece, I think a lot of Americans aren’t really aware of, is how much harm we’ve done in that country, intervening and forcing our will upon the Salvadoran people.

I want to be very conscious that I’m not being an American trope over here and giving my opinions on something that I have not been on the ground firsthand. In general, my concern stems mostly from a skepticism of government and the skepticism of large corporations who often neglect their user base’s privacy, and abuse the relationship that they have with those users and the control they have over those users.

There’s a lot of things that I’m very optimistic about with the new Salvadoran Bitcoin law. Specifically, when you mentioned the fact that they can use any wallet is massive. I think, something that I did not expect to happen in any country for maybe even a decade, way ahead of the curve on that.

One of the things you really highlighted in the piece that I think is key here is there’s a huge education element. I think, Bitcoiners from around the world, as a community, that’s something that’s really actionable that we can get around, just in educating people in the best practices when using Bitcoin, because there is so many nuances when you’re trying to use it privately, and when you’re trying to use it as an individual, that is not necessarily as simple as just installing the government wallet.

There’s a bit of a concern here that you could have a lot of users flock to the government wallet, because it gives you free money, and it’s easiest to use. As a result, they end up having no financial privacy, and their funds can get seized at will, which is the current situation if users are using the Chivo wallet, the government wallet.

[00:08:07] AG: Yeah. Something you brought up, which I think is very important to point out is that currently, in many countries, including El Salvador, the cash economy is very important for a lot of people. This is the same case in Palestine and many other places around the world, obviously. It provides a level of not just privacy, but actually, disconnection from the regime and the government. It provides a place that the government doesn’t have a lot of control or oversight over in a good way. It allows people to actually conduct business in a peer-to-peer way that’s much more within their control.

Now, if this is part of a government strategy to basically get people to move from the cash economy to the Chivo economy, then we’re concerned. Because then, all these little transactions that are done using cash, which is of course, it can be debased. With the dollar, the Salvadorans are less worried about that. The problem is with cash, you have privacy, and you have a bearer asset that can’t be confiscated remotely.

Now, we’re shifting potentially, to people using a government digital dollarized wallet, that can be remotely confiscated and frozen, and has a lot more surveillance restrictions. One of the concerns is that this is part of a general global movement of moving from a cash economy to maybe a Chivo economy. Now, obviously, using things like, self-custodial Bitcoin wallets, and developing a peer-to-peer economy, that’s how we’re going to fight that trend. It just seems unclear across the country of El Salvador, like how that’s going to play out. Matt, do you want to weigh in on that?

[00:09:37] MO: Yeah. I mean, I just wanted to agree that I mean, that’s absolutely a trend we’re seeing globally. We’re seeing cash get phased out, not only by governments intentionally trying to phase out its usage and discourage its usage, but also, by individuals who are choosing more convenient digital options. I think, personally, President Bukele is a very savvy politician. He’s a populist. He’s very good at using Twitter. He probably has, like most people, many motives for implementing this. I think, it would be pretty naive to assume that one of the motives isn’t discouragement of the cash economy, which he has no insight into. The government has pretty much no insight into this cash economy that is supposedly a pretty major aspect of Salvadoran economy.

I would be very surprised that that isn’t one of his incentives, and one of his goals is to try and people – move people over to this more digital surveilled economy. At the same time, if you are going to do that, obviously, it’s strictly better that it’s being done on an open monetary network, like Bitcoin, where you can use other applications that are not run by the government, as opposed to a lot of these so-called central bank digital currency plans we see coming out of China and even the United States.

[00:10:49] AG: Right. Obviously, as long as the Chivo app still connects to the Bitcoin network, meaning that you can still withdraw funds into Bitcoin, and receive Bitcoin and Lightning payments from abroad, it’s a powerful tool, and it’s one that obviously, no other government has dared to implement. I don’t want to underestimate the power, the humanitarian upgrade that Bitcoin presents. This is what the mainstream totally misses. They might be accurate in their criticisms of Bukele from a political point of view.

You have to really understand what a massive upgrade this does present for people, when they can receive a payment, perhaps a remittance $50, a $100, $500 from anyone to their phone instantly. Then they can keep that in dollars without a bank account, or withdraw it into cash, or withdraw it to their own Bitcoin wallet. I mean, that’s just such an incredible tool.

Again, I have two guest speakers here. One was initially at least more positive about the law, and one was more negative about the law. We’ll hear from Gerson first, because he was more positive. Then we’ll hear from Enzo and then we can go back and forth. Gerson, go ahead. Tell us about your perspective on this as it’s unfolded over the last three months.

[00:12:01] GM: Sure. Yeah. First of all, thanks, Alex. First of all, for writing that article, and getting the story of El Salvador a pretty dense analysis of El Salvador’s history in front of so many eyeballs. I think, that’s really, really important. I want to agree with a lot of what you and Matt just said, with respect to the importance of this law, from the perspective of the human rights aspect, of giving people access to the Bitcoin network, and particular, in a country where 70% of the country is unbanked and doesn’t have the resources, or documentation necessary to open up a traditional financial instruments.

As you said, I’ve been very, very optimistic about this whole endeavor. Look, I don’t discount the possibility that a president with a supermajority in the legislative body who’s wildly popular, almost like, cultishly popular in some pockets of the country, I don’t discount the possibility that this man could also become corrupt, or have absolute power corrupts absolutely. I don’t discount that possibility. However, I think we’re all highlighting here that the monetary network that he’s opting the country into is one that he can’t control.

I cannot stress how, I think, meaningful that is to me as a Bitcoiner. Because at the end of the day, he’s not saying we’re going to go back on to the Colon standard, from pre-2001. I actually wanted to just, if you give me just a second, I wanted to touch on my own family’s history. My parents are both from El Salvador. They emigrated to the US about 40 years ago, in the middle of the Civil War, that was being fought by basically, a really bifurcated political system. A far, far right party against the guerrillas that turned out to be the far-left party in the country.

I would want to rewind the clock even further than that. About five or six generations ago in my family, on my dad’s side, they were coffee cultivators in a part of the country called [inaudible 00:13:55], where they owned the land that they cultivated, that they grew coffee on. Then somewhere in the early 1900s, a subsidiary of United Fruit Company comes by and effectively, doesn’t give anyone an option, and begins to buy up all the land. You can obviously, a lot of folks in this space can imagine, these are multinational interests, bedfellows with political leaders who give them the right of way in their country, start buying up all this land and then telling all the farmers, “You’re still going to work here, but now we’re going to pay you. Now, we’re going to pay you whatever wage we deem is profitable for us.”

That happened to my dad’s grandparents. Fast forward to 1957 when my dad is born in El Salvador, into abject poverty. Because their ability to build wealth had been taken from them, and so he was born into abject poverty. Further down the line when he was 19-years-old, because of that civil unrest and poverty and corruption in the country, you get a civil war, where if you’re 19-years-old, you have no option but to walk out the door and pick a side. You have to pick a side. What does my dad do? He comes to America, because that’s a rational actor’s best choice is just to leave, because those were bad options down there.

I’m going through this here, because I think my experience here in America has been one that we and I come. I’m just as American as I am Salvadoran. We as Americans look at Salvadoran immigrants and just look at the, “Oh, my God. What are you doing here?” We are unable to peel back the layers of history and understand what propels people to come to this country. At least in my family’s history, these are the dynamics, the underlying dynamics that drove our family into poverty and thus, up toward the United States.

For me, this is coming full circle now. I went down to El Zonte in July, and I can’t – I know, Jim Beda’s on here. It gives me so much joy and pride in my heritage to know that there’s young people, in particular, young people, who are so hopeful about their country now, and that the first thought isn’t, “Let me get out of here. Let me figure out how and when I can get out of here to go look for a better life.” Rather, “I can build the life that I want here.” In my view, having adopted this monetary network is a gigantic step in that direction towards freedom and sovereignty. I’ll leave it at that.

[00:16:24] AG: Thanks. Could you also just briefly comment on the remittance structure? How you would normally send money and what new opportunities this presents here?

[00:16:33] GM: Absolutely. Yeah. I mean, it’s very simple. Folks like my mom who routinely send a couple $100 a month to different folks, they are 100% accustomed to paying 6% fees on a remittance payment of a $100, something like that. This is presuming that that is to a person who has a bank account in El Salvador. There’s just the 6% transactional costs. My mom and every other person who sends remittances, they’re just used to it. That’s the way of the world.

Well, Strike comes along, well, more specifically, the Lightning Network comes along, suddenly, all of us are able to send those payments, first of all, and have them settle instantly. Meaning, the person can receive and use that money instantly, and with 0.3% fees. It’s absolutely game-changing. Most specifically, of course, for the folks on the receiving end of the remittance, not only is there not a financial cost. More of the money is actually arriving.

Not only that, but to the folks who are unbanked and who have to go to their commercial center in their town to go collect the cash, there’s far less risk. I’m sure everybody on this call already understands that. You don’t have to take three hours of time off of work, to go to the place to collect your cash, to stick it in your pocket and then go back home. The ability to send remittances over the Lightning Network is game-changing, I think, for the country.

Now to something that Matt said earlier, there’s a huge learning curve for anyone. When any of us came into this space, there’s so much – the topic is so dense. There’s a huge learning curve necessary both in El Salvador and also, I would offer here in the US. Because there’s 2 million of us here in the US, who are the ones who send the remittances. We need the education here in the US as well, and for all those Salvadoran, the diaspora, who’s up here sending the remittances down.

[00:18:29] AG: Okay, great. Yeah. Look, and there’s obviously, look, there’s attention in the Bitcoin space, I felt, between really strict freedom maximalists, libertarians who say Strike is a betrayal, because it has KYC. Chivo wallet, we should – I agree, we should protest Chivo wallet. This idea of even something like Strike, which is a private company, that it’s somehow is this betrayal.

Then on the other hand, there are people who are like, “Okay, let’s be practical about this. From a humanitarian perspective, this is a really useful tool.” In the same way that a lot of Americans find cash up very useful to convert fiat, maybe their income into Bitcoin, even though they make the trade off to KYC. Salvadorans are making that same decision. I think that’s an interesting tension I’ve noticed here in the Bitcoin space.

All right, so now we’ll go to Enzo, who has a different perspective. Enzo, welcome.

[00:19:22] ER: Thank you very much for inviting me. My name is Enzo Rubio. I’m owner of Point Break Café in El Zonte. I’ve been taking Bitcoin since November 2020. I’m very happy about it. My kudos to Gerson. He has explained in five minutes perfectly what is going on and basically, our views. I have changed from the last time we talked, Alex, I think I’ve changed my mind. I’ve been doing more research and stuff. I think, it’s a very positive thing that can come out of Bitcoin. Obviously, it cannot be the silver bullet to get out of poverty and stuff, but it can help at the end of the day.

What I think we’re missing here, everybody is complaining about the Chivo wallet. I’ve been playing with it a little bit. Just today, only today, I was able to download it. I had my employees downloaded it. We have been testing it. Basically, we need two things from the government. The main thing is education. If we don’t have the right education to know what is going on, what an on-chain transaction is, what a Lightning transaction is, how the market moves and stuff, you’re going to have a lot of people really pissed off.

They see their balances going down and they feel that the money has been stolen. It’s difficult when you don’t have the right education. I think, education is one big part that the government is not doing right now. Possibly, because they are trying to fix the technical difficulties a bit more than the education part.

The other part that I think the government should improve is transparency. Beyond the use of everything, Chivo wallet, or any other wallet we want to use here in Salvador, I think the transparency of how the government is using Bitcoin is going to be key. As you know, the Chivo wallet has two balances on it. Has a US dollar balance and a Bitcoin balance. It’s not the same. It’s two wallets. It is different than a Strike. Strike, you have a USDT balance and that’s it. Bitcoin Beach, for example, has a Bitcoin balance that you can see in in a dollar value

Chivo wallet has a Bitcoin wallet, and you can see the dollar value of it. There’s another wallet, or another balance in the same app that is US dollars. It’s not USDTs. It’s not USDCs. We don’t know what it is. Possibly, it is US dollars. Chivo as we know it is not a bank. Transparency for me is important. If it is not the bank, where is the money? Who has it? That is not clear to me.

[00:22:19] AG: You also mentioned, Enzo, that it’s not still clear who owns the Chico company, and people have a lot of questions about that right?

[00:22:26] ER: Well, it’s actually very clear. We know that Chivo wallet is owned by [inaudible 00:22:31], which is basically an LLC, and is not the government. It is indirect run by the government. It’s a private company. That another private company created that is related to the government. It’s like a second layer, beyond the government. So far, it’s not declared as a bank. It is an enterprise, basically. It’s not the bank. It’s not even a financial corporation. It’s just a company, more like a regular business.

[00:23:06] AG: Some people are afraid of, Enzo, is if Chivo becomes popular among let’s say, several 100,000 people, they’re using it all the time, whether it be the Bitcoin, or the dollar balance as displayed in the app, really, these are just promises to pay, that at the end of the day, need to be liquidated into cash, or Bitcoin, if the user just tries to withdraw the cash at a ATM, if they try to make a bank wire to their bank, or if they try to withdraw the Bitcoin to their self-custody wallet.

The question is going to be, what happens if everybody tries to withdraw their money at the same time? Do they have the liquidity to settle that? That’s, I guess, another question people have, right?

[00:23:45] ER: Absolutely. That’s my main question. This is a private company, that is not a bank, is not a financial institution, is not under the vigilance of the institutions that also check all the banks and all the other financial institutions, then how do we know the money is there? I think, Bitcoin is a little more difficult to fake. Let’s say, that the balance, because we now know that we can transact Bitcoin from Chivo.

[00:24:14] AG: They could freeze it. I mean, it’s like your Bitcoin balance on your cash app in America. You don’t have the keys to it, so they could easily just freeze that. As I’m sure people will find out when they no longer can log into their account one day, maybe it’s down for maintenance or something.

I think, one thing Enzo is working on, just education to help people understand that, at best, the Chivo is like your checking account, and you really need to be withdrawing any Bitcoin that’s meaningful amounts onto your own wallet, whether it be the Bitcoin Beach wallet, or a Muun wallet, or a BlueWallet, or whatever. That’s quite clear. When I was a customer at your cafe, the barista was extremely adept at taking my Bitcoin payment. I mean, way more so than probably anybody in Silicon Valley.

The question is, how long does it take for staff to become comfortable taking Bitcoin payments? I mean, how many months did that take you guys? You said that when Jack Mallers visited, you got a lot of exercise, because he was coming three times a day, right? How long did that take you out to get familiar with this?

[00:25:17] ER: It was pretty quick. Kudos to the Bitcoin Beach guys, they did a pretty good job. I think, it is just excellent how things were working before the law. In El Zonte, it was just easy. I think, the Lightning Network makes it that possible. Without the Lightning Network, I’m pretty sure it wouldn’t work, because nobody’s going to wait 10 minutes, or even a day, and pay up to 24, 25. You never know how much fees to pay for a cafe.

With the Lightning Network, the thing is that you can see it instantly. It was pretty quick, actually. It took us maybe two days. I wouldn’t say, no more than 10 transactions to understand at least how to create the invoice.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[00:26:04] CK: All right, Bitcoiners. I want to tell you about our newest sponsor. This show is brought to you by ledn.io. I have been super, super impressed with the guys over at Ledn. I’ve actually known the co-founders, Adam and Mauricio for a very long time. I’ve had the pleasure to watch them build Ledn up from a tiny, tiny startup, to now a super impressive institutional grade, Bitcoin and crypto lender. Y’all, I’m so impressed with these guys. They are offering some of the best rates out there. I don’t think anyone even comes close to touching them.

You can get 6.1% APY on your first two Bitcoin that you deposit into Ledn interest accounts, and you can get 8.5% on USDC deposits. I mean, I know all the competitors. They’re not even close. If you’re going to put your crypto and your Bitcoin into an interest account, Ledn is by far the best. On top of that, like I said, these guys are hardcore Bitcoiners, and they know the products and the services that Bitcoiners want and appreciate. They came up with B2X. It allows you to put your Bitcoin in and a leverage it up, and you can with one click of a mouse, get twice the exposure to Bitcoin.

If you’re super bullish, Ledn has you covered with a super, super easy way to get leverage with B2X. Then on top of that, they know that Bitcoiners care about your reserves. They know that Bitcoiners don’t like under-reserved and not full-reserved financial institutions. They are pushing the frontier in transparency in the digital asset lending space. They are the first digital asset lender to do a full proof of reserves and proof of attestation, through a Mariano LLC, a public accounting firm.

The Ledn guys, they know what Bitcoiners like. They are legit. I encourage you guys to check them out, do your own research and go to ledn.io. That is L-E-D-N.I-O and learn more.

[00:27:55] CK: Bitcoiners, I want to tell you about The Deep Dive. The Deep Dive is Bitcoin Magazine’s premium market intelligence newsletter. This is a no fluff, hard-hitting, incredible newsletter going deep into the market, helping you understand what’s happening with derivatives, what’s happening on-chain, what’s happening in macro, what’s happening with the narrative and what’s happening with the tech.

My man, Dylan LeClair is an absolute savant. He is making his name known in the Bitcoin community, getting shoutouts left and right, getting on podcast left and right, and him and his team are bringing you everything that you need to know about Bitcoin. You don’t even have to be on Bitcoin Twitter. You can ignore every other newsletter. This is the newsletter to rule them all. Go over to members.bitcoinmagazine.com. Sign up today. If you use promo code MACRO, you get a full month for free. You have nothing to lose. What are you waiting for? Sign up, see the incredible work that Dylan and his team are putting out. If you don’t like it, just unsubscribe. You don’t pay a dime. If you do, it’s going to be well worth the SATs and investment and understanding Bitcoin, and gaining the confidence to continue to invest in Bitcoin and making the right moves around Bitcoin. It’s going to be well worth every single Satoshi. Again, can’t recommend it enough. That is members.bitcoinmagazine.com, promo code MACRO. Do it today.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[00:29:26] GM: We have this phrase, Enzo, in America called ‘the bigotry of low expectations’. Basically, you have a lot of people in New York City working at the New York Times, or whatever and they say, “Bitcoin’s too complicated. No one will ever be able to figure it out.” Okay. This is basically, in a way, racist. It’s basically saying like, “Oh, people in emerging markets won’t be able to figure it out.” I would just urge people when they’re reading the media, and the newspapers to understand that that’s not the case and that in fact, forget the Bitcoin law in El Salvador. I mean, they’re probably close to 10 million, if not more, if you include India, probably close to 20 million people in emerging markets using Bitcoin right now, whether it be in Argentina, Turkey, Nigeria, I could go on and on, and they figured it out just fine, probably faster than the people in Silicon Valley, because they actually understand what it is. I just wanted to make that comment. I’m not sure if you have a reaction to that, Enzo.

[00:30:25] ER: Yeah, absolutely. I think, we have to make to separate what is for regular people, people working in industry, you see the Lightning Network, or Chivo wallet, whatever using Bitcoin, and what the government can do, by using Bitcoin. I think, on the day-to-day transactions, all the pedestrians, it’s going to be easy to understand at the end of the day, if they just use one wallet, and they do Lightning payments. I think, it’s going to be really easy to understand.

If you give the proper education and the proper education. I am not saying that you need to send these people back to college. Everybody gets a smile when its related to money. Once they understand and they feel safe having money in their phones, in these apps, it’s going to work. What they do in El Zonte, the Bitcoin Beach guy was the right way to do it. It was a circular economy. They were hiring people, paying in with SATs and then convincing other businesses to take those SATs. For me, that was a key. Everybody understood. As I said, as a pedestrian, like someone working on the street, it was really important to have instant payments, and it was all value in dollars. I don’t see any difficulty in that part.

[00:31:42] AG: Aaron, awesome that you’re here. A lot of us saw your video that you made of operating one of these ATM, Chivo ATM, and then having a friend abroad pay the invoice. Have you thought about that some more and zoomed out and thought about what that could mean moving forward? What are the possibilities here around the idea that anyone in the world could pay an invoice in El Salvador instantly, versus the legacy economy?

[00:32:09] AVW: First of all, it wasn’t even a friend. It was someone on Twitter that I have no idea who it was, or what his real name is, so that – Even cooler if you ask me. Yeah. Well, as you saw, that went smooth. That went even smoother than I expected. Because usually, well, this is maybe a tiny one, but usually, you get a printed out thing. Then you have to come back when there’s a confirmation. This time, it was instant. Yeah, that was super cool that someone was able to send me 20 bucks from I don’t know where in the world, almost instantly. I think, it cost 20 cents, just the transaction fee.

Now, of course, one of the reasons it is cheap, and that’s a more complex topic is because the government is subsidizing the conversion. There is some cost, there is some friction behind the screen, that the government is paying for that, it’s subsidizing, and getting back to, I think this was one of – was it Gerson who made this point, or maybe it was Enzo. Sorry, I don’t remember. There’s not a lot of transparency on anything from the government.

The fact that it’s working, it is obvious. What was even cooler, in my view, is that I went through the McDonald’s and took a photo of the QR codes on the payment terminal. Then someone paid for my Big Mac, instantly over Lightning for a fraction of a cent. The whole concept of remittances is like a [inaudible 00:33:33] concept at this point. It’s like, talking about long-distance goals. No one has long-distance calls anywhere. We just use Skype, and that space for payments. If you don’t recognize that, you’re not paying attention.

[00:33:47] AG: Aaron, what about the thought around people who believe that Twitter is about to add in the near future? I mean, we have confirmation from the product head. They’re going to add Lightning. It looks like, it’ll be through Strike. There’s some Bitcoiners that are like, “This is bad. This is a betrayal.” There’s others like me, who are like, “Oh, that’s a really useful functionality for people who already are KYC’d, or maybe are a non-profit, or a business, and they want to receive payments from anywhere in the world instantly.” What’s your take on this tension here?

[00:34:21] AVW: You’re basically asking if I see a problem with building closed systems on top of an open system.

[00:34:27] AG: Exactly. Is it –

[00:34:28] AVW: Like, it comes to demographics.

[00:34:31] AG: We’re going to be recreating a lot of traditional systems. They’re just going to be connected with Lightning instead of with Swift. I mean, I guess, I find it hard to see why that’s a downgrade, but I mean, Matt, I’m sure you have thoughts, too, Odell. I’d love to hear either of you on this.

[00:34:45] AVW: Yeah. I mean, it’s obviously not ideal, but it’s also better than nothing, so it’s hard to complain about it. I mean, as a European, I cannot use Strike, or at least not right now. For me, something like this wouldn’t be accessible. I guess, you’re seeing a similar problem with the Internet itself, where the internet itself is maybe at least has the potential to use it apparently anonymously. Then on top of the Internet, we – or take email for an example. You could run your own email server and be very anonymous, but in reality, everyone’s using Gmail, or Outlook, so everyone’s emails are being read.

Yeah, I can definitely see the arguments that it would be a problem if we’re moving in that direction with Bitcoin as a whole, and we have this flow services on top of Bitcoin that everyone’s just using, instead of running your own node and instead of having their own Lightning wallet on the phone that’s on it.

[00:35:38] AG: Matt, what’s your take on that?

[00:35:40] MO: Gerson, you want to jump in real quick before I go?

[00:35:42] AG: Go ahead.

[00:35:43] GM: Sorry. Thanks, man. Yeah. No, I was just going to offer that I think about it as a continuum. Many of us would never have known how to buy Bitcoin, if Coinbase didn’t exist. We all agree that there’s gigantic risks involved with holding any coin, or any exchange. It was the on-ramp for huge swaths of adoption. While we know there are these closed systems are problematic, I tend to think of them as part of the learning continuum for everyone that’s coming into the space.

I am not a technician. I’m not a person who could physically technically buy Bitcoin back in 2012. I just didn’t know how to do it, nor have the skills to. Similarly, I think of it as a continuum. I don’t know if that makes sense.

[00:36:29] MO: I mean, Gerson, I tend to agree with you. In general, I think that we really want as many options available to Bitcoiners as possible. Alex mentioned Twitter adding Strike functionality. I think, it’s important for people to realize. It’s a bit tangential, but it’s important for people to realize that it’s not really them adding Lightning. They’re adding Strike. They already support Cash App and Venmo, and I believe, PayPal, so they’re adding another payment processor there. Hopefully, they add more native Lightning support in the future.

In general, these ideas, Lightning is very new technology. Hopefully, we have easier self-sovereign tools that protect your privacy that are open source, that make it more convenient to use Bitcoin in a more sovereign way. Unfortunately, we’re not fully there yet. A lot of these band-aids are being put on in terms of custodial services. The biggest issue with custodial services is twofold.

One is custodial risk. They can steal your money, or they can lose your money, which is historically throughout Bitcoin, there’s been many cases of custodians losing your Bitcoin and people having less money because of it. Then the second reason, which I think is almost even a bigger reason today, in America, and in a lot of places in the Western world, these custodians because they’re trusted third parties, they’re forced to implement KYC and regulations on their products by the governments that hosts them. As a result, there’s little to no privacy. If anything, it’s the opposite of a private wallet. It’s a surveillance wallet as a result.

Because El Salvador is going full on into Bitcoin, it could end up in a situation where custodians are necessarily obligated to have these very inconvenient and poor privacy regulations attached to them, where they have to accept all this personal information. It’s a little bit early to know if that’s going to be the case. I mean, it seems with Chivo, it’s mostly a phone number is my understanding. Correct me if I’m wrong on that. One of my big concerns here is, in general with people, we live our lives choosing decisions based on convenience versus privacy, security tradeoff.

We oftentimes will choose something that’s more convenient, that is less private and less secure for us. If Chivo gets to play by different rules than other projects in the space in El Salvador, it is going to be the most convenient option, because it has the government’s blessing. As a result, more people will use it and its ability to abuse the privacy and the sovereignty of their users grows as they have market share dominance.

I mean, Enzo mentioned that Chivo LLC, that is the company behind the wallet. I’m pretty sure we don’t even know who the owners of that LLC are. Who is the controlling interest behind that LLC? Are they going to get favorable treatment over other projects? For me that’s a thing that we should all be watching to make sure there’s no abuse there.

[00:39:27] AVW: Just to be clear, the ATM is phone number only, but the actual application is just full name and everything.

[00:39:36] ER: I can give my opinion here. Yes, a Chivo wallet, you need your ID, so they take the pictures of your ID. I believe, the US dollars balance is related to your ID number. The Bitcoin is the Lightning address. That’s what I have to say.

[00:39:56] MO: Yeah, again. Just look, I was talking with Aaron a few days before the implementation. I think, a lot of us is we’re very skeptical that the wallet would even ship with Lightning. It is remarkable. Look, from a different perspective, there’s no way my government would ever roll out some social service for its people that had Lightning on it. That is not obviously not going to happen. Or in fact, our government is openly hostile to such an idea.

I think, we have to think a little bit here. One thing that I will point out and Enzo can help color this is that Bitcoin is not the silver bullet right now. There are two quite important functions that it does not fulfill natively in a self-custodial, non-KYC way. Now, it might fulfill these in the next few years. There’s things on the roadmap that might get us there, which would be amazing, which I’m paying attention to. The first one is that at the end of the day, people need dollarized balances for now. We’re not there to the point where Bitcoin is less risky than the dollar for most people. They need dollars.

Something like Strike, even though they make the trade-off to KYC, or something like the Chivo wallet, the fact that they can have the Bitcoin value pegged to the dollar is very, very important. Now, it’s possible that in the next few years, you’ll be able to have a non-KYC, non-custodial Bitcoin wallet that can actually peg natively to a dollar This is something that people are working on, but it’s not here yet. Until that is here, we need to be open-minded to the fact that people, especially in emerging markets, it’s very important for them to have dollars. This is demonstrated by the fact that many countries tethers very, very popular, like Lebanon, Palestine, etc.

The reason why tether is very popular, is because it’s a less regulated dollar that people can get their hands on without a US bank account. This is something we just need to pay attention to. The second feature is a tip page. Obviously, when Carla who works with Enzo was able to receive a lot of tips from the video I made, that was only because I was able to paste the tip page in my tweet. We’re not there yet, but with what are called offers, I guess, is what the industry is coalescing the jargon around.

Soon enough, you’ll be able to pin a QR to your Twitter profile and receive Lightning payments from anybody, without hurting your privacy, but we’re not there yet. I think, we’re actually fairly close. If Enzo, if you can think about it this way. Imagine if you can go into your Muun wallet, or Bitcoin Beach wallet or BlueWallet, forget something that’s even custodial, like Strike, and generate a QR from inside of it and then paste it onto your Twitter page, or put out in front of your store, you can just be receiving Lightning payments in a way that’s totally self-custodial and protects your privacy.

I think, offers are huge. They’re just not here yet, though. Until we have offers and until we have stabilized non-custodial lightning accounts that can be pegged to fiat, people need these partial solutions. I think, that it’s naive to – you live in a bubble if you don’t think that’s the case. That’s just something I feel quite strongly about after doing a lot of research in emerging markets. I don’t know, Enzo, what’s your reaction to that?

[00:43:02] ER: Well, I’ll tell you the story of Carla is great. It’s amazing to see her. You posted that video and then sent a link and then she received lots of money from different people. We even have visitors just wanted to meet her, to know who she was. They were so happy about the Bitcoin barista now. She is the Bitcoin barista. Now Point Break Café is not even Point Break Café. It’s Carla’s Café. It was great. It was fine.

I do agree. I don’t know how to stress this enough. Without Lightning, things wouldn’t work the way they are working right now. Day-to-day transactions. If you’re working on the street and you want to buy something, you need the Lightning Network. They need instant payments. Some people will say, we need another blockchain, or another cryptocurrency or whatever. I believe, what we have with Lightning right now works. I know, it has some deficiencies. It is better to focus on how to fix those deficiencies, than to think on a whole new solution afterwards.

[00:44:01] MO: Well, I guess, what I’m pointing at Enzo, is that there is a technology potentially on the horizon, where someone could go up on their phone, and they could type in the amount for their coffee and then just scan a static QR code that you guys would just have sitting on your counter. You wouldn’t have to even prepare an invoice. That’s coming, which would be very interesting, right?

[00:44:21] ER: No, it’s right here. It’s right here. Bitcoin Beach, they can generate a QR and I can post it on my Twitter account and people could actually send me some payment.

[00:44:29] MO: Right, but that’s on-chain.

[00:44:32] ER: No, no. It’s Lightning.

[00:44:34] AVW: URL that will take you to a website, and there Lightning invoices then already.

[00:44:39] MO: I’m saying in the future, we’re even going to be able to cut out all those other steps, but we’re not quite there yet, which is why the Strike tip page is helpful for now. The fact that Strike obviously keeps your balance in dollars, you were telling me that people prefer that for now. Maybe they want their tips in Bitcoin, but not everybody’s comfortable going all the way over to Bitcoin for now.

[00:45:01] ER: Yes. I can tell you my experience for this morning. I was working in Puerto La Libertad. It’s the biggest town near the beach. There’s a huge line of people on the Chivo ATM, cashing up. I think, it’s going to take a few months for people to get used to have money on their app, and not wanting to cash it out. Right now, there’s a lot of people in all the ATMs and the Chivo ATMs around, just trying to cash out the money.

[00:45:28] CK: Hey, we have our friends here from OpenNode. If he wants to weigh in, that’d be great.

[00:45:33] ER: I’m going to just add one thing. I’m going to try to pass my QR code. Because I’m pretty sure you can send some SATs there. I’m pretty sure. I’ll post you in that.

[00:45:45] CK: Sounds good.

[00:45:46] JA: Hey, I was just listening to you guys. I’m not sure if I listened correctly. Were you guys talking about the McDonald’s user experience, where you got redirected to the website?

[00:45:55] AVW: No, we were not. We were talking about the Lightning – the Strike tip page and the Bitcoin Beach wallet tip pages.

[00:46:02] JA: Oh, I see. Because on that, they’re testing right now to print actual, the Lightning invoice. Any wallet will just scan and be able to read. That’s pretty cool.

[00:46:13] CK: Awesome. What’s your take on this? You guys were involved in some of the integration with some of the merchants. What’s your take so far?

[00:46:21] JA: Honestly, this happened very fast, to be honest with you. We were not even pursuing the market. These big companies came naturally organically to us, because there was no other solution at this point with our track record. Then, we started investing more in the market. As you guys probably saw, we have pretty big corporations there using our products. There is a lot of stuff that we can’t talk about, because they don’t want to be tied to us. That’s the only issue here.

[00:46:59] AVW: Have you got any insight in how many people are paying with Bitcoin over here?

[00:47:03] JA: Yeah. I can say, our biggest client is definitely a telecom there. The biggest use case is remittances. What I can say, is that the number of payments in LN in general, real six times since we added them.

[00:47:20] AVW: Do you have any absolute numbers by any chance?

[00:47:23] JA: I have, but I can’t disclose.

[00:47:25] AVW: Too bad.

[00:47:29] AG: Your take is, if you had to say now, would you say that things are moving more smoothly than you thought? Or what’s your take in general on how things have been going?

[00:47:38] JA: I think, the initially when we started talking with these big companies, they had no idea what Bitcoin was. There was definitely some education part there, understanding how the system works, especially on the fraud part. They don’t understand this is not like a bank account, where you can tie your identity, etc. It was hard in the beginning to make sure that everything was according to their procedures.

It was forced. We all know that. Eventually, they had to comply, and especially the big companies had to have Bitcoin, since day one, which most of them did, but they just didn’t announce.

[00:48:14] MO: Cool. Thank you.

[00:48:16] JA: Regarding the wallet, honestly, the most problems appeared when based on Chivo wallets, right? Things were not working in the beginning. These big companies were pissed off, because Chivo wallet couldn’t pay our invoice. That’s when things starting to escalate a little bit. Because they wanted in their mind, they want to get the biggest pie possible from the 180 million. As a company, you’re trying to get down money. That was definitely an issue in the beginning. Eventually, we understood that Chivo wallet was not reading the codes correctly, so we adopted on our side and so did other companies. There are is still problems with Chivo wallet.

[00:48:56] AVW: There was also the issue that the third $30 in the Chivo wallet could only be spend to out a Chivo wallet, right?

[00:49:02] JA: Correct. Yes. We even had a couple of the companies saying we are integrating now with the Chivo immersion thing. Because we want those $30. That’s your goal.

[00:49:12] AVW: For context, just to make this clear for people that don’t know this, so everyone got $30. Every Salvadoran got $30 in their Chivo wallet if they downloaded the Chivo wallets. Then, the restriction was and this was the goal was to incentivize people to actually use the Chivo wallet for payments, rather than just walking through an ATM and cashing it out, or whatever. The restriction that the first payments could only go to other Chivo wallets, the first $30 could only be spent to other Chivo wallets.

Once it was spent one time, so after one hop, then it was free to be spent to other Bitcoin wallets, or to cash out, or whatever, but the first hop could only happen between Chivo. This caused a huge mess, because a lot of people, like that walked over to McDonald’s to buy a burger and then they found out that they couldn’t. Meanwhile, McDonald’s put in all of this effort to get these $30 from people. They knew everyone’s getting $30 to spend. Let’s make sure we’re ready on day one, so everyone’s going to come to us to spend these $30.

Then because of this restriction, which was not announced ahead of time, as far as I know, the McDonald’s was pissed off, apparently, and rightfully so, because people couldn’t spend their $30 there. People were confused, because they thought they were going to be able to spend the $30, but they couldn’t. They had a bad first experience with Bitcoin. It was just a complete mess that they put this restriction on. In my opinion, it did more harm than good.

[00:50:33] AG: I know that the government said the other day that you’d be able to start topping up your Chivo balance with a credit card. Is that possible now or not yet?

[00:50:42] AVW: What I can tell you, maybe someone else can answer that specific question. I’ve been playing around with the Chivo wallet quite a bit. It’s basically not working, I would say. Maybe Chivo to Chivo works. If you want to spend – I’ve been trying to make Lightning payments, or on-chain. Either the wallet is too buggy to do anything with it, or it won’t even start. If it does start, then the payment won’t work. I mean, they released unfinished software. I don’t know about topping up. I don’t know. Maybe someone else has a answer for that.

[00:51:15] MO: Yeah. I’m not sure about the topping up, regarding the reliability of the wallets. I mean, our payment volume is definitely increasing day by day. I think, that’s because there is more people joining, or getting the $30. It’s definitely better than before, I can assure you that. There are still issues. The problem is, we don’t know who’s in charge. We can’t talk with anyone from their technical team. It’s like, everything is a secret, so that doesn’t really help.

[00:51:43] AVW: It’s not like I have a GitHub page, or anything like that. It’s very contradictory to the open source spirit of Bitcoin.

[00:51:50] GM: For what it’s worth, I know if you go to chivowallet.com, there is a page dedicated to basically, it seems like a remittance flow, where you can pay with credit card to any Chivo user. I haven’t tested it myself.

[00:52:05] AG: Yeah. Again, I think you have the traditional modernization remittance alongside open Bitcoin experimentation. This is a good moment to just reflect also on the fact of the lack of transparency, and the fact that the government is doing this very secretly. I brought Simon up here, because I wanted to hear from him. He’s been as well. Obviously, he saw his government go through a very sad erosion of democracy. I was actually down in El Salvador with him, and he saw some of the things, same things that I saw. It was just interesting to hear him from a Venezuelan perspective comment on what’s happening. We’ve talked a lot about the village, but let’s talk about the strong man for a second. What’s your perspective from a regional perspective of what’s going on with Bukele and his political opponents and things like that?

[00:52:53] SL: Yeah. Thanks, Alex. Hey, everyone. It’s interesting, right? His party’s name is Nuevas Ideas, which means new ideas. He’s following the exact same playbook that your typical, what ends up in a right-wing dictatorship looking like. I think, you posted a thread, or you shared a thread in the previous days, but it took Bukele two years to dismantle most of the country’s institutions. That Chavez in Venezuela, I think, six to eight years.

When we were there, you and I were together in El Salvador, we were seeing the erosion of these institutions in a place that I’ve never seen, or experienced before, in the sense that, from one day, he published a lot, basically saying that any judge above 60 should be removed, which was one-third of the country’s judges. Then, two days before the Bitcoin law, and the government combined with the Supreme Court, which he had taken control of a few months prior, basically posted a position that said that Bukele could get reelected.

Not only is he going through the same erosion of institutions, but now, he’s already able to be reelected. This is changing from the single-term to two terms. We know where this is going. Every change is a minor change, little by little. When you look at it in the addition, it’s very clear that there’s an authoritarian government that is –

[00:54:16] AG: Yeah. It’s worth pointing out, Simon, that it’s not – he’s not going to be nationalized and stuff as much, it seems. It’s not really a [inaudible 00:54:23] nationalizer.

[00:54:27] SL: It doesn’t seem like he is, but he’s also been in different parties on his life. Yes, he’s acting right now, like what you would call right-wing authoritarian, which eventually ends up, usually ends up in a militarized economy with significant reduction in freedom of speech and freedom of expression. What ends up happening, and I think we were discussing this, which is an interesting clash of when that ends up happening, and he is, let’s say, freezing his opposition’s bank accounts and trying to jail everyone that is in opposition of him. What happens then when the opposition has access to Bitcoin?

Because now, you can control them through the Chivo wallet, which is I think, part of the government’s plan is controlling the financial movements of the people through the Chivo wallet. You actually instantiated legal tender of a free and open source money. Now, the opposition can get donations, and they can pay the merchants as of right now, and pay people in the country with open source wallets. It’ll be interesting to see if and when that happens, whether the government closes in on only the use of the Chivo wallet as official.

[00:55:36] AG: Right. This is why it’s so important to spread knowledge about Bitcoin self-custody. I spoke on the phone with the editor of El Faro, which is one of the fierce independent newspapers exposing government corruption in El Salvador. Not just Bukele, but his two predecessors were helped. El Faro was helpful in getting rid of two previous presidents who are very corrupt. They’re always just trying to figure out what the government is doing. I think, they share a similar stance in some ways as what Matt Odell said earlier, just general skepticism of government.

Here, you have a situation where they don’t have any good knowledge about Bitcoin itself. I’m sure, Enzo has seen this in the local media, but what’s sad is that the opposition doesn’t have a lot of resources and doesn’t really understand what Bitcoin is. One of my goals is to try and make myself available to help run workshops, or seminars, or do things for civil society groups, or the local independent newspapers. I’d like for them to actually understand how to use this tool, just in case they need it. I mean, look, the writing’s on the wall. This government has expelled journalists, and it is not out of the question that they start going after the media in a more aggressive way. We’ll see.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[00:56:54] CK: Bitcoiners, I am so excited to tell you about the Bitcoin 2022 Conference. You guys, Bitcoin 2021 was absolutely a smash hit success. It was over 13,000 Bitcoiners coming together, breaking the barriers on who can come together and celebrate freedom, celebrate Bitcoin. The energy was absolutely electric.

Unfortunately, it was just oversubscribed. There’s just people flowing out everywhere. This year, we are learning, we are making the conference bigger and better. We are moving over to the Miami Beach Convention Center, and we are going to be throwing a massive four-day festival for Bitcoin, celebrating Bitcoin, bringing together the greatest minds in Bitcoin and the greatest businesses in Bitcoin and lastly, the culture of Bitcoin all together.

We had a four-day extravaganza planned for you guys for Bitcoin 2022. Day one is going to be industry day. It is a day where you can buy a special ticket in order to just mingle and make business deals happen. Day two and three is going to be a full-blown Bitcoin conferences. Our main conference is going to be on April 7th, and 8th. Then lastly, we have the sound at music festival, day four.

Imagine going to Coachella, but for Bitcoin. There’s going to be very few talks. It’s going to be all about the culture of Bitcoin. It’s going to be all about hanging with your fellow plebs. It’s going to be an absolutely amazing time. There’s going to be Bitcoin musicians, Bitcoin artists, and all your favorite Bitcoiners and just an amazing environment to party and just see it all, soak it all in, and to get people to realize that a Bitcoin world, a world filled with Bitcoin people doing Bitcoin things is the world that they want to live in. That’s what Bitcoin 2022 is all about. That is what the Bitcoin conference is all about. That’s what Bitcoin Magazine is all about.

It is going to be a celebration of Bitcoin, the Bitcoiners and this amazing movement that is going to make the world a better place. Go to b.tc/conference, learn more about the Bitcoin Conference, learn more about all the amazing things that are happening in Miami around the Bitcoin Conference and buy your tickets. Guess what? If you buy your tickets with Bitcoin, you save a $100 on all the tickets and a $1,000 on the whale pass. If you want the VIP pass, the Big Kahuna, you buy with Bitcoin, you save a $1,000. That’s a lot of SATS. Go and do it right now today. Don’t wait. Prices are only going up. This is going to be a can’t miss event.

[00:59:22] CK: Bitcoiners, let’s take a break from the content and I want to tell you about CoolBitX. CoolBitXis an awesome Bitcoin hardware wallet. It’s been around for a really long time. They are building an amazing Bitcoin wallet called the CoolWallet Pro. The CoolWallet Pro is state of the art Bitcoin hardware, wallet technology. Its form factor is like a credit card. You can put it into your wallet, and it is designed to go with you on the go. That way, even when you’re on the go, you can have the benefit of a two-factor hardware wallet design when you’re trying to spend your Bitcoin, so you can have your Bitcoin wallet.

You exit on your phone and make it really easy to scan, decide what you want to do. Then you sign with CoolBitX, which is in your back pocket. It is tamper-proof. It is waterproof. It is flexible. It has an awesome secure element in it. It is a really awesome way in order to have some more flexibility, yet security when you’re taking your Bitcoin on the go. I personally am a fan of this idea of making Bitcoin into a medium of exchange and making it into something that people use. I know, it’s going to take time, but they are working on the UX for making that possible in a secure a way possible. Have some peace of mind. Check out the CoolWallet Pro from CoolBitX. Thank you to them for sponsoring this podcast.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[01:00:50] CK: One of the most interesting things here is that what the freedom opposition, what they need to do is actually lean into Bitcoin, rather than stand-off it, or oppose it, which is what they’re doing. That’s really counter-intuitive. To add to that, I want to give a shout out to you, because before this even happened, you wrote Bitcoin as a Trojan Horse for freedom. That seems very prophetic now that we are six months after that, the actual article.

[01:01:19] GM: Yeah, well, I mean, the meme has always been that some dictator is going to adopt Bitcoin for selfish reasons. Then as it turns out over the years, it backfires, because it gives more power to the people. That’s what I thought. Honestly, I thought the first government to adopt Bitcoin was going to be a rogue regime or something. A US ally that was a partial democracy and a dollarized nation was not on my shortlist, but it is what it is. Matt, do you have something to say?

[01:01:44] MO: I mean, we might have had one of them start using Bitcoin already. They just don’t talk about it. One of the things I wanted to talk about, and I don’t know if this is too tangential, because we haven’t discussed it yet. One of the controversial things here is this Bitcoin wallet was is forced legal tender, where everyone needs to accept Bitcoin. I think, you and Simon made an interesting point, that a lot of our work that, at least a lot of the work that I’ve been doing, helping activists in different parts of the world, one of the major issues with them harnessing the power of Bitcoin and accepting Bitcoin donations globally, is what do they do with the Bitcoin once they get it?

Whether or not it was Bukele’s intention, the fact of the matter is his opposition in El Salvador now can easily spend that Bitcoin on goods and services at any merchant throughout the country. They can use those ATMs to get dollars out with only a phone number, which can be a burner that they paid for with cash. That is a massive improvement for opposition, that is the single biggest pain point when we see other opposition groups around the world trying to use Bitcoin.

[01:02:58] SL: Similarly, with remittances too. It’s exciting what you’re saying, and Alex has been harping on this point. Now, because as far as in the sense of the law, the law gives a work around whether you’re not technology ready to accept it. That’s been happening. From the remittances and from the spending, this is actually solving the last mile problem, which is usually, like you’re saying, Matt, it’s the biggest problem with Bitcoin so far. Whether or not the ATMs are working fully or not, just the fact that they exist, and they’re going to get better and better, yes, I don’t particularly that they’re government provided.

Of course, they should work and they do with more than just a Chivo wallet, but it’s a huge improvement for the citizens and eventually, for the opposition, as the government starts cracking down, which for me, it’s a when, not an if.

[01:03:47] CK: Gerson, do you want to – Go ahead.

[01:03:49] GM: Yeah. Just a quick comment, and I think Enzo would probably have even better perspective on this. I think, we’re seeing a lot and just in my own family and friend group in El Salvador. A lot of the opposition, you see the no out of Bitcoin symbol everywhere, and the notion of protests against Bitcoin itself, I think is misdirected anger and frustration at the strong armedness of the government, then being turned around and directed at Bitcoin itself out of a lack of education.

Going back to the point about awareness and education in El Salvador, about this freedom money, about the ability that you now have to custody your property, I think, boils down to a lack of education. Of course, I understand, there’s so much opposition to Bukele’s administration and his tactics and the direction that he seems to be going in. I just think that then gets redirected, or gets branded as anti-Bitcoin.

[01:04:45] AG: Just real quick. I think that to be clear, whenever you talk to informed opposition, they will say, “Well, look. We’re not against the software. We’re against the way it’s being rolled out and the government.” I think that they’re going to learn about it. I mean, I was talking to a journalist who’s in El Salvador, who reports against the government, as any good journalist should do. He was like, “Yeah. I mean, look, we are realizing that this is not going to go away anytime soon, and we need to learn more about it.” Hopefully, the Bitcoin community is willing to reach out and be a resource for people that may need to learn about how to use Bitcoin to achieve financial freedom in a difficult environment.

[01:05:23] GM: Right, right. Agreed, agreed. No. Yeah. I think, I was just speaking more to the regular person on the street, who isn’t, as you put it, a super informed person about the technology. They just tend to tether to their traditional, if they’re [inaudible 01:05:39], they’ll go with the party line there, with respect to being anti-Bitcoin.

[01:05:44] AG: I was also talking with a friend of mine who was in one of the chats. There’s spaces every day almost with some of the opposite – let’s say, informed opposition in El Salvador, like educated technical people. It seems like, there’s a little bit of a shift from very intensely negative everything about Bitcoin, to more acknowledgment that, “Oh, my God. It’s going to be around. Maybe we should learn how to use it properly.” I think, that’s a really good opportunity for those of us who can to get in and help where we can.

One other just take I had that I’d love to get this panel’s input on was, maybe it’s a galaxy take. When I was down there looking at the Chivo ATMs in the airport, and thinking about, well, who is actually going to be buying Bitcoin, right? I’m thinking about, “Okay, there might be remittances coming in and Bitcoin, and tourists might be coming in with Bitcoin. Is there going to be a demand for Bitcoin, from inside the country?” For now, it takes months or years probably for people to get comfortable converting their fiat and large amounts to Bitcoin.

One of my concerns in a way is that essentially, what you’re going to have is the government is going to be taking the Bitcoin, whether it be from remittances to Chivo, or through spending from people like us when we go visit, or whatever. Some people like the convenience of being able to withdraw cash without having a bank account, etc., etc. They’re going to be stacking SATs, basically.

Meanwhile, they have the people using this app, which is a promise to pay Bitcoin or dollars. I don’t know. There’s something interesting in that. I’m not sure if someone has a take on that. It’s like what the Cuban government does. The Cuban government prints this peso, which is a worthless, depreciating currency. They pay all their public sector workers and their pensioners with it. Then, they force people to buy things in stores with hard currency from abroad. My suspicion is that in the next few years, they’ll actually allow you to buy with Bitcoin as well, because they’re going to want to stack that too. I’m just curious what people have thoughts around this idea.

[01:07:41] GM: I’ve noticed that governments tend to like to scam, and it’s a very convenient scam you can do on the Internet.

[01:07:48] MO: It’s definitely an interesting dynamic that you mentioned this last thing, because if you look at worldwide Bitcoin ATM usage, usually governments make it extremely hard for you to sell Bitcoin at an ATM. Athena, Athena Bitcoin, who’s running the Chivo ATMs is my understanding. The majority of their business is buy Bitcoin only. I tend to agree with you that in El Salvador, it will be the opposite.

[01:08:14] AG: Yeah. I mean to Gerson or Enzo, I mean, do you have thoughts on – I mean, don’t you think that most of the usage at first is going to be people probably selling some of the Bitcoin that they get?

[01:08:23] ER: Yeah. As I said, people are making huge lines in front of the ATM just to cash it out. I think it’s, as you say, like Gerson say, the key word is my direct anger against Bitcoin? I think, the more people will search for what Bitcoin is and how to use it, the less barriers you will have. I think, it’s restricted, guys. It means, direct anger and poor education so far. The fact that it has been imposed, and has been adopted is a different, different situation.

[01:08:56] AG: Right. Gerson, before you go, I guess let me just boil this down. What I’m describing is a new state attack that I think we’ll see in the future, which is government’s printing fiat as salaries, or some credits for the population in exchange, that they’re stockpiling Bitcoin, but we’ll see. We’ll see. That’s maybe down the road.

[01:09:14] AVW: They can print dollar. They can print dollars, right?

[01:09:18] AG: They can print Chivo balance. A 100%. What if Chivo balances become the way they do fractional reserve?

[01:09:26] AVW: They can if people hold their balances in Chivo balances and trusted equally to the dollar, which I think are two ifs.

[01:09:35] AG: I mean, yes. I mean, if the governments do it, I mean, that gives them a way to print dollars.

[01:09:39] ER: Yes. That’s why I was telling you about the two balances that Chivo wallet has, that one balance is Bitcoin and the other balance is in USD. Not meant that the Bitcoin balance is expressed in dollars. It’s just a different wallet. It’s like having two pockets in the same wallet. Yes, it could happen that maybe tomorrow, and Bukele can say that he’s paying all the teachers on their Chivo wallet on US dollars.

[01:10:08] AG: Exactly. Instead of via [inaudible 01:10:09] or in cash. Exactly.

[01:10:11] ER: Exactly. People would say, “Well, at least it’s dollars.” Because we don’t have the transparency, we wouldn’t know where those dollars are, if they back it up with real dollars. We wouldn’t know.

[01:10:23] AG: Meanwhile, just to complete the thought. He’s taking the money that you normally would pay them, or the state would take the money it’s normally paying workers and is buying Bitcoin with it. I mean, he just bought the dip today. Does anyone know where that money comes from? I mean, it’s not even clear whether it came from the initial loan that they got earlier. I don’t know. Go ahead. Sorry.

[01:10:42] JA: Which by the way, this is exactly what the Venezuelan government is doing with the Petro, in a much sketchier way, but still doing that. The way Venezuelan government’s paying engineers, and other government workers in Petro, which is not even a cryptocurrency. It’s just a way for them to print any form of money that is in –

[01:11:02] AG: That’s what the Chivo dollar balance is. It’s not a cryptocurrency. It’s just a promise to pay dollars.

[01:11:07] AVW: Alex, you’re essentially tapping into one of the – maybe you don’t realize that, or maybe you do, but you’re tapping into one of the big debates within the Austrian School of Economics, which is, is fractional reserve banking even possible? Because one side of that school will say, it’s not possible, because once something like that would happen, and people learn that it’s happening, or suspect that it’s happening, then the digital currency will start to trade at a discount, versus the actual dollar. Then the other side says, “No, it’s actually possible.” That’s beside your supporting here, it sounds like.

[01:11:45] AG: I’d like to hear, Joao, from you as well. I mean, look, the fact is a lot of money gets created by private corporations. That’s how banking works today, in many ways. That’s what you’ll be seeing here. The idea that the government could essentially – the real difference from before, though, Aaron, would be that the government could say, “Now, if you are a public sector worker, we’re going to be paying you in Chivo.”

As opposed to the banking system, which is more regulated, and more tied in to the Fed, and to this life flow of dollars from the US. This would be a parallel system that they’ve created, that they could pay people into, that isn’t necessarily backed by anything.

[01:12:23] AVW: Right. The point is, that would only work if people actually trust –

[01:12:27] AG: A 100%. A 100%. I agree.

[01:12:28] AVW: – residual dollar equally. They would have to value with equally to the regular dollar, which I suspect they won’t, if this will actually happen. Like I said, this is one of the open debates –

[01:12:38] AG: Well, what’s happened in [inaudible 01:12:39]. What’s happening with one of these pensioners in Venezuela were being paid in Petro. What’s the black market rate for the Petro, versus what they’re supposed to be being paid?

[01:12:47] SL: That’s an interesting question. I need to know more about it. I don’t know. Yeah.

[01:12:53] GM: I’ll tell you, Aaron, to your point. You’re right. In Cuba, the government is still paying people in pesos, and they’re claiming that the value of the peso is 24 to the dollar. You go out to the street, and it’s 70 to 75 per dollar.

[01:13:06] AVW: Right. Exactly.

[01:13:07] AG: We will see. Anyway, go ahead.

[01:13:10] ER: I have two comments here. One is that people is suffering. On the street, you can sell your $30 in Chivo for $25 in cash on the street. You don’t need to go to the ATM. There’s already people around the city centers and doing that.

[01:13:26] AVW: Right. I think, the reason for that is mostly that it’s just –

[01:13:31] AG: That’s also, partly an educational, I think, arbitration, which will disappear. As soon as people realize they can withdraw that into Bitcoin, it gives it more power than – or into cash at a Chivo ATM. I think once those things start looking. Maybe they don’t work right now, but it’s an educational [inaudible 01:13:48].

[01:13:50] AVW: Yeah, it has a lot to do also with that first hop you need to make, which I mentioned earlier. This is a way for people to not have to bother with that and just get cash in their hands. For the convenience, they’re basically paying five bucks. That’s why we –

[01:14:04] AG: For sure, but it’s creating a behavior, I think, is what where Enzo is going for, which is – Joao, did you have something to say as well?

[01:14:15] JA: I was just saying regarding the fractional reserve, I feel they’re already doing it right now. They’re giving the $30 worth of Bitcoin, but they don’t own all the Bitcoin for that.

[01:14:25] AG: Right. I think, they’re assuming that, again, this seems like this could be a scheme. Look, this is why we’re here to be critical. Again, I think we’re going to wrap soon and we want to get some final reflections from everybody. I want to be clear that from my perspective, this is a historic thing. It is the march of open source software. It is remarkable that this government chose Bitcoin and not Bitcoin. They could have banned Bitcoin. It really puts the pressure on a lot of institutions internationally and corporations to get with the program. Now that Starbucks in San Salvador can accept Lightning, why can’t one on Dallas?

I mean, there are network effects here that we can’t fathom, that are going to change the world. The fact that it all came from a small village in El Salvador, that doesn’t even have paved roads, or bank accounts is really just extraordinary. I don’t want to distract too much from that. It’s really just such a powerful thing. Really an inspiring, unlikely story. That’s what I tried to capture in my piece.

At the same time, we have a government trying to take advantage of it in different ways. I’m glad you all joined for this conversation. I think we should just keep having it. Hopefully, we can help Salvadorans understand that if it’s not your keys, it’s not your coins. Maybe we’ll start with Matt, then we’ll go around and each share some concluding thoughts here.

[01:15:43] MO: I just wanted to thank Alex, and the rest of the panelists for joining for this conversation. I truly enjoyed it. It’s a very important topic. I want to thank the audience for also joining and listening. This is a very important moment for El Salvador. It’s a very important moment for Bitcoin. It’s a very important moment for the world. I think, we should all step up and try and do our part to help make this process as smooth as possible, as positive as possible.

To any Salvadorans listening to this right now, if I can do anything to help, don’t hesitate to reach out via Twitter DM, Telegram, Keybase. All my contact information is on my website, mattodell.com. Cheers. Thanks, Matt.

[01:16:27] AG: Aaron, do you want to go?

[01:16:29] AVW: Yeah. I mean, as far as final thoughts go, I would definitely encourage any Salvadorans to not use their Chivo wallets. Use it as the free 30 bucks app, if you can get it out and start using an actual Bitcoin wallet, both for ideological – well, it’s not even ideological. It’s the actual important reasons, like privacy and holding your keys. Also, because it actually works –

[01:16:51] GM: Uptime.

[01:16:51] AVW: Uptime. Yeah. Because it actually works, the regular Bitcoin wallets as opposed to the Chivo one. Yeah, in general, very interesting to see what will happen. The success of this story will at this point really depend on Salvadorans, actually using Bitcoin or not, or just getting the $30 out and never look back. That will be interesting to see. That’s something we’re going to see play out over the next couple of years.

[01:17:15] AG: Great. Joao, do you want to say a little something here as we conclude?

[01:17:19] JA: Yeah. Just keeping earns words try to move from Chivo. They’re getting better recently, but are your keys not your coins? What I can say from our side, from what we’re seeing, people are using Bitcoin, specifically for remittances. McDonald’s is cool. We’re seeing most of the traffic coming from remittances. We’re talking about values over a $100. We know they’re coming from Chivo or out, because when Chivo was down, base payments stopped mostly.

People are using Bitcoin, maybe not with the same value of the dollar, but they’re starting to learn about it. I think, it’s definitely keep growing. Hopefully, it’s a new inbound of money possibility for El Salvador people.

[01:18:02] AG: Thank you. Simon, maybe you want to say something?

[01:18:05] SL: Sure. Thank you for having me on. I think, it comes down to two things. It’s about education first with Bitcoin and education then of non-custodial. First if you can’t get to the non-custodial part of the of the explanation of what is Bitcoin, until you really understand Bitcoin first, I think. I see Roman here and Chimbera who was a Bitcoin Beach community organizer, and leader, and the work that he’s been doing for the past four years, educating people. You can clearly see that people at Bitcoin Beach now get it, and they’re empowered to now spread that knowledge.

This is a marathon, not a sprint. We can expect that things will work out as we want them to on day one. Yes, this is an authoritarian government forcing it down to people. In my mind, this is already a success in the Bitcoin story, in that they just helped spread the Bitcoin virus in a way, and it’s working on its own. It doesn’t follow anyone’s control, and will continue to see its growth as we educate more and educate more on the non-custodial aspect of it.

If you can, support what Roman and Bitcoin Beach and other types of educational activities are doing. Let’s scale those initiatives. Then, let’s spread awareness on non-custodial once that initial work has been done.

[01:19:23] AG: Gerson?

[01:19:24] GM: Yeah. Thanks, Alex, again, for hosting this space and for giving me the opportunity to come in and share some thoughts. I would just say that, just from my perspective, this is a country that has been ravaged for 250 years, first by an empire north of it and then next by a bifurcated political system. I know that this new administration is not optimal. It’s not perfect. Nobody is. I know that everyone on this call can fully appreciate how important this step is. Not only for people who have been stolen from and had their resources siphoned out of the country, but for the rest of the world.

In particular for those folks who have been subject to that financial impression. Again, thanks so much for this space. Let’s keep a close eye on the administration. Let’s continue to educate folks on non-custodial ways to hold your coins. Myself also, if I can be of any help to anyone in any way, both here in America or in El Salvador, please shoot me a DM.

[01:20:23] AG: Great. Enzo, you get the last word.

[01:20:26] ER: Oh, thank you all. Thank you for having me here. I think it’s very important that we spread the word. Definitely, I agree with everybody. Education is key. I think education at the end of the day is going to be peer-to-peer. The more we use it, the more people will learn and be confident about it. Then Salvadorians, we need to ask for more transparency, what’s going on behind Chivo? Where’s the money? As you say, not your keys, not your coins, I wonder where are those 700 coins. Who has those keys? How do they decide where to where to tip it, how to move it?

[01:21:02] AG: They could make it public, and they could actually have a proof of reserve thing, which would be even more transparent than any other government in the world. They could do that, and you should press them to do so. That would be interesting.

[01:21:13] ER: I think, that’s for Salvadorians to push, to have more transparency. I think, it’s really interesting. Then any of that future, we can see, or we can predict can be avoided by Bitcoin. Us at this point, we if we have enough education on how to use it, any outcome that will be happening in the future can be avoided. If we all use open technology. We don’t need to stay with Chivo. The law have some advantage over Chivo. Chivo have some advantages on law. I think, the more we know about it, the more we can avoid it.

[01:21:47] AG: Excellent. Thank you all for coming. My last word would just be that you should check out the incredible work that Jorge and Chimbera and Mike Peterson have done in El Zonte. It’s extraordinary. You should definitely go visit and see how you can contribute. It’s an incredible community that existed long before Satoshi Nakamoto came onto the scene and built exist actor, if anything bad happens to Bitcoin. They’ll continue to keep building what they’re building.

As a last thought, I just thought it was so interesting as someone who doesn’t speak Spanish natively, that we’re all talking about this country, that’s the first country to adopt Bitcoin and it literally means The Savior. It’s just something that I’ll leave for your food of thought as we continue on our Monday and thanks to Bitcoin Magazine for hosting us. Take care, everybody.

[01:22:34] CK: Yeah. No, absolutely. Thank you, Alex, for writing. Everyone who has not read Alex’s amazing article, just going over all this in detail and chronicling, I highly recommend you check out the pinned tweet at the top. Go check it out. Read the full article on bitcoinmagazine.com. Go and look up Bitcoin Beach and Bitcoin Magazine. We’ve been chronicling it for several years now as well. It’s been an absolute amazing story.

Then finally, I encourage everyone to go check out Bitcoin 2022, b.tc/conference. We have four different tickets. We have a lot of announcements come in. It’s happening in Miami. Alex will be there. Odell will be there. All the OpenNode guys will be there. Several people who are huge in implementing Bitcoin in El Salvador will be there. I encourage you check that out. Get your tickets while they’re still cheap. Be a part of Bitcoin history. That’s where obviously, the announcement from Jack Maller has happened as part of El Salvador’s history. That was amazing to be part of.

Everyone, check it out. Again, thank you so much to everyone listening and who joined. Follow everyone on stage. Read Alex’s article. Peace.

[01:23:42] AG: Thanks, everybody.


[01:23:44] AVW: Cheers. Thanks, guys.

Source

Tagged : / / / / / / / / /

Lightning Network Devs Discuss the Future of Sovereign Computing

Watch On YouTube

Listen:

Lightning Network channel capacity is increasing rapidly, reaching a new all-time high of over 2,900 bitcoin recently. But there is a whole lot that goes into running a node on the Lightning Network, with many different techniques and ways to optimize.

In a recent Twitter Spaces conversation hosted by Bitcoin Magazine, Lightning Network developer Thomas Jestopher described how rebalancing is a big part of managing a Lightning node and routing payments. Specifically, he described his technique for circular rebalancing.

“I tend to describe circular rebalancing as choosing who you want to send through, which nodes you want to send through and which nodes you want to receive through,” he said. “Typically, I like to receive through my best, connected nodes. Those are the ones that have a whole bunch of channels and that are large channels. That makes it so that I could receive from a large portion of the network. Then, my sending capacity, I might choose to send through some smaller nodes. They usually appreciate the inbound liquidity that I would be providing to them from my well-connected node.”

The Spaces also covered some issues to watch out for when running a Lightning node. For instance, a potential issue with privacy on the Lightning Network could stem from irresponsible or excessive “probing,” a way to discover channel balances.

“You are getting the traffic from somewhere and you don’t know where it’s coming from,” said Alex Bosworth, the infrastructure lead at Lightning Network development firm Lightning Labs. “If you rate limit it, you’re just rate limiting everybody. That actually makes the problem worse, because now, you’ve just increased the bang for the buck of doing an abuse. You basically shut off the node. I think there are a lot of solutions for how this could be solved, but it does need to be prioritized. People need to be talking about this more, maybe than other things that they’re working on, adding to the spec that are not thinking about how to harden the network.”

The speakers also discussed new tools that are being developed in order to onboard millions and eventually billions of people onto Lightning, one of which is sidecar channels — a Lightning Pool feature that lets someone access Lightning without a commitment of funds.

“The way that I understand sidecar channels right now is that it just requires that the person purchasing the channel lease does not have to be the one who receives the inbound liquidity from the channel lease,” added Keagan McClellan, the cofounder of Start9, which offers servers for running self-hosted software and easy installation of the Lightning Network. “I think, that that’s the only difference. What that would mean is that it basically just functions as a normal channel, but it doesn’t require someone to have Bitcoin loaded up into a bunch of different wallets to begin with.”

The full recording of this Spaces conversation includes many more details and much more discussion. To read the whole conversation, check out the unedited transcript below:

[00:00:06] P: Why don’t we start off? Keagan, do you want to give a brief introduction to who you are and what you are working on?

[00:00:13] KM: Yeah. Yeah, my name’s Keagan, I am one of the co-founders of Start9 Labs. In the context of this discussion, we built something similar to Umbrel, where we are building a server product to make these various applications one-click installs. That’s what I do for work.

More broadly, I’ve been a Bitcoiner for, I don’t know, four-ish years now in terms of, on the dev side, and then as a user for another two years beyond that. I actually got into Bitcoin dev, because I took trust, don’t verify a little too seriously. People would say things about how Bitcoin worked and I’d ask the question, “Is that actually how it works?” Most of the time, the answer was yes, but occasionally, the answer was no. I just kept doing that. Now, I do that for Lightning, instead of the layer one consensus stuff. Yeah, endlessly trying to dive deeper and learn new stuff all the time. It turns out, this stuff is enormously complicated.

[00:01:08] P: Fantastic. Yeah. I love it. Severin, you want to give us a brief intro and talk about the incredible website that you’ve created?

[00:01:16] SA: Yes. Hi. Very good morning. I’m Severin. I’m the creator of LnRouter. LnRouter is a tool to help routing nodes to get insights in their node and to get insights into the whole network. That is the goal of LnRouter. I started to create LnRouter in January. Around January. Yeah. It was just created out of the need, because I wanted to start my own routing node. I had no idea what I was doing, because the Lightning Network is basically a black box, if you start out with the Lightning Network. You have no idea where to connect to. You have no idea what the metrics matter in the Lightning Network. Then you’re just there and you connect to a node and nothing happens. You don’t see any traffic. Yeah. LnRouter is a website that I created to solve this. It’s nowhere near I want it to be, but I’m still working on – I believe, there are a lot of cool things coming in the future.

[00:02:19] P: Yeah. Yeah, absolutely. LnRouter is an incredible tool. When did you release it, the original version?

[00:02:24] SA: I bought the domain in April. I just looked it up yesterday. The first version was probably up in May or so. Yeah, there are tools coming all the time, as long as I have time to program on it.

[00:02:34] P: Yeah. It’s definitely one of the newer tools that has fundamentally shifted my understanding of the network in a really positive way. Jestopher, you want to jump in and give us a brief intro to who you are and what you’ve built?

[00:02:44] TJ: Sure. Yeah. Thanks for having me on. Yeah, let’s see. I started off in Lightning just as a pleb, playing with a raspy blitz as a quarantine hobby. Really fell in love with it. Was trying out some of the new apps, including ThunderHub. What I’m working on now is called amboss.space. It is a Lightning Network Explorer. I’m working with Tony IOI, or you might know him better as AP on telegram. He’s the developer behind ThunderHub. We teamed up, so using my knowledge as a routing node operator and Tony’s incredible work as a front-end developer to create a Lightning Network Explorer that’s built for routing nodes. We’re continuing to build out tools for just to help out the Lightning ecosystem and give and provide good data and actionable insights for routing nodes.

[00:03:38] P: Yeah. Yeah. It’s a really exciting time to be in Lightning. I think, just for the audience, what we’re talking about here is Bitcoin is a layer one technology. It’s sound money. It’s incredibly important. On top of it, there are what are called layer two protocols. The Lightning Network is built on top of Bitcoin. It allows you to transmit Bitcoin, essentially instantaneously, and for very low fees.

When you hear people say, “Oh, you can’t buy a coffee with Bitcoin.” Totally not true. You can totally do it on the Lightning Network today. That’s what we’re talking about just for a little more context. Everyone who’s a speaker has, with the exception of me, has created really amazing tools that that help us build up the network further by empowering people like me, like others, people in – which is this community that we got together and started to help us all understand Lightning and learn how to be effective routing nodes in the network, because there are three different types, or let’s say, very broadly speaking, there are three different types of users of the network. This is how I think about it.

There’s a person who basically wants to just whip up open their phone and pay someone, essentially instantaneously, basically for free over the Lightning Network. You can do that. Anyone in the audience today, you can just go and download Wallet of Satoshi, or if you want a solution that lets you have full custody of your funds, you can use Breeze Wallet. You can do that today and you don’t have to understand anything about the wiring of how it works.

Then there’s people who want to be merchants. They’re basically selling a service and they want to be able to accept Bitcoin over the Lightning Network for that reason. They can use things like, Breeze Wallet, which you can download, has a point of sale feature, but ultimately, a lot of merchants end up running their own Lightning nodes.

Then, the third extreme is what all of us are doing, which is not only are we participating in Lightning Network, but we actually are running nodes that allow payments to be routed through them, because that’s the way the Lightning Network works. Just because I don’t have a connection directly to some person, whoever they are, I can bounce payments through other nodes in order to get to them and pay them, or receive from them.

When we’re talking about all this stuff, I like to be clear that you don’t need to be as obsessed with all these, all the nitty-gritty details as we are in order to benefit from and participate in the Lightning Network. Yeah, there’s so much interesting stuff happening in it right now. I think, everyone on the stage is, or everyone that’s speaking is part of PlebNet, which a bunch of us are deeply excited about. As of right now, I think we’re about 3% of the entire Lightning Network in terms of number of active nodes, which is which is really interesting. As we’ve as we’ve been building that out and understanding the how to be an effective routing node, the tools that y’all have built and contribute to have really helped do that.

I’m curious, Jestopher, what led to you building out amboss.space, because that’s an essential part of my workflow as I go to – whenever I’m evaluating potential peers, potential nodes to open channels to, I check out Amboss as part that workflow. What drove you to that and how did that come about?

[00:06:36] TJ: Sure. Hopefully, we can get Severin back up on stage. Let’s see, what we started off actually designing a node manager program. We were focusing it on some specialized tools, where people are managing multiple nodes. We ran into some, I guess, some issues with licensing. If we wanted to make this thing open source, it’s really hard to build a business around it. Things like, Ride the Lightning and ThunderHub, they’re both struggling to build a sustainable business. These are our critical tools. Now, unfortunately they have to be open source. That’s a difficult thing to protect. I know, there’s been lots of history with, Umbrel following that story, not to get too deep into the weeds about it. In going through that process and forming a company, we recognized, there’s a real need for good information about the Lightning Network.

I think, the tool up until this point has been a 1ML, and we saw a real need to bring all of that information that the Lightning Network provides and create a one-stop shop for people that want to find out the information, as far as routing fees and who these people are to start opening up those lines of communication, so we can coordinate this Lightning Network and this market around liquidity. A big part of that is just getting people to talk to each other. We made the login process very simple. We don’t need to require you to open a channel, or get any information from you really. All you would need to do is sign a message using your node and signing a message proves to us that you own that node.

Then, you would be able to customize your page and provide contact information. You’ll be able to start talking to other node operators and start coordinating liquidity and allocating it in good spots to give you a return on your investment, when you’re putting your savings out on the Lightning Network.

[00:08:36] P: Yeah, it makes sense. Makes sense. Yeah, it’s so interesting that there aren’t any other services, or aren’t any websites that aggregate that information in the same way that amboss.space does. Yeah, I guess I’m curious. I have started running a little routing node in the period after Amboss was created. I’m curious how people got a sense for the fees of all of the nodes without that tool. Obviously, you can – I just don’t think there is anything like that out there.

[00:09:02] KM: You can grind through it on 1ML, but it’s not as good.

[00:09:07] P: Yeah. Yeah. As a random aside, it’s hilarious to me that 1ML, their node, it’s a garbage node. Never valid. It doesn’t seem like, they ever balanced their channels.

[00:09:14] KM: Well, I don’t know that they can. Consider this, in many cases, a lot of these companies that have these massive nodes, at least async “earned” one of their spots in the top. Things like 1ML, they basically took the popularity of 1ml.com to try to translate it into getting people to connect to their node. It was wildly successful in that regard. A lot of people didn’t know who to connect to, but they were like, “Hey, there’s this tool that I’m using to figure out how to connect to other people. Why don’t I just connect to their node?”

It turns out that if you have an enormous amount of inbound liquidity and comparatively little outbound liquidity, the odds that the route that you’re trying is going to succeed is astronomically low.

[00:09:55] P: Yeah. Yeah. That does make sense.

[00:09:57] TJ: Actually, to give them some credit and Keagan, you might be able to help fill in the gaps here. One thing that 1ML did that was really smart is actually require users to open channels, because they would get a better source of information about the network as a whole. For example, Amboss currently only has two channels. That affects our ability to see the entire graph.

Now, as our user base grows, I’m sure we’ll get more channels opened, and so then, we’ll have better visibility onto all of the nodes that are present. I’m sure, everyone can go at ham on the consequences of having that many channels open and having, yeah, essentially, that liquidity in those channels, in tiny channels.

[00:10:43] KM: The thing is, though, is you don’t need to have a lot of channels in order to have a complete view of the network graph. The gossip protocol is a peer level thing and not a channel relationship thing. You can receive gossip messages from all sorts of peers and you don’t actually have to open a channel to appear in order to have that peer persistently be connected to.

My recommendation is that you should see if just adding a whole bunch more peers without adding a whole bunch more channel relationships to Amboss fixes your problem of incomplete network traps.

[00:11:13] P: Yeah. How would you know if you had an incomplete network graph?

[00:11:16] KM: You can’t ever know.

[00:11:19] P: Great. I just want to say, I’ve attempted to invite several of the people in the audience up on stage. I don’t know if you’ve received them, but NDK, openams, CJ, Walton, KP, Richard, if you if you want to come up, request to speak and we’d love to have you up here.

[00:11:32] SA: Just one input before we continue on here, it’s like, connecting to 1ML, connecting to a node that has a lot of channels and a lot of exhausted checklists. It’s actually even counter-productive for you to some extent, because the pathfinding algorithm, when you send a payment, will take way longer than otherwise, because it needs to try out a lot of routes that are just not working. Connecting to such a node is really not that good of an idea. If you are only connected to one such node, it’s not a big of a problem, but if you’re connected to several of such nodes, then your pathfinding is getting slower, especially when this specific node has very low fee, so to pass on the algorithm actually tries this specific node, or all, perhaps, from the specific node.

[00:12:28] P: Oh, interesting. Wait, so just to repeat back to make sure I’m tracking, you’re saying that by connecting, if you open a channel to 1ML, you actually decrease the efficiency of your node, because every time you try to find a path through the network, you’re going to basically be scanning that node’s gazillion connections, even though none of them will actually be able to route.

[00:12:46] KM: This only applies to you if you’re the sender, because all routes in the Lightning Network are source constructed. As a routing node, you actually have no impact on what route is chosen. If you’re just routing, it actually doesn’t matter as much, other than the fact that it’s just dead weight capital. Ut won’t really affect you as a router.

[00:13:04] SA: Yup, exactly. It’s when you send payments. It really depends on how the fees are constructed. If this specific node has only one PPM fees, then yeah, half probably. It’s not like, that it takes 10 seconds suddenly, again. It takes a little bit more.

[00:13:22] P: Keagan, you said it was applied to people sending payments. Would it also apply to nodes that are trying to do rebalancing?

[00:13:29] KM: Circular. Yeah. Actually, all rebalancing pretty much, with the exception of perhaps a loop in, although I question the times that a loop in is ever viable. That’s just because if you are looping in to rebalance your channels, the sender in that regard is the loop server, or whoever your submarine swap provider is, and so you’re not exposed to it in that way.

It’s not like, it won’t have any impact, because if you’re connected to something like 1ML and someone’s trying to send something to you, it will still appear in the route backwards. Depending on how expensive the route is to 1ML from their point of view, they might still try it. Circular rebalances, you’re both the sender and the receiver, so that’s a definite yes on that front.

[00:14:10] P: Yeah. Just for everyone in the audience, when we’re talking about rebalancing, or balancing channels, what we’re talking about is in Lightning Network, you have a node that’s running one of the Lightning implementations. The most popular ones are LND, Éclair, C-Lightning. Basically, you create a channel between yourself and another node in the network. When you do that, what that actually is it’s a two of two multisig contract. Well, it’s a smart contract. When people say, “Oh, there’s no such thing as smart contracts on Bitcoin,” they’re just factually incorrect.

Basically, that channel has a bunch of liquidity locked up in it. If Keagan and I open a 10 million SAT channel, and we do it in a balanced fashion, there’s 5 million SATS on his side, 5 million SATS on my side. Then basically, we can both send each other SATS. More importantly, payments can actually be routed through that channel over the network. When that happens, if you’re running a routing node, you collect a small fee for that service.

When we talk about circular rebalancing, it’s where you basically send payments out through one channel and then you receive them back in through another channel, so your net liquidity, your net balance stays the same minus fees. What you do is you basically, shift your channel balances back to being in the middle. The reason that’s important is because, it allows you to route payments in both directions.

[00:15:22] TJ: Yeah. I tend to describe circular rebalancing as choosing who you want to send through, which nodes you want to send through and which nodes you want to receive through. Typically, I like to receive through my best, connected nodes. Those are the ones that that have a whole bunch of channels and that are large channels. That makes it, so that I could receive from a large portion of the network. Then, my sending capacity, I might choose to send through some smaller nodes. They usually appreciate the inbound liquidity that I would be providing to them from my well-connected node.

[00:16:01] KM: Sorry. Did you say that you tried to send through the smaller nodes?

[00:16:04] TJ: Yeah, generally.

[00:16:05] KM: If you do that, you’re creating outbound liquidity for them to you. You’re creating inbound on the other side.

[00:16:12] TJ: Yeah. I’m creating inbound as liquidity for those smaller nodes. Yeah, the terminology is a little confusing, right?

[00:16:22] KM: Okay. The inbound liquidity and outbound liquidity is conserved across payments, with an asterisk, right? Obviously, if you are charging any fees at all, you are earning slightly more in fees than you’re dispensing out the other side. Technically speaking, any payment through a node is going to turn a tiny amount of its inbound liquidity into outbound liquidity. You’re not actually creating net inbound liquidity for those nodes, but you are reducing the inbound liquidity they have from you and allocating it to wherever the exit point is through that node.

[00:16:55] TJ: That’s a good point. Yeah, because circular rebalances, they don’t create, or destroy any liquidity per se. It’s really just moving it around. It’s a question of, who do I want to receive from, and who do I want to send through? Yeah. Good point. I’m not creating any inbound liquidity for them. I’m really making myself the route through which they could receive some payments.

[00:17:16] KM: Just another nitpick, though. If you were sending through the small channels, that means that they used to have inbound liquidity from you. By sending through them, your channel from their perspective is filling up with outbound liquidity. It’s actually depleting their inbound liquidity from you when you send through them.

[00:17:34] P: One, I think, is in a slightly different direction. That’s all right. Actually, do you want to respond to that?

[00:17:39] TJ: Yeah, I’m getting a little bit lost in the weeds on what you’re trying to get at Keagan. Yeah, as a routing node, you want to position yourself to be able to receive from lots of nodes on the network. If you are doing circular rebalancing, you are going to be shifting around other people’s liquidity on who they’re going to be receiving from, or sending through.

[00:17:59] KM: Yeah. This is also why if you’re not a routing node, you should prefer to open your channels private to whatever routing service providers you want to use, so that your liquidity isn’t reallocated without your knowledge based off of the needs of the routing network as a whole. Not only that, but it also improves pathfinding for everyone else. Unless you’re actually getting solid earnings, then it’s probably not going to be worth it to open public channels, when you would otherwise just be a user.

[00:18:27] P: Wait, can you repeat that?

[00:18:29] KM: Yeah. Okay. There are two types of channels in the Lightning graph. There’s the public ones, which are basically public infrastructure. That’s the routing nodes are all advertising their channels, so that you can route through them, so that you can get your payments to their destinations without you having to have direct channel relationships with everybody, with whom you transact.

However, one of the consequences of that is that, by and large, unless you have specific tooling you’ve set up for this, any route any requests to route a payment over your channels will be satisfied, or your node will acquiesce to that request. What that will do is it will shift the liquidity between your channels. If you have channels that you wanted to have good inbound from and good outbounds to, because you’ve decided that’s what you want. For whatever reason, the routing nodes on the network have decided that they could benefit from reallocating the liquidity, the other direction, you will end up getting your liquidity moved around, and that won’t necessarily be a good thing for you. It’ll definitely be a good thing for whoever decided to do it, because that’s why they chose to do it.

I guess, the second point being is that private panels are not put into the public network graph, which means that it would do some of the compute costs of pathfinding, as well as increases the reliability of pathfinding, because a lot of private channels might not have a 100% well-balanced liquidity on either side. If that’s the case, then because that information isn’t knowable before you send a payment, it causes more payments to fail. I strongly encourage anyone who is using Lightning, but not trying to basically, up their routing game to open private channels.

[00:20:08] P: Interesting.

[00:20:10] TJ: Yeah. Absolutely agree.

[00:20:11] P: Interesting. You would recommend that basically, people that are not trying to be – That makes sense, actually. You’re saying, people that are not trying to be routing nodes, they should have just only open private channels?

[00:20:21] KM: Yeah.

[00:20:22] P: Yeah, got it. Got it.

[00:20:23] SA: It also improves the pathfinding element that I mentioned before. What’s happened right now, the default fee for LND for example, is 1 PPM. When you just start a new node, open a channel, it’s 1 PPM. This leads to a lot of new users who have exhaust the channels, because it’s so cheap, the liquidity is just come instantly.

The more major thing that happens there is that people who don’t really care about routing and don’t really care about fees, they pollute the network with 1 PPM channels. Very low-fee channels that are exhausted. This creates this effect that the whole network, it’s like, really hard to find a path through the network with the pathfinding algorithm, because the pathfinding algorithm tries low-fee channels first, if that makes sense.

[00:21:20] P: Yeah. Got it.

[00:21:20] TJ: Yeah. If you’re creating private channels, then you won’t be able to route through those. Essentially, get SATS back when you’re trying to actually pay with Lightning. Because if you’re paying one direction, like an opposing flow and then be able to charge routing fees to reset that flow of liquidity by providing an opposing flow. Yeah. Private channels, you’re totally right. Yeah, it would help you pay.

[00:21:47] KM: Someone just DM’d me a question from Twitter, asking if you would not be able to receive payments if you have private channels. That’s incorrect. That’s because in the invoicing spec, there is a method to embed the private channels in the invoice, such that the sender uses those as additions to the Lightning graph when they try to send the payment.

It’s usually very useful for last stops. It’s not tremendously well supported in all of the wallets. I actually tweeted about this not too long ago, basically, imploring every wallet dev out there to make sure that they support private channels, because of the benefits of A, protecting the liquidity of the end user, and B, not polluting the channel graph with a whole bunch of channels that are not routable.

[00:22:35] P: Yeah. Yeah. That is super important. It’s really interesting, as I’ve got further and further down the rabbit hole, understanding the information that is stored locally by a node as it tries to basically send payments through the various routes. I’m really fascinated by the ranking system, or the penalties that are applied for failed payments and how that affects the ability to accept routes in the future, or to receive routes in the future. Alex, I see you’re on the stage. Do you want to can you want to give us a brief introduction of who you are and all the cool shit that you’ve established? You can say no, of course.

[00:23:03] AB: Oh. Hi. I’m Alex Bosworth. I work at Lightning labs. We work on LND, and some liquidity products for routing, or receiving payments, like Lightning loop.

[00:23:13] P: You’re selling yourself short, my friend. Alex is the creator of the boss score, which is, I think, is the first system for basically, trying to provide visibility into what makes a good routing node in Lightning Network, versus a bad one. It’s super important, because by having these ranking systems that allow us to categorize our own nodes as effective, or ineffective routing nodes, it gives us more clarity around how to improve those metrics and those features, which is also something that Severin has put a lot of effort into. The terminal web debugger that that he’s created is a huge step in that direction. It gives us a lot more visibility into how to improve our nodes.

[00:23:53] AB: Yeah, it was designed from the opposite perspective. The perspective of the person who’s trying to join the network, and they need the routing nodes. The idea is to decentralize the network. In order to decentralize the network, we need somebody who joins a network to have a bootstrap, like these nodes are worth your time to consider. Like how, when you join the Bitcoin, you reach out to these DNS peers, and the DNS seeds tell you about some reasonable Bitcoin node, so you can connect to – you can find. They’re going to give you addresses of other Bitcoin nodes. After a while, you’ll develop your own set of peers.

That was the idea is, we don’t want the Lightning Network to just be everybody connects to the 10 big routing nodes. We want this to be a decentralized network, where you have a bunch of choices. If one node goes offline, it’s fine. You have other peers. That’s the idea is establishing that seed list.

[00:24:40] P: Yeah. Got it. Did you create the boss score as a way for you personally, initially to evaluate what were good nodes, or was the intention basically, to provide visibility for other people?

[00:24:49] AB: That project was done in the context of the Lighting Lab’s mobile app. The mobile app, we wanted to do it all, as far as make super easy to use accessible app for everybody to just join the Lightning Network. That was my high-level goal, which is okay, you downloaded this app. How do we make you have a good experience without running our own routing node?

[00:25:12] P: Got it. One thing and that somebody else said a minute ago, that struck me is in one of our previous conversations, Alex, you’d mentioned – I believe it was you. The excitement around Rust Lightning, which is another implementation that I think is, I’m actually unclear on what stage of development it’s in. You were saying specifically, the ability to create a more nuanced, custom routing strategy was something that you were excited about.

Just a second ago, we were talking about the effect of connecting to 1ML, and how that might affect the way your own node, calculator routes. How long before we’re able to implement those types of customized routing algorithms, so that we can as an individual basically say, okay, avoid these types of nodes in the future? Maybe that’s a good thing.

[00:25:55] AB: Yeah. I think, the more tooling we have, the more the more libraries we have, the easier it is to try out these different ideas and execute them. On my node, I already have custom strategies. I have a list of nodes that I blacklist from all my routes. I have tooling to help me develop what that list looks. Right now, I pick all those nodes manually, but that could easily be dynamically done. Then, LND also has a new API in 0.13 that allows you to influence the mission control. The mission control is what does the pathfinding logic. That’s an area of just experimentation.

[00:26:27] KM: It’s also worth noting that LND and Rust Lightning will dump the entire channel graph to you, if you ask for it through one of the APIs, and then you can do your own pathfinding outside of the LND process. Rust Lightning is the library, not an actual node implementation. The point being that, if you dump the graph, you can write your own custom pathfinding logic, and then send directly to a route. LND has APIs for that, too.

[00:26:54] P: Oh, interesting. Alex, is that what Balance of Satoshis does? Is it already implementing its own customized routing node? Oh, I can’t hear you. I don’t know if you’re speaking, Alex. Oh, man. Can anyone else? I don’t know if it’s my phone, or this is –

[00:27:08] KM: He’s back on as a listener now.

[00:27:10] P: Okay. Yeah. One of the issues of Twitter Spaces is quite interesting, and it tends to boot people and do weird shit. Let me find Alex again and bring it back up. Go ahead. Somebody was going to say something.

[00:27:21] KM: I think it was Alex, but I think, just what we were talking about is the ability to do pathfinding in a more custom way, rather than leaving it up to the various implementations. I think, you were asking about what is the exciting thing about Rust Lightning.

One of the things that Russ Lightning offers is an entire Lightning implementation in library form. Right now, if you want to get at some of the more raw functionality within these node implementations, you have a few options. LND has a GRPC API. That GRPC API is much richer than what LN CLI gives you and what the config allows you to specify, but it necessarily requires you to write software that is in another process.

There’s a similar dynamic in C-Lightning, where their plugin infrastructure, as opposed to having a GRPC API, the request responses happen over standard input, standard output, and so you can write your own plugins that can interact with C-Lightning. What’s interesting about Rust Lightning is that it’s all in the same process. You can get it down to a very low footprint. One of the consequences and Matt Corillo was very stringent about the way that Rust Lightning was set up, where it basically has no dependencies, which means that the actual binary footprint is actually fairly small.

I just heard of that project yesterday, that’s actually working on compiling Rust Lightning to WASM and embedding an entire Lightning node straight in the browser. We’ll see how that pans out in practice. I have numerous questions about how that’s actually not going to work, but it’s definitely one of the cooler aspects.

[00:28:54] R: Does this mean that the Docker container for Rust Lightning would be really compact?

[00:28:58] KM: I don’t actually know, because for the Docker container, again, Rust Lightning is a library primarily. They do have a tutorial, where you can basically build your own Lightning node in five or six lines of code using that library. If you’re talking about what it would take to build your own Lightning, using the Rust Lightning library and then Dockerizing that. In general, Rust binary sizes are pretty good, because there’s no runtime. There isn’t something like Go. I don’t know how it would compare to something like C-Lightning.

[00:29:25] R: The reason I ask is because, someone is inevitably going to roll out a Lightning node package, which is containerized, like in Umbrel, if you install more than a couple apps and you have only 4 gigs of RAM, which most nodes do, they can start to crawl. I believe, that it can actually lead to some failures, such as Bitcoin D failing health checks. If three of them fail in a row, it can do an emergency shutdown. I believe, that’s what happened to my node a couple of days ago. I’m very concerned about the docker container size of some of these apps and of Lightning redeeming itself.

[00:30:00] KM: Keep in mind that the container size is completely different than the in-memory occupancy. The container size doesn’t actually have to fit all the way in memory. Because what Docker is doing is it’s setting up a file system overlay. Obviously, any app that’s going to have a huge Docker image footprint size is likely to have a high memory footprint, but that’s purely based off of correlation of what I would describe as carelessness by the developers, and less so about some intrinsic link between the two.

[00:30:28] R: had a question, if Alex is able to talk. I think he’s a speaker now. Hey, Alex. When can we have a truly grown node-based Lightning LND implementation?

[00:30:38] AB: If you update to 0.13.1, it should allow for [inaudible 00:30:41] Bitcoin D. It works by getting the blocks from the peers directly when they’re needed.

[00:30:47] KM: It does seem to still be buggy though, Alex. I was talking to Wilmer about this last week. We deployed 0.13 to the embassy. 0.13.0. I don’t know if this was fixed in 0.13.1 that came out today. When we deployed 0.13.0 and used the LND native print node support, it caused nodes to periodically go offline and then not be able to come back. Then, when we switched back to our block patching proxy that we had been using prior to 0.13, it seems to fix it. Now, I don’t have any better evidence than that. I am working with Wilmer to try to nail it down, but we might want to be careful using LND’s prune node support, walking closely.

[00:31:26] AB: It is a brand-new feature, so your mileage may vary. The other thing I try to change is there’s a catching system in it. It’s not going to get every block from every peer. It’s going to collect the blocks in the near timeframe that it might need. Then also, you can adjust your prune setting to say, “Oh, I want to prune everything, or I want to prune just the last two weeks, or the last month.” In some scenarios, it might be more reliable than others. Yeah, it’s a new feature that hasn’t been in the wild before. Yeah, there might be bugs.

[00:31:54] R: Thanks.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[00:32:00] CK: All right, Bitcoiners. I want to tell you about our newest sponsor. This show is brought to you by ledn.io. I have been super, super impressed with the guys over at Ledn. I’ve actually known the co-founders, Adam and Mauricio for a very long time. I’ve had the pleasure to watch them build Ledn up from a tiny, tiny startup, to now a super impressive institutional grade, Bitcoin and crypto lender. Y’all, I’m so impressed with these guys. They are offering some of the best rates out there. I don’t think anyone even comes close to touching them.

You can get 6.1% APY on your first two Bitcoin that you deposit into Ledn interest accounts, and you can get 8.5% on USDC deposits. I mean, I know all the competitors. They’re not even close. If you’re going to put your crypto and your Bitcoin into an interest account, Ledn is by far the best. On top of that, like I said, these guys are hardcore Bitcoiners, and they know the products and the services that Bitcoiners want and appreciate. They came up with B2X. It allows you to put your Bitcoin in and a leverage it up, and you can with one click of a mouse, get twice the exposure to Bitcoin.

If you’re super bullish, Ledn has you covered with a super, super easy way to get leverage with B2X. Then on top of that, they know that Bitcoiners care about your reserves. They know that Bitcoiners don’t like under-reserved and not full-reserved financial institutions. They are pushing the frontier in transparency in the digital asset lending space. They are the first digital asset lender to do a full proof of reserves and proof of attestation, through a Mariano LLC, a public accounting firm.

The Ledn guys, they know what Bitcoiners like. They are legit. I encourage you guys to check them out, do your own research and go to ledn.io. That is L-E-D-N.I-O and learn more.

[00:33:51] CK: Bitcoiners, I want to tell you about The Deep Dive. The Deep Dive is Bitcoin Magazine’s premium market intelligence newsletter. This is a no fluff, hard-hitting, incredible newsletter going deep into the market, helping you understand what’s happening with derivatives, what’s happening on-chain, what’s happening in macro, what’s happening with the narrative and what’s happening with the tech.

My man, Dylan LeClair is an absolute savant. He is making his name known in the Bitcoin community, getting shoutouts left and right, getting on podcast left and right, and him and his team are bringing you everything that you need to know about Bitcoin. You don’t even have to be on Bitcoin Twitter. You can ignore every other newsletter. This is the newsletter to rule them all. Go over to members.bitcoinmagazine.com. Sign up today. If you use promo code MACRO, you get a full month for free.

You have nothing to lose. What are you waiting for? Sign up, see the incredible work that Dylan and his team are putting out. If you don’t like it, just unsubscribe. You don’t pay a dime. If you do, it’s going to be well worth the SATs and investment and understanding Bitcoin, and gaining the confidence to continue to invest in Bitcoin and making the right moves around Bitcoin. It’s going to be well worth every single Satoshi. Again, can’t recommend it enough. That is members.bitcoinmagazine.com, promo code MACRO. Do it today.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[00:35:22] P: Just to be clear. Rust Lightning is the idea that you would run Bitcoin core, for example, LND and then you’d use Rust Lighting as the library?

[00:35:30] KM: Rust Lightning would substitute for LND in that particular case. The primary difference, and this is – I’m taking a lot of this from their documentation. I had a couple of conversations with Matt Corallo about it, but the thing that they’re going for is that the various node implementations make a lot of decisions with respect to how to store certain pieces of data and how the Lightning node fits into some broader architecture.

By busting up what makes up a Lightning node into its various sub systems and making those a bit – giving you the ability to control those from inside of another process, just gives you a lot tighter level control. By and large, it’s not as well developed from a end-user perspective, as something like LND is, or even C-Lightning. As a developer, if you find that the other node implementations are not serving your needs, either doing due to being heavy, or awkward to deploy, or you need just lower level access to the actual individual protocol features, then Rust Lightning, I think, has an opportunity to serve your needs better in that way. It is a comparatively earlier –

[00:36:40] P: I’m so curious. How long before the people that are before all of you start really playing around with it, what needs to happen before you feel comfortable doing so and implementing it in your own tools?

[00:36:49] KM: Rust Lightning?

[00:36:50] P: Yeah.

[00:36:51] KM: I have to hate Rust less.

[00:36:55] P: That seems like a huge problem.

[00:36:57] KM: It is.

[00:36:58] P: Got it. Okay. Alex, how much have you built on top of balance – Do you use Balance of Satoshis as the intermediate layer between most of the stuff that you do on the Lightning Network?

[00:37:08] AB: I use that for my own nodes. I use that helping to manage the Lightning loop service and trying out different things. I have various test net nodes, test nodes. It’s both what I use to manage nodes. Then also, to prototype different ideas, try different things out. It’s built on top of my general Lightning library that I’ve been working with since I originally built yalls.org. It’s built on that code base.

[00:37:32] P: Got it. How often do you LNCLI directly, versus the tools that you’ve built on top of it?

[00:37:38] AB: Generally, if LNCLI does what I want it to do, I’m not going to replace it with a new command. Although, Balance of Satoshis does have a new command, which we’ll just call basically, LNCLI, so you can use it that way. Generally, I build the commands more for automating common tasks. Whereas, LNCLI is a great way to access API directly.

[00:37:59] P: Yep. I have one more question for you, then I want to open up a more open dialogue between everybody that’s currently a speaker, so we can just riff and go into whatever we want. One of the things that was really interesting to me that that I guess, does the fact that C-Lightning, as I understand it, probing in the way that a terminal web uses a less not possible anymore. How does that affect the network and things like, terminal web and the tools that you’re working on? Is that good or a bad thing in your mind?

[00:38:26] AB: I missed when it made probing impossible. What happened?

[00:38:29] P: Like Ace and Q right on terminal web. I like terminal.lightning.engineering. Ace and Q was the number one node forever, basically. Then very recently, my understanding is that the newest implementation of C-Lightning made it so that probes can no longer be used to basically, determine the channel balance.

[00:38:48] KM: Do you mean Éclair?

[00:38:50] P: I’m sorry. Is it Éclair? It’s not the C-Lightning?

[00:38:52] KM: Async is almost certainly using Éclair, instead of C-Lightning.

[00:38:54] P: Okay. I apologize. Not C-Lightning. Eclair.

[00:38:57] SA: I’m going to jump in for a moment here, because I believe a good chip connection problems. What Éclair did is basically, Éclair made the – I lift the payment sequence as a requirement. This as far as I know, disables key send, and also disables procs. What happened with async, or I don’t know how to pronounce this node. It fell completely off the terminal score. That is because terminal score to some extent, uses probing to determine the health of a node.

[00:39:28] AB: I’m not working on terminal web. I can’t get into exactly what happened there. I don’t know. I don’t think that you can necessarily make probing impossible, but you cause problems for it, for sure. Also, the terminal web, it’s not probing your balances or anything. That’s not part of how it works. I think, actually, async was deliberately removed from the original scoring list, because it was causing problems for probing. Maybe they don’t want to be probed, so they were rejected. It was removed, because it wasn’t working. I think, you can make problems for people who want to run probes, but you can’t really categorically stop probing. You can just send a signal that you don’t want to be probed.

[00:40:07] P: Oh, wow. Wait, so Severin, in the other chat, my understanding was that we’d come to the conclusion that Eclair no longer provided that information, but it sounds like, that’s not the case.

[00:40:17] SA: I’m not sure if I understand your question correctly. Can you repeat that again?

[00:40:21] P: Yeah. I don’t know if it was in the beta group, or in the advanced group, but I thought we had come to the conclusion that the newest version of Éclair, basically made it not made it not possible to reliably probe channels, as a result. It sounds like, Alex was saying, is that’s actually not the case.

[00:40:39] SA: If you probe according to the probing research paper that came out two years ago, or so if you do it like this, then it’s not possible anymore. They will return and a different error message. Yeah, it doesn’t work. You can possibly get around with it, making one or two adjustments to the probing algorithm. Then it should work again. The standard doesn’t work anymore with Éclair.

[00:41:09] P: Okay. Got it.

[00:41:10] AB: I don’t really think that’s the reason. Because they were actually upset that they weren’t on the list, and they asked to be included. They asked for the exemption to be removed. I think, probably the reason that they’re not on is unrelated to any probing changes.

[00:41:25] SA: Alex. What I saw on the Éclair GitHub is literally, they merged some code that makes the payment secret and the requirement. It’s just coincidentally at the same time. Then async fell out of the terminal score, but it doesn’t need to be, I don’t know.

[00:41:44] AB: Yeah. I don’t know either.

[00:41:45] TJ: One question that’s coming up for me is Severin, in our conversations, we’ve talked about a really responsible use of probing. I’m curious, as probing grows and is more tools are built around it, how do you folks feel about, or how will the network respond in response to a whole bunch of probes happening across the network, or potentially irresponsible use of a probing that might not protect privacy, or that might be abusing individual nodes resources?

[00:42:17] P: Good question.

[00:42:19] TJ: Alex, I know we’ve talked before about how the network is resilient. How do you see nodes responding to excessive probing?

[00:42:26] AB: Yeah. I wouldn’t necessarily even say probing. It’s just what happens if you make a lot of requests. Like, what if you go to a webpage and you hit it a billion times and you get everybody to hit it a billion times? There’s a level of abuse, even in regular things that people are expected to do. I think, that’s a super important question for how does the protocol deal with this scenario? It conflicts with the goal of also making it, so that you don’t know who’s responsible for the traffic. Because it’s not like, you can just put a rate limit on an IP.

You are getting the traffic from somewhere and you don’t know where it’s coming from. If you rate limit it, you’re just rate limiting everybody. That actually makes the problem worse, because now, you’ve just increased the bang for the buck of doing an abuse. You basically shut off the node. I think, there are a lot of solutions for how this could be solved, but it does need to be prioritized. People need to be talking about this more, maybe than other things that they’re working on, adding to the spec that are not thinking about how to harden the network.

[00:43:25] KM: Can you shed some light more on actually, how probes work? Is it done through the onion packet?

[00:43:31] AB: Probing is just a very generic way to describe doing a payment, that maybe doesn’t succeed. The simple probe, if you use my tool for probing, all it’s going to do, it’s going to send the payment to the destination, but instead of the hash that the H and HTLC, the has, it’s going to send random data. The nodes along the path, they won’t know that’s not the correct hash, so they’ll still forward it. Then when it gets to the end, the end will reject it and say, “That didn’t work for me.” That’s one type of probe, and that’s the most simple type of probing.

It can be useful when you’re making a real payment. A lot of wallets actually do a probe before they pay, including the Lightning loop service. Before we actually do a swap, we do a probe just to test the route, to see is the route going to work for us? Once we know that the route is going to work for us, then we send along a real payment. It’s not like, it’s just information gathering for information gathering sake. It can be part of the regular payment flow.

[00:44:26] KM: Just to clarify here, so what happens is that the onion packet is sent with basically, a full route, or a candidate route to the destination. At the very end, the payment hash, the HTLC being offered to the final hop, the recipient is not associated with the payment hash that they’ve generated. They reject the HTLC and then the HTLCs get rejected all the way back to the source.

[00:44:49] AB: You can see, okay, my payment made it along this path. If I want to use that path again, there’s a high chance it’s going to work. There’s also the payment, like you were saying before that there’s a payment non-secluded. When you generate a payment request in there, there’s a random number that is encrypted in that payment that you make. Actually, if you use my probing tool, and you use it with it a payment request, it will still include that knot. Might even be compatible with the way that async is blocking and probing, because it signals that you have knowledge of the payment request. That’s just way to probe.

Another way to probe is, you can pay past the point that you want to pay. That makes it harder to block it. How do you know if you’re a routing node? How do you know that the payment is a probe, versus just paying one of your peers? That’s how probing is a general concept of I’m just gathering information that was going to help me to do something.

[00:45:40] P: Okay. Got it. The statement that I had made that basically, Eclair is blocking, probing totally incorrect. I’m still a little bit unclear on exactly –

[00:45:47] AB: Well, they were always causing problem for probing. That’s why they were not originally included in what I worked on. They weren’t sending back the error, which was, I don’t know about this payment. They always worked that way. Then, they did update their node and they also asked to be included in the scores. They were included for a while, but I don’t know why they fell out.

[00:46:06] P: Okay. Got it. Just to be clear, my assertion earlier that running the newest version of Eclair has anything to do with this was incorrect. Is that right? It’s a per node.

[00:46:15] AB: It might be correct. I really don’t know.

[00:46:16] P: Okay. Got it. Got it. Got it. Because one of the things that’s been interesting in PlebNet is that we’ve noticed that a ton of us have basically, jumped hundreds and hundreds of scores up on my terminal web, and I had thought that was because the newest version changed something, but –

[00:46:31] AB: It might change things. I just don’t know, because I’m not working on the current version.

[00:46:34] P: Yeah. That makes sense. Severin, anything else that you would add to that?

[00:46:38] SA: No. It’s actually a very good explanation of Alex on how probing works. There are ways around it. Even if they make the payments mandatory, like Éclair did. I believe, it has to do with the recent merge request I sent. Alex has sent you the merge request in the Lightning Labs [inaudible 00:46:58] group. You can have a look. They explicitly say, you can safely make it mandatory, which closes probing attack vectors in the merge request. It actually doesn’t prevent probing, if you can get around it.

[00:47:11] KM: Yeah. The routing one hop pass, basically kills it.

[00:47:15] P: Just to be clear, the routing one hop pass is where you’re sending a probe to one farther than the node you’re actually interested in, or is that you’re sending a payment one hop farther than the node you’re actually interested in?

[00:47:25] KM: They’re not materially different, but yeah, it’s mostly – You’re offering an HTLC that never resolves.

[00:47:31] P: P: Got it. Oh, that’s so fascinating. Okay. One thing that you said, Alex, a second ago is that terminal web does not use probing to determine what constitutes a good peer?

[00:47:40] AB: It doesn’t use balance probing. It’s not like, figuring out everybody balances. As far as I know, that’s not how it works at all.

[00:47:47] P: What do you think?

[00:47:47] SA: I’m not sure about this, because when you have a look at the chasing file that the terminal web score loads in the background, then there is one field that clearly states that you need to have minimal routable tokens of 1 million Satoshi. It clearly states minimal routable tokens with my debugging effort on a terminal score debugger on my website, lnrouter.app, there is a pattern that you must have. You must have 1 million routable tokens, but the pattern is not clear. There are some exceptions and I cannot 100% say that they do probing. They do something in this direction, but I don’t know what they exactly do.

[00:48:32] AB: It does do probing. I’m not saying it doesn’t do probing. I’m saying, it doesn’t do the type of probing, where it narrows in on what your balance is from hour-to-hour, or day-to-day. As far as I know, it doesn’t do anything like that. It just does more of an information gathering probing.

[00:48:46] SA: Yeah, absolutely. That’s a big thing. Actually, a lot of people connect probing with private being privacy invading. I disagree there. If you don’t really determine the balance of the channel. If you just chat, “Hey, would this payment will through,” which happens all the time in the network by just trying to find a path. I don’t believe this is privacy invading, to be honest.

[00:49:14] TJ: What you could do for probing is just say, “Hey, can you route that 1 million Sat payment? Oh, no, you can’t? How about a 500,000 Satoshi payment? Oh, you can. How about and just narrow in, how about a 750,000 SAT?” You can bring down that resolution on exactly what someone’s balance is. Instead of doing the balance probing, you don’t need that type of resolution. You’re just curious, what can you route generally a large payment.

[00:49:43] AB: Yeah. Also, you can get the same information just by making regular payments on the network. Because every time you make a payment, you’re routing through lots and lots of different nodes. Even if you’re just making regular payments, you’re already gathering that data, like who can forward for you?

[00:49:57] KM: Yeah. This is another reason that you might want to make your channels private, if you’re not trying to be at router, is because you don’t want someone to be able to zero in on the balance of your channels through a series of a binary search on the probing, whether or not you can route a payment.

[00:50:14] P: Yeah. Can’t you create the same effect though by, I guess, you could still force it. Basically, by setting the max HTLC size? What if you had a 16 million SAT channel and then you just set the maximum HTLC to 100?

[00:50:25] AB: They can also stack HTLC.

[00:50:27] P: Yeah.

[00:50:28] KM: You can have up to 480 something HTLCs on a channel at once.

[00:50:34] P: Yep. Yep. Yep. Fair.

[00:50:36] TJ: One thing that we didn’t talk about is private channels in parallel with public channels. I know, open arms and Alex have talked about this before. That’s been fascinating, because what I was gathering was that you could actually use this private panel for routing in parallel with a public channel. That routing that liquidity in the private channel could actually be used for routing, if you have them set up in parallel.

[00:51:03] AB: Yeah. Another thing that I know, or I have heard of people doing, and I played around with a little bit myself is basically, having public channels and then private channels for rebalancing, which I think is it’s related. Or are you saying something differently?

[00:51:14] TJ: Oh, I think earlier, we were saying that private channels couldn’t be used for routing, but I was adding a little bit of nuance into it, because I think it’s an exciting opportunity for people to maybe improve their privacy, or actually, yeah, make this probing question a little bit more difficult to get a handle on, and maybe clean up your offset a little bit.

[00:51:33] AB: Also, if you’re a routing node, you might not want to advertise to nodes that you’re connected to, or how much you’re connected, because you’re leaking information to your competitors about how much they should sign to a destination. I also think, the private channel mix could be interesting. Right now, a channel and a UT Excel or a one-to-one mapping. In the future, it could be that you could just have your channels be cold wallet UTXOs that are not actually used for the channel. They’re just a marker, a placeholder that says, “I can route up to this amount.” Keep them on your cold wallet. Then, you can make private channels to be to manage how much actual hot wallet liquidity you want to have on your node. You can tear that down and raise it up.

[00:52:15] P: Wait, Alex. Can you elaborate on that? I don’t quite understand. You’re saying you could use UTXOs that you couldn’t actually sign as you’d have it on the –

[00:52:23] AB: Right. From the perspective of the network, it doesn’t know if the coin that you’ve referenced in your channel is actually being used for the channel at all. It’s just a pointer. The cost of the pointer is just to sign a multisig without UTXO. It’s conceivable that you could just have that UTXO actually be living on your cold wallet. You don’t actually have those funds on your node. Even the funds could actually not even be your own funds. You could pay somebody else to create that pointer for you. Once you have that, then you would be able to manage your actual liquidity totally privately by making private channels that just follow along the same path. Whenever you receive a new HTLC, you just send it along the private channel, instead of the public channel that the sender referred to.

[00:53:04] P: Oh. Wait. You’re blowing my mind. Is that something that people are doing today?

[00:53:07] AB: We would also have no way to know. I don’t know of an easy way to accomplish it, like using a current tool.

[00:53:13] KM: When you say that you people might use these things as pointers, the thing that’s jumping out in my mind right now is that it’s not clear why someone would want to do this. Because if UTXOs are small, for instance, that the idea that some people might want to do, I think, I’ve heard the practice called shadow routing, where they might open a 10 million SAT public channel and have a 100 million SAT private channel. At least, until amps are a little bit more widely used, that basically limits the amount that you can route over that link to 10 million at a given point, but you’re hiding the private liquidity, or you’re hiding the lion’s share of the liquidity and the private channel.

However, that doesn’t still change your hot wallet exposure as a result. It might not leak the information that you have that much available. If you have the reverse scenario, where the public channel appears, even though it might not belong to you, or something like that, appears much larger than a smaller private channel, if you look, that creates even more problems.

[00:54:11] AB: Yeah. This is a theoretical solution. I think, that it addresses one of the issues with having shadow routing channels, which has said, you limit yourself in what you can forward. You’re turning away customers. If you have the public channel that’s 10 million, but then you decide, “Oh, I want my shadow channel to have a 100 million,” the people who are sending, they don’t know that you have a 100 million, so those 100 million sends are going to go to somebody else and you’re going to lose that revenue.

Whereas, if you had one of these pointer UTXOs, you could set that to be a 100 million, but then only commit 10 million. Then if you decide, you want to go up, then you could add more shadow channels and your pointer will still remain valid.

[00:54:47] KM: You probably have to splice them, because well, link level can’t –

[00:54:51] AB: No. Because it really doesn’t matter. LND will already switch your forward to the channel that has liquidity, even if you specify the different channel. The sender doesn’t need to know about it, because LND will just automatically switch it over to the one that does exist.

[00:55:04] KM: Will it do it over parallel channels as well?

[00:55:07] AB: Yeah. That’s the only time it will do it. If you have multiple channels with your peer and one of them is depleted and the other one isn’t, but the center didn’t know that, so they specified the one that was depleted, LND will automatically switch it over to the one that wasn’t depleted.

[00:55:19] KM: Yeah. Sorry, what I meant is that if you advertise a 100 million, but you used to have 10 million and you said you wanted to up it, so you open up a second private channel with 20 million, you’re still limited to 20 million in a single shot. Until link level amps have been – are those standardized?

[00:55:37] AB: No. The there’s no link level amp implementation that I know of. Yeah, the problem is really with your peer isn’t going to respect that you have this pointer, they’re going to say, “I need to have the channel. I need to have those funds in the hot wallet.” It just gives you the flexibility to grow if you want it to grow.

[00:55:51] TJ: This is fascinating dialogue. I’m also curious if I can ask another question, P. Stop me.

[00:55:57] P: No. Please. The goal of this is basically, to have an interesting conversation. Anyone who’s a speaker, but please feel free to dive in and ask questions.

[00:56:05] TJ: Yeah. Another thing that comes up is how do you think the Lightning Network will change with taproot getting activated? Do you expect that it’ll be easier, or more difficult to find routes? Or how do you see it playing out as more tools become available with the soft fork?

[00:56:22] KM: I don’t actually anticipate it making anything more. I guess, I don’t know about. It’ll depend on whether the implementations can get an uptake of some channel point that is taproot enabled quickly, because it does require a spec change. Because in one of the BOLTs, I think, BOLT 3, it actually specifies the entire transaction and script formats. There’s all the implementations have to use that in order to be able to enforce the punishment schemes. In so far as it takes a long time to get that implemented and there’s going to be this heterogeneity between the network.

HDB2 came out forever ago and we still use HTTP1 on half the Internet. It might take a while in order to be able to use taproot channels with most of the peers on the network. I don’t think it should impact routing all that much, as in constructing a route to the destination.

[00:57:11] KM: Okay. Interesting.

[00:57:13] P: How do you think that sidecar channels will affect the topology, or the way that the Lighting Network is used?

[00:57:19] KM: I wish I understood sidecar channels better.

[00:57:21] TJ: That’s a pool product. Is that right, where you’re essentially providing inbound liquidity to a new entrant to the Lightning Network, for a fee and making that available to the pool auction. Is that right? Please correct me if I’m wrong.

[00:57:36] P: I’m not sure.

[00:57:36] KM: Does Elizabeth want to come up?

[00:57:38] P: I sent her an invite, but she’s refusing, which I’m deeply offended by it. No, I’m kidding. Elizabeth, you want to come up and give us your thoughts? She may be otherwise occupied.

[00:57:48] KM: Try to take a stab at it. The way that I understand sidecar channels right now is that it just requires that the person purchasing the channel lease does not have to be the one who receives the inbound liquidity from the channel lease. I think, that that’s the only difference. What that would mean is that it basically, just functions as a normal channel, but it doesn’t require someone to have Bitcoin loaded up into a bunch of different wallets to begin with.

[00:58:14] TJ: Okay. Under that, then established nodes would be able to participate in pool and help broker deals for liquidity for new nodes, because, I think, that’s one of the biggest problems is that when people start up a node, they’re like, “How in the world will I get inbound liquidity, so that I can receive payments ,or become a routing node?” Beyond sidecar channels, it sounds like, there’s a whole bunch of tools that are emerging, lightningnetwork.+ for these organized rings. I’ve been really impressed with it. You’re able to construct these ring routes in a matter of hours, instead of trying to coordinate these liquidity ring just manually through messaging.

[00:58:55] P: Yeah. I can say, the trying to participate in the rings of fire is a very onerous process. It just takes days and days, and then people change their fee structure, or they can actually route. We’ve found it much more effective in PlebNet to basically, just organize those directly between people. The problem of course, is that is very trusted. It requires trust. The reason that I got super interested in the balances of Satoshi’s dual-funded channel option is because it is trustless, which is super interesting. I didn’t realize that it was possible to implement that through keys and on LND, but I certainly use that a lot these days.

[00:59:29] AB: Yeah. I think that I’d be interested in making a group version of that.

[00:59:31] P: Oh, my gosh. You should do that.

[00:59:33] AB: I think, there’s a lot of interesting angles to approach it, like making it easy, making it, so that you’re not relying on somebody running some script that you just say, “I want to join this group.” Then the group just happens. This is a new phenomenon. I never really thought about it before, but I’ve been thinking about expanding the way that the balance channel works to make it amenable to groups. That was the impetus behind the balance channels. I saw people who were opening a channel and then they were trusting the other person to send them half the money back.

I thought, “Oh, we have the technology here that you don’t have to do that.” I think, the same applies also to the group channels, but the group channels themselves have also been progressing. It’s not as bad as it was before with this trust model, but I think it could be better than what we have now.

[01:00:18] P: Oh, it absolutely could. I love the idea of being able to, as you said, have these group architectures. One of the things that I’ve been thinking a lot about is in the last three months even, the tools that are available that Severin has built out, that you built up has just exploded. As a person who has had a Lightning node for a long time, but has not actually been able to figure out how to participate effectively in the Lightning Network and how to basically make strategic decisions about which nodes I connect to, I just feel like, we’re in this is magical time when that that the tooling is just being built out in front of us, and we’re able to participate in that process.

One of the things that I have been really excited about is tools that allow one to effectively, like LN node insight by a small world. That’s another tool I was trying to get them to join, but he’s in a different country, and so the timing was off. Essentially, there is a channel simulator that he’s built out, that allows you to basically go in, you put your node in, and then you can plug in any other node and simulate like, how it will affect your centrality, which of course is only one aspect of being an effective routing node.

There’s a real space. There’s a real need right now for tools that allow people who are non-software engineers to be able to intuitively understand, or build mental models around how routing works and how rebalancing works. I think, that’s the thing that is so desperately needed right now. As we all put effort into building up the number of high-quality nodes in the Lightning Network. For example, being able to visually have a tool that would display the entire Lightning Network and then basically, use a slightly different force directed graph that would show communities. Then basically, have you be able to visually see in real-time, or maybe after the fact how routes are being constructed, even just a graph that’s on lnrouter.app/graph, but then you could plug in and basically dump. You could see in after the fact, exactly the route that was taken through the network. That stuff is so valuable for people who are just trying to wrap their heads around how Lightning Network works.

[01:02:13] TJ: I love all the visualizers popping up, including the one on LnRouter, as well as cheese robot. I think, one of my favorite things just like at Amboss is just watching the loop node and watching all of the people compete with fee rates, just since they can see the actual fee rates that other people are charging, they’re now actively undercutting each other. Then, they’ve taken to changing their aliases to send passive-aggressive nodes or whatever to say, “Oh, you undercut me. I’m undercutting you now.” Using that as a broadcast communication method. It’s very entertaining to watch.

[01:02:53] AB: It’s great for the whole concept of Lightning, that the capital is going to be where you want it to be. I wouldn’t take that for granted. You’re a service. Then, the people who are just going to appear to offer you inbound liquidity when you need it. Loop is the proof point that that does work. That if there’s a demand, that’s a sustained demand, there’s going to be a marketplace for people to come in and supply that inbound liquidity. It’s going to be a very vibrant marketplace, where people are going to figure out how much is this costing me? How much can I earn? Can I do better than the other guy? If we scale this network up to a 100X, this is a market process that can just work.

[01:03:28] KM: Yeah. The hard part is actually just discovering where those reliable demand points are.

[01:03:33] AB: Yeah. It didn’t happen overnight. The original loop node, that was some of me just begging people, “Do you want to open channels?” Then, it takes time for people to find out about this. That’s on both sides of the equation, if you’re somebody who is starting a new node, like if you want inbound liquidity, and you were talking about just starting only private channels. That’s one reason that you wouldn’t want to do only private channels, because that sacrifices that organic inbound liquidity with people knowing that, “Oh, if I sent you.” There’s also a marketplace, even within the peering. If I open a channel to loop and it’s at a low fee rate, but there’s somebody else at a higher fee rate, the people at the higher fee rate can buy the liquidity from the people at the lower fee rate. That creates a marketplace just through rebalancing. You don’t really get that unless you have public channels, and unless you have an established node in the network

[01:04:22] TJ: Now with parallel channels, I guess, the higher price node might think that they might be able to rebalance and eliminate some underpriced nodes, or some lower price nodes. They might find themselves that there’s actually a whole lot more liquidity than they were prepared for.

[01:04:41] AB: Also, you’re creating your own demise to some degree. Let’s say, you’re a high-fee node and you peer with loop. Then, you look at the low fee nodes and you say, “I’ll buy all of their liquidity out.” You can do that, but you’re also giving them an incentive to get new inbound liquidity, to create new channels. This is like a market in the sense that you’re predicting the future. What are they going to do? What’s going to be the demand in the future? Then that’s what’s determining the price of doing a loop in the routing sphere.

[01:05:05] TJ: Fascinating. I love how this is evolving. quickly.

[01:05:09] P: Yeah. This is an amazing time to be in Lightning. Yeah, I wonder, does anyone that is a speaker on stage have questions for anyone else on stage? What are the things that you’re currently thinking about that might be useful to get input on?

[01:05:21] R: I have a question to Alex, or everybody else. I was tweeting a lot about Thor recently. It seems like, a lot of Thor nodes have trouble staying up, trouble having their channels being active and not disabled. I’m a little bit confused. I’m not sure now if it is Thor, or if Thor is the problem. Open noms also replied to my tweet there, or if it is actually an issue with LND at the moment, that a lot of Thor nodes are having issues.

[01:05:53] AB: There is an LND issue that should be fixed in today’s 0.13.1 release. I guess, it was yesterday. The problem is if you’re a Thor node and you’re connected to a node on Clearnet and the Clearnet node changes its IP, the Thor node will not automatically reconnect to the clear node, new clear node IP. It will just stay disconnected forever, then the channel will be disabled. Unless, you run a re reconnect script periodically, they won’t be figuring that out. That issue has been fixed to date.

There is also a greater issue, which is that Thor itself as a network. It’s not a 100% reliable. There’s a lot of problems with Thor. That manifests itself as you just lose the ability to forward to your peer.

[01:06:36] KM: Yeah. There was significant problems earlier this year with consensus process and the Thor hidden service directories, which is how the dot onions know where they’re routing. First of all, V2 addresses on Thor have been deprecated. It’s recommended that you use V3s to begin with. If you did use a V3, you were probably going to be affected by this. It happened sporadically. There was a patch that the tour team released to deal with it, but it isn’t widely available on a lot of the home node implementations, because the patch that they deployed was only available for ARM V8. It never actually got back propagated to ARM V7, and a significant number of the note implementations run off of operating systems that require 32-bit, or ARM V7.

[01:07:24] R: Great, thanks. This is insightful.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[01:07:31] CK: Bitcoiners, I am so excited to tell you about the Bitcoin 2022 Conference. You guys, Bitcoin 2021 was absolutely a smash hit success. It was over 13,000 Bitcoiners coming together, breaking the barriers on who can come together and celebrate freedom, celebrate Bitcoin. The energy was absolutely electric.

Unfortunately, it was just oversubscribed. There’s just people flowing out everywhere. This year, we are learning, we are making the conference bigger and better. We are moving over to the Miami Beach Convention Center, and we are going to be throwing a massive four-day festival for Bitcoin, celebrating Bitcoin, bringing together the greatest minds in Bitcoin and the greatest businesses in Bitcoin and lastly, the culture of Bitcoin all together.

We had a four-day extravaganza planned for you guys for Bitcoin 2022. Day one is going to be industry day. It is a day where you can buy a special ticket in order to just mingle and make business deals happen. Day two and three is going to be a full-blown Bitcoin conferences. Our main conference is going to be on April 7th, and 8th. Then lastly, we have the sound at music festival, day four.

Imagine going to Coachella, but for Bitcoin. There’s going to be very few talks. It’s going to be all about the culture of Bitcoin. It’s going to be all about hanging with your fellow plebs. It’s going to be an absolutely amazing time. There’s going to be Bitcoin musicians, Bitcoin artists, and all your favorite Bitcoiners and just an amazing environment to party and just see it all, soak it all in, and to get people to realize that a Bitcoin world, a world filled with Bitcoin people doing Bitcoin things is the world that they want to live in. That’s what Bitcoin 2022 is all about. That is what the Bitcoin conference is all about. That’s what Bitcoin Magazine is all about.

It is going to be a celebration of Bitcoin, the Bitcoiners and this amazing movement that is going to make the world a better place. Go to b.tc/conference, learn more about the Bitcoin Conference, learn more about all the amazing things that are happening in Miami around the Bitcoin Conference and buy your tickets. Guess what? If you buy your tickets with Bitcoin, you save a $100 on all the tickets and a $1,000 on the whale pass. If you want the VIP pass, the Big Kahuna, you buy with Bitcoin, you save a $1,000. That’s a lot of SATS. Go and do it right now today. Don’t wait. Prices are only going up. This is going to be a can’t miss event.

[01:09:59] CK: Bitcoiners, let’s take a break from the content and I want to tell you about CoolBitX. CoolBitXis an awesome Bitcoin hardware wallet. It’s been around for a really long time. They are building an amazing Bitcoin wallet called the CoolWallet Pro. The CoolWallet Pro is state of the art Bitcoin hardware, wallet technology. Its form factor is like a credit card. You can put it into your wallet, and it is designed to go with you on the go. That way, even when you’re on the go, you can have the benefit of a two-factor hardware wallet design when you’re trying to spend your Bitcoin, so you can have your Bitcoin wallet.

You exit on your phone and make it really easy to scan, decide what you want to do. Then you sign with CoolBitX, which is in your back pocket. It is tamper-proof. It is waterproof. It is flexible. It has an awesome secure element in it. It is a really awesome way in order to have some more flexibility, yet security when you’re taking your Bitcoin on the go. I personally am a fan of this idea of making Bitcoin into a medium of exchange and making it into something that people use. I know, it’s going to take time, but they are working on the UX for making that possible in a secure a way possible. Have some peace of mind. Check out the CoolWallet Pro from CoolBitX. Thank you to them for sponsoring this podcast.

[EPISODE CONTINUED]

[01:11:27] R: I am wondering how larger node operations with a heavier volume of transactions deal with the channel DB infinitely growing. Obviously, there’s compaction offline. In my case, I’m doing a lot of rebalancing pretty much constantly through the day. At this point, I have a significant number of settled invoices from that.

If you want to use the UIs that is getting significantly worst performance. I see that in the next version LND, they’ll have some pagination enabled, which obviously, once UI developers add that that should help. If there’s any other things may be in the pipeline that anybody knows about.

[01:12:07] AB: The problem isn’t the invoices side of rebalancing. The problem is on the payment side. LND is keeping every history of every failure that you ever see, and it will keep it forever. Even if the payment fails, we’ll keep that payment around and data, and we’ll also keep every attempt to achieve that final failure. That will usually comprise the bulk of your database, if you’re doing a significant number of payments.

The way that you can deal with that is number one, there’s always been this API call, where you can delete all your payments. You can dump all your payments out to a file or something, delete them all, run the compaction. You probably would see maybe even a 10 times decrease in the amount of database space used, depending on how many payments you’ve made.

Then in later versions of LND, there are other API calls that allow you to delete all the failed payments. Only the payments that succeeded will stay in your database. Or, there’s another flag to allow you to delete all of the attempts that failed. You were trying to make a payment and it failed this route, it failed this route, it failed this route. It will delete those attempts. On my nodes, maybe every week or two, I’d run a delete payments. I’d run a compaction. In addition to the space savings, your node performance can dramatically increase. It could be a 10X increase, depending on how fragmented your database is, depending on how much data you’ve got on there.

[01:13:29] R: That makes sense. I noticed that API today and I was going to figure, I was going to play around with it, because yeah, my rebalancing performance has dropped like a rock in the past two days.

[01:13:40] AB: Yeah. If you use my script, you could just do a delete payments history, or you can just hit that API call. There’s no LNCLI command for it, so you do have to use some tool, or use API directly.

[01:13:50] P: Wait what script is that?

[01:13:51] AB: The Balance of Satoshis. Just as a delete payments history command.

[01:13:55] P: Oh, no way. Okay. Man. Let me ask you something, Alex. What are the things that for those of us who are running, or attempting to run effective routing nodes, what are the things that you have in your Cron jobs that basically, you would recommend all of us are doing? I know, there’s boss reconnect, where she’d been super helpful in explaining, it sounds like, boss delete payments. Are there any other things that you currently have running on a cycle?

[01:14:20] AB: I do dynamic fees. If there is a scenario where I’ve identified I need my fees to change based on my inbound or outbound, or things like that, I have a Cron job to execute this command, and it has a little bit of logic in it, which is if inbound is greater than this, then do that. Then also, I run multiple nodes. One thing I’ve noticed sometimes with people who run multiple nodes, that they don’t keep the channel between them, that it’s balanced. That’s something you could easily do with a Cron job.

You just say, send the missing balance over to the other node. Then, you can have two nodes act as one node. A lot of people rolled their own custom scripts for this. Like, [inaudible 01:14:55] has this in their code base. I noticed that Bitfinex used to not do this and then they switched over to it. They said, they had great results with it. I do like to add multiple nodes. I think, multiple nodes is something that has a lot of advantages, that have two routing nodes and they work a little bit differently, and they have their strengths.

[01:15:12] P: Interesting. Also, just going to give you props, Alex. I don’t know how you do it exactly. I feel like, you have to look the little time dilation device from Harry Potter, but you respond in approximately 15 seconds to any message that anyone posts in the Balance of Satoshis chat. It’s quite remarkable.

[01:15:27] AB: People are pretty good about reporting issues. I think, it’s pretty useful if you have people testing things out. A lot of the things that I wouldn’t have noticed first other people are like, if I run this commit with this flag, it has an error or something. It’s a community project, which is pretty cool.

[01:15:41] P: Yeah. I’m assuming the answer is absolutely, but in terms of improving the UX, or adding clarity for things that people are confused about, I’m assuming you appreciate pull requests to the balance of Satoshis tool?

[01:15:52] AB: Yeah. Definitely, if people want to add things. Really, the tool itself has the command line version of different libraries, working on different libraries to help different use cases. If you look at [inaudible 01:16:01] wallet, they powered Bitcoin Beach, they’re using some of these libraries, so they don’t use the Balance of Satoshis tool. They use different libraries that are then, you see it on the command line. That’s what I’m going for as well, is to empower people to make their own stuff using these common libraries.

[01:16:16] P: Yeah. Yeah, Absolutely. Somebody came off mute. Hey, look, I know you had a question a second ago. Do you want to ask it?

[01:16:22] TJ: Yeah. I was curious if there was any observable difference to routing fees as the mempool has cleared, blocks aren’t filling up. I know people FOMO into creating more channels, so assuming that there’s more competition and less fees, and also, once again, competing with just on-chain transaction. I was wondering if there was any noticeable effect.

[01:16:47] KM: I’ve observed it. It’s tough to say what the ultimate cause is, because the mempool clearing coincided roughly with the PlebNet taking off as well. Yeah, I’ve seen massive downward fee pressure over the last month, like four to six weeks in my corner of the world. Now, I don’t know if you’re more of established and things like that, you may have seen it less. It’s definitely something I’ve observed.

[01:17:10] TJ: It’s certainly crossed my mind. Of course, there are fixed minimum costs for maintaining channels in my view, because at minimum, it’s going to be a channel open and a channel close, which there’s a fee associated with that. If you’re both opening and closing a channel at one SAT per bite, that would be a minimum of 300 SATs, or just roughly, a minimum 300 SATs per million SATs of your channel.

If you’re only opening 1 million SAT channels just to cover your costs, those should be at 300 PPM, at one SAT per byte. I’d see a ton of channels that are lower than that, because they think that that they’re going to get bidirectional traffic, which in my view might be a poor assumption.

[01:17:58] AB: I think, you can get bi-directional traffic, but it is good to start with that fundamental premise. My channel set up in long live, a 16-million channel can easily have a full Bitcoin worth of traffic, or even 10 Bitcoins worth of traffic, because it’s been around for years and it’s been used a million times.

The most basic strategy should definitely be like, coming at with your cost perspective of how am I going to make my money back? On my node, I’m spending $200 a month on chain fees. I have to think, I don’t want to just waste those Bitcoins. I want to make the $200 back plus, maybe something for me. That’s how I’ve always thought about it, even from the beginning. I set my fees at a pretty high rate compared to the rest of the network. My premise was always like, this isn’t going to scale as a charity, because we’re going to talk about people putting in tens of millions, hundreds of millions of dollars. It’s not going to work if everybody just gives away chain fees for free.

People that were very critical of me at that time, they were saying like, “Oh, why don’t you put your fees to zero, like everybody else?” Now I see some of the bigger players, even Blockstream and Async. Async has fees of 30 basis points, which are higher than even mine are in my direction to popular destinations. They have higher fees, like 60 basis points. That’s definitely something to think about is approaching it as a business, that you’re going to have costs and you’re going to try to get revenues.

[01:19:14] TJ: Yeah. The other thing is I had an unexpected force close this month and it nearly wiped out all of my earnings for the month, just to have one force close. You have to really struggling to find a good mental model on how to price in that risk of force close.

[01:19:30] AB: There is so that the anchor channels update, which would mitigate that cost. Because instead of having a high commitment fee, you would have a minimum relay fee cost. Then, if only if you need to, you will increase the chain fee. In practice, if that works out like it’s supposed to, you would see at least a 10X decrease in the amount that you would pay, maybe even a 100X.

[01:19:51] TJ: That’s fantastic. Yeah. Very excited about the anchor channel.

[01:19:54] AB: Channels exist now, so they’re the default channel type. The optimizations to bring those fees down, they haven’t been fully implemented. If you update it to 0.13.1, there is an optimization now where instead of targeting a confirmation of six, which was hard coded, it’ll target a confirmation of a 144, which is still hard coded. It’s going to save you a lot of money.

[01:20:16] TJ: With a force close on that anchor channel, is there a replace by fee option, so that it could be bumped in the future?

[01:20:22] AB: There’s no option, but that’s what it is doing. It’s doing that automatically. It’s saying, “I have a certain deadline that I need this to be confirmed within, and I’m going to start low. Then as time goes by, I’m going to keep pumping it up.”

[01:20:34] TJ: Oh, that’s fantastic.

[01:20:35] KM: Presumably, what you’re worried about, Jestopher, though, is that your remote party is force closing. Is that right?

[01:20:42] TJ: For this instance, it was my node that made the decision to force close. I haven’t dove into the logs to figure out exactly what happened, but it’s something that happens when you’ve got defaults setting.

[01:20:52] AB: As far as the cost go, it doesn’t matter who does the force closing. It’s the person who initiated the channel that always pays, even if it’s not your fault that you closed it.

[01:20:59] KM: You still have to pay the chain fees to claim the funds from the UTXO that’s created by the channel close transaction. Yeah, the commitment fees, you don’t have to pay, right?

[01:21:07] AB: Yeah. Although, the anchor channels also does change that equation a bit, because now, it’s whoever wants the channel to close the fastest, they’re the ones now responsible for the payment. It changes the calculus also of accepting channels. Now, when you accept a channel, the lion’s share of the cost might not be on the person who initiated the channel with you. The lion’s share of the cost of might actually ultimately be on your side.

[01:21:28] P: You need to close and reopen channels to get anchor channel set up.

[01:21:31] AB: Technically, it might be possible in the future to upgrade them without it, because you still have a two of two. Right now, you need to open new channels if you want the anchor channels. There’s also two versions of anchor channels. Do you want the real version of anchor channels, you need to, yeah, open up new channels.

[01:21:47] KM: Interesting.

[01:21:48] R: Can you expand on real version, if you had anchor channels from 0.12.1 Would those be real, or an older version of the anchor channel?

[01:22:00] AB: I think, 12.1 was on the spec. There was two iterations. One is the proposal state of anchor channels. It was implemented in LND. Then, once there was a working implementation, it was back and forth on the mailing list and on the spec about how everybody would implement it. Then, that’s what’s in the current formulation of anchor channels. I think, it’s probably unlikely that you even have any of the old ones.

[01:22:22] R: Yeah. I’m about half a traditional channels and half anchor.

[01:22:27] AB: Yeah. If you made them in 12.1. Because 12.1, the anchor channels were almost made default. It was only at the last minute that there was some more changes that we thought we should go in to make them default in 0.13.

[01:22:37] R: I assume, some of the payment issues in 0.13 have been resolved in 0.13.1?

[01:22:45] AB: Yeah. Yeah. There was problems with key sense in 0.13, and there was problems with just payments that were made on Neutrino, maybe [inaudible 01:22:52]. I’m not sure. Then, even in 13.1, in the early revisions of it, there was problems in regular sense. Hopefully, I haven’t heard of anybody reporting any issues and I’ve tested myself that the issues that were in 13.0 are resolved in 13.1. That should be all fixed up now.

[01:23:09] R: Good. I’m going to see if I can get BTC pay server to move up to 13.1 here in the near future.

[01:23:15] P: Alex, I have a question. I love the run LND repo that you have, which walks you through, basically setting up a Bitcoin core and LND with Thor, and then goes through all this specific LND.com configuration tags, for lack of a better word, that you’ve implanted. If someone is not yet at the level of being able, or feeling comfortable fully rolling their own, is there a specific, not necessarily pre-built, but a more pre-built implementation that you prefer in terms of security, usability. Again, this is for someone who is comfortable with the command line, but for whatever reason is not willing to run their own full node. I know Start9 has a great product, RaspiBlitz, Umbrel. Do you have a preferred implementation?

[01:23:55] AB: I’ve heard good things about RaspiBlitz. Also, the guide does include instructions for Neutrino, if you want to skip this step where you compile Bitcoin D, I’m going to skip this block sync. There’s instructions on how to use Neutrino, which I think is, can be good for a node, where you’re sending. You’re not receiving money. There’s more limited risks if you’re not running a routing node. Or if you have your own neutrino source that you can trust.

Yeah. I also think if you are putting a bunch of capital on there, and you’re trying to write a series node, it might just be worth investing in some time to learn how to run Bitcoin D properly. Because you might run into a situation, where you need to fix things and it’s going to be ideal if you know how things are working.

[01:24:34] KM: Yeah. I tend to view a lot of the node products and obviously, I spend a lot of my day trying to improve them. I don’t see them as serious routers tools. I see them more as tools for individual users, who want to get up and running quickly, as trust, minimize the way as possible. I think, it really does accomplish that well. I don’t think that you’re going to be able to be a serious routing node in two years’ time without being able to roll your own tools, or do a lot of your own systems administration, at least a little bit.

There can be certain things that automate some of the services and getting them up and filling them down. I think, being a Lightning routing node, it’s this niche skill that requires technical know-how, as well as some financial acumen.

[01:25:20] AB: Yeah. I don’t even think that the barrier is all that high. It’s more cause I’m certainly not the world’s best sysadmin. I think, it’s more like, getting a hand on how to run commands. Sometimes, I look at people who are putting a bunch of money on one of these nodes that isn’t really meant for it. I think, you really be well-served if you just took the basics about how to use a shell and how to set up things properly. Because it’s not that hard if you just spend some time on it.

[01:25:44] R: Alex, are there any soft forks that you’re particularly interested in? ANYPEVOUT, or CTV? Are there any swaps that that would be enabled? I remember attending your original workshop, or whatever, where – or actually, it was just the Asset Bitcoin Devs, where you talked about tit for tat swaps, HTLC dash swaps, pow swaps. Is there anything new that would be, I guess, easier to do?

[01:26:07] AB: Of course, Schnorr. I’m excited about doing key aggregations. That’ll be amazing. It looks like, knock on wood, that’s a software that we’ll be activating. Beyond that, I don’t know if people are talking about it so much, but I don’t know if any of the existing software proposals cover this. I don’t love the way that her current anchor channels work, or that the current way that channel resolution happens, where you have to increase your fee.

People have written papers on this in hyperbolic terms, like the flood and loot paper. We have mitigations for that. I’d like a software targeted at that, which is we have very high levels of predictability about what’s going to happen, if I have this unsigned transaction that I’m not going to have to guess the fee correctly. I’m not going to have to compete with people forget the fee, that it’s always going to play out the way that I think it’s going to play out. If we can formulate a software like that. All of the proposals circle around that issue.

I’m hoping, what happens is they coalesce those ideas. Just how taproot happened. The idea of having the mass the mass functionality was originally proposed as a separate soft fork, and people kicked around that idea for a long time. It finally coalesced over many years into the taproot, so I think the same thing. It would be great for channels and for any swap, any off-chain protocol. You need better finality than just, I’m going to guess a fee that’s going to work.

[01:27:24] KM: Can you explain what soft fork would actually – I’m struggling to figure out what consensus chains would be needed to be able to predict fees better.

[01:27:32] AB: You would want something that would make the fees irrelevant, basically. The fee would just be about the timing of when things would be executed. If you use the covenants, some covenant soft fork, as example, you would say, I know that even when this confirms, it can only go to these people. It’s not like raising, because the order of events of how things can play out is already set in stone, because we pre-committed to it. How that actually happens, it’s a lot of different ways. It doesn’t necessarily need to be covenant. That’s a lot of complexity also, that I don’t really spend a ton of time on, but it’s more of what I want to see.

[01:28:06] PARTICIPANT: Hey, guys. I heard you talking about fees earlier. Obviously, we know the mempool is a ghost town right now. As a miner, I came up here to blame you guys for taking away all my fees. In all seriousness, I actually was wondering if you guys think that PLUGnet and the rise of the Lightning Network is having a demonstrable measurable effect on main chain fees, or if it’s just a function of the lack of supply, or demand that’s out there for actual on-chain transactions? Because spot buying is also non-existent it seems right now. Also, sorry. It might have something to do with the fact that it was a blockchain.com finally implemented SegWit.

[01:28:39] KM: I’m not sure that can be answered empirically.

[01:28:42] AB: If you’re talking about chain fees, since I started running my routing nodes, I spend way more on chain fees, than I ever have spent in the past, because there’s just so much activity happening that I’ve gone from occasionally, I’m going to spend a chain fee to try out some new service or something to chain fees are now part of my regular operating expenses. If I need to pay a chain fee, I’m going to have to pay to get in no matter what.

It’s a big change to go from paying a dollar a month, maybe to $200 a month. I think, that more use, it’s going to have that effect. If people make more services that use these micropayments, people are going to have more reason to open up channels, and we’re going to have more needs to move liquidity around and we’re going to see chain fees increased. I don’t think, also in the current mode that chain fees are materially changed by the traffic that the Lightning Network. I was looking at the submarine swaps. There’s a page that lists out every loop that happened. There’s a lot of loops. It’s over 10,000. There’s also 50,000 channels. Every block is having 2,000 transactions. I don’t think it’s making a big difference either way.

[01:29:42] TJ: Is that a public page, Alex?

[01:29:44] AB: Yeah. I think, it’s loop.lightningporter.net, or something like that. It just lists every single submarine swap that it could detect just by looking at the on-chain signature of those swaps.

[01:29:55] TJ: Fantastic. You really don’t know what’s happening on the Lightning Network. Even an individual routing node wouldn’t be able to speak for the whole thing. Although, personally, I see plenty of routing activity and I’m looking forward to seeing more, if we’re going to bring 6 million people onto the Lightning Network in the next couple of months, the next year. It still needs to grow pretty significantly.

We’ve got lots of work ahead to build out all the infrastructure and get the tools ready to get folks to allocate their resources, or their SATs in a smart way, so that they’re efficient. Yeah, I think at this point, it’s a lot of trial and error. With all the tools coming out of the folks on stage, I’m very excited about the future of it.

[01:30:40] P: I have a quick question. There’s a, I forget what the name of the website is, but it’s gosh, I can look it up. It’s basically, it’s TX something. TX insights or something like that. It basically scans the blockchain for a Lightning channel opens that are public to determine the total liquidity in the Lightning Network. Isn’t that also possible as of right now, before taproot [inaudible 01:30:59] implemented to do for private channels? Couldn’t you scan the network in the same way and get an accurate measure of the total liquidity if it’s locked up in the Lightning Network?

[01:31:07] KM: You’d be making some assumptions about some of the script types. You can try to run that analysis, but as of right now, channel types are paid a witness script hash, usually the [inaudible 01:31:17] 32 version. You can try to make the assumption that like, okay, any payment to a witness script hash has the possibility of being to the Lightning Network. Any advanced multisig setup is going to look the same, at least until it’s closed.

[01:31:31] AB: Yeah. People have run the analysis on closed channels to get an upper bound, and that’s been done before. I think, the analysis was actually that there are very few couple channels comparatively, at least few of them that are closing.

[01:31:42] P: Apologies, my Twitter app crashed. Can you just repeat the last sentence that you said?

[01:31:48] AB: The analysis of the two of two closes on-chain, or two of two spends on chain revealed that by far and away the most common use to closes are publicly identifiable channels. Like channels that you could see, like the out point was listed in the graph. That saying, not that many people are using a native segue two of two. It’s also saying, not that many people are using private channels.

[01:32:11] P: Got it.

[01:32:12] KM: I guess, the question, because in the anonymity set, you don’t know that it’s two of two, until the witnesses provide it. The real question is, can you – what the broader use of pay to witness script hashes is in general, separately from Lightning channels, because then, you can just count the number of outputs there and then try to make heads or tails of it. Of course, with taproot, assuming things are cooperative, all of this goes away.

[01:32:38] P: Yeah, absolutely.

[01:32:39] AB: Yeah. You’re really talking about the Schnorr key aggregation, because it will make the – instead of having two of two keys, you’ll just have one key. Still save money and it’ll be more private. I think that will definitely help. Although, you’ll have another impact, which is how many people are using taproot to make sense, period. It could be that if Lightning is the main first adopter, that you can just add up all of the taproot outputs, and now you almost have less privacy, because you can use that as upper bound, how much money was sent to the taproot output.

[01:33:08] R: Are taproot enabled channels something people are playing with in signet yet? Or is that still too early?

[01:33:16] AB: I don’t think any of those kinds of things exist. I haven’t even seen very many taproot demos, period.

[01:33:22] KM: There are some taproot outputs, I think, in signet, but they’re very few. In order to get them into a channel relationship, we would probably need at least a proposal for a spec change, because it meaningfully impacts the structure of the transactions themselves. Pretty much all of BOLT 3. I don’t know if the revocation mechanic will work the same as it does. There’s a lot of changes to be made to the Lightning protocol itself before it’s actually usable, even in a demo sense.

[01:33:52] P: Okay. There’s a question. What are each of you the most interested in on the timescale of let’s say, 30 to 60 days? What development that is related to the Lightning Network, or something that you are personally working on is the most exciting to you in terms of helping to improve the Lightning Network? Let’s start with, that would be Severin.

[01:34:10] SA: I’m currently working on a tool that tries to estimate the health of a node. The idea is still fluid, so it changes a lot. To really say, this is a good node to connect to, or this is a bad node to connect to. In the future, this might uptime, or whatever, but this is the general direction. but I’m still digging into data, how I can do that and stuff like this.

[01:34:39] P: Got it. All right. Hello, Jessica. Your turn. Speak.

[01:34:43] R: Personally, I’m interested in trying to automate the rebalancing process, because I’ve found success with active rebalancing, but it requires far too much labor at the moment. I’m actively working on trying to improve that. Also, potentially analyzing some of the HTLC event data to maybe see if I’m missing opportunities due to fee structure.

[01:35:06] P: Yeah. I got to say, that’s the thing for me right now that is the most interesting. It’s being able to determine which channels are receiving the most failed payments, so that I can change max HTLC sizes, close channels out, things like that. HTLC event stream. Alex, what about you?

[01:35:22] AB: I think, the most dynamic in the 30-day, 60-day timeframe is the groups, like group channel opening. I want to explore that myself to thinking a lot about it. I think, it’s a new use case for Lightning, because it isn’t so focused on I want to make payments cheaper. It isn’t so focused on, I want to receive payments. I want to make a specific app. It’s more a social experience. It’s more, I want to take part in this peer-to-peer network. I think, it’s been underserved because we’ve been focusing so much on the nuts and bolts of making things efficient and making things work for businesses that we haven’t worked so much on the peer-to-peer side of things.

[01:35:55] P: Yeah. Oh, man. This is one of my other current passions is that, we’ve all been building out PlebNet for that reason. I’ve been working with Lamar who was in the audience. I’m not sure if he still is, who’s basically – he’s doing that for a – he runs the Black Bitcoin Billionaires Club on Clubhouse, and they’ve been building out a community of Lightning nodes that are in their community. I think that model, these small communities, groups of friends, large communities all getting onboarded and on-boarding themselves and each other to Lightning Network is going to be the future of Lightning adoption.

There aren’t any tools that I’m aware of that, what you just described in terms of tools that facilitate opening trustless balance channels among groups, but also that allow a group of people to strategically determine the best channels to open in order to both strengthen the routing within a group. Then also, to benefit the larger Lightning Network. I want to see something where I can take the output of cheese robot, which is an incredible tool, and it’s the background for all the stuff that’s happening within telegram, because it allows us to gamify and really have fun with the size of the graph.

I want to be able to take something like that and then plug that into a third-party tool, or a website, or just something I’m running that they cloned down from GitHub, and then get a dynamic readout of metrics that are for that entire group, rather than just me as an individual node. It’s going to be really powerful.

[01:37:18] KM: Yeah. I think that segues into what I’m working on right now, which is primarily doing more in-depth yield analysis on the different channels. Because unlike various Lightning channels, despite the fact that they give you revenues and stuff like that, they are not fixed income instruments. Your liquidity has been continuously reallocated from your destination to your source in any given moment. Understanding what the actual time-based ROIs of having channel allocations in any given place, I think is going to be really important to be able to make good decisions about, especially if you’re capital-bound, right?

If you can continuously add capital, maybe this doesn’t matter as much, but you always want to be closing your least profitable channels to do your forward experiments with, as opposed to your most profitable ones. There are naive ways to understand that. I think, actually, human intuition, as long as your data set is small is actually pretty good approximation here. Especially, as your channel counts grow and your payment flows are growing, having tools to be able to say definitively that on a per unit time basis, this is your least profitable channel, close it. Then experiment with moving it, the capital there elsewhere.

[01:38:30] P: Yes. Okay. That’s a huge thing. Have you played around with the Python scripts that grid? I’m sure you actually probably have more nuanced tools you’re using yourself, but the Python scripts that Gridflare has built out, because I found those incredibly helpful in that regard.

[01:38:41] KM: Yeah, I’ve played with them. I haven’t really done it enough to really have an assessment of whether or not it’s materially helped me or not. I honestly haven’t given all of them “fair shake.” Not that I have anything against them. I just haven’t had time. I’ve been working on some of my own stuff.

[01:38:55] P: Yeah, absolutely. I think, I only mentioned them, because, and of course, again, centrality is not the only factor. I think, the type of analysis you’re talking about, the more nuanced analysis, that’s really the goal. For me to be able to basically run an analysis on all of my channels and then have it spit back, this channel has never been used. This channel is only writing a small amount of payments. Then basically, have the metrics right next to it that are like, here is how your centrality score will be affected if you remove this channel. Again, that’s only one factor, but that strategic analysis, I think, is sorely needed and sounds amazing. If you want any beta testers, you know where to where to ask.

[01:39:29] KM: Yeah. One of the things, for the benefit of the audience, what Phillip’s talking about is that there’s a person in the PlebNet community named Gridflare that put together some scripts that did an analysis of the channel graph to figure out what some of the best nodes to connect to were to improve your between this, or centrality score with respect to the graph topology. It’s definitely an interesting thing. It’s well-studied with respect to the graph theory. I think, one of the observations that was made by the Lightning Lab’s team in the form of the Lightning pool product is that the graph is devoid of economic information.

You don’t really have a great idea of what the demand for payment flows are, just by looking at the channel graph. You set yourself up for having – get some of these scripts that improve your centrality, set you up from a topology perspective to have the opportunity to route certain payments, but it doesn’t necessarily mean that any of the payment demands for those routes exist. These tools all have to be used in conjunction with one another. Otherwise, you’re not going to get a complete view of what the right approach is.

[01:40:34] P: Beautifully put. Jestopher, what, on a 30 to 60-day time scale are you most excited?

[01:40:39] TJ: Yeah, this is probably going to be the last thing that I’ll say. I got to run after this. Thank you so much Bitcoin Magazine and P for having me on. I think as far as developments coming up, I’m most excited about the bottom-up growth, things like PlebNet popping up, because it’s been a real gift and excitement, as all these people are joining the Lightning Network. One thing that I’ve noticed is that it is a one-way trip. It’s like a second orange pill that you take to be on the Lightning Network, because once you start, you don’t really want to stop, because the incentives are aligned. It’s exciting. It’s a social network and it’s growing rapidly.

I think, I’m most excited about people discovering this technology as we are undercutting all the other payment rails out there. A stat that I like to consider is that at 300 PPM, you’re underpricing Visa by about 43 times. As people discover this technology, I think they’ll see some real opportunities and people will be inspired to build on it.

[01:41:41] P: Yeah. Thank you so much for joining. I’m going to be doing these twice a week, generally. I think we’re going to have another one on Thursday at the same time. Please feel free to jump back in. This has been awesome.

[01:41:50] TJ: Thanks so much.

[01:41:51] P: The last thing I’ll say is, one of the things that has been so interesting to me is that I’ve had a Lightning node for a while, and it wasn’t until we started building up PlebNet that we just decided a bunch of us learning together, that it became really fun. Not only are the incentives and really interesting, which is that as you benefit yourself, you are benefiting the larger network.

Then, when you’re part of this community of friends, you get these group incentives, where previously, my experience in the Lightning Network has been that people discover these interesting ways to extract more economic value and they keep it to themselves, because that provides – there’s an edge that you get by doing that. When you’re in these communities of friends and it’s super fun you, you tend to be more willing to share some of this information, because you benefit. As you share things, like we’re seeing in a PlebNet advanced channel, you get input from people that have different perspectives than you do, and you learn more and more.

I think, that’s all just built in top on top of the incentive structures that are put in place by Bitcoin as a layer one, and then Lightning as a layer two. That to me is the most compelling thing about Bitcoin and Lightning. Then lastly, I just want to say, for people that are feeling like, “Oh, man. This seems like it’d be super boring.” I got to say, managing my routing node is more compelling and more fun than any real-time strategy game I’ve played, because there’s real money involved. There’s real SATs. The decisions you make affect your income in this way, and it’s very fun. It’s addicting.

Anything else anybody else wants to say, or rep before I close out the room?

[01:43:18] TJ: Just thanks for having us.

[01:43:20] KM: Yeah. Also, my side, just thanks for having us. It was a really good conversation we had here on. There’s some really good people. I’m looking forward to continually be part of this community, to talk to a lot of people to improve the Lightning Network and the experience we have and all the people have of it.

[01:43:36] P: Absolutely.

Source

Tagged : / / / /

Inside El Salvador’s Bitcoin Law Implementation

Watch On YouTube

Listen:

Earlier this month, El Salvador officially implemented its revolutionary Bitcoin law, recognizing BTC as legal tender, compelling businesses across the country to accept the currency and introducing a state-sponsored bitcoin wallet called Chivo.

The date was generally celebrated by the international Bitcoin community, but to share a more precise account of what this implementation meant for Salvadorans, Bitcoin Magazine hosted a Twitter Spaces discussion between several Bitcoiners with firsthand experience in the country.

After spending ten days in El Zonte, El Salvador’s infamous Bitcoin Beach, before the bill officially went into effect, Bitcoin Magazine’s Aaron van Wirdum said that he was impressed by the level of real-life Bitcoin use that he saw.

“El Zone is a very cool initiative, it’s really great, these bottom-up projects,” he said. “It’s really kind of working… It’s inspirational.”

But then, traveling to the country’s capital of San Salvador, he was left with a different impression.

“I immediately realized that there’s a very big contrast. Like you have Bitcoin Beach, and it’s sort of this small citadel at the sea,” he said. “But the rest of the country is still — was still … very far from adopting Bitcoin on any sort of large scale.”

Following the enactment of the bill, on September 7, 2021, van Wirdum offered two ways of looking at El Salvador’s attempted transition to become the first Bitcoin nation: a “glass half full” perspective and a less rosy one.

He noted that McDonald’s and Pizza Hut franchises in the country accepted BTC, representing noteworthy adoption by global businesses that came directly as a result of the Bitcoin bill. The country’s state-sponsored Chivo wallet did officially launch and some were able to download and use it. But, he noted, the transition did not go as well as it might have.

“Now, the glass-half-empty perspective is that it’s definitely not widespread yet,” van Wirdum explained. “You definitely can’t spend bitcoin everywhere yet. And still a lot of people have no idea what this is or how it works. And also, the Chivo app, for example, has lots of issues. Like I mentioned, some people could download it, but also lots of people could not download it. It was very buggy. If you did try to use it, sometimes it will work, sometimes it would not. The user interface is a little bit confusing.”

The participants also noted that, while Chivo granted everyone in El Salvador $30 in bitcoin, these funds can only be sent to other Chivo applications, essentially creating a custodial solution with many of the same problems as central-bank-controlled fiat currencies.

Still, van Wirdum said, Bitcoin is being more actively used in El Salvador than he would have thought six weeks ago.

Sergej Kotliar, the CEO of bitcoin-for-gift-card merchant Bitrefill, emphasized a high volume of orders coming from El Salvador on the law’s launch day, saying that he got 40,000 orders in three hours — ten times what the platform normally sees. He also offered some insight into how Chivo was built and launched, and the potential reasons for its limitations.

“The [Chivo] app is built by four or five different teams, which is why there are inconsistencies in the app,” he said. “A lot of this stuff in terms of the Chivo wallet, Bitcoiners complaining about how it is custodial and it’s centralized and you need to submit your private information … and that it’s limited in functionality. But, if you put it in perspective, I mean this is a government project to build a Bitcoin wallet. And they had three months from the presidential announcement to building out something that — well, it works for some people.”

Kotliar added that his team is providing feedback on how the government can improve Chivo, and that he’s hopeful that additional improvements will be made.

But some have been less positive about the nature of Chivo’s rollout, questioning whether you can even really call El Salvador’s state-sponsored adoption a true Bitcoin initiative. Mario Gómez, the founder of Hackerspace San Salvador and an outspoken critic of the law’s rollout who was detained by the country’s national police, offered nuance on that perspective.

“The way the [Chivo] application is working, it looks like more of a centralized system and only when you interact with external wallets it actually connects to the main chain or with the Lightning Network,” he explained. “Whatever the government releases is not truly Bitcoin. It looks like a centralized banking system.”

Van Wirdum pressed Gómez, asking him to clarify his specific issues with Chivo and a lack of transparency around how government funds have been used in this rollout, how the wallet actually works and details around its BTC custody.

“I think all of this lack of transparency is giving a really bad image not only to Bitcoin, but it removes any reason for us to trust these government wallets,” Gómez said. “Why am I going to trust this application if they are not giving us any details about how it works? How the money is spent? So, I think that’s not acceptable, as a citizen.”

The full recording of this Spaces conversation includes many more details and discussion from those on the ground in El Salvador as its legal framework for Bitcoin takes effect. To read the whole conversation, check out the unedited transcript below:

Earlier this month, El Salvador officially implemented its revolutionary Bitcoin law, recognizing BTC as legal tender, compelling businesses across the country to accept the currency and introducing a state-sponsored bitcoin wallet called Chivo.

The date was generally celebrated by the international Bitcoin community, but to share a more precise account of what this implementation meant for Salvadorans, Bitcoin Magazine hosted a Twitter Spaces discussion between several Bitcoiners with firsthand experience in the country.

After spending ten days in El Zonte, El Salvador’s infamous Bitcoin Beach, before the bill officially went into effect, Bitcoin Magazine’s Aaron van Wirdum said that he was impressed by the level of real-life Bitcoin use that he saw.

“El Zone is a very cool initiative, it’s really great, these bottom-up projects,” he said. “It’s really kind of working… It’s inspirational.”

But then, traveling to the country’s capital of San Salvador, he was left with a different impression.

“I immediately realized that there’s a very big contrast. Like you have Bitcoin Beach, and it’s sort of this small citadel at the sea,” he said. “But the rest of the country is still — was still … very far from adopting Bitcoin on any sort of large scale.”

Following the enactment of the bill, on September 7, 2021, van Wirdum offered two ways of looking at El Salvador’s attempted transition to become the first Bitcoin nation: a “glass half full” perspective and a less rosy one.

He noted that McDonald’s and Pizza Hut franchises in the country accepted BTC, representing noteworthy adoption by global businesses that came directly as a result of the Bitcoin bill. The country’s state-sponsored Chivo wallet did officially launch and some were able to download and use it. But, he noted, the transition did not go as well as it might have.

“Now, the glass-half-empty perspective is that it’s definitely not widespread yet,” van Wirdum explained. “You definitely can’t spend bitcoin everywhere yet. And still a lot of people have no idea what this is or how it works. And also, the Chivo app, for example, has lots of issues. Like I mentioned, some people could download it, but also lots of people could not download it. It was very buggy. If you did try to use it, sometimes it will work, sometimes it would not. The user interface is a little bit confusing.”

The participants also noted that, while Chivo granted everyone in El Salvador $30 in bitcoin, these funds can only be sent to other Chivo applications, essentially creating a custodial solution with many of the same problems as central-bank-controlled fiat currencies.

Still, van Wirdum said, Bitcoin is being more actively used in El Salvador than he would have thought six weeks ago.

Sergej Kotliar, the CEO of bitcoin-for-gift-card merchant Bitrefill, emphasized a high volume of orders coming from El Salvador on the law’s launch day, saying that he got 40,000 orders in three hours — ten times what the platform normally sees. He also offered some insight into how Chivo was built and launched, and the potential reasons for its limitations.

“The [Chivo] app is built by four or five different teams, which is why there are inconsistencies in the app,” he said. “A lot of this stuff in terms of the Chivo wallet, Bitcoiners complaining about how it is custodial and it’s centralized and you need to submit your private information … and that it’s limited in functionality. But, if you put it in perspective, I mean this is a government project to build a Bitcoin wallet. And they had three months from the presidential announcement to building out something that — well, it works for some people.”

Kotliar added that his team is providing feedback on how the government can improve Chivo, and that he’s hopeful that additional improvements will be made.

But some have been less positive about the nature of Chivo’s rollout, questioning whether you can even really call El Salvador’s state-sponsored adoption a true Bitcoin initiative. Mario Gómez, the founder of Hackerspace San Salvador and an outspoken critic of the law’s rollout who was detained by the country’s national police, offered nuance on that perspective.

“The way the [Chivo] application is working, it looks like more of a centralized system and only when you interact with external wallets it actually connects to the main chain or with the Lightning Network,” he explained. “Whatever the government releases is not truly Bitcoin. It looks like a centralized banking system.”

Van Wirdum pressed Gómez, asking him to clarify his specific issues with Chivo and a lack of transparency around how government funds have been used in this rollout, how the wallet actually works and details around its BTC custody.

“I think all of this lack of transparency is giving a really bad image not only to Bitcoin, but it removes any reason for us to trust these government wallets,” Gómez said. “Why am I going to trust this application if they are not giving us any details about how it works? How the money is spent? So, I think that’s not acceptable, as a citizen.”

The full recording of this Spaces conversation includes many more details and discussion from those on the ground in El Salvador as its legal framework for Bitcoin takes effect. To read the whole conversation, check out the unedited transcript below:

[00:00:07] CK: Aaron is going to be joining us soon. We already got Bitcoin Beach over in the house. How’s it going Mike? Welcome.

[00:00:15] Mike: Good. Good to be here with you guys.

[00:00:18] CK: So pretty usual. Before we get started, I want to talk about Bitcoin 2022 Conference. Again, we’re waiting for Aaron to join and we’re going to be reflecting on this journey. So it’s exciting to have Mike here. But part of this journey kind of had a big moment at Bitcoin 2021 with Jack Mallers and President Bukele announced the initiative in Miami. And Bitcoin 2021 is coming back again next year as Bitcoin 2022. We’ve been working extremely hard to put together the best Bitcoin conference possible, the conference that is going to be the pilgrimage for Bitcoiners to come together from across the globe and celebrate this amazing technology. So something that we are super proud of.

The website is really coming together. So you can learn a lot more about the conference on the website, b.tc/conference. And on the site you can see our four tickets. So we have four different types of tickets. We have a VIP ticket. That’s called the Whale Pass. That gets you into four days of conference. VIP access to a bunch of stuff, golf cart to take you around the venue, the whole nine yards. We have a GA ticket, which is a three-day event to Bitcoin. Again, full access to the best of the conference. We have an industry day. So this is more like a b2b ticket with more kind of activations and an entire day that’s focused around all the businesses and industries that are thriving and growing in the Bitcoin space.

And then lastly, we’re bringing something new. We are putting together a sound money music festival the last day of the conference. That’s going to be Saturday, April 9th. And that’s going to be more of like a Coachella vibes, but celebrating Bitcoin. And if you just want to be in Miami and party the whole time, you don’t care about the talks, you’re a hardcore Bitcoiner, you’ve seen and heard it all, we have a festival pass. So right now it’s just a hundred dollars. Get a festival pass. Book your trip to Miami for April 6th through 9th. Party the whole week in Miami and then come to the sound music festival at the end. So a lot of options, I could keep going on. The content is going to start dripping and leaking as our team puts that together. My man, Pete, who is behind Bitcoin Magazine over here recently accepted the role to lead programming. So can’t kill the conference enough, Bitcoin 2022. But that is enough for me. Thank you everyone for sitting through that. I want to hand it off to Aaron. And thanks again.

[00:02:50] Aaron: Thanks, CK. Can you guys hear me? CK, can you confirm?

[00:02:53] CK: Yes sir. We hear you. All right. We got Mike on the mic.

[00:02:59] Aaron: Yes. Mike is on the mic. Perfect all right. Welcome back everyone to my weekly El Salvador Twitter spaces stream where I discuss what’s going on with the legal tender law here. This is the seventh time I’m doing this now. So to recap, first week was about one and a half months before the legal tender day where we discussed how financial institutions basically didn’t seem ready for the law at all. Then we had one about Bitcoin Beach and the reception in El Salvador. Then we had one of the Bitcoin Smiles initiatives that was fundraised for dental care in the Bitcoin Beach area El Zonte. We had one opening offices El Salvador. This was a month ago, three weeks ago, something like that. Then we had one on the No El Bitcoin protests to protests against the Bitcoin law. Then last week it was legal tender day where we discussed legal tender day. And today we’re back. We’re going to discuss the first week of Bitcoin being legal tender in El Salvador. It will be a bit of an open discussion to just share some experiences, answer questions. And, yeah, give a little bit of insight what has been going on in El Salvador.

[00:04:15] CK: I have a question for you. Sorry, Aaron. Before Mike jumps in, I have a question for you. So after the conference you were like, “I needed to go to El Salvador.” And you planned on kind of just staying there throughout this kind of cycle of launching the bill and actually making it happen. I would love to hear your reflections, Aaron, on kind of landing there and then getting to where we are today.

[00:04:39] Aaron: Yeah, sure. So my first impression – Well, first I was in El Zonte. I spent the first, I think, two weeks. Or let’s see, at least a week, maybe 10 days just in El Zonte. And El Zonte is a very cool initiative. It’s really great, these bottom-up projects. And it’s really kind of working. Like people do use Bitcoin not all the time. People also use dollars. But it’s working. It’s inspirational. It’s great. And then I spent the next week or a couple of days in San Salvador. And I immediately realized that there’s a very big contrast. Like you have Bitcoin Beach and it’s sort of this small citadel at the sea. But the rest of the country is still – Was still. Well, yeah. Let’s speak in the past tense. Was still very far from adopting Bitcoin in any sort of large scale. This was completely confirmed. I spent a couple of days in the states in between then I came back. And then I started doing these streams and all of that stuff.

Like I mentioned, the first episode we did, I spend some time with other Bitcoiners that were visiting in El Salvador, and we visited banks. It was kind of cool though. We were actually let in into the boardroom. But our main impression was they have no idea what’s going on. And this was just six weeks before it became legal tender. So my impression was this is going to be – It looks like this could be a complete nothing border. Like there’s just going to be no event at all in the 7th. It’s just going to be nothing basically. Now it has been the 7th, and we can sort of give two perspectives on it I guess. You could sort of give that glass half full perspective or the glass half empty perspective. That glass half full perspective is, “You know what? There’s actually quite a bit going on. There’s this big change, the McDonalds’, the pizza house that are accepting Bitcoin. This seems to be growing as well.

The Chivo Wallet actually launched. There was actually a Chivo Wallet that some people could download. It was sort of working some of the time. Now the glass half empty perspective is that it’s definitely not widespread yet. And you definitely can’t spend Bitcoin everywhere yet. And still a lot of people have no idea what this is or how it works.

And also the Chivo app, for example, has lots of issues. Like I mentioned, some people could download it, but also lots of people could not download it. It was very buggy. If you did try to use it, sometimes it will work, sometimes it would not. The user interface is a little bit confusing. But there’s definitely more happening than I expected six weeks ago. So that’s interesting to see.

Can we get Serge the mic? I know you only have a couple of minutes. So let’s start immediately. I already discussed this very briefly with you earlier this week, which is also why I invited you on. People can use bitreferral in El Salvador. I use it personally. I use it to top all my phone balances. My phone balance. I only have one phone. And you guys have been having firsthand experience essentially with six million people being on-boarded with Bitcoin, right? What has been the experience in your end?

[00:07:50] Serge: I mean, we’ve been preparing for this and doing what we can. The first launch day was fun. We got in three hours 40,000 orders created on Bit refers from people trying to buy stuff, which is I guess 10X the normal rate, which is fun.

[00:08:07] Aaron: Did you make $30,000?

[00:08:11] Serge: 40. I’m not sure if it was 40,000 individuals, but there was a lot of people trying to make a purchase on Bit refer with the Chivo Wallet, which didn’t work at the time because the Chivo Wallet has this restriction that you couldn’t send the money out. So I’m glad really people have been figuring out how it works, how it doesn’t work, how to get the money out. At this point I think people know how to get the money out.

[00:10:50] Aaron: So to clarify that, the restriction, as I understand it, is everyone got $30. That’s sort of part is the introduction present if you download the Chivo app. However, this first $30 can only be spent to other Chivo applications.

So if someone would walk into McDonald’s with a Chivo expecting to be able to buy a Happy Meal, then they were out of luck, because McDonald’s uses open nodes. And the first $30 can’t be spent to open nodes, which I can tell you has been causing a lot of problems and a lot of confusion in El Salvador as well. Apparently a lot of people try to top-up their balance or whatever they would do. What were they doing? Do you have insights of that? What were they trying to buy?

[00:09:19] Serge: Yeah, sure. I mean, our products in El Salvador, we have a couple of games that are popular amongst the young people. Most prominently, again, called Free Fire, which we’ve been joking about a lot internally that Bitcoin in El Salvador is a lot about Free Fire, which is just a popular game among the kids. But also, we have a partnership with the Uber apps, which is an El Salvadorian Uber Eats and sort of lots of other stuff. It’s like the super app they can themselves. And it’s like the number one thing that people do on their do on their smartphone.

[00:09:51] Aaron: But people try to buy that on a pretty scale, I understand. But in most cases, it would just fail.

[00:09:57] Serge: Yeah, exactly. That fails, and the Chivo Wallet didn’t give a nice error. And so that’s not great, because we get blamed for it and so on. And so we spent the whole week last week all night, European time, figuring out the different behaviors and issues and trying to do the best we can. That’s our interface to fit with the particular bugs that the Chivo Wallet has.

I think there’s a positive side to this. And maybe I should be the positive voice in this call. The launch was not perfect. But frankly, rolling out a Bitcoin wallet to millions of people with a strong incentive to install it, organizing one by the bureaucracy of the government of a Latin-American country. The app is built by four or five different teams, which is why there’re inconsistencies in the app in terms of that’s like here. You get that feeling that it’s like it’s built by different people in this space together.

A lot of this stuff in terms of the Chivo Wallet, Bitcoiners complaining about it is custodial and it’s centralized and you need to submit your private information. All these things, right? And that’s it’s limited in functionality. But if you put it in perspective, I mean, this is a government project to build a Bitcoin wallet. And they had three months from the presidential announcement to building out something that – Well, it works very a bit for some people. And now we’re getting the feedback that they need to fix it. And we are trying to provide advice as we can to some of these teams on how and where to improve.

[00:11:38] Aaron: Serge, do you get the impression that it has been improved already?

[00:11:43] Serge: Yeah, I would definitely say so. There’s a lot of stuff and there’s still a lot of stuff that’s not great with the Chivo Wallet. And, I guess, I think that people kind of – Governments aren’t known for making high-quality anywhere really. So with that in mind, it should be expected that it’s something like this will have bugs on launch. I would hope that at this point they should be able to figure some of these things out. But some of these things are hard, like setting up Lightning channels for massive amounts of money that should move. And we can understand the political implications if people don’t want – Or if the government doesn’t want people to just send the money out of the country or whatever is seen. But at the same time, so you kind of can see how it happened the way that it happened. But I mean, end of the day, people are gradually getting access to it. They’re getting access to real Bitcoins that with a little bit of work currently can be used real Bitcoins. Maybe you can give me feedback on that, Aaron. Is it clear to people that many of the issues are related to the Chivo Wallet and not necessarily Bitcoin as a whole and that other wallets maybe don’t yet have these issues?

[00:12:55] Aaron: I mean, it depends. Some people seem to understand that there was in fact the difference between Chivo and other wallets. I’ve walked into stores and they would ask me what wallet I using, Chivo or something else. So they did recognize that there was a difference there and that something else would work and the Chivo would probably not.

Others have no idea and they would just blame Bitcoin or figure that it was a problem with Bitcoin or don’t understand the difference between Chivo and Bitcoin. So that’s to be expected. Some people understand a little bit more than others. But in general, I do think it costs a lot of confusion. And I do wonder if – I think the main reason to make the first $30 is limited to only Chivo to Chivo. But still people wouldn’t just walk to an ATM and get $30 dollars out and be done with the whole Bitcoin deal. It was meant to really sort of incentivize people spending Bitcoin. However, I do really wonder if this did more harm than good in the end, because it caused so much confusion.

[00:13:54] Serge: Yeah, of course. It’s also inconsistent with the policy that companies should accept Bitcoin payments, right? And then the ones that do get penalized with customers that have a less than ideal experience like McDonald’s that’s integrated with open node for example.

[00:14:08] Aaron: Yeah. That’s a very good example. I mean one of the reasons McDonald’s did it, I’m sure, is because they knew everyone’s going to get $30 and they want everyone to spend that $30 at their store. So they put in the extra effort in tying the money to get ready. And then when they were ready, it turned out that no one could spend these $30 at their locations [inaudible 00:14:29]. And I think that was really a bad choice.

[00:14:32] Serge: Yeah. No. I think every company in El Salvador, and yes, including ours kind of like can do the math exercise and realize that there’re a lot of potential customers to be had here with people spending these $30. And so a lot of people have been trying specifically to capture that. There’s like telcos that have a Chivo package. There’re a lot of things you can buy that cost 29.95 and so on. Yeah.

[00:14:56] Aaron: So to give us an idea, you said 40,000 people tried to spend these funds at bitreferral. How many – Or at least over 40,000 attempts. How many eventually succeeded?

[00:15:09] Serge: That day, it was hundreds. But now it’s a bit more. It’s still kind of low, and it’s calmed down a little bit. And we’re, I guess, waiting on when it gets enabled and the rest – It’s only been enabled for a couple of phones on the Android App store. And so we’re waiting for it to be enabled in all phones including the most popular ones. I mean, an optimist, I’m hoping that there will be some kind of communication that, “Okay, order is now restored and things from now on should be working more reliably and that people go in and try.”

I mean, big picture, we get so cycled in about this $30. But if you look out at the bigger picture thing of this, yeah, the $30 is just like – It’s a ploy to get some initial adoption of it. The real question is this. First of all, will merchants integrate Bitcoin in a sufficiently good way for people to be able to use Bitcoin in El Salvador? And I would say that from what I’ve seen, the answer is very clearly yes. Many companies, retail companies will have like a special cashier with a special person that sits in the cashier. And it probably just has a mobile phone wallet to accept the Bitcoin, which I would even argue is probably the best way to do it if I was a local merchant as well.

But from here, the real challenge isn’t – And this is the same as it is with Bitcoin everywhere. The challenge is never about getting merchants accepted. Merchants will accept it with those customers. The challenge now, which is the interesting challenge, beyond the $30, is will El Salvador be able to convey to the diaspora of the El Salvadorians that live abroad, mostly in the U.S. But in fact it’s better than sending money through all of the different channels that are being used now to just buy Bitcoin from the cash app or on Strike or what have you and send the Bitcoins back home or to buy something for someone back home.

And if this thing is unsuccessful, and there’re a lot of question marks here. But if it is successful, then there is a chance that there can be a vibrant Bitcoin circular economy in El Salvador. And that’s entirely dependent on whether or not they succeed at achieving the inflow. And that’s the next step. Right now we’re dealing with early bugs and this and that and all the things that one could have expected to go wrong. And now I think we’re all sort of, “Okay. There will be a day, hopefully soon, when things work.” And we’ll see people spending their $30. And then after that, the interesting work will begin in whether or not Bitcoin will be used circularly in El Salvador.

[00:17:50] Aaron: Absolutely. Yeah. On the Chivo app I will mention that my experience has also been that it is improving. I don’t have to have to add myself, because I’m not Salvadorian, but I have been playing around with other people’s apps. And on day one it was basically not working at all. And then on day three, it was still so buggy that you could say it wasn’t working at all. But yesterday, I actually did manage to spend some funds from it and it seemed to be a lot smoother than earlier this week. So there does appear to be some improvements going on.

Edgardo, do you have a question for Serge or –

[00:18:31] Edgardo: I don’t have a lot of the question for us. I’ve have been following you guys since the beginning. I mean, I see Serge talking about the issues. And the problem with all the Bitcion and Chivo app was that there was not a prelaunch. I mean, they throw it the day that it was supposed to be on. I mean, there’s been a lot of bugs and a lot of people who have been – Has been trying to do is that they want to cash-out $30 of Bitcoins. And then some of these stores that you guys are not aware, that they said we’re accepting Bitcoin, but not Chivo apps.

I mean, they’re accepting what Strike [inaudible 00:19:07] everybody’s using it. I mean, I’ve been following you guys for a while. I’ve been using Coinbase since 2014. And I hadn’t had an issue about the last couple of days. Even Coinbase or Strike had issues with their platforms. So it’s been kind of crazy though.

[00:19:24] Serge: Yeah. Well, I mean, you’re right. I mean the scale alert is bigger than – I mean Bitcoin on-chain does 700,000 transactions per day. That’s not so much compared to five million people who would theoretically get access to free money on the same day. So you can imagine, a lot of stuff is like breaking down and having scaling troubles. I mean, I know how much scaling troubles we had when Strike launched in El Salvador and so on. And so I hundred percent agree that the right way to launch things is to do a soft launch with a small group. Or the way we often do it with bitreferral is that we turn a feature on and then we don’t tell anyone. And we announce it a couple of days later after the first people have tried it. We know this works and so on.

But I can also understand that in a political environment when there’re a lot of people that want to weigh in on decisions and decide, and this is a whole pride project that needs to go live on one day. And so then maybe by necessity it put us in this situation where they did go live and things couldn’t scale to the to the demand. But I’d also remind people that scaling issues are champagne issues. Most projects never get to scaling issues. So scaling issues shows that there is a demand for this, which at least is a good thing.

[00:20:43] Edgardo: Well, I mean there is a lot of people here that – I mean, I’m from a little town [inaudible 00:20:47] I’m on the part of central area, Cabañas, what they’re trying to do is cash it out and they were like doing a running around. They were downloading the app. And one of the ways they found out to cash out, I mean, to get the cash actually was to link an account, for example Banco Agricola and [inaudible 00:21:08] and they are indeed were able to take those $30 out. I mean they have to do the running round. I mean, for example, they will send it to me, I will send it back to them, and that was an actual transfer. So it was not just that like spending $30. Now you can go ahead and link your account and download it to your bank account and you go ahead and get it from your ATM from the Banco Agricola. And they’ve been doing it kind – It’s been crazy around here. I mean, Cabañas, [inaudible 00:21:35], San Vicente. I know a lot of people, San Salvador also. They’ve been doing like a workaround. There are a lot of people also they’re saying I buy Bitcoins. I’ll give you $25 cash and you gave me the $30 bonus that the government is giving. It is crazy though.

I mean, they always say no. Nobody’s going to like it. But I mean everybody everybody’s trying to get their hands on some money. I mean, it is free money anyway. At least it is the people’s money. So why don’t we just spend it?

[00:22:06] Serge: Yeah. Like you said, people solve the problem. And at the end, this is the problem with airdrops, is that people are going to figure out the fastest way to claim the free money. And it is difficult to stir them to whatever behavior it is that you want them to have, and especially with an open system like Bitcoin. And at the same time when they’re promoting the openness of it, it gets hard. You can’t lock it down completely.

[00:22:31] Aaron: I do want to go through Mike. Yeah, Mike. Let’s hear it for Mike.

[00:22:34] Mike: Yeah, just to follow up on that. I think that’s what’s so great about this is it shows people’s ingenuity. They’re already finding a way to use that for remittances. I mean that’s basically what a remittance is, somebody sending them Bitcoin and them finding a way to cash that out. So I think that that’s exciting to see the ingenuity of people and see that they’re figuring out how to actually use it.

[00:22:53] Aaron: Yeah. I’ve also heard that the ATMs are actually being used a lot. I don’t have any exact numbers. But yeah, lots of orders on the ATM. Lots of people getting cash outs I think especially. In general, Mike, what has been your impression of this first week?

[00:23:09] Mike: So I would say overall, it’s been much better than I anticipated. I really thought that there wouldn’t be a working wall at all. I think it was smart of the government to release certain phones at certain times. I mean, obviously, if they would have given more information ahead of time and people would have kind of known how they were going to do it. That would have been better. But all in all, I mean these rollouts are always disastrous. So it was better than I expected.

I was definitely pleasantly surprised at the number of stores and locations where you could spend Bitcoin. My daughter bought an outfit at Zara using Bitcoin. I did notice that a lot of the stores they’re using either the Athena or the Chivo application to receive Bitcoin, I was having issues to send to them. So I had several locations tell me they were accepting Bitcoin, but I kept getting error messages. I’m not sure if that was just the Chivo app optical issues. So I don’t know. What have you found with that?

[00:24:04] Aaron: Yeah, I’ve been having mixed results with the ATM. Sometimes it worked very smoothly. I have to try with the Chivo app and then it didn’t seem to work at all. It wasn’t clear why it wasn’t working. But when I used like my regular Bitcoin wallets, then it actually did work. There was still some confusing user interface, user experience type of things where it said it required one confirmation. They need to – You get a code and you come back after. There is one confirmation. Then you get the actual money. But it seemed to actually wait for more confirmations or something or at least it didn’t come out at first. So there’re definitely confusing things going on.

I think one of the – But it worked other times. So again, it’s glass half full, glass half empty. And I think that’s one of the things. On the legal tender day, we saw a lot of mainstream media headlines about what a mess it was. And I think that comes down to expectations a lot. People like you and me, like you mentioned, you didn’t expect that to be an app at all. I had similar expectations. From everything, I thought this is just going to be nothing at the seventh. And then if there’s something, that’s actually a pleasant surprise. While if you’re a major media outlet that you’re not really into Bitcoin or you don’t really understand how complicated it is to roll something out, then it might look like a mess because not everything is working. So it comes down to expectations probably.

[BREAK]

[00:25:34] Pete: Alright, Bitcoiners. I want to tell you about our newest sponsor. This show is brought to you by ledn.io. I have been super, super impressed with the guys over at Ledn. I’ve actually known the cofounders, Adam and Mauricio for a very long time. I’ve had the pleasure to watch them build Ledn up from a tiny, tiny startup, to now a super impressive institutional-grade Bitcoin and crypto lender. Y’all, I’m so impressed with these guys. They are offering some of the best rates out there. I don’t think anyone even comes close to touching them. You can get 6.1% APY on your first two Bitcoin that you deposit into Ledn interest accounts, and you can get 8.5% on USDC deposits. I mean, I know other competitors, they’re not even close. If you’re going to put your crypto and your Bitcoin into an interest account, Ledn is by far the best. And on top of that, like I said, these guys are hardcore Bitcoiners and they know the products and the services that Bitcoiners want and appreciate. They came up with the b2x. It allows you to put your Bitcoin in and leverage it up. And you can, with one click of the mouse, get twice the exposure to Bitcoin. So if you’re super bullish, Ledn has you covered with a super, super easy way to get leveraged with b2x.

And then on top of that, they know that Bitcoiners care about your reserves. They know that Bitcoiners don’t like under reserved and not full reserved financial institutions. So they are pushing the frontier in transparency in the digital asset lending space. And they are the first digital asset lender to do a full proof of reserves and proof of attestation through Mariano LLC, a public accounting firm. So the Ledn guys, they know what Bitcoiners like. They are legit. I encourage you guys to check them out. Do your own research and go to ledn.io. That is ledn.io, and learn more.

Bitcoiners I want to tell you about The Deep Dive. The Deep Dive is Bitcoin magazine premium market intelligence newsletter. This is a no fluff, hard-hitting incredible newsletter going deep into the market helping you understand what’s happening with derivatives, what’s happening on-chain, what’s happening in macro, what’s happening with the narrative, and what’s happening with the tech. My man, Dylan LeClair, is an absolute savant. He is making his name known in the Bitcoin community. Getting shout-outs left and right, getting on podcast left and right, and him and his team are bringing you everything that you need to know about Bitcoin. You don’t even have to be on Bitcoin Twitter .You can ignore every other newsletter. This is the newsletter to rule them all. Go over to members.bitcoinmagazine.com. Sign up today. And if you use promo code macro, you get a full month for free. You have nothing to lose. What are you waiting for? Sign up? See the incredible work that Dylan and his team are putting out. And if you don’t like it, just unsubscribe. You don’t pay a dime. But if you do, it’s going to be well worth the SaaS in investment in understanding Bitcoin, in gaining the confidence to continue to invest in Bitcoin and making the right moves around Bitcoin. And it’s going to be well worth every single Satoshi. Again, can’t recommend it enough. That is members.bitcoinmagazine.com, promo code macro. Do it today.

[INTERVIEW CONTINUED]

[00:28:56] CK: I just want to highlight, we’re all in Twitter Spaces right now. But I think most people here can remember what Twitter Spaces was like a month ago. So rollout at scale. Not easy to do even for the most well-capitalized companies.

[00:29:10] Serge: Yep. And to summarize, think of what’s been achieved. Yeah, there are proven many ways to convert Bitcoin into real world value, to bank transfers, to online purchases, to in-store purchases. People know about it. Yeah, the ways work. There is a Bitcoin wallet that many people in the country have. The word is out that there is Bitcoin and it’s a thing that it mostly works. So a lot of things have been achieved even despite the launch difficulties.

[00:29:37] Aaron: Can you hear me, Mario?

[00:29:39] Mario: I was about to call you up. But –

[00:29:41] Aaron: Well, introduce yourself, Mario. Maybe that’s better.

[00:29:44] Mario: Well, I have been working in technology for a couple of years. I am the founder of the Hackerspace in El Salvador, and I have been following the implementation of Bitcoin here in El Salvador during the last days, and in particular, the Chivo app. I would like to give like a couple of uh technological sights, because I have my inbox full of people reporting issues with the applications. And I know that, I mean, it’s a new development. It’s a new release. I will think that they were missing an adequate testing procedure. And I would like to know why the reason of that, because, I mean, it’s a critical system that is going to be used by so many people.

The other thing that I want to mention is I have my doubts that this is really a stress test for Bitcoin and Lightning, because the way the application is working, it looks like more is a centralized system and only when you interact with external wallets it actually connects to the main chain or with the lightning network. So it’s hard to evaluate how good has been this deployment and the scale up of it. If we don’t have like true real data about the users, about transactions and about everything. And I think that um the main problem is that, for me, whatever the government release is not truly Bitcoin. It looks like a centralized banking system, and that will explain the a lot of issues that people reported when trying to use the application.

And, yeah, I mean it’s not a bad idea by itself, but –

[00:31:27] Aaron: Mario, let’s be clear about what you mean. What you mean is that the Chivo app is custodial and transactions from Chivo to Chivo are basically just ledger entries, right?

[00:31:39] Mario: Yeah, yeah, yeah.

[00:31:41] Aaron: Yes, exactly. Yeah.

[00:31:42] Mario: So the whole area was to give like this government owner banking system to the population. I mean, it’s fine. It’s not a really bad idea. But I think that what we always point about this is the way that it was forced all these obligations that the business or where owners needs to comply. We even have one politicians tweeting about that they were asking a business owner to install Chivo application. And I think that if you think a little bit about this, these coins against all the things that bitcoiners tries to do and the Bitcoin philosophy. So I think that that’s the main problem.

And if you look at the experience of several users, is the users that didn’t use the government applications, the ones that have less issues and even these big stores, they decided to not use the Chivo Wallet. And they have less issues than the rest of the people. We’re still having issues regarding to, let’s say, the compatibility with other applications and these kind of things that I think is not acceptable from the perspective of the citizens. I mean, we are paying for this. We are paying a lot of money to make this work. Oo one was asked to approve this. I think that if this law – I mean, if Bitcoin was implemented but in an optional manner, I think it was not going to be a problem. But I think that they promised it too much and delivered just too little. And we are paying for this. And they need to uh take a position about this.

I mean, the government needs to explain what happens with the money of the people, because at the end of the day, many business owners trust the government to implement this solution. And to this day, they’re still losing money for this. So I think that someone needs to be made responsible about what has happened. That’s my take on this. Thanks.

[00:33:44] Aaron: So let me see if I understand you correctly. It sounds like you have two concerns. One is a lack of transparency from the government on how taxpayer funds essentially are being spent on the creation of this wallet. And the other one, but I’m not sure about this, is, well, it’s obvious that the wallet isn’t very smooth or there are a lot of kinks to work out. Are you also of the opinion that it shouldn’t be custodial in the first place? Or do you think that’s an acceptable tradeoff?

[00:34:14] Mario: I think that for the second point. I mean, it’s an acceptable tradeoff if it’s transparent enough so we know how all the funds are being used. But what we know about this Chivo application and the development team is that it’s a private business. We don’t even know if there was a tender or something like that to decide who was the development host that was going to develop the application. So I think it lacks a lot of transparency. And I don’t think that the –

[00:34:50] Aaron: Hang on. Do you do you mean transparency about how the funds are being used itself? Do you also mean transparency on how the wallets actually works and how the custody works and where the funds are and that kind of stuff?

[00:35:02] Mario: Everything. Because, I mean, everything is speculating here. I think even you guys do not have any details about the technical side neither of the way or taxpayer money is being spent on these applications. So I think all this lack of transparency is giving really a bad image not only to Bitcoin, but it removes any reason for us to trust on these government wallets. So why I’m going to trust on this application if they are not giving us any details about how it works? How the money is spent? So I think that that’s not susceptible as a citizen.

[00:35:39] Aaron: Yeah, it’s not exactly in line with the open source philosophy. That’s for sure. We don’t know how the world works. Or we also don’t know how, or where, or who is storing the funds since it’s custodial.

[00:35:51] Mario: Yeah. Yeah. We don’t even know who is the custodial of all these 550 Bitcoins. If you know, please tell us, because apparently no one in government wants to tell these kinds of things.

[00:36:03] CK: I just want to jump in and say that the majority of international Bitcoiners that are very interested in El Salvador, I don’t think many of them are necessarily rooting on the Chivo Wallet or anything like that. Obviously, the government effort is going to be a very strong effort and a big effort especially early on and we want that to be successful for the best of Bitcoin. But a government is going to be a government, and I don’t think any of us have any false expectations on what the government rollout is. But ultimately, I feel like the majority of us are excited about what Bitcoin offers and excited about the idea of a lot of people being introduced to the benefits of Bitcoin in whatever way. And hopefully they do it the right way, the open source way. And as you said, they’ve already had a better experience if they use Bitcoin straight up versus the government version. So I do kind of want to like just point that out just so we don’t – We’re not rooting necessarily for you know everyone to get on the Chivo Wallet and for that to be the dominant thing. We just want Bitcoin to help really, I think.

[00:37:06] Mike: If I could fill in just a little color from some things that I’ve seen on my end. One as far as who got the government contract, and there’s this perception that there’s companies out there making a bunch of money off of this. I think it’s actually the opposite. I know some companies that were approached, and basically the deal that was being tendered to different people would involve them having to make a substantial investment that they would probably never recoup. And the benefit for the company was to be the company kind of related to this project. So that going forward when they possibly could have more profitable deals with countries that could pay them kind of more market rates. And so I definitely understand the desire for transparency, but I don’t think that this is a case of there’s some company making a bunch of money off this. I think whoever’s behind this, they’re definitely losing money on it, and at least that for several years they will be. And I think that’s one thing.

I think the other thing is and what we’ve seen is the vast majority of companies do not want to use the Chivo Wallet, and I think that’s great for the project. And I would hope that the government would actually be happy about that, because that puts less stress and risk and demand on them. And my hope is that from the government side that the wallet that they offered was just so that people had some option that they could say that the government was standing behind ,but that ultimately the government doesn’t want to be in the wallet business. And I really think they don’t. I don’t think that that’s their desire. I think they feel that this will be better handled by private enterprise. And I think in their rush to roll it out and the timeline they did, they may have cut some corners, and there’s some stuff that I know all of us are uncomfortable with. But I don’t think that there was some perverse trying to steal money from this type thing behind it. There’s much easier ways to do that in government and with a lot less publicity.

[00:38:57] Mario: Well, I would think that the thing here is that the lack of transparency is something that is going against all local laws. And I think that – I mean, it’s the law. It’s the obligation of the government to explain what is the process that I use to hire all these companies independently if they’re making money or not of the implementations. And I think that it is the less that we can ask to these companies. Because if the government is not clear, is not transparent about what they use that they’re making to our money, at least we will think that these companies needs to say, “Okay, I’m working with them. We are providing this kind of technologies.” Because, again, what I say is that the law says that they need to be transparent about this kind of implementations, and they are not doing this. And I don’t think that this is going to end well if they keep hiding things from the people, if they keep hiding up all these technical details.

I mean, again, and I want to explain that we were never against the technology. I mean, I am a technologist myself. I consider all technologies just a tool is the way that is implemented. And I think that we cannot expect to do something good if we just leave them to act in complete darkness about what they are doing. And again, I think that the point here is that there is a legal framework that the government needs to respect, and you can have a lot of good intentions. But you know, good intention is what pays the way to hell. And I think that this is the bulk of the message that I want to leave you guys. And yeah, the problem is that normally, in this kind of spaces, and on Twitter you know that these are a lot of discussions, and it gets one-sided, and there is little space for rational discussion about what is happening. Again, if it was open, if it was transparent, if it was open source, if it was optional, I think that I even will like to support this kind of initiatives, even including other kind of crypto assets and technologies. But what we have here is completely different what you would expect to deploy this kind of technologies.

[00:41:12] Edgardo: So to do a compliment of what Mr. MXGX is saying. I mean, the main point of the Bitcoin community, I’m guessing, and I don’t know if everybody’s going to be right with me, is El Salvador is the first country that make this kind of legal. What that means is like Bitcoin Beach, you are saying, I mean not everybody using Chivo, and everybody using different wallets. I mean, that is great. I mean, we’d have been following Bitcoin for a while, and we’re happy to see that this is the first country – What the three percent. I mean, and that’s what his speech is about. I mean, his speech about the transparency and all that. It’s like the three percenters that do all the time.

I mean, the point is here, El Salvador is the first country that legalized Bitcoin. I mean, it’s not like mandatory that, yeah, you’re going to Chivo Wallet. I, mean you can use now every single wallet that you can. And more investment is going to come, for example, Stike, Coinbase. I mean, it’s not going to be like just [inaudible 00:42:14], and that’s what [inaudible 00:42:18]. I mean the private investment is the one that’s going to be the key here, because now that – I mean, for how many years we’ve been waiting so we can cash out Bitcoins. I mean, Bitcoins have been around back and forth, back and forth, but there was not a place, I mean a legal place where you can go ahead and see that money in cash, in paper. I mean, what most of the people don’t see here is that, “Come on, we’re the first country to legalize Bitcoin. They don’t see the investment that they’re bringing to our country.” And when he’s saying transparency, Chivo app, I mean, yeah, it is a government app. It is a private app. That’s what they’re saying. But I mean, look at the point of view there. He’s saying how much money that they’re making underwater and so and so on so. That’s a three percentage picture. Come on, man. Look at the future though. I mean, we’re happy here that we legalize Bitcoin though. I mean we’re the first country that is legal. Most countries [inaudible 00:43:18].

[00:43:17] Aaron: Bitcoin is legal in most countries. The difference is that it’s legal tender, which is a legal definition of a currency that you can [inaudible 00:43:27] comes into play.

[00:43:28] Mike: As these things take time to roll out, and quite honestly I think a lot of the deals were done with the companies just acting in good faith.

[00:43:36] Edgardo: Yeah. Yeah. But, again, we have a legal framework. I mean if this happened in one of your countries, guys, I think that you will not accept this kind of actions by your government or the companies that participated in this. And I think this doesn’t help Bitcoin. That’s the point.

[00:43:56] Speaker: Hey, I just want to add something from what Mario says, because I only have little much time to be on this space. I’m Salvadorian too. I live here in Salvador. And what Mario is trying to say is that we are not against Bitcoin. We are not against what Bitcoin can bring to the country. But how it’s implementing here in El Salvador, it’s really shady. It’s wrong. It’s without transparency. And what he was talking about, that private enterprise that he’s talking about, it’s actually a private enterprise that is funded with government money. So and it’s run by people that works in the government. The people that it’s – Well, the names on the enterprise, on the register, on the national register of El Salvador, there are people that work in the government. And we don’t know where the funds are going.

And, well, the 550 Bitcoin that El Salvador possesses, it was bought with taxpayer’s money, because the government doesn’t have no money. They have our money. So that’s why we need transparency. That’s why we need that they give us account, they hold accountable of what they’re doing with our money. That’s the difference. That’s what we’re protesting against, it’s the lack of transparency and the way they do things. That’s the main issue.

[00:45:05] Aaron: Mario, I want to ask you something else. You were in the news last week. Is that something you want to discuss on this call or not?

[00:45:11] Mario: Well, the problem is that I don’t even know why they did this to me. But once I get more information, I will share it with all of you guys.

[00:45:21] Aaron: All right. Yeah, you were briefly arrested, right?

[00:45:24] Mario: Yep, yep. But up to this day, we don’t know the real reasons for that.

[00:45:29] Aaron: All right. Got it. We have Nature of Type One on the stage. What’s up?

[00:45:34] CK: Nature, welcome.

[00:45:35] Nature: Hey, what’s up. Yeah, I guess following up on the transparency conversation. I mean, the biggest concern I have is just the survivability of Bitcoin in El Salvador over the long term. And that comes with a knowledgeable user base. So I was just wondering with the people who are in El Salvador right now, I’m not sure if there’s any initiatives, but is there like any ongoing education programs provided on the national government level like that will be after this initial onboarding period? Or is that like assumed to be left to the private sector, and which you guys would think will be best for that?

[00:46:16] Aaron: Mike, do you want to answer this?

[00:46:17] Mike: Sure. I think there’re both right now. The government has actually put more of an effort than i was expecting specifically around the launch of the Chivo app and helping people onboard, but just some general education also. But I think that that’s really going to have to fall on the private sector. And I think that’s what’s great about Bitcoin. It’s decentralized. We have projects that we’re working on in our little area, but there’s dozens of other people that are doing kind of similar things. And we coordinate when we can, but it’s great that all these things are kind of happening independent of each other. And it’s going to take time. I mean, anybody who’s coming to the Bitcoin space, it takes really years for them to really understand. And we kind of go through the stages. And I think that’s going to be the same that’s going to happen here.

[00:47:05] Aaron: Yeah. Anyone else on top